Download RTF version - University of Tasmania by pengxuebo

VIEWS: 13 PAGES: 429

									Course details (2001)                                                         page 1




           University Preparation Program
(Abbreviation: UPP)

Course code: E0D

The University Preparation Program is a special enabling program. The course
is designed to provide unqualified mature-age potential students with
academic learning skills and the confidence and personal skills needed to
succeed at University. The full-time one-year course features training in the use
of technology for learning and a taster of University academic subjects across a
broad spectrum of areas. Successful completion of the program will assist
students to gain admission to undergraduate degree courses offered by the
University of Tasmania.

Admission & prerequisites

The normal University Mature Age Entry requirements apply except for the
deduction of one year from the minimum age. Students should have a
demonstrated lack of access to higher education or educational opportunities;
or have experienced a change in career or lifestyle. Students should also display
a genuine intention to participate in higher education upon completing the
UPP.

Course objectives

The UPP provides an opportunity for mature age students to revise, upgrade
and establish skills relevant to higher education study in the current academic
environment.

Course structure

The course is equivalent to one year full-time study but its unitised structure
lends it to part-time study. UPP consists of 9 units, with a full time equivalent
load of 8 units per year (4 per semester). Seven of these units are core or
skills-based units including a bridging Mathematics unit. The other two offer
introductions to current academic units.

Special note on fees

This course does not attract HECS fees but it does attract Austudy/Abstudy.
Applications are made through the normal University Admission procedures.

        University Preparation Program: Schedule (North-West Centre)

Unit Title                           campus-sem        weight                code
Course details (2001)                                                     page 2



Study Skills                        B1/2~D1/2        12.5%            ESA010
Communications I                    B1/2~D1/2        12.5%            ESA020
Using Information Technology
    for Academic Purposes I         B1/2~D1/2        12.5%            ESA050
Academic Studies I                      B1~D1        12.5%            ESA070
Communications II                          B2        12.5%            ESA030
Academic Literacy                          B2        12.5%            ESA040
Using Information Technology
    for Academic Purposes II                B2       12.5%            ESA060
Academic Studies II                      B2~D2       12.5%            ESA080
Bridging Maths                           B2~D2       12.5%            ESA090


Details are subject to change. All details should be confirmed with the
Course Coordinator, Mrs Jenny Oakley on (03) 6430 4905.


               Foundation Studies Program
(Abbreviation: FSP)

Course code: E0E

International students who need to upgrade school results from their own
country to gain entry to an undergraduate program at the University may
apply for admission to the Foundation Studies Program. Students are
guaranteed entry to all faculties of the University of Tasmania on successful
completion of this course.

There are two ways to study in the Foundations Studies Program : a Fast Track
program of 24 weeks Academic English and academic studies and an Extended
program of 34 weeks: 10 weeks Academic English followed by the Fast Track
program.

Admission & prerequisites

Successful completion of:

Indonesia   SMA 3
Japan Upper Secondary School Certificate
Korea High School Leaving Certificate
Taiwan      High School Leaving Certificate
Thailand    Mattayom 6
Hong Kong HKCEE: grade D in 4 subjects
Malaysia    SPM 6 passes; including 4 at credit or better
MICSS Senior Middle Two: 6 passes
Singapore GCE O levels: 6 passes including 4 at grade 4
Course details (2001)                                                       page 3




English language requirement is IELTS 5.0 or TOEFL 500 for Fast Track; and

IELTS 4.5 or TOEFL 475 for the Extended program.

Course objectives

The course aims to provide students with the academic requirements for entry
into a first year university program. It also aims to upgrade the language
proficiency, study skills, research and computing skills and awareness of the
expectations of the university environment in which they will study.

Course structure

FSP has three Core Subjects that are compulsory for all students:

Academic English, Australian Studies, Computing Skills and Research
Management.

There are also Elective subjects; and FSP students choose three that are relevant
to their degree program. Students may choose from:

Biology, Chemistry, Mathematics, Accounting, Business Organisation and
Management, Legal Studies, Australia in Asia and the Pacific, Psychology.

Program schedule

Unit title dates unit code
Extended   commences March ECS196
       commences October    ECS197
Fast Track commences January     ECS198
       commences June/July  ECS199

Contact

Phone: (03) 6226 2540.


           Introductory Academic Program
(Abbreviation: IAP)

Course code: <none>

Course objectives
Course details (2001)                                                      page 4



The Introductory Academic Program is an intensive short course offering
students an introduction to Higher Education in Australia and an opportunity
to prepare for the academic language demands of their award courses. A fee is
payable.

Course structure

The course, which is suitable for students who are due to commence
undergraduate and postgraduate studies at the University of Tasmania,
includes:

•      Introduction to Australian Higher Education
•      Cross-cultural communication for International students
•      Introduction to the course and School –

       –        meeting with lecturers/supervisors

       –        assignments
       –        familiarisation with course content

•      Computer skills

       –        word processing
       –        tables and graphs
       –        email
       –        internet
       –        course-specific computer skills

•      Tutorial presentation and discussion skills
•      Listening and note-taking in academic settings
•      Reading for study
•      Writing for academic purposes
•      Excursions –

       –        Australian culture
       –        Tasmanian history
       –        Tasmanian wilderness and wildlife.

The course lasts for 5 weeks from early January to mid-February, involving 25
contact hours weekly. Class sizes average 12 students, with a maximum of 15.

The program is offered by the English Language Centre in conjunction with the
International Student Office and staff of academic schools of the University.
Students receive a detailed written report on their language skills and advice on
further English Language Support services. Satisfactory completion of the
course is recognised by the awarding of a Certificate of Completion.
Course details (2001)                                                         page 5



For further information: ph (03) 6226 2706.


    Riawunna – Centre for Aboriginal
                Education
   Murina (Pathway to Higher Education)
Course code: W0D

This enabling or bridging program is a non-award course which is offered at
both the Hobart and Launceston campuses of the University of Tasmania to
Aboriginal people 18 years and over.

Course objectives

The program is designed to provide Aboriginal people with the opportunity to
develop their skills and knowledge-base for entry into mainstream
undergraduate courses after successful completion of the Murina Program. The
program assists students in building their self-confidence before progressing
into an undergraduate course of their choice.

The Murina Program, as a non-award course, does not attract the Higher
Education Contribution Scheme (HECS) fees. However, students pay a
University Entrance fee ($55 in 1999) and a Services and Amenities fee ($55 in
1999). Both of these fees will attract GST in 2001.

Course structure

The Murina Program is structured in two streams: 1) Core or compulsory
skills-based units, and 2) Introductory or elective units that offer experiences in,
and understandings of, undergraduate course content across a wide range of
disciplines in the University. The program is offered over two 13-week
semesters. Students may study at 100 and/or 200 levels. Aboriginal students
who are undertaking mainstream studies may choose units in the Murina
Program to enhance their academic success and broaden their skills base.

Core units include: Academic Skills, Computer Skills, Nuritinga Palawa,
Mathematics, and Aboriginal Writing and Literature.

Introductory or elective units include: Psychology, Sociology, Physical Science,
Social Science, Law, History, Government, Environmental Design and
Architecture, Living Waters, Human Movement, Performing Arts, Fine Arts,
Art History, Research Topic.

For information on these units, please contact Riawunna Centre for Aboriginal
Education.
Course details (2001)                                                      page 6




Riawunna, Centre for Aboriginal Education

Aboriginal higher education support units were established at the Hobart
campus of the University of Tasmania in 1985 and at the Launceston campus of
the Tasmanian State Institute of Technology in 1986. The amalgamation of the
two units took place in 1992 with the establishment of the new University of
Tasmania, and became Riawunna, Centre for Aboriginal Education.

Riawunna offers a wide range of services to Aboriginal students enrolled at the
University and to Aboriginal communities. The Centre also provides services to
non-Aboriginal students and the University in general. This section of the 2001
University of Tasmania Handbook identifies the range of courses undertaken,
and services offered, at Riawunna. For information on all units offered in the
Aboriginal Studies sequence of study (HAB units) see pages B-xx and C-xx.

Aboriginal Student Services

Riawunna assists Aboriginal enabling, undergraduate and postgraduate
students with the aim to successfully complete their study at the University
through academic, social and cultural support programs. These services
include;

•       Course advice, academic and personal counselling and support
•       Tutorial assistance (ATAS)
•       Cultural activities, community workshops and meetings
•       Library resources
•       Computer Lab facilities
•       Private study facilities
•       Orientation week
•       Access to audio-visual and photocopy equipment
•       Refreshment and kitchen facilities
•       Community room
•       Lockers

Riawunna has indoor and outdoor space for Aboriginal students to relax and
meet other students in a culturally conducive and friendly environment on
campus at both Launceston and Hobart.

Orientation and Assessment (O&A) Program

The Centre conducts Orientation and Assessment Programs at Hobart,
Launceston and the North West campuses for Aboriginal applicants who have
applied for a University place within an undergraduate course, or who wish to
enter university through the enabling program. The O&A Program is usually
conducted over three days in December. It informs Aboriginal applicants of
course options and support facilities offered at the University of Tasmania, and
Course details (2001)                                                            page 7



provides Aboriginal people with the opportunity to be assessed for alternative
mature age entry into mainstream University study. Please contact Riawunna
Student Service Coordinators at Hobart or Launceston for further information
about this program.

Contacts

Patsy Cameron,

Coordinator, Aboriginal Student Services,

Launceston, (03) 6324 3386.

Caroline Spotswood,

Coordinator, Aboriginal Student Services,

Hobart, (03) 6226 2516.


                                  UniStart
Course code: XAA001

UniStart is a preparation program for people who are unsure about:

•      how to study at university
•      what to expect
•      what skills are needed for success
•      who can help students develop those skills.

The program is designed to meet a variety of needs. It is beneficial to anyone
commencing University including school-leavers and mature age people who
are returning to study.

Course objectives

The program aims to:

•      introduce students to the culture of life at the University of Tasmania
•      introduce the types of learning tasks required at university
•      assist students to develop a range of appropriate skills for University
       study.

Career outcomes

At the conclusion of the program, participants will be:
Course details (2001)                                                         page 8




•      better able to make the transition to university
•      better prepared for the academic demands involved
•      more likely to successfully complete their chosen course of study

Course structure

The program incorporates an essay assignment and consists of four core
modules and elective options which are designed to assist students to complete
this typical university task. It is taught by the Learning Skills Advisers (with the
assistance of other Student Services staff), Library, and Information Technology
Services (ITS) staff. In addition, academic staff on each campus provide sample
lectures and tutorials.

The UniStart modules are:

Module 1: University Culture

•      Learning the culture
•      Learning to learn
•      University thinking

Module 2: Study Skills

•      Lectures and note taking
•      Academic reading and note making
•      Summarising/paraphrasing

Module 3: Preparing Academic Work

•      Analysing a topic
•      Writing analytically
•      Structuring an essay
•      Report writing
•      Academic writing
•      Oral communication – effective presentation

Module 4: Information Literacy

•      Introduction to the University Library
•      Searching electronic data bases
•      Searching the Internet

Module 5: Basic Numeracy (Optional)
Course details (2001)                                                        page 9



Note: A basic level of computer literacy is necessary for Module 4 (and for
success at University). There will be a 'Computers for Beginners' workshop
prior to each UniStart.

Enrolment in this workshop is essential for those with no or very minimal
experience of computers. There will be opportunities during the UniStart
program for students to practise their computer skills and learn about the
university's facilities.

UniStart really makes a difference.

When compared to the general student population, students who have
participated in UniStart –

•      Achieve better results
•      Have less than half the failure rate.
•      Are less likely to withdraw.

Previous participants have made the following comments –

"I feel I have a real headstart to going to Uni and I think everyone should do
UniStart! Thank you!!"

"It was VERY helpful (and fun) to meet so many other prospective students. We
many concerns, interests, etc. in common."

"I value the contacts I have made and will certainly start 2000 at Uni a lot more
and less isolated."

Cost?

There are no fees for the UniStart program.

When is it?

December 2000

Hobart and Launceston

Monday 4th Dec – Thursday 14th Dec.

or

January–February 2001

Hobart, Launceston and the North-West Centre
Course details (2001)                                                      page 10



Monday 29th January – Thursday 8th February



(NB The Hobart program will carry over to Fri 9th because of a public holiday)

9am – 4pm (some days are shorter)

Monday to Thursday for 2 weeks

How do I enrol in UniStart?

Numbers are limited so booking is essential.

To enrol or obtain more information please phone:

Hobart phone: (03) 6226 2697 email:Mignon.Jolly@utas.edu.au

Launceston phone: 03 6324 3787 email:Julie.Tubb@utas.edu.au

North-West Centre phone: 03 6430 4949 email:Leanne.King@utas.edu.au


            Diploma of Fine Art and Design
(Abbreviation: DipFAD)

Course code: F2F

This on-campus 2-year (minimum) full-time course is offered by the Faculty of
Arts through the School of Visual and Performing Arts at Launceston. Part-time
study is also available.

Admission & prerequisites

Applicants are required to submit a portfolio of recent art work (which may
include slides, photographs or video) and to attend an interview. Applicants
who are unable to attend an interview should provide a brief statement
outlining their interest in the course and include any relevant qualifications or
experience. Normally applicants should have successfully completed year 12 in
an Australian school system.

A person who possesses such other qualifications and experience deemed by
the Faculty to provide an adequate preparation for study may apply for entry to
the course.

Course objectives
Course details (2001)                                                       page 11




The course aims to provide students with:

•      a para-professional qualification of high standard;
•      a comprehensive course which articulates with the Bachelor of Fine Arts
       and the visual art streams of the Bachelor of Contemporary Arts;
•      awareness and experience of recent technological developments in the
       visual arts;
•      the necessary communication skills and flexibility to interact with the
       wider community;
•      appropriate support studies to assist students in the development of high
       level visual art skills;
•      the opportunity for students to gain a working knowledge of the
       academic, cultural, critical and technical language relevant to the visual
       arts.

Articulation

Students who have been awarded the DipFAD will, upon successfully applying
for admission to the BFA or BCA, be credited with one-third of the BFA or BCA
degree. Students who have not completed Art Theory as part of the DipFAD
will be required to complete the compulsory level 100 Art Theory units within
the BFA or BCA.

                                Schedule of Units

Unit Title                        campus-sem     weight                     code
Level 100
Drawing 1A                              L1/2      12.5%                  FFD181
Drawing 1B                              L1/2      12.5%                  FFD182
and one of the following:
Ceramics 1                                 Lf       75%                   FFC180
Painting 1                                 Lf       75%                   FFP180
Printmedia 1                               Lf       75%                   FFR180
Sculpture 1                                Lf       75%                   FFS180
Textiles 1                                 Lf       75%                   FFX180
Level 200  [a]

Either (FFD281 and FFD282) or (FFA100 and FFA101)
Drawing 2A                              L1/2      12.5%                  FFD281
Drawing 2B                              L1/2      12.5%                  FFD282
Introduction to Cultural
     Practices 1                           L1     12.5%                  FFA102
Introduction to Cultural
     Practices 2                           L2     12.5%                  FFA103
and one of the following:
Ceramics 2                                 Lf       75%                   FFC280
Painting 2                                 Lf       75%                   FFP280
Course details (2001)                                                      page 12



Printmedia 2                                     Lf       75%             FFR280
Sculpture 2                                      Lf       75%             FFS280
Textiles 2                                       Lf       75%             FFX280
[a] The prerequisite for all level 200 units is the corresponding level 100 unit.


Part-time students please note:

Students enrolling the DipFAD part time enrol in one Drawing or Art Theory
unit each year and a corresponding part-time major unit. Level 100 part-time
codes end in 181 and 182; level 200 part-time codes end in 281 and 282. Thus
Ceramics 1A (part time) would be FFC181 taught over a full year and weighted
at 37.5%; Ceramics 1B would be FFC182, taught over a full year and weighted at
37.5%.


                        Diploma in Languages
(Abbreviation: DipLang)

Course code: R2A

This course is offered by the Faculty of Arts and is available at Hobart and
Launceston, and may be undertaken part time over two years or a maximum of
three consecutive years.

In cases where study has been interrupted by illness or other unavoidable cause
the Faculty may allow additional time in which to complete the course.

The languages available are Chinese, French, German, Indonesian and Japanese
at Hobart, and Chinese and Indonesian at Launceston. For an outline of units
available, turn to the Bachelor of Arts Schedule of units which follows. Units at
level 200/300 will be found listed under the entry for the relevant language.

Admission & prerequisites

Applicants must have passed the first year at university level in the language in
which they wish to study or be deemed by the Head of School, Asian
Languages and Studies or English and European Languages and Literatures to
have reached an equivalent level of proficiency, eg TCE French or Indonesian
Stage 4 (HA).

Course objectives

The course is intended to provide candidates with or without a degree the
opportunity to improve their language competency. Candidates who have
completed the Diploma will normally gain a level of competence in their chosen
Course details (2001)                                                        page 13



language equivalent to that of a candidate who has studied the language as a
major for the Bachelor of Arts degree.

Course structure

Candidates for the Diploma are required to study units in language with a
weighting of at least 37.5% at level 200 and up to 62.5% at level 300 (a total of
100% HECS weighting).

Articulation

Students who hold an award from this University or another approved
institution may be permitted by the Faculty to count units from the former
award towards the Diploma.

Students who graduate with a Diploma in Languages and wish to enter the
Bachelor of Arts will be granted a total of 50% credit towards the BA,
comprising 37.5% Group 2 and 12.5% Group 3. Students will be granted full
credit towards the BA degree for subjects studies in an incomplete Diploma in
Languages. Students who transfer to the BA from the DipLang and receive full
credit cannot graduate with the DipLang.


                        Diploma of Music
(Abbreviation: DipMus)

Course code: F2M

This on-campus 2-year (minimum) full-time course is offered by the Faculty of
Arts through the Conservatorium of Music at Hobart. Part-time study is also
available.

Admission & prerequisites

All applicants are required to attend an audition and interview (where
practicable) and to undertake a theory and aural test. Overseas and interstate
applicants may submit a certified audio or video tape of recent performances
and/or compositions. Instrumental and vocal applicants should prepare a
program comprising three works of contrasting style and/or period; some
technical work may also be required. Composition applicants should present a
folio of at least three compositions.

A person who possesses such other qualifications and professional experience
deemed by the Faculty to provide an adequate preparation for study,
equivalent to that provided for by the above prescriptions, may however be
admitted to the course.
Course details (2001)                                                         page 14




Course objectives

The course aims to provide students with:

•      a para-professional qualification of high standard;
•      a comprehensive course which articulates with the Bachelor of Music;
•      awareness and experience of recent technological developments in music;
•      the necessary communication skills and flexibility to interact with the
       wider community;
•      appropriate support studies to assist students in the development of high
       level musicianship skills
•      the opportunity for students to gain a working knowledge of the
       academic, cultural, critical and technical language relevant to music.

Articulation

Students who complete this course satisfactorily will be granted credit for the
first year of the Bachelor of Music if they are successful in their application for
entry into the Bachelor of Music degree course.

                                    Schedule A

Unit Title                          campus-sem       weight              code
Level 100
General Musicianship                         Hf         25%           FCG180
Practical Study                              Hf         50%           FCP180
choose one of the following disciplines: Keyboard or Voice or Orchestral
    Instruments or Contemporary Music or Guitar or Composition
Ensemble Study                               Hf       12.5%           FCE180
and the following unit:
Language Support Studies                     Hf       12.5%           FCL180
Students normally enrol in FCL180. However, with special approval from the
    Director, students may undertake another unit in its place.
Level 200
Core studies and Ensemble (all students)
Aural and Listening 1                        Hf       12.5%           FCL100
Music Theory 1                               Hf       12.5%           FCT100
Performance and Communications
    1                                        Hf       12.5%           FCP100
Ensemble 1                                   Hf       12.5%           FCE100
Principal Study and Related Studies
CHOOSE ONE OF THE FOLLOWING DISCIPLINES:
Keyboard
Principal Study Keyboard
    1                                        Hf         25%           FCY100
Accompaniment 1                              Hf       12.5%           FCY150
Course details (2001)                                                  page 15



Voice
Principal Study Voice 1                       Hf         25%          FCV100
French for Singers 1                          Hf         25%          FCV150
Orchestral Instruments
Principal Study Orchestral
     Instruments 1                            Hf         25%          FCO100
Orchestra &
     Repertoire 1                             Hf       12.5%          FCO150
Contemporary Music
Principal Study Contemporary
     Music 1                                  Hf         25%         FCN100
Style and Analysis 1                          Hf       12.5%         FCN150
Guitar
Principal Study Guitar 1                      Hf         25%          FCG100
Guitar Repertoire 1                           Hf       12.5%          FCG150
Composition
Principal Study
     Composition 1                            Hf         25%          FCC100
Performance for
     Composers 1                              Hf       12.5%          FCC150
Complementary Studies
CHOOSE ONE OF THE FOLLOWING:
Principal Study
     Extension 1                              Hf       12.5%          FCB100
Musicianship Extension 1                    [na]       12.5%          FCB110
Improvisation 1                             [na]       12.5%          FCB120
Keyboard Skills 1                             Hf       12.5%          FCB130
Orchestration and
     Arranging 1                            [na]       12.5%          FCB160
Music Technology 1                            Hf       12.5%          FCB190
Voice students do not choose a Complementary Studies unit. Subject to
     Sub-Dean approval, students may take units offered by another school in
     the University up to a maximum of 12.5% in place of Complementary
     Studies units.
Language for Singers (Italian or French or German) is offered by the
     Conservatorium of Music on a cyclical basis. In 2000 German was offered,
     in 2001 French is being offered.



                        Bachelor of Arts
(Abbreviation: BA)

Course code: R3A
Course details (2001)                                                       page 16



During 2000, changes were made to the structure of the BA degree. Students
who commenced their study prior to 2001 should refer to the section headed
'Changes to the BA degree' at the end of this entry.

This 3-year (minimum) course is available at Hobart, Launceston and the
North-West Centre at Burnie. Some units are also available externally by
distance education to Tasmanian residents who are unable to attend classes on
either the Hobart or Launceston campus or at the North-West Centre. Students
may study full time or part time and have nine enrolment years, including the
year of passing the first unit for the degree, in which to complete course
requirements. If students are studying by distance education their choice of
units is limited and may be varied from time to time. They should check the
availability of units before planning their course. Entry to the course normally
occurs in February, but limited entry is also available in July.

Admission & prerequisites

Applicants are expected to meet the normal requirements set by the University
for entry to degree courses. There are also several categories of special
admission. No specific course or subject prerequisites apply.

Course objectives

The Bachelor of Arts offers the opportunity for a liberal education. Students are
able to exercise choice across a wide range of disciplines. These include the
humanities (Ancient Civilisations, Ancient Greek, Latin, English, History, Asian
Languages, European Languages and Philosophy) and the social sciences
(Geography, Political Science, Psychology, Public Policy and Sociology) as well
as interdisciplinary studies (Aboriginal Studies, Asian Studies, Natural
Environment and Wilderness Studies, Journalism and Media Studies, Social
Ecology, and Women's Studies).

The program develops general abilities in the following areas:

•      written expression
•      linguistic skills
•      creative self-expression
•      capacity to analyse and interpret in a dispassionate and objective manner
•      capacity for reasoned criticism
•      data acquisition and analysis
•      research techniques
•      marshalling facts in support of arguments, and
•      evaluating the possible outcomes of alternative courses of action, with the
       emphasis varying according to the particular program chosen.

In short, the program helps students to operate in a complex and rapidly
changing world.
Course details (2001)                                                        page 17




Career outcomes

In Australia and around the world, employers are increasingly seeing graduates
who can speak and write clearly; who are computer literate and understand
how to use technology; who know about other countries, cultures and societies;
who can solve problems creatively; and who have developed that flexibility of
thought which technical and vocational training rarely encourages. Graduates
with a Bachelor of Arts degree find jobs in, for example: advertising,
journalism, radio and television; the arts, heritage and museology; diplomacy,
interpreting and tourism; management, marketing and administration; politics,
the public service, the police force and the armed forces; teaching, research and
publishing; psychology, counselling and community work.

Course structure

•      Students normally complete a total of 300% (HECS weighting) of units
       made up of 100% first-year (level 100), 100% second-year (level 200) and
       100% third-year (level 300).
•      Students must also take sufficient units to complete two majors within the
       300% total. A major is defined as sequential studies in one discipline made
       up of 25% at level 100 and 75% at levels 200/300 (a minimum of 100%).
       Details on how to meet the requirements for majors are contained in this
       Handbook under the relevant discipline heading. Please note that some
       majors have compulsory units and these are listed under the discipline
       entry.
•      Students take a minimum of three years and a maximum of nine years to
       complete the degree
•      Students may take one major (100%) from a discipline outside the BA
       schedule (see page B-xx) such as Fine Arts, Music, Management or
       Computing, with permission of the relevant Head of School. This is made
       up of 25% at level 100 plus 75% at levels 200/300. Note that units in Fine
       Arts have quotas and other units may have TCE prerequisites. Potential
       students should contact the relevant School for information on enrolment
       when applying for admission.
•      At level 100, students normally study four different subject areas. At level
       200 and 300, students take sufficient units to complete majors in two of the
       disciplines which they have studied at level 100. The remaining units to
       make up the 300% total can come from any of the other first-year subjects
       they have studied or more units towards the majors.
•      Language students who enter the BA at level 200 in the language take only
       75% of units at level 100 and take extra units at levels 200/300 in the
       language to make up the total required for the major and for the 300%
       required for the degree.
•      Full-time students normally take a 100% load each year to complete in the
       minimum time. Students who are working in addition to their study may
Course details (2001)                                                        page 18



       take as little as 25% load in any one year, but should be mindful of the
       maximum time allowed for them to complete.

Summary:

•      No unit can count twice as part of two different majors
•      The maximum percentage in any one discipline which can be counted
       towards the degree is 150%
•      At least 25% of units in a major must be at level 300
•      At the end of year 1, students must declare their intended majors and
       confirm them at the end of year 2
•      The maximum percentage at level 100 for any single discipline is 25%
•      Students must complete 25% at level 100 before progressing to level 200
       units in that discipline
•      Permission for an overload (more than 50% in any semester) must be
       obtained from a Sub-Dean
•      Units cannot count towards the degree if the content is the same as
       another unit studied previously.

The University Calendar has the full specifications for the degree. Students
should remember that it is their responsibility to check that they have met the
requirements for the degree.

Typical courses

EXAMPLE A

Level 100 (Year 1)

Sociology A and B 25%
History 1    25%
German 2     25%
Government A and B           25%

Level 200 (Year 2)

Sociology        37.5%
German           37.5%
History          25%

Level 300 (Year 3)

Sociology    50%
German       50%
     Sociology major (100% minimum)
     German major (100% minimum)<tbz>
Course details (2001)                                     page 19



EXAMPLE B

Level 100 (Year 1)

Ancient Civilisations   25%
Journalism and Media Studies 1A and 1B     25%
Government A and B      25%
English A and B     25%

Level 200 (Year 2)

Journalism and Media Studies   50%
English        25%
Political Science  25%

Level 300 (Year 3)

Journalism and Media Studies 25%
Political Science     50%
English        25%
      Journalism and Media Studies major (100% minimum)
      Political Science major (100% minimum)<tbz>

EXAMPLE C

Level 100 (Year 1)

Philosophy A and B25%
History      25%
Indonesian 1 25%
Sociology A and B 25%

Level 200 (Year 2)

History 1  37.5%
English    37.5%
Philosophy 25%

Level 300 (Year 3)

History      50%
English      37.5%
Sociology    12.5%
     History major (100% minimum)
     English major (100% minimum)<tbz>
Course details (2001)                                                      page 20



The Schedule of units which follows lists by discipline all units taught in the
BA. Students should also consult the discipline entries in the Handbook to
determine individual unit prerequisites plus the requirements for a major in the
chosen discipline. Students intending to study a major in a discipline offered in
another degree course (Groups 1A, 2A and 3A) eg Music, Management, Fine
Arts, should consult the discipline entry in the Handbook to check the unit and
major requirements in the particular discipline.

Articulation

Credit for previous study

A person holding another award from this University or another approved
institution may be permitted by the Faculty to count towards the BA, units from
the former award to a maximum of 100% (an unspecified major). Students need
to apply for credit when applying for entry to the BA. Units from courses
offered by other Faculties of the University may be included in the degree
provided they do not exceed the permissible weighting (see course structure on
page B-xx).

Examples of credit awarded towards a BA:

Course/Award         Credit awarded     Total
Completion of the Tasmania Police Recruitment course (TPRC)         25% Group
            1A at level 100 plus 25% Group 2A at level 200 in the BA      50%
Completed TAFE diploma or associate diploma           25% Group 1A level 100
             25%
Registered nurses, hospital trained     25% Group 1A level 100 25%
Registered nurses, hospital trained and with further training, eg midwifery
            certificate    25% Group 1A level 100 and an additional 25%
            Group 2A level 200 50%
Completed three-year degree       25% Group 1A, 37.5% Group 2A, 37.5% Group
            3A (a major) 100%

Articulation with other courses

Students who have completed a BA degree with sufficient merit are eligible to
apply for entry to the Bachelor of Arts with Honours (BA(Hons)) degree.
Details on eligibility and how to apply are contained in the BA(Hons) section
which follows.

Students completing the Honours degree with sufficient merit are able to apply
for entry to a research higher degree such as Master of Arts (MA) or Doctor of
Philosophy (PhD). Information on these courses is obtainable from the Office
for Research and the Research Higher Degrees Handbook. In addition, there are
postgraduate diplomas and coursework master degrees. Information on these
courses is included in the Postgraduate section of this handbook.
Course details (2001)                                                      page 21




After completing two full years of study in the BA degree, students can apply
for entry to the Bachelor of Social Work (BSW) degree course. The BA study
must include two years of units in both Sociology and Psychology. The BSW is
taught on the Launceston campus only. Interested students should consult the
BSW entry included in this section of the Handbook.

BA students may apply to transfer to the Bachelor of Social Science (Police
Studies) or Bachelor of Tourism degree course (from 2001 offered in Launceston
only). Interested students should consult the relevant entries which follow in
this section of the handbook.

BA students wishing to pursue a teaching career must also complete the two
year Bachelor of Teaching (BTeach) degree (see page B-xx). This is a
postgraduate qualification taken after graduating with a BA. The degree course
is available on both the Launceston and Hobart campuses. Information
brochures are obtainable from Student Recruitment offices on both campuses
and from the contact number for the BTeach given on page xx.

Students currently studying for a degree in another faculty are able to apply to
transfer to the BA degree course and will receive some credit for their previous
successful study.

Changes to the BA Degree in 2001

During 2000 the Faculty of Arts authorised changes to the structure of the BA
degree, the main one being the deletion of double majors. Students are now
required to complete two majors in two different disciplines.

Commencement prior to 2001

Students who commenced their study before 2001 will complete their degree
according to the Rules under which they commenced. These are outlined in
the Handbook for 2000 and are listed in full in the University Calendar
(available at the Library, Student Administration, Faculty Offices).

All re-enrolling students are strongly encouraged to attend one of the
re-enrolment sessions to be held in Burnie, Launceston and Hobart during
October, for advice on completing their degree. Alternatively, students may
wish to attend an enrolment session for new students held in January 2001 (also
held in Burnie, Launceston and Hobart).

Students with queries may also discuss their options with Faculty Sub-Deans
on each campus. In addition, staff in the Faculty Office are also available to
assist students with their queries.
Course details (2001)                                                           page 22



Students are strongly urged to check the individual discipline entries in the
Handbook for information on unit offerings and cross-listed units.

Commencement prior to 1998

Students who began their BA studies prior 1998 should consult the Course and
Unit Handbook 2000.

Enrolment restrictions – quotas

All prospective BA students, including those currently enrolled in other courses
in the University, should be aware that admission to the degree is subject to a
quota and formal selection procedures.

Students who are presently enrolled in another degree program and wish to be
enrolled in a BA program will need to apply for a place in the course.
Application forms are available from Student Administration, Hobart or
Launceston.

Similarly, entry into certain units in particular schools may be subject to quota
restriction yet to be advised.

Further information will be available at formal enrolment sessions. Enquiries
may be made to academic schools or the Faculty Office, Hobart or Launceston,
during the enrolment period.

Enrolment outside the BA schedule

Students who intend to enrol in subjects or units from another degree course as
part of an Arts degree, must comply with the subject or unit prerequisites
determined by that degree course. In all cases, specific prerequisites are listed in
the relevant discipline entries. Restrictions apply to the number of units which
may be studied.

                                      Schedule

Note: (Unit) weight represents the proportion (%) of a normal full-time study load, and
is used for calculating the services and amenities fee and the Higher Education
Contribution Scheme (HECS) liability. For detailed information on the units, refer to
the 'Unit details' section of this handbook where all units are listed in strict
alphanumeric order of their unit code number.

Note: Faculty reserves the right to correct errors or inconsistencies, with or
without notice, and to make changes to this schedule. However, Faculty will
endeavour to ensure that no students is disadvantaged by such changes.
Course details (2001)                                                     page 23



[i]   students need to study at least 3 (75%) and no more than 4 (100%) units
      from Group 1;
[ii] students may enrol in 25% of units outside the BA schedule at 100 level;
[iii] internal students may enrol in units offered by distance education.

                                   Group 1

Level 100

Unit Title                      campus-sem           weight               code
Aboriginal Studies
Contemporary Indigenous
     Australia                    L1~H1~D1            12.5%           HAB102
Indigenous Australia to the
     1950s                        L2~H2~D2            12.5%           HAB103
Ancient Civilisations
Ancient Civilisations 1A:
     Gender and Politics in
     Classical Literature               H2            12.5%           HTC101
Ancient Civilisations 1B:
     Introduction to Greek and
     Roman History                      H1            12.5%           HTC102
Ancient Civilisations 1                  Hf             25%           HTC100
Asian Studies
Asian Studies 1A                     H1~Lv1           12.5%          HMA101
Asian Studies 1B                     H2~Lv2           12.5%          HMA102
Chinese
Chinese 1                             Hf~Lf             25%           HMC100
English
English 1A                              H1            12.5%           HEA103
English 1B                     H2~L2~B2~D2            12.5%           HEA104
Introduction to English:
     Australian Literature        L1~B1~D1            12.5%           HEA101
French
French 1                                 Hf             25%            HEF100
Geography
Population and
     Urbanisation                 L1~B1~D1            12.5%            KJG101
The Physical Environment          L2~B2~D2            12.5%            KJG102
Geography
Geography and Environmental
     Studies 1                           Hf             25%           KGA100
Geography and Environmental
     Studies 1A                          Hf             25%           KGA101
German
German 1                                 Hf             25%           HEG100
History
Course details (2001)                                                 page 24



History 1                                   Hf          25%         HTA100
The Impact of Europe c.
     1640–1780                          H1~D1         12.5%         HTA103
(a) Age of Revolution and
     Empire c.
     1780–1815 (b) The Modern
     World in Australia to 1860            H2         12.5%         HTA104
History 1                                Lf~Bf          25%         HTA101
The History of Europe from
     c. 1620 to 1789                    L1~B1         12.5%         HTA105
(a) The Impact of Europe
     from the French
     Revolution to the American
     Civil War; (b) The Modern World in Australia to 1860L2~B2~D2     12.5%
                                       HTA106
Indonesian
Introductory Indonesian                  Hf~Lf          25%         HMN100
Japanese
Japanese 1                                  Hf          25%         HMJ100
Journalism and Media Studies
Journalism 2: An Introduction
     to Media and Society                  H1         12.5%          HEJ102
Journalism 1: An Introduction
     to Reporting and News                 H2         12.5%          HEJ101
Latin
Latin 1                                     Hf          25%         HTL100
Philosophy/Logic and Philosophy of Science
Introduction to
     Philosophy 1A                      L1~D1         12.5%         HPA181
Introduction to
     Philosophy 1B                      L2~D2         12.5%         HPA182
Philosophy 1A                             H13         12.5%         HPA101
Philosophy 1B                            H2/3         12.5%         HPA102
Political Science
Introduction to
     Government A                   H1~L1~B1          12.5%         HSG101
Introduction to
     Government B                   H2~L2~B2          12.5%         HSG102
Psychology
Psychology 1A                       H1~L1~B1          12.5%         KHA101
Psychology 1B                       H2~L2~B2          12.5%         KHA102
Public Policy
Introduction to
     Government A                   H1~L1~B1          12.5%         HSG101
Introduction to
     Government B                   H2~L2~B2          12.5%         HSG102
Social Ecology
Course details (2001)                                                      page 25



Sociology A                        H1~L1~B1~D1        12.5%           HGA101
Sociology B                        H2~L2~B2~D2        12.5%           HGA102
or 25% from the following units:
Population and
     Urbanisation                      L1~B1~D1       12.5%             KJG101
Community Health and
     Medicine I                                H1     12.5%           CAM105
Geography and Environmental
     Studies 1A                                Hf       25%            KGA101
Health Care Where People Live
     and Work 1                                L1     12.5%           CNA126
Society, Culture and Health
     1                                         L1     12.5%           HGA138
Society, Culture and Health
     2                                         L2     12.5%           HGA139
Sociology
Sociology A                        H1~L1~B1~D1        12.5%           HGA101
Sociology B                        H2~L2~B2~D2        12.5%           HGA102
Women's Studies
Gender and Society                             H1     12.5%            HAF101
The Representation of
     Gender                                    H2     12.5%            HAF102


                                    Group 1A

25% of units offered outside the BA schedule as the Faculty may approve.

                                   Groups 2 & 3

Where there are alternative unit codes (e.g. HSD206/306) the unit may be taken
either at level 200 or level 300. When students enrol, depending on whether
they wish to study a unit as a Group 2 unit or a Group 3 unit, they should use
the appropriate code e.g. HSD206 is the Group 2 code for the unit Policy Process
while HSD306 is the Group 3 code for the same unit. Students should note that
they must complete units from each Group to a minimum weight as set out in
the specifications. Students are advised to check the unit descriptions to see
what the prerequisites, corequisites and mutual exclusions are for each unit.
These may vary depending on the level of the unit. The maximum percentage
for units at level 200/300 outside the BA schedule is 75%.

Level 200/300

Unit Title                           campus-sem      weight                code
Aboriginal Studies
Aboriginal Arts                             [na]      12.5%       HAB240/340
Aboriginal Women                          L1~H1       12.5%       HAB232/332
Course details (2001)                                       page 26



Contemporary Indigenous
    Tasmania                          [na]   12.5%    HAB206/306
Dynamics of Indigenous
    Cultures                        H1~Lv1   12.5%    HAB253/353
Indigenous Health                      L2    12.5%    HAB213/313
Indigenous Identity and
    Place                             [na]   12.5%    HAB241/341
Indigenous Justice Issues           L2~D2    12.5%    HAB208/308
Indigenous Life Histories             [na]   12.5%    HAB252/352
Indigenous Tasmania and
    Colonial Dispossession          L1~D1    12.5%    HAB256/356
Indigenous Tasmanians and the
    Bass Strait Islands
    1830–1950                       L2~D2    12.5%    HAB209/309
Indigenous Tourism                     H2    12.5%    HAB210/310
Language in Aboriginal
    Society                      L1~H1~D1    12.5%    HAB214/314
Special Topic in Aboriginal
    Studies A                    L1~H1~D1    12.5%    HAB201/301
Special Topic in Aboriginal
    Studies B                    L2~H2~D2    12.5%    HAB202/302
History of the Indigenous
    Peoples of North America        L1~D1    12.5%    HTA275/375


Unit Title                      campus-sem   weight         code
Ancient Civilisations
Intermediate Ancient
     Greek A                           H1    12.5%       HTC216
Intermediate Ancient
     Greek B                           H2    12.5%       HTC218
Advanced Latin A                       H1    12.5%       HTC317
Advanced Latin B                       H2    12.5%       HTC319
Classical Tragedy: Euripides
     and Beyond                        H1    12.5%    HTC213/313
Greek and Roman Epic                  [na]   12.5%    HTC210/310
Greek and Roman Mythology              H1    12.5%    HTC223/323
Greek Tragedy                         [na]   12.5%    HTC211/311
Intermediate Ancient
     Greek A                           H1    12.5%       HTC216
Intermediate Ancient
     Greek B                           H2    12.5%       HTC218
Intermediate Latin A                   H1    12.5%       HTC217
Intermediate Latin B                   H2    12.5%       HTC219
Latin 1                                Hf      25%    HTC215/315
Course details (2001)                                            page 27



Love and Politics in Augustan
     Literature                              H2    12.5%   HTC205/305
Monuments of Rome: Image and
     Ideology                               [na]   12.5%   HTC207/307
Roman Empire: Tiberius to
     Hadrian                                 H1    12.5%   HTC202/302
Roman Imperial Society                       H2    12.5%   HTC203/303
Roman Republic 133–31
     BC                                     [na]   12.5%   HTC201/301
The Later Roman Empire                      [na]   12.5%   HTC206/306
The Pursuit of Empire:
     Philip, Alexander and Rome             [na]   12.5%   HTC200/300
Uncovering the Past                          H2    12.5%   HTC204/304
Women in Greek and Roman
     Antiquity                              [na]   12.5%   HTC221/321
And the following units from other disciplines:
English
Medieval Writing                            [na]   12.5%   HEA213/313
Shakespeare: Histories and
     Tragedies                               H2    12.5%   HEA222/322
Shakespeare: Comedy and
     Romance                                [na]   12.5%   HEA223/323
Elizabethan and Jacobean
     Tragedy                                [na]   12.5%   HEA225/325
Reading the Classics: Ovid and
     Chaucer                                [na]   12.5%   HEA227/327
National Shakespeare                        [na]   12.5%   HEA262/362
The Legend of King Arthur                    H1    12.5%   HEA277/377
History
The Early Middle Ages: From
     Rome to the Millennium AD
     410–1000                                 Hf    25%    HTA201/301
Late Medieval and Renaissance
     Europe                                   Hf    25%    HTA202/302

Europe in an Age of Crisis
    1560–1640                                D2    12.5%   HTA209/309
Europe in an Age of Crisis
    1560–1640                                D2    12.5%   HTA209/309
Europe in the High Middle
    Ages, AD 1000–1300                      [na]    25%    HTA212/312
Europe in the High Middle
    Ages, AD 1000–1300                      [na]    25%    HTA212/312
Heresy and Inquisition in
    Medieval Europe AD
    1100–1500                               [na]   12.5%   HTA225/325
Course details (2001)                                              page 28




Unit Title                        campus-sem       weight           code
Ancient Greek
Intermediate Ancient
     Greek A                               H1       12.5%        HTG216
Intermediate Ancient
     Greek B                               H2       12.5%        HTG218
Intermediate Ancient Greek
     Grammar                               Hf       12.5%        HTG220
Advanced Ancient Greek A                   H1       12.5%        HTG316
Advanced Ancient Greek B                   H2       12.5%        HTG318
Advanced Ancient Greek
     Grammar                                Hf      12.5%        HTG320


Unit Title                         campus-sem       weight          code
Asian Studies
Australia and Asia                      H2~Lv2       12.5%   HMA211/311
Contemporary Asian Issues                    [na]    12.5%   HMA221/321
Ethnic Politics and Religious
    Nationalism in Asia                       H2     12.5%   HMA261/361
Issues in Contemporary
    China                                    [na]    12.5%   HMA246/346
Reporting Asia: Western Media
    Perceptions of Asia                       H1     12.5%   HMA260/360
Research Project               Hf/1/2~L   vf/1/2 25%/12.5%   HMA300/301
And the following units from other disciplines:
The Asia-Pacific Economies:
    Tigers                                    H1     12.5%       BEA211
Contemporary Art of the
    Asia-Pacific Region                       H2     12.5%    FST213/313
Cultures and Societies of
    Southeast Asia                            H2     12.5%   HGA254/354
Love, Family and Sexuality:
    East–West Comparison                     [na]    12.5%   HGA212/312
Chinese 2 Language
    Skills A                          Hf~LvfC3         25%      HMC201
Chinese 2 Language
    Skills B                           Hf~LfC3         25%      HMC202
Classical Japanese
    Literature                               [na]    12.5%       HMJ333
Japanese 2 Language
    Skills A                             Hf~Lvf        25%       HMJ201
Japanese 2 Language
    Skills B                                   Hf      25%       HMJ202
Japanese Film                           H2~L   v2    12.5%       HMJ334
Course details (2001)                                         page 29



Modern Japanese
     Literature                         [na]   12.5%       HMJ331
Intermediate Indonesian
     (Reading and Writing)             Hf~Lf     25%      HMN201
Intermediate Indonesian
     (Conversation)                   H1~Lv1   12.5%      HMN202
Survey of Indonesian
     Literature                       H1~Lv1   12.5%      HMN304
Advanced Buddhist
     Philosophy                          H1    12.5%    HPA297/397
Indo–Tibetan Philosophy,
     History and Culture                 C3      25%    HPA276/376
Introduction to Buddhist
     Philosophy                          H1    12.5%    HPA219/319
Espionage, Terror and
     Global Disorder                     H1    12.5%    HSA270/370
Globalisation and East Asian
     Politics                           [na]   12.5%    HSA258/358
Politics of
     Democratisation, East and West      H1    12.5%    HSA227/327
Asian Environmental
     Justice                            [na]   12.5%    HSD239/339
India since Independence                 H2    12.5%    HTA222/322
Islam, Law and
     Women – Historical and
     Contemporary Perspectives           H1    12.5%    HTA223/323
Modern India till
     Independence                       [na]   12.5%    HTA221/321
War and Peace in the
     Pacific                            [na]   12.5%    HTA255/355
Geography of Asia                        H1    12.5%    KGA202/302


Unit Title                        campus-sem   weight         code
Behavioural Science
Behaviour in the
    Workplace                             L1   12.5%    KHB215/315
Child & Adolescent
    Development                           L2   12.5%    KHB205/305
Health, Stress and
    Coping                                L2   12.5%    KHB209/309
Human Abilities                         [na]   12.5%    KHB211/311
Research Project in Social
    Psychology                          [na]   12.5%    KHB208/308
Social Behaviour and Social
    Influence                           [na]   12.5%    KHB207/307
Course details (2001)                                                    page 30




Unit Title                         campus-sem        weight               code
Chinese
Chinese 2 Language
    Skills A                           Hf~LfC3          25%          HMC201
Chinese 2 Language
    Skills B                           Hf~LfC3          25%          HMC202
Chinese for Tourism                         H1        12.5%          HMC205
Chinese Reading and Writing
    Skills                            H2~L2C3         12.5%          HMC302
Chinese Special Topic A                  Hf~Lf        12.5%          HMC309
Chinese Speaking and Listening
    Skills                             Hf~LfC3          25%          HMC301
Computer-Related Chinese
    Business and Office Writing         L2~H2         12.5%          HMC305
Classical Chinese                          Hf           25%          HMC306
Modern Chinese Literature               H1~Lv1        12.5%          HMC307


Unit Title                          campus-sem       weight                code
Cultural Studies
Note: Cultural Studies is being taught out. No new intake into this major in
     2001.
Cultural studies draws on the following units offered by various Schools:
A Brief History of
     20th-Century Art                          L1     12.5%         FFA202/302
Wilderness and Natural
     Environment                               L1     12.5%         FFA235/335
The Body in Art                                L2     12.5%         FFA240/340
Landscape and Issues of
     Postcolonialism in Australian
     Art                                     [na]     12.5%         FFA241/341
Art and Design Theory
     2/3                                      H1      12.5%         FST200/300
Australian Art of the 1970s
     and 1980s                                H2      12.5%         FST201/301
Cinema                                        H1      12.5%         FST202/302
Performance                                  [na]     12.5%         FST204/304
Picturing the Wilderness                      H3      12.5%         FST205/305
Fashioning the Body                           H2      12.5%         FST207/307
Feminist Aesthetics                          [na]     12.5%         FST209/309
'Follow the White Rabbit':
     Fairy Tale, Fable and
     Cyber Fiction                            H2      12.5%         FST210/310
Fantasy Decor                                 H2      12.5%         FST212/312
Course details (2001)                                        page 31



Sexualities: Histories,
     Representation, Politics           H1    12.5%    HAF202/302
Power, Pleasure and
     Perversion                        [na]   12.5%    HEA254/354
Critical Theory                         H2    12.5%    HEA260/360
National Shakespeare                   [na]   12.5%    HEA262/362
Popular Fiction: Texts and
     Audiences                          H1    12.5%    HEA267/367
The Legend of King Arthur               H1    12.5%    HEA277/377
'Just like in Thelma and
     Louise': Feminism and
     Film                              [na]   12.5%    HEA278/378
LA Noir: Film Noir and
     Hollywood                         [na]   12.5%    HEA279/379
Le grand écran: A History of
     French Cinema                     [na]   12.5%    HEF230/330
The German Film: More than One
     Hundred Years of
     German Cinema                     [na]   12.5%    HEG204/304
Post-1945 German Film                   H2    12.5%    HEG212/312
Science, Technology and
     Contemporary Society              [na]   12.5%    HGA220/320
Tourism, Sport and
     Leisure                            H1    12.5%    HGA251/351
Cultures and Societies of
     Southeast Asia                     H2    12.5%    HGA254/354
Sociology of Nature                    [na]   12.5%    HGA261/361
Change and Order in
     Contemporary Society               H2    12.5%       HGA302
Japanese Film                        H2~Lv2   12.5%       HMJ334
Place and Environment                  [na]   12.5%    HPA204/304
Postmodernism and its
     Critics                           [na]   12.5%    HPA206/306
Politics in Literature
     and Film                          [na]   12.5%    HSA204/304
Heresy and Inquisition in
     Medieval Europe AD
     1100–1500                         [na]   12.5%    HTA225/325
Spreading the Word: A History
     of Image and Text                  H3    12.5%    HTA226/326
Literature and
     Environment                        H1    12.5%    KGA272/372


Unit Title                       campus-sem   weight         code
English
Course details (2001)                                       page 32



African Literature                     [na]    25%    HEA259/359
African Literature West and
     South                             [na]   12.5%   HEA253/353
American Women Writing
     (Nineteenth Century)              [na]   12.5%   HEA258/358
Beautiful Lies: Recent
     Australian Writing                 H1    12.5%   HEA205/305
British Literature
     1800–1850                          H1    12.5%   HEA257/357
British Literature
     1850–1900                         [na]   12.5%   HEA204/304
Confessionalism: Post-Romantic
     Associations                L1~Bv1~D1    12.5%   HEA255/355
Confessionalism: Postmodernist
     Applications                      [na]   12.5%   HEA261/361
Constructing Modernity and the
     Metropolis                         H2    12.5%   HEA215/315
Critical Theory                         H2    12.5%   HEA260/360
Elizabethan and Jacobean
     Tragedy                           [na]   12.5%   HEA225/325
Gender and Nation                       H2    12.5%   HEA289/389
'Just like in Thelma and
     Louise': Feminism and
     Film                              [na]   12.5%   HEA278/378
LA Noir: Film Noir and
     Hollywood                         [na]   12.5%   HEA279/379
Medieval Writing                       [na]   12.5%   HEA213/313
Modern Drama                           [na]   12.5%   HEA226/326
Modernism in British
     Literature 1910–1930        L1~Bv1~D1    12.5%   HEA283/383
Modernism in British
     Literature: Poetry                [na]   12.5%   HEA284/384
National Shakespeare                   [na]   12.5%   HEA262/362
Popular Fiction: Texts and
     Audiences                          H1    12.5%   HEA267/367
Postmodern American
     Poetry                             H1    12.5%   HEA288/388
Power, Pleasure and
     Perversion                        [na]   12.5%   HEA254/354
Reading the Classics: Ovid and
     Chaucer                           [na]   12.5%   HEA227/327
Research Project                       [na]     25%      HEA375
Research Project                 H1/2~L1/2    12.5%      HEA376
Romantic Poetry                        [na]   12.5%   HEA280/380
Sexuality and the Subject in
     Fiction                           [na]   12.5%   HEA286/386
Course details (2001)                                             page 33



Shakespeare: Comedy and
     Romance                                [na]   12.5%    HEA223/323
Shakespeare: Histories and
     Tragedies                               H2    12.5%    HEA222/322
The Body in the Text: 20th
     Century Australian Fiction             [na]   12.5%    HEA269/369
The Legend of King Arthur                    H1    12.5%    HEA277/377
The Literature of
     Tasmania                                H2    12.5%    HEA214/314
The Novel in the Nineteenth
     Century                        L2~Bv2~D2      12.5%    HEA282/382
Writing Narrative                        L2~H2     12.5%    HEA290/390
Writing Poetry and Short
     Fiction                             L1~H1     12.5%    HEA203/303
And the following units from other disciplines:
Ancient Civilisations
Love and Politics in Augustan
     Literature                              H2    12.5%    HTC205/305
Greek and Roman Epic                        [na]   12.5%    HTC210/310
Greek Tragedy                               [na]   12.5%    HTC211/311
Classical Tragedy: Euripides
     and Beyond                              H1    12.5%    HTC213/313
Latin 1                                       Hf     25%    HTC215/315
Greek and Roman Mythology                    H1    12.5%    HTC223/323
Geography
Literature and
     Environment                             H1    12.5%    KGA272/372
German
The German Film: More than One
     Hundred Years of
     German Cinema                          [na]   12.5%    HEG204/304
Post-1945 German Film                        H2    12.5%    HEG212/312
Music
Ensemble 1                                    Hf   12.5%        FCE100



                        Bachelor of Arts
Unit Title                         campus-sem      weight         code
French
French for Tourism and
    Business                                 H1    12.5%    HEF203/303
French Language Skills 2                     Hf      25%       HEF201
French Language Skills 3                     Hf      25%       HEF301
French Language Skills 3B                    Hf      25%       HEF302
Course details (2001)                                         page 34



French Linguistics: An
    Introduction                        [na]   12.5%    HEF210/310
French Linguistics:
    Pragmatics                           H2    12.5%    HEF213/313
French Literature: An
    Overview                            [na]   12.5%    HEF220/320
French-Canadian Women
    Writers                              H2    12.5%    HEF222/322
Le grand écran: A History of
    French Cinema                       [na]   12.5%    HEF230/330
The French Novel
    (1900–1950)                         [na]   12.5%    HEF223/323
Twentieth Century French
    Theatre                              H1    12.5%    HEF221/321


Unit Title                      campus-sem     weight         code
Geography
Australian Natural
    Environments                     L1~D1     12.5%        KJG201
Environmental
    Geomorphology                    L1~D1       25%        KJG301
Globalisation                        L2~D2       25%        KJG302
Natural Resources
    Management                       L2~D2     12.5%        KJG202


Unit Title                       campus-sem    weight         code
Geography and Environmental Studies (Hbt)
Biogeography and
     Climatology                          H1   12.5%       KGA209
Conservation
     Geomorphology                        H2   12.5%       KGA327
Environmental Impact
     Assessment and Decision Making       H2   12.5%       KGA381
Environmental Management                  H1   12.5%    KGA223/323
Environmental Remote
     Sensing                              H1   12.5%       KGA365
Fauna Conservation
     Management                           H1   12.5%       KGA332
Geography of Asia                         H1   12.5%    KGA202/302
Historical Geography                      H2   12.5%    KGA240/340
Literature and
     Environment                          H1   12.5%    KGA272/372
Microclimatology                          H2   12.5%       KGA321
Natural Environment Field
     Techniques                    H3~L3~B3    12.5%       KGA213
Course details (2001)                                       page 35



Sustainable Communities and
    Local Environments                 H2    12.5%    KGA254/354
The Global Space Economy               H2    12.5%    KGA208/308
Urban Planning: Space,
    Place and Society                  H1    12.5%    KGA253/353
Vegetation Management                  H1    12.5%       KGA331
Wilderness and Natural Area
    Management: Natural and
    Cultural Values                    H2    12.5%    KGA278/378


Unit Title                     campus-sem    weight         code
German
Classical German
    Literature                         H2    12.5%       HEG310
Drama and Fiction from Realism
    to Naturalism                     [na]   12.5%       HEG307
German for Tourism and
    Business                           H1    12.5%       HEG203
German Language Skills 2                Hf     25%       HEG201
German Language Skills 3                Hf     25%       HEG301
German Language Skills 3B               Hf     25%       HEG302
Medieval German Language and
    Literature                         H1    12.5%       HEG305
Post-1945 German Film                  H2    12.5%    HEG212/312
Post-1945 German
    Literature                        [na]   12.5%       HEG213
The German Film: More than One
    Hundred Years of
    German Cinema                     [na]   12.5%    HEG204/304
The Twentieth-Century German
    Novel                             [na]   12.5%       HEG311


Unit Title                     campus-sem    weight         code
History
African History                      Lf~Df     25%    HTA250/350
African–American
    History                            L2    12.5%    HTA252/352
Australia from 1918 to
    1975                            H1~L1      25%    HTA207/307
Australia from the 1850s to
    1918                               Hf      25%    HTA204/304
Australian History
    1788–1990s                         D1    12.5%    HTA240/340
Cold War Europe,
    1945–1989                          H2    12.5%    HTA210/310
Course details (2001)                                            page 36



Crime and the Law in
     Historical Perspective                  H2    12.5%   HTA218/318
Environmental History                       [na]   12.5%   HTA271/371
Europe at War
     1914–1945                           H1~L1     12.5%   HTA211/311
Europe in an Age of Crisis
     1560–1640                               D2    12.5%   HTA209/309
Europe in the High Middle
     Ages, AD 1000–1300                     [na]    25%    HTA212/312
Gender in European
     Thought                                 H2    12.5%   HTA205/305
Heresy and Inquisition in
     Medieval Europe AD
     1100–1500                              [na]   12.5%   HTA225/325
Historiographical Studies                   [na]   12.5%   HTA220/320
History and Heritage                L2~H2~D2       12.5%   HTA290/390
History of the Indigenous
     Peoples of North America            L1~D1     12.5%   HTA275/375
History of the USA                          [na]     25%   HTA241/341
India since Independence                     H2    12.5%   HTA222/322
Islam, Law and
     Women – Historical and
     Contemporary Perspectives               H1    12.5%   HTA223/323
Late Medieval and Renaissance
     Europe                                   Hf    25%    HTA202/302
Modern Europe
     1815–1914                              [na]    25%    HTA203/303
Modern India till
     Independence                           [na]   12.5%   HTA221/321
Revolution and Dissent                      [na]   12.5%   HTA216/316
Special Topic in History                  Hf~Lf      25%      HTA399
Spreading the Word: A History
     of Image and Text                       H3    12.5%   HTA226/326
The Early Middle Ages: From
     Rome to the Millennium AD
     410–1000                                 Hf    25%    HTA201/301
Third World Issues                          [na]    25%    HTA251/351
Van Diemen's Land
     1642–1850                               H1    12.5%   HTA229/329
War and Peace in the
     Pacific                                [na]   12.5%   HTA255/355
And the following units from other disciplines:
Aboriginal Studies
Indigenous Tasmanians and the
     Bass Strait Islands
     1830–1950                           L2~D2     12.5%   HAB209/309
Ancient Civisilations
Course details (2001)                                          page 37



The Pursuit of Empire:
    Philip, Alexander and Rome           [na]   12.5%    HTC200/300
Roman Republic 133–31
    BC                                   [na]   12.5%    HTC201/301
Roman Empire: Tiberius to
    Hadrian                               H1    12.5%    HTC202/302
Roman Imperial Society                    H2    12.5%    HTC203/303
Uncovering the Past                       H2    12.5%    HTC204/304
Monuments of Rome: Image and
    Ideology                             [na]   12.5%    HTC207/307
Women in Greek and Roman
    Antiquity                            [na]   12.5%    HTC221/321


Unit Title                        campus-sem    weight         code
Indonesian
Advanced Indonesian Language
     Skills                            Lf~Hf      25%       HMN302
Advanced Indonesian Language
     Skills (Padang)                      C3      25%       HMN306
Indonesian Literature in
     Context (Padang)                     C3    12.5%       HMN307
Intermediate Indonesian
     (Conversation)                   H1~L1     12.5%       HMN202
Intermediate Indonesian
     (Conversation) (Padang)              C3    12.5%       HMN203
Intermediate Indonesian
     (Reading and Writing)             Hf~Lf      25%       HMN201
Intermediate Indonesian
     (Reading and Writing) (Padang)       C3      25%       HMN204
Interpreting and
     Translation                         [na]   12.5%       HMN303
Popular Culture and Resistance
     in Indonesia                     Hv2~L2    12.5%       HMN309
Reading Indonesian                     Hf~Lvf     25%       HMN308
Survey of Indonesian
     Literature                       H1~Lv1    12.5%       HMN304
Topics in Indonesian
     Literature                          [na]   12.5%       HMN305
Wayang Shadow Puppet
     Theatre                              Lv2   12.5%    HMN210/310


Unit Title                       campus-sem     weight         code
Japanese
Classical Japanese
    Literature                           [na]   12.5%        HMJ333
Course details (2001)                                              page 38



Japanese 2 Language
    Skills A                              Hf~Lvf      25%        HMJ201
Japanese 2 Language
    Skills B                                Hf        25%        HMJ202
Japanese Film                            H2~Lv2     12.5%        HMJ334
Japanese for Tourism                        H1      12.5%        HMJ203
Modern Japanese
    Literature                              [na]    12.5%        HMJ331
Professional Spoken
    Japanese                                  Hf    12.5%        HMJ330
Professional Translation of
    Japanese                                 H1     12.5%        HMJ335
Reading Japanese                             H1     12.5%        HMJ306
Spoken Japanese                              Hf       25%        HMJ307
Writing Japanese                             H2     12.5%        HMJ308


Unit Title                          campus-sem      weight          code
Journalism and Media Studies
Advanced Print Journalism                     H1    12.5%     HEJ201/301
Environmental Journalism                     [na]   12.5%     HEJ202/302
Newspaper and Magazine
     Design                                   H2    12.5%     HEJ220/320
Online Journalism                             H2    12.5%     HEJ219/319
Photojournalism Theory                       [na]   12.5%     HEJ204/304
Professional Placement 1                      H1    12.5%     HEJ206/306
Professional Placement 2                      H2    12.5%     HEJ218/318
Professional Practices and
     Culture                                  H2    12.5%     HEJ209/309
Public Communications                         H1    12.5%     HEJ205/305
Radio Journalism                             [na]   12.5%     HEJ213/313
Sub-editing                                  [na]   12.5%     HEJ207/307
Television Journalism                         H1    12.5%     HEJ203/303
Plus the following units from other disciplines:
Law
Media Law                                     H1    12.5%        BLA652
Political Science
Media and Politics                            H2    12.5%    HSA203/303
Public Policy
Media, Mass Communication
     and Information
     Technology Policy                       [na]   12.5%    HSD227/327
Sociology
Popular Culture and the Mass
     Media                                    H2    12.5%    HGA225/325
History
Course details (2001)                                           page 39



Spreading the Word: A History
    of Image and Text                      H3    12.5%    HTA226/326

Unit Title                        campus-sem     weight         code
Latin
Intermediate Latin A                       H1    12.5%       HTL217
Intermediate Latin B                       H2    12.5%       HTL219
Intermediate Latin
     Grammar                               Hf    12.5%       HTL220
Advanced Latin A                           H1    12.5%       HTL317
Advanced Latin B                           H2    12.5%       HTL319
Advanced Latin Grammar                     Hf    12.5%       HTL320


Unit Title                        campus-sem     weight         code
Logic and Philosophy of Science
Chance, Coincidence and
     Chaos                         H1~Lw1~D1     12.5%    HPA256/356
Choice, Risk and
     Decision                              H2    12.5%    HPA294/394
Deviant Logic                             [na]   12.5%    HPA295/395
Epistemology                              [na]   12.5%    HPA216/316
Introduction to Logic         H1~D1~L  w1~Bw1    12.5%    HPA291/391
Logic and Possibility                     [na]   12.5%    HPA292/392
Paradoxes                                 [na]   12.5%    HPA217/317
Philosophy of Biology                     [na]   12.5%    HPA218/318
Philosophy of Mathematics                  H2    12.5%    HPA246/346
Time Travel                     H1/3~D1~L  w/1   12.5%    HPA208/308
Ways of Reasoning                         [na]   12.5%    HPA275/375


Unit Title                       campus-sem      weight         code
Natural Environment and Wilderness Studies
Geomatics 3c: Advanced
    Geographic Information Systems
    (GIS)                                 H2     12.5%       KGG340
Biogeography and
    Climatology                           H1     12.5%       KGA209
Conservation
    Geomorphology                         H2     12.5%       KGA327
Natural Environment Field
    Techniques                     H3~L3~B3      12.5%       KGA213
Microclimatology                          H2     12.5%       KGA321
Vegetation Management                     H1     12.5%       KGA331
Fauna Conservation
    Management                            H1     12.5%       KGA332
Course details (2001)                                         page 40



Environmental Remote
     Sensing                            H1     12.5%       KGA365
Environmental Impact
     Assessment and Decision Making     H2     12.5%       KGA381
Social & Environmental
     Accounting                         H2     12.5%    BFA207/307
Tourism, Sport and
     Leisure                            H1     12.5%    HGA251/351
Management and the Natural
     Environment                        [na]   12.5%    BMA272/372
Mass Social Movements                   [na]   12.5%    HGA233/333
Global Environmental
     Policy                           H2~L2    12.5%    HSD229/329
Australian Environmental
     Policy                             [na]   12.5%    HSD230/330
Asian Environmental
     Justice                            [na]   12.5%    HSD239/339
Environmental Management                 H1    12.5%    KGA223/323
Wilderness and Natural Area
     Management: Natural and
     Cultural Values                    H2     12.5%    KGA278/378
Wilderness and Natural
     Environment                          L1   12.5%    FFA235/335
Drawing in the Landscape                [na]   12.5%    FFD204/304
Art, Natural Environment
     and History                        H3     12.5%     FSZ250/350
Art, Natural Environment
     and Wilderness                     H1     12.5%     FSZ251/351
Literature and
     Environment                        H1     12.5%    KGA272/372
The Literature of
     Tasmania                            H2    12.5%    HEA214/314
Sociology of Nature                     [na]   12.5%    HGA261/361
Environmental Ethics                     H1    12.5%    HPA277/377
Historical Geography                     H2    12.5%    KGA240/340


Unit Title                      campus-sem     weight          code
Philosophy
Advanced Buddhist
    Philosophy                          H1     12.5%    HPA297/397
Chance, Coincidence and
    Chaos                        H1~Lw1~D1     12.5%    HPA256/356
Chinese Philosophy                     [na]    12.5%    HPA220/320
Choice, Risk and
    Decision                            H2     12.5%    HPA294/394
Course details (2001)                                         page 41



Contemporary Philosophy:
     Biotechnology                         L1   12.5%   HPA253/353
Deviant Logic                            [na]   12.5%   HPA295/395
Ecophilosophy                            [na]   12.5%   HPA278/378
Environmental Ethics                      H1    12.5%   HPA277/377
Existentialism and Beyond                 H2    12.5%   HPA225/325
History of Philosophy 1: from
     Early Greece to the
     Renaissance                     H1~D1      12.5%   HPA266/366
History of Philosophy 2:
     Modern Philosophy               H2~D2      12.5%   HPA268/368
Indo–Tibetan Philosophy,
     History and Culture                  C3     25%    HPA276/376
Introduction to Buddhist
     Philosophy                           H1    12.5%   HPA219/319
Introduction to Logic         H1~D1~L w1~Bw1    12.5%   HPA291/391
Law, Society and
     Morality                            [na]   12.5%   HPA242/342
Logic and Possibility                    [na]   12.5%   HPA292/392
Meaning and Understanding                [na]   12.5%   HPA245/345
Moral Philosophy                          H2    12.5%   HPA210/310
Philosophical Psychology                 [na]   12.5%   HPA203/303
Philosophy 2001                           H2    12.5%      HPA398
Philosophy and Literature                [na]   12.5%   HPA201/301
Philosophy and the Body                  [na]   12.5%   HPA271/371
Philosophy of Art                         H1    12.5%   HPA215/315
Philosophy of Feminism               H1~D1      12.5%   HPA270/370
Philosophy of Health Care                [na]   12.5%   HPA269/369
Philosophy of Mathematics                 H2    12.5%   HPA246/346
Philosophy of Mind                       [na]   12.5%   HPA207/307
Philosophy of Religion                   [na]   12.5%   HPA293/393
Place and Environment                    [na]   12.5%   HPA204/304
Political Philosophy                      D1    12.5%   HPA289/389
Postmodernism and its
     Critics                             [na]   12.5%   HPA206/306
Professional Ethics                  H2~Lv2     12.5%   HPA212/312
Science and Religion                  L2~D2     12.5%   HPA274/374
Self and Subjectivity                      L2   12.5%   HPA233/333
The Meaning of Life                      [na]   12.5%   HPA209/309
The Philosophy of
     Kierkegaard                         [na]   12.5%   HPA202/302
The Philosophy of
     Nietzsche                           [na]   12.5%   HPA230/330
Time Travel                    H1/3~D1~Lw/1     12.5%   HPA208/308
Course details (2001)                                             page 42



Topics in the History of
    Philosophy: The Philosophy
    of Berkeley                             [na]   12.5%    HPA214/314
Ways of Reasoning                           [na]   12.5%    HPA275/375


Unit Title                           campus-sem    weight         code
Political Science
Approaches to International
     Relations                               H1    12.5%    HSA202/302
Australian Foreign Policy                   [na]   12.5%    HSA240/340
Australian Political System:
     Political Parties and
     Parliament                              H2    12.5%    HSA241/341
Approaches to International
     Relations                               H1    12.5%    HSA202/302
Espionage, Terror and
     Global Disorder                         H1    12.5%    HSA270/370
Globalisation and East Asian
     Politics                               [na]   12.5%    HSA258/358
Media and Politics                           H2    12.5%    HSA203/303
Parliamentary Internship                                    HSA361/432
Political Ideologies                         H2    12.5%    HSA210/310
Political Thought: Liberal
     Democracy                              [na]   12.5%    HSA212/312
Politics in Literature
     and Film                               [na]   12.5%    HSA204/304
Politics of
     Democratisation, East and West          H1    12.5%    HSA227/327
Race and Ethnic Politics                    [na]   12.5%    HSA201/301
Tasmanian Politics and
     Australian Federalism                  [na]   12.5%    HSA260/360
plus the following cross-listed units:
Australian Environmental
     Policy                                 [na]   12.5%    HSD230/330
Business–Government
     Relations                           H1~L1     12.5%    HSD208/308
Sex, Drugs and Toxic Waste:
     The Politics of
     Regulation                             [na]   12.5%    HSD207/307
Government and the
     Economy                             H2~L2     12.5%    HSD236/336
International Organisation:
     Globalism and Regionalism               H1    12.5%    HSD232/332
Ethnic Politics and Religious
     Nationalism in Asia                     H2    12.5%    HMA261/361
Course details (2001)                                       page 43



Reporting Asia: Western Media
    Perceptions of Asia                H1    12.5%    HMA260/360
Social and Political
    Research                        L1~H1    12.5%    HGA203/303
Survey Research                        H3    12.5%    HGA204/304


Unit Title                      campus-sem   weight         code
Psychology
Advanced Research Methods              H2    12.5%       KHA308
Clinical Psychology                    H1    12.5%       KHA305
Cognition and Memory                   H2    12.5%       KHA306
Developmental Psychology            H2~L2    12.5%       KHA202
Educational Psychology                 H1    12.5%       KHA319
Health & Rehabilitation
     Psychology                        H1    12.5%    KHA209/309
Human Abilities                       [na]   12.5%    KHA211/311
Human Neuroscience                     H1    12.5%       KHA303
Individual Differences                 H1    12.5%       KHA318
Learning & Skilled
     Performance                       H2    12.5%       KHA314
States of Consciousness               [na]   12.5%    KHA217/317
Organisational Psychology               L1   12.5%    KHA215/315
Peace, Conflict
     & Law                             H2    12.5%    KHA212/312
Assessment and Research
     Methods                           H1    12.5%       KHA301
Psychology of Health &
     Stress                             L2   12.5%    KHA213/313
Psychophysiology &
     Emotion                           H1    12.5%       KHA304
Research Methods in
     Psychology                     H1~L1    12.5%       KHA201
Social Psychology                     [na]   12.5%    KHA207/307


Unit Title                      campus-sem   weight         code
Public Policy
Asian Environmental
    Justice                           [na]   12.5%    HSD239/339
Australian Environmental
    Policy                            [na]   12.5%    HSD230/330
Australian Public Policy            H1~L1    12.5%    HSD206/306
Business–Government
    Relations                       H1~L1    12.5%    HSD208/308
Executive Government                  [na]   12.5%    HSD235/335
Course details (2001)                                              page 44



Global Environmental
     Policy                               H2~L2     12.5%    HSD229/329
Government and the
     Economy                              H2~L2     12.5%    HSD236/336
International Organisation:
     Globalism and Regionalism               H1     12.5%    HSD232/332
Media, Mass Communication
     and Information
     Technology Policy                      [na]    12.5%    HSD227/327
Policing and Governance                   H1~L1     12.5%    HSD205/305
Policy Analysis                             [na]    12.5%    HSD209/309
Regional Development
     Policy                               H1~L1     12.5%    HSD223/323
Sex, Drugs and Toxic Waste:
     The Politics of
     Regulation                             [na]    12.5%    HSD207/307
Sport and Tourism: Policy and
     Politics                             H2~L2     12.5%    HSD210/310
Women and Public Policy                     [na]    12.5%    HSD240/340
Approaches to Political
     Analysis                             H2~L2     12.5%    HSG200/300
plus the following cross-listed units:
Australian Foreign Policy                   [na]    12.5%    HSA240/340
Australian Political System:
     Political Parties and
     Parliament                              H2     12.5%    HSA241/341
Tasmanian Politics and
     Australian Federalism                  [na]    12.5%    HSA260/360
Social and Political
     Research                             L1~H1     12.5%    HGA203/303
Survey Research                              H3     12.5%    HGA204/304
Understanding
     Organisations                           H1     12.5%    HGA236/336


Unit Title                          campus-sem      weight         code
Social Ecology
Population and Society                    H1~L1     12.5%    HGE204/304
Social Ecology                            H2~L2     12.5%    HGE203/303
Social Ecology Internship                   H1/2    12.5%       HGE350
plus the following units from other disciplines:
Australian Natural
    Environments                          L1~D1     12.5%        KJG201
Globalisation                             L2~D2       25%        KJG302
Community Health and
    Medicine                                   Hf     25%       CAM205
Course details (2001)                                        page 45



Contemporary Indigenous
     Tasmania                          [na]   12.5%    HAB206/306
Crime and Criminal
     Justice                      L1~D1       12.5%    HGA206/306
Gender and Power                  L1~D1       12.5%    HGA272/372
Health Sociology                    [na]      12.5%    HGA239/339
Migrants in Australian
     Society                           H1     12.5%    HGA231/331
Science, Technology and
     Contemporary Society              [na]   12.5%    HGA220/320
Social and Political
     Research                     L1~H1       12.5%    HGA203/303
Social Inequality                   [na]      12.5%    HGA262/362
Sociology of Deviance                H1       12.5%    HGA259/359
Sociology of Nature                 [na]      12.5%    HGA261/361
Sociology of Youth                  [na]      12.5%    HGA277/377
Economics of Human
     Resources                         H1     12.5%        BEA306
Environmental and Resource
     Economics                         H1     12.5%        BEA301
Social & Environmental
     Accounting                        H2     12.5%    BFA207/307
Sustainable Communities and
     Local Environments                H2     12.5%    KGA254/354
The Global Space Economy               H2     12.5%    KGA208/308
Urban Planning: Space,
     Place and Society                 H1     12.5%    KGA253/353
Government and the
     Economy                      H2~L2       12.5%    HSD236/336
Policing and Governance           H1~L1       12.5%    HSD205/305
Regional Development
     Policy                       H1~L1       12.5%    HSD223/323
Social Policy in Welfare
     States                       H2~L2       12.5%    HSD231/331
Perspectives on Ageing               L2       12.5%       CNA246


Unit Title                    campus-sem      weight         code
Sociology
Change and Order in
    Contemporary Society               H2     12.5%       HGA302
Crime and Criminal
    Justice                       L1~D1       12.5%    HGA206/306
Cultures and Societies of
    Southeast Asia                    H2      12.5%    HGA254/354
Gender and Power                  L 1~D1
                                   v          12.5%    HGA272/372
Course details (2001)                                              page 46



Health Sociology                            [na]    12.5%    HGA239/339
Love, Family and Sexuality:
    East–West Comparison                    [na]    12.5%    HGA212/312
Magic, Spirituality and
    Religion                                [na]    12.5%    HGA219/319
Mass Social Movements                       [na]    12.5%    HGA233/333
Migrants in Australian
    Society                                  H1     12.5%    HGA231/331
Popular Culture and the Mass
    Media                                    H2     12.5%    HGA225/325
Qualitative Research
    Methods                               H1~L2     12.5%    HGA230/330
Science, Technology and
    Contemporary Society                    [na]    12.5%    HGA220/320
Social and Political
    Research                              L1~H1     12.5%    HGA203/303
Social Inequality                           [na]    12.5%    HGA262/362
Social Problems and Social
    Policy                                  [na]    12.5%    HGA223/323
Sociological Analysis of
    Modern Society                   H2~L2~D2       12.5%       HGA202
Sociology of Deviance                      H1       12.5%    HGA259/359
Sociology of Nature                       [na]      12.5%    HGA261/361
Sociology of Youth                        [na]      12.5%    HGA277/377
Survey Research                            H3       12.5%    HGA204/304
The Individual and
    Society                                 [na]    12.5%    HGA221/321
Tourism, Sport and
    Leisure                                  H1     12.5%    HGA251/351
Understanding
    Organisations                            H1     12.5%    HGA236/336

Unit Title                          campus-sem      weight         code
Women's Studies
Contemporary Feminist Thought:
     Themes, Issues and
     Conflicts                                H2    12.5%    HAF215/315
Sexualities: Histories,
     Representation, Politics                 H1    12.5%    HAF202/302
plus the following units from other disciplines:
Aboriginal Women                          L1~H1     12.5%    HAB232/332
American Women Writing
     (Nineteenth Century)                    [na]   12.5%    HEA258/358
British Literature
     1800–1850                                H1    12.5%    HEA257/357
Gender and Nation                             H2    12.5%    HEA289/389
Course details (2001)                                                     page 47



Medieval Writing                              [na]       12.5%       HEA213/313
Power, Pleasure and
     Perversion                               [na]       12.5%       HEA254/354
Reading the Classics: Ovid and
     Chaucer                                  [na]       12.5%       HEA227/327
Sexuality and the Subject in
     Fiction                                  [na]       12.5%       HEA286/386
Education of Women and
     Girls [a]                                 H?       16.67%            ESN773
Language, Gender and
     Communication in Education [a]            H?       16.67%            ESN771
Literature, Gender and
     Education [a]                             H?       16.67%            ESN772
Love, Family and Sexuality:
     East–West Comparison                     [na]       12.5%       HGA212/312
Fashioning the Body                            H2        12.5%        FST207/307
Feminist Aesthetics                           [na]       12.5%        FST209/309
Gender in European
     Thought                                   H2        12.5%       HTA205/305
Islam, Law and
     Women – Historical and
     Contemporary Perspectives                 H1        12.5%       HTA223/323
Women in Greek and Roman
     Antiquity                                [na]       12.5%       HTC221/321
Philosophy and the Body                       [na]       12.5%       HPA271/371
Philosophy of Feminism                     H1~D1         12.5%       HPA270/370
Sociology of Law                               H2        12.5%            BLA616
[a] for availability and details of these units, please contact the Faculty of
      Education


                               Groups 2A & 3A

Units offered outside the BA schedule as the Faculty may approve with a
combined weighting of not more than 75% at level 200/300.

                          Fine Arts study in the BA

BA students wishing to undertake study in Fine Arts may do so and still be
within the specifications of their degree course. Students must attend an
interview, bringing their portfolio with them.

A Fine Arts major for a BA student can comprise a major in Art and Cultural
Theory or a major which is largely based on studio units, but which must
include a minimum of 25% Art Theory units. The total units studied must not
exceed 100% (25% at level 100 and 75% over levels 200 and 300).
Course details (2001)                                                        page 48


1. Sample major – Studio (Hbt)

Year 1     Printmaking 125%
Year 2     Printmaking 2A      25%
     Art Theory 1A       12.5%
Year 3     Printmaking 3A      25%
     Art Theory 1B 12.5%
           Major total 100%<tbz>

2. Sample major – Art & Cultural Theory (Hbt & Ltn)

Year 1      Theory 1      25%
Year 2      Theory 2      25%
     Elective (eg Drawing)      12.5%
Year 3      Theory 3      25%
     Elective (eg Drawing)      12.5%
            Major total 100%<tbz>

3. Sample major – Studio (Ltn)

Year 1       Studio Survey 25%
Year 2       Ceramics      25%
     Intro to Cultural Practices 1 12.5%
Year 3       Ceramics      25%
     Intro to Cultural Practices 2 12.5%
             Major total 100%<tbz>


             Bachelor of Arts with Honours
(Abbreviation: BA(Hons))

Course code: R4A

This on-campus, 1 year full time (or, at the discretion of the relevant School, 2
consecutive years part time) course is available at Hobart and Launceston.
Candidates whose work has been interrupted by illness or other unavoidable
cause may be permitted to complete their course over a longer period of time.

Candidates wishing to apply for a place must submit an application form,
obtainable from Student Administration, by mid-December of the year before
that in which they wish to commence study. The accompanying Schedule lists
the disciplines which offer honours courses.

Admission & prerequisites

Candidates for the degree of Bachelor of Arts with Honours:
Course details (2001)                                                      page 49




•      must have qualified for admission to the degree of Bachelor of Arts, or
       another approved Bachelor degree, in this University or another approved
       tertiary institution;
•      if a candidate from another approved tertiary institution, must have
       qualified for admission to a fourth year honours course in the proposed
       discipline of study or a cognate discipline;
•      are required by Faculty to have a Grade Point Average (GPA) of 6.0 or
       better in the 200 and 300 level units forming a major in that discipline.
       Currently, the GPA is calculated on the basis of a HD=9, DN=7.5, CR=6.5,
       PP/FP=5.5; TP=5.0, NN=4.0 for the units at 200 and 300 level in the
       proposed discipline;
•      if undertaking a combined honours program, should qualify for entry in
       both disciplines to be studied;
•      should consult the following schedule for full details of discipline
       offerings as some disciplines prescribe additional units and a standard in
       the major higher than the Faculty minimum GPA for entry to their
       honours program.

Admission in semester 2 is possible in some programs. Contact the relevant
school for information.

BA(Hons) course specifications are published in the Calendar, copies of which
are held in the University Library, Student Administration, School Offices and
the Faculty Office, and is available on the Web starting at
http://www.admin.utas.edu.au/HANDBOOKS/handbooks.html

Course objectives

The Bachelor of Arts with Honours course allows candidates to pursue in-depth
study in the discipline or disciplines of their choice and at the same time to
demonstrate a level of excellence that will allow them to pursue higher degree
studies.

Career outcomes

In Australia and around the world, employers are increasingly seeing graduates
who can speak and write clearly; who are computer literate and understand
how to use technology; who know about other countries, cultures and societies;
who can solve problems creatively; and who have developed that flexibility of
thought which technical and vocational training rarely encourages. Graduates
with a Bachelor of Arts (Honours) degree find jobs in, for example: advertising,
journalism, radio and television; the arts, heritage and museology; diplomacy,
interpreting and tourism; management, marketing and administration; politics,
the public service, the police force and the armed forces; teaching, research and
publishing; psychology, counselling and community work.
Course details (2001)                                                        page 50



Course structure

A candidate for the degree must pursue either a single course of study in one
honours discipline, or a joint course of study in two honours disciplines.

The disciplines which may be studied as single honours courses are those listed
in the schedule which follows. Unless exempted by the Faculty, a candidate
may not enrol in the Honours course in a discipline listed unless the
corresponding prerequisite requirements have been obtained.

Joint honours courses consist of such combinations of the disciplines listed in
the schedule as Faculty may from time to time approve. A candidate may not
enrol in a joint honours course unless permitted to do so by the Faculty on the
recommendation of the heads of the two Schools concerned. Candidates must
either have passed the prerequisite units prescribed in the schedule for both the
proposed disciplines or have otherwise satisfied the heads of the two Schools
that they are sufficiently qualified to undertake the joint course.

Candidates undertake a program comprising a number of coursework units
and a research thesis. Candidates should consult individual discipline entries
for full details (page references are given in the Schedule of Courses).

Articulation

A person holding an award from this University or another approved
institution may be permitted by the Faculty to count towards the degree units
from the former award in accordance with policies in force at the time of
admission.

Persons who have successfully completed the Bachelor of Arts with Honours
may apply for entry to a higher degree (Masters or PhD) in accordance with
policies governing candidature for such admission.

General provisions

The Dean may, on the recommendation of the head of School, grant a candidate
an extension of time for the completion of a thesis where a thesis is required as
part of an honours examination.

Except by special permission of the Faculty there is no re-examination for
honours in any one discipline.

The classes of honours are First Class, Second Class, and Third Class. There is
an upper and lower division in the second class.

Candidates who have obtained honours in one course may proceed to honours
in another course provided that they undertake a further year's work and
Course details (2001)                                                       page 51



provided that the discipline or disciplines which comprise the earlier course are
not included in the later course.

                             Schedule of Courses

Discipline                           campus-semprerequisites                 code
Aboriginal Studies 4
    (Honours)                                Hf~LfMajor in Aboriginal Studies or
    cognate discipline, including satisfaction of the Faculty Grade-Point
    Average                         HAB400/401
Asian Studies 4 (Honours)                       HfMajor, including satisfaction of
    the Faculty Grade-Point Average, plus a completed first year of a relevant
    language other than English, or equivalent. By the end of the honours year,
    students will have undertaken additional language study so as to
    demonstrate an ability to read competently in that language. HMA400/401
Chinese 4 (Honours)                          Hf~LfMajor with GPA of 7.0 or
    higher; or a double major with GPA of 6.5 or higherHMC400/401
Classics 4 (Honours)                            HfMajor in Ancient Civilisations
    (including Latin 1 – HTL or equivalent) OR a Major in Latin and
    satisfaction of the Faculty Grade-Point AverageHTC400/401
Geography Honours                                LfGeography major, including
    satisfaction of the Faculty Grade-Point Average (or an appropriate
    background approved by Faculty)KJG400/401
English 4 (Honours)                           H~LMajor, with Grade-Point
    Average of 6 or higher in 75% of English units at levels 200/300
                                    HEA400/401
French 4 (Honours)                               H112.5% major with a GPA of 7
    or better, and either an HD for HEF301 French Language Skills 3 or a DN for
    HEF302 French Language Skills 3BHEF400/401
Geography and Environmental
    Studies 4                                   Hfbachelor degree with a sound
    major in Geography and Environmental Studies or another discipline
    relevant to the thesis topic and satisfying the Faculty honours entry
    requirements for major and GPA.KGA402/403
German 4 (Honours)                              HfA 112.5% major in German and
    GPA of 7 or better.             HEG400/401
History 4 (Honours)                           H~LMajor, with Grade-Point
    Average of higher than 6.5      HTA498/499
Indonesian 4 (Honours)                       Hf~LfMajor, with Grade-Point
    Average of 7.0 or better       HMN400/401
Japanese 4 (Honours)                            Hfone Distinction (DN) and two
    Credits (CR) in HMJ306–308. Further passes in HMJ330–335 are
    recommended                      HMJ400/401
Philosophy 4 (Honours)                       Hf~LfMajor, including satisfaction of
    the Faculty Grade-Point AverageHPA400/401
Course details (2001)                                                      page 52



Political Science 4
     (Honours)                                  HMajor, with Grade-Point
     Average of 6.5 or higher         HSA400/401
Psychology 4 (Honours)                          HfDouble major, containing at
     least 175% in the discipline, including KHA340 or KHA311, and
     satisfaction of the Faculty Grade-Point AverageKHA400/401
Public Policy 4
     (Honours)                                H~LMajor, with Grade-Point
     Average of 6.5 or higher         HSD400/401
Sociology 4 (Honours)                        Hf~LfMajor, including HGA202,
     HGA203/303 and satisfaction of Faculty Grade-Point Average.
                                     HGA400/401
Women's Studies 4
     (Honours)                                  HfFaculty requirement for entry
     to Honours, a major in Women's Studies and approval of the Coordinator
     of Women's Studies.              HAF400/401



            Bachelor of Contemporary Arts
(Abbreviation: BCA)

Course code: F3J

This on-campus 3-year full-time course is offered by the School of Visual &
Performing Arts in Launceston. Part-time study is also available.

Admission & prerequisites

Applicants are normally expected to have satisfied the University's admission
requirements.

Applicants intending to specialise in 2D Studies or 3D Studies will be required
to submit a portfolio of recent artwork (which may include slides, photographs
or video). Where there are circumstances which prevent an applicant attending
for interview, a brief statement outlining interest in the course, including any
relevant experience or qualifications, should be provided, including a portfolio
of recent artwork.

Applicants intending to specialise in Theatre Studies are required to attend an
audition and interview. Overseas and interstate applicants may submit a
video-tape of a recent performance.

Students intending to specialise in Theory Studies are required to attend an
interview in which they will either present a portfolio of recent artwork or
present for audition, as appropriate.
Course details (2001)                                                      page 53




Completion of either TCE Art, Craft & Design or Speech & Drama is desirable
but not essential.

Course objectives

The educational objectives of the 3-year degree are:

1.     To provide a foundation study in the methods, skills and processes
       involved in visual or performing arts practices;
2.     To familiarise students with conceptual concerns and theoretical debates
       surrounding contemporary visual and performing arts practices;
3.     To provide a program that creates an opportunity for students to go on to
       further study at Honours level or to undertake a degree program in a
       complementary area, eg cultural tourism, business, hospitality.

Career outcomes

Graduates from the Bachelor of Contemporary Arts will find employment in a
variety of positions within the visual and performing arts professions. Students
who complete a stream in either 2D Studies or 3D Studies or Theory Studies
may work as curators, gallery administrators, researchers and teachers, as well
as participating in individual and group-generated projects and studio practice.
Students who complete the Theatre Studies stream may work in professional
theatre as actors, stage managers or technicians, film and television, or public
relations.

Course structure

To meet the requirements of the BCA, students must complete a total of 300%,
of which normally 100% will be at level 100, 100% at level 200 and 100% at level
300. Students must also meet the requirements for a major stream in either
Theatre Studies, 2D Studies, 3D Studies or Theory Studies.

Year 1

All students must complete the core theory units Introduction to Cultural
Practices 1 and 2 (2 x 12.5%). Students choose Year 1 core units from the
schedules for one of Theatre Studies, 2D Studies, 3D Studies or Theory Studies.

Year 2

All students complete 25% in Theory Studies units. Students who elect to do a
major stream in either Theatre Studies, 2D Studies or 3D Studies must complete
50% of units at level 200 in the chosen stream. Students who choose the Theory
Studies stream must do an additional 25% of units at level 200 in Theory
Studies. The remaining weighting (50%) is made up of electives, comprising
Course details (2001)                                                       page 54



level 200/300 units from any of the other schedules, approved complementary
TAFE modules or units from other courses in the University.

Year 3

Students in the Theatre Studies stream complete the units Theatre Project 1 and
2 (50%). Students in the streams for 2D Studies or 3D Studies complete the units
Studio Project 1 and 2 (50%). Students in the Theory Studies stream choose 50%
of Theory units at level 300. The remaining weighting (50%) for all students is
made up of electives, comprising level 200/300 units from any of the other
schedules, approved complementary TAFE modules or units from other
courses in the University.

Students who intend to apply for an honours course must complete a total of
75% of Theory Studies units, including the core Year 1 theory units Introduction
to Cultural Practices 1 and 2.

Sample Course 1 – Major in 2D Studies

INSERT BCA1.PICT HERE

Sample Course 2 – Major in Theatre Studies

INSERT BCA2.PICT HERE

Sample Course 3 – Major in Theory Studies

INSERT BCA3.PICT HERE

Articulation

Applicants who are accepted for admission, and who have satisfactorily
completed a related TAFE diploma, will be awarded status for up to one year or
one-third of the degree requirement (100% total).

Students commencing study in the BCA will normally be granted a minimum
of 25% credit towards the BCA if they have completed another previous degree.
Credit for another incomplete degree will be given on a case by case basis.

Continuing University students will be able to articulate from the BFA at
Launceston and from the BPA (Theatre).

On completion of the BCA, graduates will be able apply for entry into honours
programs in Fine Arts and in Performing Arts.

Articulation with TAFE
Course details (2001)                                                    page 55



All students in the degree program can count up to an equivalent of 50% of
approved complementary TAFE modules, of which no more than 25% may
count towards the nominated major stream. For the purposes of credit transfer,
each TAFE module has an equivalent weighting of 12.5%. The approved
complementary TAFE modules are as follows:

11-449 Jewellery Introduction

11-455 Jewellery – Fabrication Techniques

11-456 Jewellery Casting

11-457 Jewellery Production Casting

11-443 Printmaking Introduction

11-589 Etching Techniques

11-591 Intaglio Drypoint

11-594 Stone Lithography

11-610 Colour Etching

11-690 Two Shaft Weave

11-684 Introduction to Tapestry

11-693 Dyeing

11-695 Introduction to Colour

51-139 Intro to Computers for Graphic Arts

Units from other courses

Students are permitted to enrol in units from another degree course to count
towards the BCA, provided that the weighting of these units totals no more
than 25% at level 200 and 25% at level 300.

Students enrolled in other courses

The School of Visual & Performing Arts offers students a sequence of 12.5%
elective units. Students must obtain formal School approval from the
lecturer-in-charge prior to enrolment.

                        Schedule A – Theatre Studies stream
Course details (2001)                                                   page 56




Unit Title                            campus-sem       weight             code
Year 1
Principles and Practice of
     Theatre 1: Australian Drama                L1      12.5%           FPB101
Theatre Skills 1                                L1      12.5%           FPB103
Technical Theatre                               L1      12.5%           FPB105
Introduction to Cultural
     Practices 1                                L1      12.5%           FFA102
Principles and Practice of
     Theatre 2: The Development
     of Western Drama                           L2      12.5%           FPB102
Theatre Skills 2                                L2      12.5%           FPB104
Performance and
     Production                                 L2      12.5%           FPB106
Introduction to Cultural
     Practices 2                                L2      12.5%           FFA103
Year 2
Classical Production                          [na]      12.5%           FPB201
Classical Performance                         [na]      12.5%           FPB202
Devised Performance                           [na]      12.5%           FPB203
Theatre Skills 3                              [na]      12.5%           FPB204
Plus 25% from level 200/300 units listed in the Theory Studies Schedule
plus 25% elective units from any of the following:
Advanced Technical
     Theatre                                  [na]      12.5%       FPB251/351
Professional Presentation
     Skills                                   [na]      12.5%       FPB252/352
Stage Design                                  [na]      12.5%       FPB253/353
Lighting Design for
     Installations and Performances           [na]      12.5%       FPB254/354
Scriptwriting                                 [na]      12.5%       FPB255/355
Voice and Media                               [na]      12.5%       FPB256/356
Acting for Television
     and Film                                 [na]      12.5%       FPB257/357
Wayang Shadow Puppet
     Theatre                                    L2      12.5%      HMN210/310
or other level 200/300 units listed in the BCA schedule, or approved modules
     from TAFE, or units from other courses offered in the University
Year 3
Theatre Project 1: Student
     Directed Production                      [na]      12.5%           FPB302
Theatre Project 1: Graduate
     Production                               [na]      12.5%           FPB303
Plus 50% elective units chosen from level 200/300 units listed in the BCA
     schedule, or approved modules from TAFE. Student may include 25% of
     units offered by other courses in the University.
Course details (2001)                                                  page 57




                        Schedule B – 2D Studies stream

Unit Title                         campus-sem       weight               code
Year 1
Introduction to Drawing 1                 L1/2       12.5%            FFD100
Introduction to Two
     Dimensional Studies                     L1      12.5%            FFE102
Introduction to Three
     Dimensional Studies                     L1      12.5%            FFE103
Introduction to Cultural
     Practices 1                             L1      12.5%            FFA102
Introduction to Drawing 2                 L1/2       12.5%            FFD101
Introduction to Cultural
     Practices 2                             L2      12.5%            FFA103
Plus 25% from the following:
Introduction to Ceramics                     L2      12.5%            FFC110
Introduction to Textiles                     L2      12.5%            FFX110
Introduction to Sculpture                    L2      12.5%            FFS110
Introduction to
     Printmedia                              L2      12.5%            FFR110
Introduction to Painting                     L2      12.5%            FFP110
Year 2
Choose 50% from the following, including at least 25% from one of Painting,
     Photography, Digitial Imaging or Drawing:
Contemporary Painting
     Practices                               L1      12.5%        FFP250/350
Painting: Self-directed
     Project                                 L1      12.5%        FFP201/301
Painting Media, Processes
     and Approaches                          L1      12.5%        FFP202/302
Painting:
     Material/Descriptive Exploration        L2      12.5%        FFP203/303
What are the Limits of
     Painting?                               L2      12.5%        FFP204/304
The Seduction of Black and
     White: Advanced Techniques
     and Concepts for the
     Photographic Medium                     L1      12.5%       FFR201/301
Printmedia Project                         [na]      12.5%       FFR202/302
Digital Project                              L2      12.5%       FFR203/303
Looking Out/Looking In:
     Approaches to the Landscape             L1      12.5%       FFR204/304
Photography as Service                       L1      12.5%       FFR250/350
Computer Imaging                             L2      12.5%       FFR252/352
Web Page Design                              L1      12.5%       FFR205/305
Course details (2001)                                                   page 58



Drawing: The Body                            [na]      12.5%        FFD201/301
Drawing: Questioning the
    Practice                                 [na]      12.5%        FFD200/300
Drawing into Print                             L2      12.5%        FFD202/302
Drawing: Approaches to
    Abstraction                                L1      12.5%        FFD203/303
Drawing in the Landscape                     [na]      12.5%        FFD204/304
Plus 25% from level 200/300 units listed in the Theory Studies schedule
plus 25% elective units chosen from level 200/300 units listed in the BCA
    schedule, or approved complementary modules from TAFE, or units
    offered by other courses in the University.
Year 3
Studio Project 1                               L1        25%            FFE302
Studio Project 2                               L2        25%            FFE303
Plus 50% elective units chosen from level 200/300 units listed in the BCA
    schedule, or approved complementary modules from TAFE. Students may
    include 25% of units offered by other courses in the University.


                        Schedule C – 3D Studies stream

Unit Title                        campus-sem        weight              code
Year 1
Introduction to Drawing 1                 L1/2       12.5%            FFD100
Introduction to Two
     Dimensional Studies                     L1      12.5%            FFE102
Introduction to Three
     Dimensional Studies                     L1      12.5%            FFE103
Introduction to Cultural
     Practices 1                             L1      12.5%            FFA102
Introduction to Drawing 2                 L1/2       12.5%            FFD101
Introduction to Cultural
     Practices 2                             L2      12.5%            FFA103
Plus 25% from the following:
Introduction to Ceramics                     L2      12.5%            FFC110
Introduction to Textiles                     L2      12.5%            FFX110
Introduction to Sculpture                    L2      12.5%            FFS110
Introduction to
     Printmedia                              L2      12.5%            FFR110
Introduction to Painting                     L2      12.5%            FFP110
Year 2
Choose 50% from the following, including at least 25% from one of Ceramics,
     Sculpture or Textiles:
Form Follows Function: The Art
     of the Potters Wheel                    L1      12.5%       FFC201/301
The Object in Contemporary
     Popular Culture                       [na]      12.5%       FFC202/302
Course details (2001)                                                     page 59



Ceramics: Precious and
     Ephemeral                                  L1     12.5%        FFC250/350
The Return of the Figure                        L2     12.5%        FFC203/303
The Pot as Narrative                            L2     12.5%        FFC204/304
Ceramics for the Kitchen
     Dresser                                  [na]     12.5%        FFC251/351
Revisiting the Figure                         [na]     12.5%        FFS201/301
Student Initiated Sculpture
     Project 1                                  L1     12.5%        FFS202/302
Small Scale Sculpture                           L1     12.5%        FFS251/351
The Art of Adding and
     Removal                                  [na]     12.5%        FFS203/303
Student Initiated Sculpture
     Project 2                                  L2     12.5%        FFS204/304
Sculpture: Fine Art Metal
     Casting                                    L2     12.5%        FFS250/350
All Dressed Up and Going
     Places – The Art of
     Costume 1                                  L1     12.5%        FFX202/302
Dressing up, Dressing Down:
     The Art of Costume 2                       L2     12.5%        FFX203/303
Plus 25% from level 200/300 units listed in the Theory Studies schedule
plus 25% elective units chosen from other level 200/300 units listed in the BCA
     schedule, or approved complementary modules from TAFE, or units
     offered in other courses in the University
Year 3
Studio Project 1                                L1       25%              FFE302
Studio Project 2                                L2       25%              FFE303
Plus 50% from level 200/300 units listed in the BCA schedule, or approved
     complementary modules from TAFE. Students may include 25% of units
     offered by other courses in the University


                        Schedule D – Theory Studies stream

Unit Title                           campus-sem      weight                code
Level 100
Required units [a]
Introduction to Drawing 1                  L1/2        12.5%            FFD100
Introduction to Two
     Dimensional Studies                      L1       12.5%            FFE102
Introduction to Three
     Dimensional Studies                      L1       12.5%            FFE103
Introduction to Cultural
     Practices 1                             L1        12.5%            FFA102
Introduction to Drawing 2                  L1/2        12.5%            FFD101
Course details (2001)                                                     page 60



Introduction to Cultural
     Practices 2                                  L2      12.5%          FFA103
[a] Note: Subject to approval from the Head of School, students may replace
      studio or drawing units with level 100 Theatre Studies units or level 100
      units from other courses.
plus 25% [a] from the following:
Introduction to Ceramics                          L2      12.5%          FFC110
Introduction to Textiles                          L2      12.5%          FFX110
Introduction to Sculpture                         L2      12.5%           FFS110
Introduction to
      Printmedia                                  L2      12.5%          FFR110
Introduction to Painting                          L2      12.5%          FFP110
Level 200/300
Choose 100% from the following:
The Construction of
      Genius                                    [na]      12.5%     FFA250/350
Romance and Realism                             [na]      12.5%     FFA251/351
The Avant-Garde and the
      Necessity of the New                      [na]      12.5%     FFA252/352
The Arts in Revolt                              [na]      12.5%     FFA254/354
Professional Practice                           [na]      12.5%     FFA233/333
Gallery Studies                                   L4      12.5%     FFA234/334
Wilderness and Natural
      Environment                                 L1      12.5%     FFA235/335
Subject to Sub-Dean approval, students may also include up to 25% from the
      units offered by other Schools:
any Humanities & Social Science units listed in the BA Schedule;
or the following units in Architecture:
History & Theory in
      Design 3                                    L1      12.5%         KDA212
History and Theory in
      Design 4                                    L2      12.5%         KDA222
History & Theory in
      Design 5                                    L1      12.5%         KDA312
History and Theory in
      Design 6                                    L2      12.5%         KDA322
Theory in Design 1
      (BArch)                                     L2      12.5%         KDA422
Plus 100% elective units chosen from level 200/300 units listed in the BCA
      schedule, or approved modules from TAFE. Students may include 50% of
      units offered by other courses in the University



                        Bachelor of Fine Arts
(Abbreviation: BFA)
Course details (2001)                                                        page 61




Course code: F3E

This on-campus 3-year (minimum) full-time course is offered by the Faculty of
Arts through the Tasmanian School of Art at Hobart and the School of Visual
and Performing Arts at Launceston. Part-time study is also available. There will
be no new intake into this course on the Launceston campus in 2001. New
students at Launceston enrol in the Bachelor of Contemporary Arts (see page
B-xx).

Admission & prerequisites

All applicants will be required to submit a portfolio of recent art work (which
may include slides, photographs or video) and attend an interview. Where
there are circumstances which prevent an applicant attending for interview, a
brief statement outlining interest in the course, including any relevant
experience or qualifications, should also be provided, including a portfolio of
recent artwork. It is a distinct advantage for applicants to have completed TCE
Art, Craft & Design or have equivalent experience and/or qualifications, since
admission is competitive.

Course objectives

The Bachelor of Fine Arts is designed to give students a broad visual arts
education and to offer them a wide range of possible disciplines in which to
undertake a major program of study. The course requires a commitment to
studio-based study, and also offers a substantial program in Art Theory, which
includes studies in art history, theory and film. There are opportunities for
specialised study in various disciplines, all of which are informed by a rigorous
and challenging ongoing theoretical debate. Majors may be undertaken in a
range of Studio practices. Students may also choose to do an Art and Cultural
Theory major in which they specialise in units from the Art Theory program
and are eligible to enrol in a number of units cross-listed with other disciplines.

Career outcomes

Graduates from the Bachelor of Fine Arts find employment in a variety of
positions within the arts professions, including curatorial work, gallery
administration, research and teaching, as well as participating in individual and
group-generated projects and studio practice.

Course structure

Level 100
Course details (2001)                                                        page 62



(Hobart) Students enrol in at least two Studio A units (2 x 25% weight), and
Introduction to Art and Design Theory 1A and 1B (2x12.5%). Additionally they
enrol in a further unit from either the Studio A or Studio B list (25%).

Studio major – level 200

(Hobart) Students enrol in one Studio A unit (50% weight) and make up the
remaining 50% from the level 200 schedule. This may be a multiple selection of
12.5% or 25% units or a second 50% Studio A unit. [Note: FST200/300 Art and
Design Theory 2/3 plus a further 12.5% Art and Design Theory unit (normally
taken after FST200/300) must be completed at levels 200 or 300].

(Launceston) Students enrol in two level 200 Art Theory units and a level 200
Studio unit, and make up the remaining 25% with a selection of electives.

Studio major – level 300

(Hobart) Students enrol in one Studio A unit (50% weight) and make up the
remaining 50% from the level 300 schedule. This may be a multiple selection of
12.5% or 25% units or a second 50% Studio A unit.

Note: Students must complete a studio major sequence by enrolling in Studio A
units at level 100 (25%), level 200 (50%) and level 300 (50%) normally in the
same studio. Students may enrol in a level 300 Studio A unit (50%) having
gained a Distinction in that same studio in a 25% unit at level 200.

(Launceston) Students enrol in either a level 300 Studio unit or another level
200 Studio unit. The remaining 50% can be made up with either a selection of
electives or an additional level 200 Studio unit.

Notes:

•      Normally students enrol in a level 300 Studio unit in third year.
•      Students intending to proceed beyond level 300, i.e. to honours and
       postgraduate studies, will need to complete 2 semesters of level 300 Art
       Theory and a level 300 Studio unit.

Art and Cultural Theory major – level 200/300

(Hobart ) Students must complete:

•      a sequence of Art Theory units at levels 200 and 300 to the value of
       75–100% in total; 25% of them can be taken in units which are cross-listed
       from other Schools (see Art and Cultural Theory schedule of units below).
       At least 25% weighting of units should be from level 300 units:
•      level 200 and/or level 300 studio-based units to the total value of 50%; and
•      level 200/300 electives to the value of 50–75%.
Course details (2001)                                                       page 63




Dipback

Normally students complete 100% at each of levels 100, 200 and 300. Subject to
Sub-Dean approval, students are permitted to count towards their degree a
'dipback' of 25% in units at a lower level.

Articulation

Students who are accepted for transfer from other institutions can be given
status for equivalent studies satisfactorily completed in bachelor degree
programs in other universities. Applicants who are accepted for admission, and
who have satisfactorily completed a related TAFE diploma, can be awarded
status for one year or one-third of the degree requirement.

Students who have completed another previous degree and are commencing
study in the BFA will normally be granted 25% credit towards the BFA. Credit
is granted for study completed within the past ten years; but for those seeking
credit for qualifications completed more than ten years ago, consideration will
be given to evidence of continuing professional practice in the field.

Transfer provisions

A student successfully completing all level 100 units of the course at one
campus will be eligible to transfer to units at level 200 at the other campus with
full status for level 100 units. However, they would normally only be able to
enrol in studios at level 200 if they have completed the prerequisite level 100
studio (full year level 100 Studio for Hobart students transferring to
Launceston; semester 1 Studio Survey, full year Drawing and semester 2 Studio
for Launceston students transferring to Hobart). In exceptional circumstances
the sub-dean may approve an appropriate set of subjects to serve as a
prerequisite where a stated prerequisite is not met.

Units from other courses

Students are permitted to enrol in units from another degree course to count
towards the BFA, provided that the weighting of these units totals no more
than 75%, being no more than 25% in each of years 1, 2 and 3.

Students enrolled in other courses

The School of Visual and Performing Arts at Launceston offers students a
selection of elective units.

                               Schedule – Hobart

Unit Title                           campus-sem        weight               code
Course details (2001)                                                          page 64



Level 100
Art and Design Theory units – compulsory
Introduction to Art and Design
     Theory 1A                                     H1        12.5%            FST101
Introduction to Art and Design
     Theory 1B                                     H2        12.5%            FST102
Choose 2 Studio A units (compulsory) AND either 1 Studio A or Studio B
     unit(s) or units offered by other Schools to the value of 25%
Studio A units
E-Media 1                                          Hf          25%            FSE110
Furniture Design 1                                 Hf          25%            FSF110
Graphic Design 1                                   Hf          25%            FSG110
Painting 1                                         Hf          25%            FSP110
Photography 1                                      Hf          25%            FSH110
Printmaking 1                                      Hf          25%            FSR110
Sculpture 1                                        Hf          25%             FSS110
Studio B units
Introduction to
     Mould-Making 1                                H1        12.5%            FSC101
Introduction to Life
     Drawing                                     H1/2        12.5%            FSD150
Media and Methods in
     Drawing                                     H1/2        12.5%            FSD153
Woodskills 1A                                      Hf          25%           FSW150
Level 200
Where there are alternative unit codes (e.g. FST201/301) the unit may be taken
     either at level 200 or level 300. When students enrol, depending on whether
     they wish to study a unit as a level 200 unit or a level 300 unit, they should
     use the appropriate code (e.g. FST201 is the level 200 code, and FST301 is
     the level 300 code).
Students choose one unit from Studio A (compulsory), and other units from Studio A,
     Studio B or Art and Design Theory units to the value of 50%. Students may
     take units offered by another School in the University, up to a maximum of 25% in
     year 2 in place of Studio B units to that value.
Note 1: Students must complete FST200 or FST300 plus a further 12.5% Art and
     Design Theory unit at level 200 or 300 (normally taken after FST200/300)
Note 2: Major Study Students must complete a sequence of Studio A units at level
     100 (25%), level 200 (50%) and level 300 (50%) normally in the same studio.
     Students may take a level 300 Studio A unit (50%) having gained a Distinction
     result in that same studio in a 25% unit at level 200.
Art and Design Theory
     2/3                                           H1        12.5%        FST200/300
Australian Art of the 1970s
     and 1980s                                     H2        12.5%        FST201/301
Cinema                                             H1        12.5%        FST202/302
Postmodernism and Visual
     Culture                                       H1        12.5%        FST203/303
Course details (2001)                                 page 65



Performance                       [na]   12.5%   FST204/304
Picturing the Wilderness           H3    12.5%   FST205/305
Contemporary Craft and
     Design                       [na]   12.5%   FST206/306
Fashioning the Body                H2    12.5%   FST207/307
Feminist Aesthetics               [na]   12.5%   FST209/309
'Follow the White Rabbit':
     Fairy Tale, Fable and
     Cyber Fiction                 H2    12.5%   FST210/310
Fantasy Decor                      H2    12.5%   FST212/312
Contemporary Art of the
     Asia-Pacific Region           H2    12.5%   FST213/313
Studio A units
E-Media 2                          Hf     50%       FSE210
Furniture Design 2                 Hf     50%       FSF210
Graphic Design 2                   Hf     50%       FSG210
Painting 2                         Hf     50%       FSP210
Photography 2                      Hf     50%       FSH210
Printmaking 2                      Hf     50%       FSR210
Sculpture 2                        Hf     50%        FSS210
Studio B units
Design Drawing                     H2    12.5%       FSB275
Digital Imaging B                  H2    12.5%   FSE251/351
Life Drawing: Personal Project
     A                             H1    12.5%   FSD255/355
Life Drawing: Personal Project
     B                             H2    12.5%   FSD256/356
Image Development: Personal
     Project A                     H1    12.5%   FSD257/357
Image Development: Personal
     Project B                     H2    12.5%   FSD258/358
Digital Imaging A                H1/2    12.5%   FSE250/350
Digital Imaging B                  H2    12.5%   FSE251/351
Desktop Publishing                [na]   12.5%   FSE252/352
WWW (World Wide Web)
     Design                        H2    12.5%   FSE253/353
Time-based Multi-Media             H1    12.5%   FSE254/354
Sound A                            H1    12.5%   FSE256/356
Sound B                            H2    12.5%   FSE257/357
The Moving Image                   H2    12.5%   FSE258/358
Interactive Installation           H2    12.5%   FSE259/359
Digital 3D Modelling,
     Scenography and Animation     H1    12.5%   FSE260/360
Furniture Design 2A                Hf      25%       FSF250
Graphic Design 2A                  Hf      25%       FSG250
Photography 2A                     Hf      25%      FSH250
Painting 2A                        Hf      25%       FSP250
Course details (2001)                                                    page 66



Printmaking 2A                                Hf        25%              FSR250
Sculpture 2A                                  Hf        25%              FSS250
Woodskills 2A                                H1       12.5%             FSW250
Art, Natural Environment
     and History                             H3       12.5%        FSZ250/350
Art, Natural Environment
     and Wilderness                          H1       12.5%        FSZ251/351
Level 300
Students choose one unit from Studio A (compulsory), and other units from
     Studio A, Studio B or Art and Design Theory units to the value of 50%.
     Students may take units offered by another School in the University, up to
     a maximum of 25% at level 300 in place of Studio B units to that value.
See Notes 1 and 2 (Level 200) above.
Art and Design Theory units
See Art and Design Theory units (year 2) above
Studio A units
Ceramics 3                                    Hf        50%              FSC310
E-Media 3                                     Hf        50%              FSE310
Furniture Design 3                            Hf        50%              FSF310
Graphic Design 3                              Hf        50%             FSG310
Painting 3                                    Hf        50%              FSP310
Photography 3                                 Hf        50%             FSH310
Printmaking 3                                 Hf        50%              FSR310
Sculpture 3                                   Hf        50%              FSS310
Studio B units
Drawing units, FSD350-358 (see Level 200 listing) above
Furniture Design 3A                           Hf        25%              FSF350
Graphic Design 3A                             Hf        25%             FSG350
Photography 3A                                Hf        25%             FSH350
Painting 3A                                   Hf        25%              FSP350
Printmaking 3A                                Hf        25%              FSR350
Sculpture 3A                                  Hf        25%              FSS350
E-Media units, FSE350–353 and FSE356–360 (see Level 200 listing) above
Natural Environment and Wilderness, FSZ350 and FSZ351 (see Level 200
     listing) above


                          Schedule – Launceston

Unit Title                          campus-sem       weight              code
There is no new intake into the BFA on the Launceston campus in 2001.
Level 200/300
Over the remaining two years of the course (200%), students choose two level
    200 Art Theory units (25%) and two Studio units (100%). The remaining
    75% can be made up with either another level 200 Studio unit and/or
    elective units. Students planning to proceed to Honours and postgraduate
Course details (2001)                                                     page 67



    study will need to complete two level 300 Art Theory units and a level 300
    Studio unit.
Art Theory units
A Brief History of
    20th-Century Art                           L1      12.5%         FFA202/302
Professional Practice                        [na]      12.5%         FFA233/333
Gallery Studies                                L4      12.5%         FFA234/334
Wilderness and Natural
    Environment                                L1      12.5%         FFA235/335
The Body in Art                                L2      12.5%         FFA240/340
Landscape and Issues of
    Postcolonialism in Australian
    Art                                      [na]      12.5%         FFA241/341
Research Seminar                               Lf        25%         FFA300/301
Studio units
Ceramics 2                                     Lf        50%              FFC210
Ceramics 3                                     Lf        50%              FFC310
Painting 2                                     Lf        50%              FFP210
Painting 3                                     Lf        50%              FFP310
Printmedia 2                                   Lf        50%              FFR210
Printmedia 3                                   Lf        50%              FFR310
Sculpture 2                                    Lf        50%              FFS210
Sculpture 3                                    Lf        50%              FFS310
Textiles 2                                     Lf        50%              FFX210
Textiles 3                                     Lf        50%              FFX310
Elective units
Students may select elective units from level 200/300 units listed in schedules
    B, C and D of the Bachelor of Contemporary Arts, as well as Theatre
    electives listed in Schedule A. (See page B-xx).


                        Art and Cultural Theory – Hobart

Students wishing to undertake a major in Art and Cultural Theory select units
from the Art and Design Theory schedule and may take up to 25% from the
units listed below.

Unit Title                          campus-sem       weight             code
Critical Theory                             H2        12.5%       HEA260/360
Cultures and Societies of
     Southeast Asia                         H2         12.5%      HGA254/354
Japanese Film                            H2~Lv2        12.5%         HMJ334
'Just like in Thelma and
     Louise': Feminism and
     Film                                   [na]       12.5%      HEA278/378
LA Noir: Film Noir and
     Hollywood                              [na]       12.5%      HEA279/379
Course details (2001)                                                     page 68



Le grand écran: A History of
    French Cinema                            [na]      12.5%      HEF230/330
Philosophy of Art                             H1       12.5%      HPA215/315
Popular Culture and the Mass
    Media                                     H2       12.5%      HGA225/325
Popular Fiction: Texts and
    Audiences                                 H1       12.5%      HEA267/367
Post-1945 German Film                         H2       12.5%      HEG212/312
Postmodernism and its
    Critics                                  [na]      12.5%      HPA206/306
Power, Pleasure and
    Perversion                               [na]      12.5%      HEA254/354
Sociology of Nature                          [na]      12.5%      HGA261/361



       Bachelor of Fine Arts with Honours
(Abbreviation: BFA(Hons))

Course code: F4A

This on-campus full-time (minimum 1 year), or part-time (minimum 2 years)
course is offered by the Faculty of Arts through the Tasmania School of Art at
Hobart and the School of Visual and Performing Arts at Launceston.

Admission & prerequisites

On successful completion of a Fine Arts degree, a candidate may make
application to undertake a further honours year. Prerequisites for entry into the
honours year apply: a candidate shall normally be expected to have gained at
least distinctions in 75% of semester units during undergraduate study, 25% of
which must be in the final year of the major unit completed. Candidates are also
expected to have completed 75% in units offered in Art and Design Theory at
levels 100, 200 and 300.

Course objectives

The course allows students to concentrate on developing a body of work of a
speculative and individual nature. The emphasis is placed on a spirit of
excellence and a strong sense of independent enquiry. Experimentation is
encouraged and the candidate should have a firm commitment to the
articulation of visual art theory in written, verbal and visual form, and its
integration into art practice.

Candidates work with one or two supervisors in a studio/teaching area, and
must be prepared to articulate the line of investigation which they wish to
Course details (2001)                                                     page 69



pursue. This will take the form of a proposal which establishes the framework
for assessment.

Candidates also undertake a seminar program. The series will vary slightly
each year but is devoted to a study of contemporary theory, methodology and
criticism of the visual arts.

A short course of lectures and workshops is presented at a weekly Honours
Seminar in semester 1. This series of lectures is devoted to a study of
contemporary theory, methodology and criticism of visual arts and design.
During the latter part of the semester, candidates can expect to present their
ideas to a workshop group in a relatively informal and provisional manner. In
semester 1 and 2, short summaries of papers are presented formally in day-long
seminars. In consultation with their theory supervisors, candidates write their
summary in final form as a 3,000-word paper; studio supervisor(s) should also
be consulted regarding the theme and structure of their paper. The papers are
presented as part of the candidates' examination submission. For studio-based
candidates, the Art Theory component makes up approximately one fifth of the
course.

Candidates will be examined by a panel of academic staff, on a presentation of
visual work representing results of study undertaken during the year, along
with the two seminar papers, and any other written documentation, such as
diaries, notebooks and other relevant material. Candidates must satisfy the
examiners as to the quality of their submissions in both studio and theory.

Course structure

The candidate will submit a proposal for a course of study within one of the
following studio areas, although this program is not necessarily media-specific:

•      Art Theory
•      Ceramics (Ltn only)
•      Drawing
•      E-Media (Hbt only)
•      Furniture Design (Hbt only)
•      Graphic Design (Hbt only)
•      Painting
•      Photography (Hbt only)
•      Printmedia (Ltn only)
•      Printmaking (Hbt only)
•      Sculpture

Enrolment

Hobart students enrol as follows:
Course details (2001)                                                        page 70



FSA400          Bachelor of Fine Arts with Honours (Full time) 100%

or

FSA401          Bachelor of Fine Arts with Honours (Part time) 50%

Launceston students enrol as follows:

FFA400          Bachelor of Fine Arts with Honours (Full time) 100%

or

FFA401          Bachelor of Fine Arts with Honours (Part time) 50%


                         Bachelor of Music
(Abbreviation: BMus)

Course code: F3H

This 3-year full-time degree is offered by the Faculty of Arts through the
Conservatorium of Music in Hobart. Part time study is also available.

Admission & prerequisites

Minimum University entrance requirements are normally expected. Pre-tertiary
TCE Music is desirable but not essential.

Anyone possessing other qualifications and experience deemed by the Faculty
to provide an adequate preparation for study equivalent to the successful
completion of year 12 in an Australian school system, may be admitted to the
course.

Applicants are required to attend an audition and interview and to undertake a
theory and aural test. Overseas/interstate applicants may submit a certified
audio or video tape of a recent performance.

Instrumental and vocal applicants should prepare a program comprising three
works of contrasting style and period; some technical work may also be
required.

Composition applicants should present a folio of at least three compositions.

Course objectives

The course aims to provide students with:
Course details (2001)                                                         page 71




•      a broadly-based music education, employing a strong and fundamental
       aural approach to music learning;
•      a high level of professional vocational training;
•      the necessary communication skills and flexibility to interact with the
       wider community;
•      appropriate support studies to enable the development of research skills;
•      awareness and experience of recent technological developments in music;
•      knowledge and understanding of recent developments in contemporary
       and Australian music.

Career outcomes

Graduates of the Bachelor of Music are engaged at all levels of the music
profession, both in Australia and overseas. They enjoy successful careers as
performers, teachers and administrators, or may be involved in broadcasting,
journalism or as music critics.

Course structure

The content of each of the first 3 years is notionally divided into 3 categories:

Core Studies and Ensemble (compulsory for all students)

Principal Study and Related Studies, selected according to the strand of initial
specialisation:

•      Keyboard
•      Voice
•      Orchestral Instruments
•      Contemporary Music
•      Composition
•      Guitar

Complementary Studies

Elective units may be selected according to need or interest.

Articulation

The course design allows the possibility of articulation with related TAFE
courses.

                                     Schedule

Unit Title                           campus-sem         weight                code
Level 100
Course details (2001)                                                    page 72



Core Studies & Ensemble (all students)
Music Theory 1                                 Hf    12.5%            FCT100
Performance and Communications
     1                                         Hf    12.5%            FCP100
Aural and Listening 1                          Hf    12.5%            FCL100
Ensemble 1                                     Hf    12.5%            FCE100
Principal Study and Related Studies
Choose one:
Keyboard
Principal Study Keyboard
     1                                         Hf       25%           FCY100
Accompaniment 1                                Hf    12.5%            FCY150
Voice
Principal Study Voice 1                        Hf       25%           FCV100
French for Singers 1                           Hf       25%           FCV150
Orchestral Instruments
Principal Study Orchestral
     Instruments 1                             Hf       25%           FCO100
Orchestra &
     Repertoire 1                              Hf    12.5%            FCO150
Contemporary Music
Principal Study Contemporary
     Music 1                                   Hf       25%           FCN100
Style and Analysis 1                           Hf    12.5%            FCN150
Guitar
Principal Study Guitar 1                       Hf       25%           FCG100
Guitar Repertoire 1                            Hf    12.5%            FCG150
Composition
Principal Study
     Composition 1                             Hf       25%           FCC100
Performance for
     Composers 1                               Hf    12.5%            FCC150
Complementary Studies
Choose one of the following (except Voice students):
Musicianship Extension 1                     [na]    12.5%            FCB110
Improvisation 1                              [na]    12.5%            FCB120
Keyboard Skills 1                              Hf    12.5%            FCB130
Principal Study
     Extension 1                               Hf    12.5%            FCB100
Orchestration and
     Arranging 1                             [na]    12.5%            FCB160
Music Technology 1                             Hf    12.5%            FCB190
NOTES: Subject to Sub-Dean approval, students may take units offered by
     another School in the University up to a maximum of 12.5% at level 100 in
     place of Complementary Studies unit(s).
Complementary Studies units are offered subject to sufficient enrolments. Voice
     students do not take a Complementary Studies unit.
Course details (2001)                                                   page 73



Level 200
Core Studies & Ensemble (all students)
Music Theory 2                                 Hf    12.5%            FCT200
Performance and Communications
     2                                         Hf    12.5%            FCP200
Aural and Listening 2                          Hf    12.5%            FCL200
Ensemble 2                                     Hf    12.5%            FCE200
Principal Study and Related Studies
Choose one:
Keyboard
Principal Study Keyboard
     2                                         Hf      25%            FCY200
Accompaniment 2                                Hf    12.5%            FCY250
Voice
Principal Study Voice 2                        Hf      25%            FCV200
French for Singers 2                           Hf      25%            FCV250
Orchestral Instruments
Principal Study Orchestral
     Instruments 2                             Hf      25%            FCO200
Orchestra &
     Repertoire 2                              Hf    12.5%            FCO250
Contemporary Music
Principal Study Contemporary
     Music 2                                   Hf      25%            FCN200
Style and Analysis 2                           Hf    12.5%            FCN250
Guitar
Principal Study Guitar 2                       Hf      25%            FCG200
Guitar Repertoire 2                            Hf    12.5%            FCG250
Composition
Principal Study
     Composition 2                             Hf      25%            FCC200
Performance for
     Composers 2                               Hf    12.5%            FCC250
Complementary Studies
Choose one of the following (except Voice):
FCB100. 120, 130, 160, 190 (see Level 100 above)
Conducting 1                                 [na]    12.5%            FCB150
Music Teaching and
     Learning                                  Hf    12.5%            FCB205
Improvisation 2                              [na]    12.5%            FCB220
Keyboard Skills 2                              Hf    12.5%            FCB230
Music Technology 2                             Hf    12.5%            FCB290
Principal Study
     Extension 2                               Hf    12.5%            FCB200
NOTES: Subject to Sub-Dean approval, students may take units offered by
     another School in the University up to a maximum of 12.5% at level 200 in
     place of Complementary Studies unit(s).
Course details (2001)                                                    page 74



Complementary Studies units are offered subject to sufficient enrolments. Voice
     students do not take Complementary Studies unit.
Level 300
Core Studies & Ensemble (all students)
Music Theory 3                                 Hf    12.5%            FCT300
Performance and Communications
     3                                         Hf    12.5%            FCP300
Ensemble 3                                     Hf    12.5%            FCE300
Principal Study and Related Studies
Choose one:
Keyboard
Principal Study Keyboard
     3                                         Hf       25%           FCY300
Accompaniment 3                                Hf    12.5%            FCY350
Voice
Principal Study Voice 3                        Hf       25%           FCV300
French for Singers 3                           Hf       25%           FCV350
Orchestral Instruments
Principal Study Orchestral
     Instruments 3                             Hf       25%           FCO300
Orchestra &
     Repertoire 3                              Hf    12.5%            FCO350
Contemporary Music
Principal Study Contemporary
     Music 3                                   Hf       25%           FCN300
Style and Analysis 3                           Hf    12.5%            FCN350
Guitar
Principal Study Guitar 3                       Hf       25%           FCG300
Guitar Repertoire 3                            Hf    12.5%            FCG350
Composition
Principal Study
     Composition 3                             Hf       25%           FCC300
Performance for
     Composers 3                               Hf    12.5%            FCC350
Complementary Studies
Choose two [a] of the following:
FCB100, 120, 130, 160, 190 (see Level 100 above)
FCB150, 205, 200, 260, 290 (see Level 200 above)
Aural and Listening 3                          Hf    12.5%            FCL300
Conducting 2                                 [na]    12.5%            FCB250
Principal Study
     Extension 3                               Hf    12.5%            FCB300
NOTES: Subject to Sub-Dean approval, students may take units offered by
     another School in the University up to a maximum of 12.5% at level 300 in
     place of Complementary Studies unit(s).
Complementary Studies units are offered subject to sufficient enrolments.
Course details (2001)                                                      page 75



[a]    Voice students take one Complementary Studies unit.


                        Music Cross-course enrolments

Students enrolled in the BMus may, with the approval of the Dean or the Dean's
representative, enrol in units from another course to count towards the BMus
degree, entailing no more than 12.5% in years 1 and 2, and 25% in year 3. Voice
students are restricted to 12.5% in year 3 as a cross-course enrolment. Subjects
replaced by the cross-course enrolment will be the Complementary Studies
electives.

Students from other courses

Students other than Music students from the Faculty of Arts, or the Faculties of
Science and Engineering, Health Science or Commerce and Law are currently
offered music subjects as a major or minor towards their respective degrees.
Students may also undertake a range of individual electives within the BMus
course, subject to the approval of the relevant faculty. A list of electives is
available from the Conservatorium on request.

Students from other faculties are subject to the same entrance tests as BMus
students; they participate in the same classes, and are assessed by the same
criteria.

A major in Music

Students from other courses may study for a major in Music, consisting of 25%
at level 100, 37.5% at level 200 and 37.5% at level 300 (total 100%).

Unit Title                         campus-sem        weight             code
Music 1 (Level 100)
Course weight 25% (all individual units are weighted at 12.5%)
Aural and Listening 1                         Hf      12.5%          FCL100
choose one of the following:
Music Theory 1                                Hf      12.5%          FCT100
Instrumental/Vocal
     Study 1                                  Hf      12.5%           FCI150
Ensemble 1                                    Hf      12.5%          FCE100
N.B. Students who intend to enrol in Music 2 Major must enrol in FCL100 and
     FCT100.
Units to a combined value of more than 25% may be taken in Music 1, subject to
     approval from the Head of School and the relevant faculty.
Music 2 (level 200)
Course weight 37.5% (all individual units are weighted at 12.5%)
Aural and Listening 2                         Hf      12.5%          FCL200
Music Theory 2                                Hf      12.5%          FCT200
Course details (2001)                                                     page 76



choose 12.5% from:
Instrumental/Vocal
     Study 1                                  Hf      12.5%              FCI150
Instrumental/Vocal
     Study 2                                  Hf      12.5%              FCI250
Orchestration and
     Arranging 1                            [na]      12.5%             FCB160
Conducting 1                                [na]      12.5%             FCB150
Improvisation 1                             [na]      12.5%             FCB120
Music Technology 1                            Hf      12.5%             FCB190
Ensemble 2                                    Hf      12.5%             FCE200
Music Theory 1                                Hf      12.5%             FCT100
N.B. some of these units may carry entry conditions or prerequisites; check
     individual unit descriptions.


Music 3 (Level 300)

Course weight 37.5% (all individual units are weighted at 12.5%)

choose 25% from:

FCB150 or FCB250

FCB120 or FCB220

FCB190 or FCB290

N.B. some of these units may carry entry conditions or prerequisites; check
individual unit descriptions.

Honours

Students who have completed the Major and have gained at least a Distinction
in Music 3 may apply to enrol in BMus(Hons).


               Bachelor of Music (Honours)
(Abbreviation: Mus(Hons))

Course code: F4D

This on-campus, 1-year (minimum) full-time course is offered by the Faculty of
Arts through the Tasmanian Conservatorium of Music at Hobart with
specialisation in either Performance or Composition.
Course details (2001)                                                      page 77



Admission & prerequisites

Admission to the honours program is by invitation. Candidates are expected to
have a good academic record, and to have satisfied minimum criteria; either –

•      successful completion of a Pass degree in Music with High Achievement
       in performance or composition and at least grades of Credit or higher in
       other year-3 units; or
•      demonstrate equivalent professional attainment.

Course objectives

The program emphasises the need for a spirit of excellence and a strong sense
of independent inquiry. Experimentation is encouraged and candidates should
have a strong commitment to the implications of their research for music
practice.

Career outcomes

Graduates of the Bachelor of Music with Honours are engaged at all levels of
the music profession, both in Australia and overseas. They enjoy successful
careers as performers, teachers and administrators, or may be involved in
broadcasting, journalism or as music critics.

Course structure

Candidates work with one or two supervisors in a specialist/teaching area, and
are expected to submit an honours proposal by mid-March, for approval by a
special School meeting chaired by the Director. This proposal will form the
basis of the work to be undertaken during the year, and will establish a
potential framework for assessment.

Candidates are expected to attend a regular Research Seminar program. As an
integral part of the Research Seminar, it is expected that candidates will make at
least one formal seminar presentation (supported by appropriate
documentation), which will then form part of the final assessment
process.Students enrol as follows:

FCZ400 Bachelor of Music with Honours (Full time) [f]        100%
FCZ401 Bachelor of Music with Honours (Part time) [f]        50%


                Bachelor of Performing Arts
(Abbreviation: BPA)

Course code: F3B
Course details (2001)                                                     page 78




This on-campus 3-year full-time course is offered by the Faculty of Arts through
the School of Visual and Performing Arts at Launceston and the
Conservatorium of Music at Hobart. Part-time study is also available.

Note: this course is currently being taught out, and students wishing to
pursue theatre training should seek enrolment in the Bachelor of
Contemporary Arts. Students will be able to enrol in first-year of the
Bachelor of Performing Arts (Music) stream in 2001. However, they need to
confirm with the School exactly what will be offered.

Admission & prerequisites

Applicants (BPA Music stream only) are normally expected to have satisfied the
University's admission requirements. Possession of TCE Music is desirable but
not essential.

Applicants are required to attend an audition and interview (where
practicable).

Overseas and interstate applicants may submit a certified video tape of the
audition performance.

The School will advise applicants of specific audition requirements.

Course objectives

The course aims to satisfy the demand for skilled professionals in the
performing arts industry, by producing students who have an awareness of and
real insight into related disciplines. It provides students with an appropriate
balance between the study of theory and principles, and practical performance
in the performing arts.

Career outcomes

May include professional theatre as actors, stage managers, technicians; film
and television; public relations; theatre in education; the music industry.

Professional recognition

On entering the industry, students are eligible for membership of the Media,
Entertainment and Arts Alliance (MEAA).

Course structure
Course details (2001)                                                    page 79



All candidates undertake theoretical and performance studies in one of two
strands: Theatre or Contemporary Music, as outlined in the schedule which
follows.

                        (Theatre or Music) – Schedule

Students enrolling in first-year Theatre do so in the Bachelor of Contemporary
Arts degree course, not the Bachelor of Performing Arts, which is to be taught
out.

Students enrolling in first-year Music units for the BPA at Launceston should
confirm with the School which units are available.

Unit Title                     campus-sem        weight                   code
Music only
Year 1
Performance Study 1
    (Music)                              Lf         50%                FPF150
The Arts & Cultural
    Context 1                            Lf       12.5%                FPC100
Theory Composition and
    Arranging 1                          Lf         25%                FPF100
Unspecified Elective 1 [a]

Theatre and Music
Year 2
Either FPB250 or FPF250
Performance Study 2
    (Theatre)                            Lf         50%                FPB250
Performance Study 2
    (Music)                              Lf         50%                FPF250
FPB215 or FPF200 AND FPC200 or Unspecified Elective 2
Drama 2                                  Lf         25%                FPB215
Theory Composition and
    Arranging 2                          Lf         25%                FPF200
Vocationally Oriented
    Study 1                              Lf         25%                FPC200
Unspecified Elective 2 [a]

Year 3
Either FPB350 or FPF350
Performance Study 3
    (Theatre)                            Lf         50%                FPB350
Performance Study 3
    (Music)                              Lf         50%                FPF350
AND 50% from the following:
Drama 3                                  Lf         25%                FPB315
Vocationally Oriented
    Study 2                              Lf         25%                FPC300
Course details (2001)                                                      page 80



Vocationally Oriented
    Study 3                                Lf        25%           FPC350
Unspecified Elective 3 [a]

[a] Students may choose up to 25% from units offered by another degree
     course (e.g. English, Computing, Art)


Note: FPB units are Theatre units; FPF are Music units; FPC are combined
Music and Drama units.

                           Students taking other courses

The School of Visual and Performing Arts offers students a variety of visual and
performing arts electives. The following units are also offered to Study Abroad
Students or students who are taking other courses in the University who
require an elective weighted at 12.5%:

Unit Title                            campus-sem      weight               code
Performing Arts Elective
    1                                        L1/2      12.5%           FPS200
Performing Arts Elective
    2                                        L1/2      12.5%           FPS201
Performing Arts Elective
    3                                       L1/2f      12.5%           FPS300


                  Visual & Performing Arts Liberal Studies courses

Unit Title                            campus-sem      weight               code
Year 1
Musicianship                                   Lf      12.5%           FPH101
Class Instrument                               Lf      12.5%           FPH102
Year 2
Musicology                                     Lf      12.5%           FPH201
Conducting                                     Lf      12.5%           FPH202



          Bachelor of Performing Arts with
                      Honours
(Abbreviation: BPA(Hons))

Course code: F4B
Course details (2001)                                                      page 81



This on-campus one year full-time (or at the discretion of the School, 2
consecutive years part-time) course is offered by the Faculty of Arts through the
School of Visual and Performing Arts in Launceston.

Admission & prerequisites

On successful completion of a Bachelor of Performing Arts degree, a candidate
may make application to undertake a further Honours year. Prerequisites for
entry into the Honours year apply: a candidate will normally be expected to
have gained at least two distinctions or above during the second and third year
of undergraduate study, one of which should be in the final year of the relevant
specialisation.

Course objectives

The course allows students to concentrate on developing a body of work in
which the emphasis will be placed on a spirit of excellence and a strong sense of
independent enquiry. This will involve identification of an issue or hypothesis,
an evaluative literature survey plus a study of the selected problem.
Experimentation will be encouraged and the candidates will have a strong
commitment to the articulation of performing arts theory in written, verbal and
theatrical form, and its integration into performance.

Career outcomes

May lead to postgraduate study or employment in the professional theatre, film
and television; public relations; theatre in education.

Course structure

Candidates work with one or two supervisors in a specialisation and must be
prepared to articulate the line of investigation which they wish to pursue. This
will take the form of a proposal which establishes the framework for
assessment.

Candidates undertake a research training seminar program which is devoted to
a study of contemporary performance theory, methodology and criticism
within the performing arts.

Candidates can normally expect to present one research paper of approximately
4,000 words. A seminar paper of approximately 2,500 words which considers
the candidate's current work and its theoretical context will also be presented.
This will be written in consultation with the candidate's supervisor. These
papers will then be presented as part of a candidate's examination submission.
Course details (2001)                                                        page 82



In addition to the research seminar program, candidates will present either a
dissertation of approximately 12,000 words or equivalent performance program
within their research specialisation.

Candidates will be examined by a panel of academic staff (including one
external assessor) on a presentation of work representing results of study
undertaken during the year, along with the two seminar papers, and any other
written documentation, such as diaries, notebooks and other relevant material.
Candidates must satisfy the examiners as to the quality of their submissions.

General provisions

The Dean may, on the recommendation of the Head of School, grant a
candidate an extension of time for the completion of either the dissertation or
performance program.

Except by special permission of the Faculty there is no re-examination for
honours.

The classes of honours are First Class, Second Class, and Third Class. There is
an upper and lower division in the second class.

Enrolment

Students enrol as follows:

FPA400          Bachelor of Performing Arts with Honours (Full time) 100%
FPA401          Bachelor of Performing Arts with Honours (Part time) 50%



(see page xx)


                  Bachelor of Social Science
(Abbreviation: BSocSc)

Course code: R3C

(Launceston only)

Students are advised to confirm details listed below prior to enrolling in the
BSocSci.

The Bachelor of Social Science (BSocSc) is a 3-year course which provides a
focused course of study for students wanting to gain expertise in social science
Course details (2001)                                                        page 83



applied to practical real-world issues. It links the disciplinary bases of human
resource management, applied sociology, public policy and social ecology to
their practical applications. It combines units from the Faculty of Arts with
units from the Faculty of Commerce and Law. It teaches valuable skills in the
methodology of social research and prepares graduates particularly for careers
in the post-industrial service and information sector.

Students may study full time or part time and have nine enrolment years,
including the year of passing the first unit for the degree, in which to complete
course requirements. Students currently enrolled in other degree courses at the
University may apply for entry to the BSocSc. Credit may be granted for some
or all of their previous study. Prospective students wishing to transfer at a later
date to the Bachelor of Social Work degree should discuss their program with a
Faculty Officer. Limited mid-year entry is available to this course.

Admission & prerequisites

Applicants will be expected to meet the minimum entry requirements, which
include several categories of special admission, set by the University for entry
to degree courses. No specific Faculty or subject prerequisites apply.

Course objectives

The Bachelor of Social Science aims to give undergraduates a broad exposure to
applied social science, while allowing them to study social science and
management issues within a non-professional educational context. Students
will be able to link the disciplinary bases of management and administrative
studies to their practical applications.

The program will develop a student's general abilities in the areas of:

•      written expression
•      linguistic skills
•      creative self-expression
•      capacity to analyse and interpret in a dispassionate and objective manner
•      capacity for reasoned criticism
•      data acquisition and analysis
•      research techniques
•      marshalling facts in support of arguments, and
•      evaluating the possible outcomes of alternative courses of action, with the
       emphasis varying according to the particular program chosen.

Students will be able to prepare themselves for careers in the post-industrial
service sector whilst acquiring a qualification that will certify them in the
specific knowledge and skills that social science can offer. Students may obtain
professional recognition from the Australian Human Resources Institute if they
have completed a Human Resource Management major.
Course details (2001)                                                        page 84




Career outcomes

Graduates of the Bachelor of Social Science will be strong applicants for
positions in a wide range of fields such as social and market research, human
resource management, public administration and management in
commonwealth, state and local government, policy analysis, social welfare
administration, journalism and the media, and industrial relations.

Course structure

At level 100, students must complete units from a minimum of three disciplines
(weighted at a maximum of 25% for each discipline). These can be chosen from
Applied Sociology, Human Resource Management, Public Policy or Social
Ecology. The remaining 25% can be the remaining unit from those mentioned
above, or can be taken from units such as English, Geography, History,
Indonesian, Philosophy, Psychology or units from the Faculty of Commerce
and Law.

At level 200, students select two major subjects which they study over the
remaining two years of the award. Each consists of eight 12.5% units, some of
which may be compulsory for each major. Currently students have a choice
among four majors: Applied Sociology, Human Resource Management , Public
Policy and Social Ecology. Units to be included in the degree are listed in the
attached schedule.

The following conditions apply to enrolment in the Bachelor of Social Science
course:

•      Students must pass in units totalling 100% weight at each level of the three
       year course (a total of 300%).
•      Students must select units to meet the requirements for two majors from
       the following fields of study: Applied Sociology, Human Resource
       Management, Public Policy and Social Ecology. At least one major must be
       from a School in the Faculty of Arts
       A major sequence is defined as sequential studies in one discipline as
       follows:
       25% at level 100 and 100% at levels 200/300.
•      The maximum percentage at level 100 in any given discipline which may
       be counted towards the degree is 25%.
•      Full-time students may not normally enrol in units totalling more than
       100% and part-time students in units totalling more than 74%.
•      Units may be counted towards the degree only if they have been taken in
       accordance with prerequisites determined by the Faculty. Students may
       not count towards the degree any unit whose content substantially repeats
       the content of a unit already counted.
Course details (2001)                                                      page 85


Sample course 1

Level 100

Indonesian 25%
Human Resource Management 25%
Public Policy 25%
Applied Sociology 25%

Level 200

Human Resource Management 50%
Public Policy 50%

Level 300

Human Resource Management 50%
Public Policy 50%

A student wishing to cover the option of transferring to a Bachelor of Social
Work after the second year could take a course like the one which follows:

Sample course 2

Level 100

Public Policy 25%
Human Resource Management 25%
Applied Sociology 25%
Psychology 25%

Level 200

Human Resource Management 50%
Psychology 25%
Applied Sociology 25%

If unsuccessful in obtaining entry into the Bachelor of Social Work, the student
would continue with a third year enrolment as shown below:

Level 300

Human Resource Management 50%
Applied Sociology 50%

In such a case a student would be granted permission to graduate with a 25%
shortfall in either major.
Course details (2001)                                                     page 86



Relevant units for the course are shown in the Schedule which follows. Students
should also consult the discipline entries in the Handbook for details of
prescribed units, prerequisites and other requirements relevant to the major in
the disciplines chosen.

Articulation

A student who has completed or partly completed another degree from this
University or another approved institution can apply for credit for their
previous study towards the BSocSc degree. Units from courses offered by other
faculties of the University may be included provided they do not exceed the
permissible weighting.

Enrolment restrictions – quotas

All prospective BSocSc students, including those currently enrolled in other
courses in the University, should be aware that admission will be subject to
quotas and formal selection procedures.

Students interested in studying the BSocSc degree must complete an
Application for Admission form available from Student Administration (phone:
Launceston (03) 6324 3106; Hobart (03) 6226 2812). Tasmanian Year 12 students
will automatically have Admission forms for the following year sent to their
home address during August.

                                  Schedule A

Unit Title                            campus-sem     weight               code
Year 1 – Group 1 (Level 100)
At least three of the following pairs of units:
Human Resource Management
Introduction to
     Management                   H1/2~L1/2~B1        12.5%           BMA101
Management of Human
     Resources [a]                     H3/2~L3/2      12.5%       BMA121/221
Government
Introduction to
     Government A                       H1~L1~B1      12.5%            HSG101
Introduction to
     Government B                       H2~L2~B2      12.5%            HSG102
Sociology
Sociology A                        H1~L1~B1~D1        12.5%           HGA101
Sociology B                        H2~L2~B2~D2        12.5%           HGA102
Social Ecology
Sociology A                        H1~L1~B1~D1        12.5%           HGA101
Sociology B                        H2~L2~B2~D2        12.5%           HGA102
OR
Course details (2001)                                                      page 87



Society, Culture and Health
     1                                           L1       12.5%           HGA138
Society, Culture and Health
     2                                           L2       12.5%           HGA139
Health Care Where People Live
     and Work 1                                  L1       12.5%           CNA126
Population and
     Urbanisation                       L1~B1~D1          12.5%             KJG101
Elective units
Further elective units to make 100%. No more than 25% of units at level 100
     may be taken from Schools outside the Faculties of Arts and Commerce
     and Law.
Years 2 and 3 – Groups 2 and 3 (Levels 200 and 300)
Two of the following four majors. At least one major must be from a school in
     the Faculty of Arts.
1. Applied Sociology
Prerequisite of 25% of HGA101 Sociology A and HGA102 Sociology B at the 100
     level. To complete a major in this subject, students must complete 50% in
     units at the 200 level and 50% of units at the 300 level including the
     following units:
Sociological Analysis of
     Modern Society                     H2~L2~D2          12.5%           HGA202
Social and Political
     Research                               L1~H1         12.5%      HGA203/303
And a further 75% of units chosen from Sociology units in the BA.
2. Public Policy
Prerequisite of 25% of HSG101 Introduction to Government A and HSG102
     Introduction to Government B at the 100 level. To complete a major in this
     subject, students must complete 50% in units at the 200 level and 50% of
     units at the 300 level including the following unit:
Social and Political
     Research                               L1~H1         12.5%      HGA203/303
(If not taken as part of another major)
And further units chosen from Public Policy units in the BA Schedule to achieve
     a major of 125% in total.
3. Human Resource Management
Prerequisites of 25% in BMA101 Introduction to Management and BMA121
     Management of Human Resources. To complete a major in this subject,
     students must complete 50% in units at the 200 level and 50% of units at
     the 300 level from the following schedule:
Contract of Employment                      H1~L1         12.5%           BMA241
Employee Relations                          H2~L2         12.5%           BMA321
Human Resource
     Development                            H2~L2         12.5%           BMA224
International Human Resource
     Management                             H1~L1         12.5%           BMA381
Course details (2001)                                                      page 88



Strategic Issues in Human
     Resource Management                     H1~L1       12.5%           BMA330
Organisational Behaviour                     H1~L1       12.5%           BMA201
Strategic Management                         H2~L2       12.5%           BMA302
Plus one elective from the following list:
Method for Management
     Studies                                 H2~L2       12.5%           BMA260
Managerial Social
     Responsibility                          H2~L2       12.5%      BMA291/391
Special Topics in
     Management                         H1/2~L1/2        12.5%           BMA371
Understanding
     Organisations                               H1      12.5%      HGA236/336
Financial Management      [b]                H2~L2       12.5%       BFA181/281
Management and the Natural
     Environment                                [na]     12.5%      BMA272/372
Method for Management
     Studies                                 H2~L2       12.5%           BMA260
4. Social Ecology
Prerequisite of 25% of Social Ecology units at 100 level. To complete a major in
     this subject, students must complete 50% in units at the 200 level and 50%
     in units at the 300 level, including the following units:
Social Ecology                               H2~L2       12.5%      HGE203/303
Population and Society                       H1~L1       12.5%      HGE204/304
Social and Political
     Research                                L1~H1       12.5%      HGA203/303
(If not taken as part of another major)
And further units chosen from Social Ecology units in the BA Schedule to
     achieve a major of 125% in total.
[a] use level 100 enrolment code (eg BMA121)
[b] use level 200 enrolment code (eg BFA281)



        Bachelor of Social Science (Police
                     Studies)
(Abbreviation: BSocSc(PoliceStudies))

Course code: R3K

The Bachelor of Social Science (Police Studies) is a vocationally-oriented course
offered by the Faculty of Arts at both the Hobart and Launceston campuses.
Students may study full-time or part-time and have nine enrolment years,
including the year of passing the first unit for the degree, in which to complete
course requirements.
Course details (2001)                                                           page 89




Admission & prerequisites

Applicants are expected to meet the normal requirements set by the University
for entry to degree courses. These include several categories of special
admission, such as mature age. No subject prerequisites apply to this degree. In
addition, applicants who have completed the Tasmania Police Recruitment
Course (TPRC) are eligible for admission. Entry to the course occurs normally
in February, and there may be limited entry in July.

Course objectives

The Bachelor of Social Science (Police Studies) is designed to provide students
with high quality social science training together with specific knowledge and
skills of policing. Graduates with this degree will have learned the following: to
understand and analyse complex issues concerning policy practice in
contemporary society; to understand the changing roles and expectations of
police in the context of a changing society; to articulate the interaction between
theory and practice in police studies; to develop a broad array of intellectual,
practical and professional capabilities; to develop critical, analytical and
communication skills; and to organise and conduct research projects.

Career outcomes

The degree provides a sound academic base for those considering careers in
policing. For serving police officers, the acquisition of tertiary qualifications is
clearly becoming advantageous for career advancement.

Course structure

To qualify for the degree, students must complete successfully a number of
units weighted at 100% at level 100, 100% at level 200, and 100% at level 300 (ie
a total of 300%).

At level 100 (first year), students must complete units from four disciplines
(weighted at a maximum of 25% for each discipline). These can be chosen from
Introduction to Government A and B (level 100 units that constitute part of
either the Public Policy or Political Science majors), Sociology, Psychology,
Social Ecology, History or Human Resource Management. Introduction to Law
(weighted at 25%) may also be taken as a level 100 unit, but students who
include this in their program of study are not permitted to undertake a Law
major as part of this particular degree in subsequent years.

At level 200 (second year), students must complete 50% in units from the Police
Studies major and 50% from one of the the disciplines chosen at level 100 (apart
from Law).
Course details (2001)                                                         page 90



At level 300 (third year), students must complete 50% in units for the Police
Studies major and 50% from the discipline chosen to continue at level 200
(which then becomes the second major).

Note too, that students must include three compulsory 'core' units in their
Police Studies major program: Policing and Governance (taught in Hobart and
Launceston), Social and Political Research (taught in Hobart and Launceston), and
either Criminology (taught in Hobart only) or Crime and Criminal Justice (taught
in Launceston and by distance education in 2001) or Sociology of Deviance
(taught in Hobart in 2001).

Information about units offered in these disciplines and the Police Studies
major can be found in the Unit Details section of this Handbook.

Sample course structure 1

Year 1 (100%)
Introduction to Law          25%
Introduction to Government A and B      25%
Human Resource Management 25%
Sociology      25%
Year 2 (100%)
Police Studies        50%
Sociology      50%
Year 3 (100%)
Police Studies        50%
Sociology      50%
       Total 300%
       Police Studies major 100%
       Sociology major 125%

Sample course structure 2

With credit for Tasmania Police Recruitment Course (TPRC)

Year 1 (100%)
Introduction to Government A & B        25%
TPRC credit 25%
Sociology     25%
History       25%
Year 2 (100%)
Police Studies     25%
TPRC credit 25%
Public Policy      50%
Year 3 (100%)
Police Studies     50%
Public Policy      50%
Course details (2001)                                                         page 91



        Totals 300%
        Police Studies major 100%
        Public Policy major 125%

Articulation

Credit for previous study

Tasmania Police Recruitment Course graduates are granted a total of 50%
credit – unspecified 25% credit at level 100 and 25% credit at level 200 towards
the Police Studies major. They are required to take only three elective level 100
disciplines instead of four.

A student who has completed or partly completed another degree from this
University or another approved institution can apply for credit for their
previous study towards the BSocSc(PoliceStudies) degree.

Location and notices

The BSocSc(PoliceStudies) degree course and the Police Studies major are
coordinated from the School of Government. The School is located on the top
floor (or Level 5) of the Arts Building in Hobart. Inquiries should be directed to
Dr Robert Hall (Room 503, phone (03) 6226 2319) or to the Secretary of the
School (Room 504, phone (03) 6226 2329). The BSocSc(PoliceStudies)
notice-board for up-to-date information about the degree and the major is next
to Dr Hall's office. Students attending the Launceston campus may consult Dr
Hans Lofgren (School of Government, Room L220, phone (03) 6324 3262) for
immediate advice about the course if for any reason they cannot contact Dr
Hall.

                                    Schedule A

Unit Title                            campus-sem       weight                code
Level 100
Students are required to complete 100% in units at this level in four elective
     first-year subjects that are normally taught as two 12.5% units per subject [a]
25% from level 100 History:
History 1                                        Hf        25%           HTA100
The Impact of Europe c.
     1640–1780                              H1~D1        12.5%           HTA103
(a) Age of Revolution and
     Empire c.
     1780–1815 (b) The Modern
     World in Australia to 1860                 H2       12.5%           HTA104
History 1                                     Lf~Bf        25%           HTA101
The History of Europe from
     c. 1620 to 1789                         L1~B1       12.5%           HTA105
Course details (2001)                                                     page 92



(a) The Impact of Europe
     from the French
     Revolution to the American
     Civil War; (b) The Modern World in Australia to 1860L2~B2~D2          12.5%
                                         HTA106
The Impact of Europe c.
     1640–1780                             H1~D1         12.5%          HTA103
from the Human Resource Management discipline
Introduction to
     Management                   H1/2~L1/2~B1           12.5%          BMA101
Management of Human
     Resources                        H3/2~L3/2          12.5%     BMA121/221
from the Political Science discipline
Introduction to
     Government A                      H1~L1~B1          12.5%          HSG101
Introduction to
     Government B                      H2~L2~B2          12.5%          HSG102
from the Psychology discipline
Psychology 1A                          H1~L1~B1          12.5%          KHA101
Psychology 1B                          H2~L2~B2          12.5%          KHA102
from the Public Policy discipline
Introduction to
     Government A                      H1~L1~B1          12.5%          HSG101
Introduction to
     Government B                      H2~L2~B2          12.5%          HSG102
from the Social Ecology discipline
Sociology A                        H1~L1~B1~D1           12.5%         HGA101
Sociology B                        H2~L2~B2~D2           12.5%         HGA102
Students already enrolled in either of the two units listed above may select
     substitutes from the following:
Population and
     Urbanisation                      L1~B1~D1          12.5%           KJG101
Health Care Where People Live
     and Work 1                                L1        12.5%          CNA126
Society, Culture and Health
     1                                         L1        12.5%         HGA138
Society, Culture and Health
     2                                         L2        12.5%         HGA139
Geography and Environmental
     Studies 1A                                Hf          25%          KGA101
Community Health and
     Medicine I                               H1         12.5%         CAM105
from the Sociology discipline
Sociology A                        H1~L1~B1~D1           12.5%         HGA101
Sociology B                        H2~L2~B2~D2           12.5%         HGA102
or the unit
Course details (2001)                                                      page 93



Introduction to Law                        Hf~Lf         25%             BLA101
[a] Students who have completed the Tasmania Police Recruitment Course
     (TPRC) are granted 25% at level 100, which means they are required to
     complete only three of the 25% elective level 100 subjects, not four.


                        1 Police Studies major (compulsory)

To achieve a major in Police Studies students must complete 50% in level 200
units and 50% in level 300 units taken from the following Schedule:

Unit Title                             campus-sem         weight             code
Level 200 and level 300
Three core units (with a total weight of 37.5%):
Policing and Governance                      H1~L1         12.5%       HSD205/305
Social and Political
     Research                                L1~H1         12.5%      HGA203/303
and either BLA615 or HGA206/306 or HGA259/359
Criminology                                       H1       12.5%           BLA615
Crime and Criminal
     Justice                                 L1~D1         12.5%      HGA206/306
Sociology of Deviance                             H1       12.5%      HGA259/359
Plus electives units  [a] (weighted at a total of 62.5%) from the following:

Contemporary Indigenous
     Tasmania                                    [na]      12.5%       HAB206/306
Crime and Criminal
     Justice [b]                             L1~D1         12.5%      HGA206/306
Crime and the Law in
     Historical Perspective                       H2       12.5%       HTA218/318
Criminal Law     [c]                               Hf        25%           BLA202
Criminology [b][c]                                H1       12.5%           BLA615
Espionage, Terror and
     Global Disorder                              H1       12.5%       HSA270/370
Indigenous Justice Issues                    L2~D2         12.5%       HAB208/308
Law, Society and
     Morality                                    [na]      12.5%       HPA242/342
Population and Society                       H1~L1         12.5%       HGE204/304
Professional Ethics                         H2~Lv2         12.5%       HPA212/312
Race and Ethnic Politics                         [na]      12.5%       HSA201/301
Sex, Drugs and Toxic Waste:
     The Politics of
     Regulation                                  [na]      12.5%       HSD207/307
Social Policy in Welfare
     States                                  H2~L2         12.5%       HSD231/331
Sociology of Deviance      [b]                    H1       12.5%      HGA259/359
Sociology of Law [c]                              H2       12.5%           BLA616
Sociology of Youth   [c]                         [na]      12.5%      HGA277/377
Course details (2001)                                                      page 94



[a]    Students who have completed the Tasmania Police Recruitment Course
       (TPRC) are granted 25% at level 200 towards the Police Studies major.
       Thus they are required to complete only 25% of level 200 subjects instead
       of 50%.
[b]    if not taken as a core unit
[c]    Criminology, Criminal Law and Sociology of Law may count at either level
       200 or 300. Students should note that BLA101 Introduction to Law is a
       prerequisite for BLA202 Criminal Law.


                                     2 History major

Prerequisite: 25% of History units at level 100. To achieve a major in History
students must complete 50% in units at level 200 and 50% in units at level 300
as listed in the Bachelor of Arts Schedule on page B-xx

                         3 Human Resource Management major

Prerequisite: 25% in BMA101 Introduction to Management and BMA121
Management of Human Resources. To achieve a major in Human Resource
Management students must complete 100% in units at level 200 and level 300
from the following schedule:

Unit Title                        campus-sem            weight              code
Core units:
Organisational Behaviour                H1~L1            12.5%          BMA201
Contract of Employment                  H1~L1            12.5%          BMA241
Strategic Management                    H2~L2            12.5%          BMA302
Employee Relations                      H2~L2            12.5%          BMA321
Method for Management
     Studies                            H2~L2            12.5%          BMA260
Strategic Issues in Human
     Resource Management                H1~L1            12.5%          BMA330
Human Resource
     Development                        H2~L2            12.5%          BMA224
Elective units:
Managerial Social
     Responsibility                     H2~L2            12.5%      BMA291/391
Special Topics in
     Management                    H1/2~L1/2             12.5%          BMA371
Financial Management [a]                H2~L2            12.5%       BFA181/281
Principles of Marketing [a]        H3/2~L3/2             12.5%      BMA151/251
[a] use the level 200 enrolment code (eg BFA281)


                        4 Political Science major (Hobart campus)
Course details (2001)                                                         page 95



Prerequisite: 25% level 100 Political Science. To achieve a major in Political
Science students must complete 50% in units at level 200 and 50% in units at
level 300 from the Bachelor of Arts Schedule listed on page B-xx).

                        5 Psychology major (Hobart campus)

Prerequisite: 25% level 100 Psychology. To achieve a major in Psychology
students must complete 50% in units at level 200 and 50% in units at level 300
from the following schedule:

Unit Title                            campus-sem        weight               code
Core units:
Research Methods in
    Psychology                              H1~L1        12.5%           KHA201
Assessment and Research
    Methods                                     H1       12.5%           KHA301
Plus a further 37.5% of electives at level 200 and a further 37.5% at level 300
    from:
Developmental Psychology                    H2~L2        12.5%           KHA202
Health & Rehabilitation
    Psychology                                  H1       12.5%      KHA209/309
Peace, Conflict
    & Law                                       H2       12.5%      KHA212/312
Psychology of Health &
    Stress                                      L2       12.5%      KHA213/313
Organisational Psychology                       L1       12.5%      KHA215/315
Human Neuroscience                              H1       12.5%           KHA303
Psychophysiology &
    Emotion                                     H1       12.5%           KHA304
Clinical Psychology                             H1       12.5%           KHA305
Cognition and Memory                            H2       12.5%           KHA306
Advanced Research Methods                       H2       12.5%           KHA308
Learning & Skilled
    Performance                                 H2       12.5%           KHA314
Individual Differences                          H1       12.5%           KHA318
Educational Psychology                          H1       12.5%           KHA319


                               6 Public Policy major

Prerequisites: 25% in level 100 Public Policy. To achieve a major in Public
Policy students must complete 50% of level 200 units and 50% of level 300
chosen from the Bachelor of Arts schedule on page B-xx.

                              7 Social Ecology major
Course details (2001)                                                       page 96



Prerequisites: 25% in level 100 Social Ecology. To achieve a major in Social
Ecology students must complete 50% of level 200 units and 50% of level 300,
including the following:

Unit Title                         campus-sem        weight                 code
Social Ecology                           H2~L2        12.5%       HGE203/303
Population and Society                   H1~L1        12.5%       HGE204/304
And a further 75% of units chosen from the Social Ecology units listed in the
    Bachelor of Arts Schedule (on page B-xx); but excluding HGA203/303.


                               8 Sociology major

Prerequisites: 25% in level 100 Sociology. To achieve a major in Sociology
students must complete 50% of level 200 units and 50% of level 300 including
the following unit:

Unit Title                          campus-sem         weight               code
Sociological Analysis of
    Modern Society                    H2~L2~D2          12.5%            HGA202


and a further 87.5% of units chosen from the Sociology units listed in
the Bachelor of Arts schedule on page xx but excluding HGA203/303.

NOTE: no unit may be counted twice as part of the Police Studies Major and
the second major.


                        Bachelor of Social Work
(Abbreviation: BSW)

Course code: R3B

The Bachelor of Social Work is a 2 year end-on degree program that follows 2
years of successful study in a relevant degree from a recognised tertiary
institution. It is offered by the School of Sociology and Social Work within the
Faculty of Arts on the Launceston campus.

The course consists of eight academic units plus two fieldwork placements
(Practicum 1 & 2). The academic units are available only on the Launceston
campus. Placements are offered in a range of social work agencies throughout
Tasmania and applicants should be aware that they may be required to travel
away from Launceston for at least one practicum. All travel and
accommodation costs incurred during placement are to be met by students.
Course details (2001)                                                         page 97



Academic units may be studied on a full-time or part-time basis. The Practicum
units are normally full time although applications for part time practicum will
be considered by the Head of Discipline on a case-by-case basis. The maximum
period of time allowed to complete the BSW degree is 5 years.

Admission & prerequisites

In order to be eligible for entry to the course applicants must either:

•      have completed the equivalent of at least two years full-time study in a
       degree program; with
•      a substantial amount of that study in both sociology and psychology at
       levels 100 and 200. Students are invited to check with the course
       coordinator whether they have sufficient and appropriate prerequisite
       subjects.

OR

•      have successfully completed the Associate Diploma of Social Science
       (Community Welfare), or its equivalent, in the TAFE sector; and,
•      have completed one full year of the BA or BSocSc with level 100 units in
       both psychology and sociology.

If applicants believe they meet either of these requirements they may apply for
admission to the course. They will be assessed against the following criteria:

•      academic achievement
•      relevance of previous study to social work
•      demonstrated interest in the course and the career
•      relevance of previous work experience to the course and career
•      equity and special considerations.

Course objectives

The course is designed to meet the educational requirements of the Australian
Association of Social Workers (AASW). It provides the opportunity for students
to gain knowledge and understanding of social functioning, social problems
and social services. It emphasises the application of professional social work
methods in the workplace and aims to produce graduates who have achieved
the level of competency expected of those who are beginning a career in social
work.

As a student you will be expected to develop:

•      the ability to think critically and constructively about different approaches
       to social work;
Course details (2001)                                                       page 98



•      the necessary analytical and interactional skills for a wide range of
       situations involving individuals, families, groups, organisations and
       communities;
•      personal insight and awareness in order to develop the potential for
       continued professional growth;
•      the ability to contribute to the improvement and development of social
       welfare policy and services; and
•      the ability to conduct research for the development of social work
       knowledge.

Career outcomes

Graduates are qualified to work in a variety of positions and may find
employment as social workers, community workers, crisis intervention
workers, counsellors, managers of human services and outreach workers.

Professional recognition

The degree course is the only course in Tasmania which leads to accreditation
with the Australian Association of Social Workers.

Course structure

The program of units for the course is set out in the schedule below. The course
comprises 2 years full-time study (or its part time equivalent) in compulsory
academic and practicum units.

Full-time students are required to enrol in units with a combined weighting of
not more than 100%.

Students will not be permitted any more than two attempts at any academic
unit and must complete the two practicum units in not more than three
attempts (including withdrawals) for the two units. Where students fail a field
practicum they may be required to complete additional work specified by the
Head of Discipline before being permitted to re-enrol in that field practicum. If
students cannot complete the practicum units in three attempts (due to failure
or withdrawal) they will not be eligible for the degree unless they receive the
specific permission of the Head of Discipline to re-enrol.

Articulation

This course articulates with other degrees and units from recognised tertiary
institutions as well as with the Associate Diploma in Social Sciences
(Community Welfare) (or equivalent) from TAFE institutions in Australia.
Specific details are given under the heading 'Admission requirements and
prerequisites'.
Course details (2001)                                                             page 99



                                     Schedule A

(Unit) weight represents the proportion (%) of a normal full-time study load, and is
used for calculating the services and amenities fee and HECS liability. Full-time
students are required to complete a 100% study load in both Year 1 and Year 2. This
load includes the three compulsory units in Year 1 and Year 2, plus two of the alternate
units in each year. For detailed information on the units, refer to the 'Unit details'
section of this handbook.

Note also that the Faculty reserves the right to correct errors or
inconsistencies, with or without notice, and to make changes to this schedule
and its appendices.

Unit Title                             campus-sem          weight                 code
Year 1
Interpersonal Theory and
     Practice 1                                   L1        12.5%            HGW301
Social Work Practice and
     Theory                                       L1        12.5%            HGW302
Social Work Practicum 1                           L2          50%            HGW303
Year 2
Interpersonal Theory and
     Practice 2                                   L1        12.5%            HGW401
Community Work Practice                           L1        12.5%            HGW402
Social Work Practicum 2                           L2          50%            HGW403
Rotating units
Social Policy                                     L1        12.5%       HGW304/404
Research Processes in Social
     Work                                         L1        12.5%       HGW305/405
Organisational Context and
     Administrative Practice                     [na]       12.5%       HGW306/406
Social Work Practice and the
     Law                                         [na]       12.5%       HGW307/407



   Bachelor of Social Work with Honours
(Abbreviation: BSW(Hons))

Course code: R4B

A candidate who has completed level 300 of the degree of Bachelor of Social
Work with sufficient merit may be accepted by the Faculty of Arts as a
candidate for the degree of Bachelor of Social Work with Honours.
Course details (2001)                                                     page 100



Potential students should discuss their application with the Head of Discipline
who should also approve enrolment in the course.

Admission & prerequisites

The candidate's acceptance for honours is based on the achievement of a
minimum Credit average in the academic units of the Bachelor of Social Work
and Bachelor of Arts or Bachelor of Social Science or equivalent degree taken at
level 200. The Faculty will consider applicants who do not meet these
requirements on a case-by-case basis.

Course objectives

The honours course is concurrent with the final year of the Bachelor of Social
Work degree course.

Course structure

In addition to the normal academic units of the fourth year, candidates for
honours undertake two practicums – one in an agency (Social Work Practicum
2 – weighting 25%), and the other in a research unit on campus (Social Work
Practicum 3 – weighting 12.5%). Additionally candidates must undertake a
supervised research project on a topic relevant to social work and submit a
dissertation – weighting 12.5%.

The levels of honours are First Class, Second Class, and Third Class. There is an
upper and lower division in the second class. To gain first class honours you are
required to complete all units with a minimum Grade-Point Average of 7.0 in
academic units, including an award of HD in the honours dissertation. To gain
upper second class honours you are required to complete all units with a
minimum Grade-Point Average of 6.5 in academic units, including an award of
DN in the honours dissertation. To gain lower second class honours you are
required to complete all units with a minimum Grade-Point Average of 6.0 in
academic units, including an award of CR in the honours dissertation. To gain
third class honours you are required to complete all units with a minimum
Grade-Point Average of 5.0 in academic units, and gain an award of PP in the
honours dissertation. Except by special permission of Faculty there is no
re-examination for honours.

Note: The Grade-Point Average for entry is computed as follows: HD=9,
DN=7, CR=6, PP=5, TP=4.5, NN= 4.

                                  Schedule A

Unit Title                          campus-sem        weight               code
Interpersonal Theory and
     Practice 2                               L1       12.5%           HGW401
Course details (2001)                                                      page 101



Community Work Practice                        L1       12.5%           HGW402
Social Work Practicum 2
    (Honours)                                  L2        25%            HGW408
Social Work Practicum 3
    (Honours)                                  L2       12.5%           HGW409
Social Work Honours
    Dissertation                               Lf       12.5%           HGW410
Plus two of the following rotating units
Social Policy                                  L1       12.5%      HGW304/404
Research Processes in Social
    Work                                       L1       12.5%      HGW305/405
Organisational Context and
    Administrative Practice                  [na]       12.5%      HGW306/406
Social Work Practice and the
    Law                                      [na]       12.5%      HGW307/407



                        Bachelor of Tourism
(Abbreviation: BTourism)

Course code: R3J

Students who commenced the Bachelor of Tourism in 2000 should note that
from 2001 there will be no new intake into the Bachelor of Tourism at the
Hobart campus and that it will be taught out on this campus.

Starting in 2001, the Bachelor of Tourism (BTourism), a three-year course
offered by the Faculty of Arts, will be offered at the Launceston campus only.
Students may study full time or part time and have nine enrolment years,
including the year of passing the first unit for the degree, in which to complete
the course requirements.

Admission & prerequisites

To gain entry to the BTourism, students must meet the normal minimum
University entry requirements which include several categories of special
admission, such as mature age. No particular subject prerequisites apply for
this course. Students normally enter in February. There is limited entry in July.

Course objectives

The BTourism provides a general course of study for students considering a
career in the tourism industry. The degree comprises an overview of tourism as
a field of human activity, introduces students to the key areas of academic
knowledge and provides skills with vocational relevance. Students will receive
Course details (2001)                                                     page 102



a solid grounding in the areas of wilderness and heritage tourism as well as
marketing or management.

The degree links the disciplinary bases of Management and Commerce,
Geography, Sociology, History, Administration, Antarctic Studies and
Aboriginal Studies. It combines units from the Faculty of Arts with units from
the Faculty of Commerce and Law, and the Faculty of Science and Engineering.

Career outcomes

Graduates of the Bachelor of Tourism degree will be strong applicants for jobs
in a wide range of fields, for example:

•      Tourism and the travel industries;
•      heritage tourism, museums and historic sites;
•      wilderness, antarctic and nature tourism;
•      tourism research; tourism marketing;
•      tourism administration; tourism journalism and the media.

Course structure

In their first year, students must study five subjects, Foundations of Tourism,
Introduction to Management, History, Geography plus a further 25% from a range
of subjects as detailed in the Schedule.

In their second and third years students study three core areas: Interpretation
and Heritage, Wilderness and Antarctic, and Management and Policy. In addition,
they must choose four electives, one will be chosen from research methods
units, and three from a list of electives.

Sample course




Year 1

Foundations of Tourism A and B 25%
Introduction to Management     12.5%
History      12.5%
Geography 25%
Indonesian 25%

Year 2

Interpretation and Heritage       25%
Wilderness and Antarctic 25%
Management and Policy 25%
Course details (2001)                                                   page 103



Indonesian 12.5%
Services Marketing        12.5%

Year 3

Interpretation and Heritage     25%
Wilderness and Antarctic 25%
Management and Policy 25%
Marketing Research        12.5%
Sport and Leisure 12.5%

<tbz>

Articulation

Students who have completed a TAFE Associate Diploma or a Diploma in
tourism-related subjects may apply for credit towards the BTourism degree
course. Students who have studied in another degree such as the Bachelor of
Arts (BA) and want to transfer to the BTourism may also apply for credit.

Students who are currently studying for another degree can transfer to the
BTourism course.

                              Schedule of units

Students qualify for the Bachelor of Tourism by successfully completing 24
units (each 25%) of core and elective units (total 300%).

                            Launceston schedule

Unit Title                          campus-sem       weight                  code
Level 100
Foundations of Tourism A                 L1~H1        12.5%           HTM101
Economics for Business                H1~L1~B1        12.5%           BEA110
Foundations of Tourism B                 L2~H2        12.5%           HTM102
(b) The Modern World in
     Australia to 1860                L2~B2~D2        12.5%           HTA106
Introduction to
     Management                   H1/2~L1/2~B1        12.5%           BMA101
Population and
     Urbanisation                     L1~B1~D1        12.5%            KJG101
Plus 25% from the following list:
Introductory Indonesian [a]               Hf~Lf        25%           HMN100
Chinese 1  [a]                            Hf~Lf        25%           HMC100
Contemporary Indigenous
     Australia                       L1~H1~D1         12.5%           HAB102
Course details (2001)                                                   page 104



Introduction to International
     Business                               H2~L2      12.5%    BMA181/281
The Physical Environment               L2~B2~D2        12.5%            KJG102
Organisational Behaviour                    H1~L1      12.5%          BMA201
Level 200/300
Students must complete all units in the three core areas
Interpretation and Heritage Core
Tourism Theory                              H1~L1      12.5%    HTM200/300
Australian History
     1788–1990s                                 D1     12.5%    HTA240/340
History and Heritage                   L2~H2~D2        12.5%    HTA290/390
Indigenous Tourism                              H2     12.5%    HAB210/310
Wilderness and Antarctic Core
Natural Resources
     Management                             L2~D2      12.5%            KJG202
Australian Natural
     Environments                           L1~D1      12.5%            KJG201
plus two 12.5% units to be advised
Management, Marketing and Policy Core
Principles of Marketing               H3/2~L3/2        12.5%    BMA151/251
Sport and Tourism: Policy and
     Politics                               H2~L2      12.5%     HSD210/310
Placement in the Tourism Industry, not offered in 2001
Human Resource Management in
     Tourism and Hospitality                H2~L2      12.5%    BMA225/325
Electives
Students choose four electives.
One of BMA253 or HGA203/303
Marketing Research                              H2     12.5%          BMA253
Social and Political
     Research                               L1~H1      12.5%    HGA203/303
Plus three electives (37.5%) from:
One 12.5% unit from elective spoken language courses
Accounting and Financial
     Decision Making [b]               H1~L1~B1        12.5%           BFA103
Buyer Behaviour                                 H2     12.5%          BMA252
Marketing Communications                        H1     12.5%          BMA255
[a] Strongly recommended units
[b] Students undertaking this unit are permitted to count the unit as a
      200/300 level elective


                              Hobart schedule

Unit Title                         campus-sem       weight               code
Level 100
Foundations of Tourism A                L1~H1        12.5%           HTM101
Course details (2001)                                                  page 105



Foundations of Tourism B                  L2~H2        12.5%          HTM102
Introduction to
     Management                  H1/2~L1/2~B1          12.5%          BMA101
Plus one of the following:
Chinese 1                                  Hf~Lf          25%         HMC100
French 1                                       Hf         25%          HEF100
German 1                                       Hf         25%         HEG100
Introductory Indonesian                    Hf~Lf          25%        HMN100
Japanese 1                                     Hf         25%         HMJ100
(b) The Modern World in
     Australia to 1860                        H2       12.5%          HTA104
Plus one of:
Geography and Environmental
     Studies 1                                 Hf         25%         KGA100
Geography and Environmental
     Studies 1A                                Hf         25%         KGA101
Level 200/300
Students must complete all units in the three core areas.
The following level 200/300 units will be offered in Hobart in 2001:
Interpretation and Heritage Core
Tourism Theory                            H1~L1        12.5%      HTM200/300
Van Diemen's Land
     1642–1850                                H1       12.5%      HTA229/329
Indigenous Tourism                            H2       12.5%      HAB210/310
Wilderness and Antarctic Core
Environmental Impact
     Assessment and Decision Making           H2       12.5%          KGA381
Wilderness and Natural Area
     Management: Natural and
     Cultural Values                          H2       12.5%      KGA278/378
Management, Marketing and Policy Core
Principles of Marketing [c]          H3/2~L3/2         12.5%      BMA151/251
Sport and Tourism: Policy and
     Politics                             H2~L2        12.5%       HSD210/310
Elective units
One of:
Marketing Research                            H2       12.5%          BMA253
Social and Political
     Research                             L1~H1        12.5%      HGA203/303
Qualitative Research
     Methods                              H1~L2        12.5%      HGA230/330
Survey Research                               H3       12.5%      HGA204/304
Plus three (37.5%) from the following:
Chinese for Tourism                           H1       12.5%          HMC205
Japanese for Tourism                          H1       12.5%          HMJ203
French for Tourism and
     Business                                 H1       12.5%       HEF203/303
Course details (2001)                                                    page 106



German for Tourism and
     Business                                H1       12.5%            HEG203
Accounting and Financial
     Decision Making                 H1~L1~B1         12.5%             BFA103
Buyer Behaviour                            H2         12.5%            BMA252
Cultures and Societies of
     Southeast Asia                          H2       12.5%       HGA254/354
Art, Natural Environment
     and History                             H3       12.5%        FSZ250/350
Environmental Ethics                         H1       12.5%       HPA277/377
Fauna Conservation
     Management                              H1       12.5%          KGA332
Geography of Asia                            H1       12.5%       KGA202/302
Marketing Communications                     H1       12.5%          BMA255
Services Marketing                           H1       12.5%          BMA353
Social & Environmental
     Accounting [d]                          H2       12.5%        BFA207/307
Tourism, Sport and
     Leisure                                 H1       12.5%       HGA251/351
Art, Natural Environment
     and Wilderness                          H1       12.5%        FSZ251/351
Natural Vegetation of
     Tasmania                              H2         12.5%          KPA152
Vegetation Management                      H1         12.5%          KGA331
History and Heritage                 L2~H2~D2         12.5%       HTA290/390
Uncovering the Past                        H2         12.5%       HTC204/304
[c] use enrolment code BMA251.
[d] use enrolment code BFA307.



  BA Combined degreesBachelor of Arts
        and Bachelor of Laws
(Abbreviation: BA–LLB)

Course code: L3D

This is a five-year full-time degree course. The first year is studied in the
Bachelor of Arts degree, taking the subject BLA101 Introduction to Law (25%),
plus three further subjects from the BA schedule (75%).

At the end of the first year, students apply for entry to the combined Bachelor
of Arts–Bachelor of Laws degree course or the Bachelor of Laws. Entry is based
on first-year results. If students are unsuccessful, they continue with the BA
degree course.
Course details (2001)                                                     page 107




If successful in gaining entry to combined degree course, students complete a
major in the BA, plus the required and elective Law units specified below. In
the second year, students study BLA200 Contract (20%), BLA201 Torts (20%),
level 200 units to the value of 62.5% from the BA schedule (a 2.5% overload).

In the third year, students study BLA202 Criminal Law (25%), BLA203 Principles
of Public Law (25%), and 50% of level 300 units from the BA schedule. By the end
of the first three years of the degree, students normally have completed a major
from within the BA.

In the fourth and fifth years, students study prescribed Law units. See page xx.

Course objectives



Course structure

Sample course




Year 1

       Introduction to Law 25%
       English         25%
       Political Science   25%
       History         25%

Year 2

       Contract        20%
       Torts 20%
       English         37.5%
       Political Science     25%

Year 3

       Criminal Law          25%
       Principles of Public Law    25%
       English         12.5%
       Political Science     37.5%

Year 4

       Required Law units 100%
Course details (2001)                                                    page 108




Year 5

       Required Law units 100%

<tbz>

                                   Schedule

Unit Title                          campus-sem        weight              code
Year 1
Introduction to Law                         Hf~Lf        25%            BLA101
plus 75% units from BA ( course code R3A) on page xx
Year 2
Contract Law [a]                               Hf        25%            BLA200
Torts [a]                                      Hf        25%            BLA201
plus 62.5% units from BA (course code R3A) on page xx
Year 3
Criminal Law                                   Hf        25%            BLA202
Principles of Public Law                       Hf        25%            BLA203
plus 50% units from BA ( course code R3A) on page xx
Year 4
Property Law                                   Hf        25%            BLA303
Law of Groups                                 H1       12.5%            BLA304
plus 5 electives from Schedule of Electives on page xx
Year 5
Litigation                                     Hf        25%            BLA402
Equity and Trusts                             H1       12.5%            BLA401
plus 5 electives from Schedule of Electives on page xx
[a] the weighting of these units is 20% for students enrolled in this combined
      degree



          Bachelor of Arts and Bachelor of
                    Computing
(Abbreviation: BA–BComp)

Course code: R3L

This four year (minimum) combined degree of Bachelor of Arts–Bachelor of
Computing is offered on the Launceston campus by the Faculty of Arts and
Faculty of Science and Engineering. A fuller description of the course may be
found on page B-xx.
Course details (2001)                                                     page 109



Course objectives




   Bachelor of Arts and Bachelor of Fine
                    Arts
(Abbreviation: BA–BFA)

Course code: R3F

This is a five-year full-time degree course which may also be studied part time.
In the first year students study two first-year subjects from the BA schedule and
two first-year subjects from the BFA degree course. Over the five years of the
degree, students complete the requirements for both the BA and the BFA, by
completing either two majors or a double major in the BA degree and either a
studio major and a minor in Art and Design Theory in the BFA or a major in
Art History and Cultural Theory along with studio-based and elective units to
make up the remaining percentage. The full structure of the degree is shown on
page B-xx.

Course objectives



Course structure

Sample course




Year 1 (100%–125%)

       Journalism and Media Studies     25%
       Philosophy 25%
       E-Media      25%
       Art and Design Theory     25%

Year 2 (100%)

       Journalism and Media Studies     25%
       Philosophy 25%
       E-Media      50%

Year 3 (100%)
Course details (2001)                                                    page 110



       Journalism and Media Studies     25%
       E-Media      50%
       Art and Design Theory     25%

Year 4 (100%)

       Journalism and Media Studies     25%
       Philosophy 25%
       Drawing      25%
       Art and Design Theory 3 25%

Year 5 (100%)

       Journalism and Media Studies     25%
       Philosophy 25%
       Women's Studies     25%
       Fine Arts electives 25%

Major totals

       Journalism and Media Studies major   (125%)(100% min)
       Philosophy major   100% min
       Art and Design Theory     75% (50% min)
       E-Media major      125%

<tbz>


          Bachelor of Arts and Bachelor of
                 Applied Science
(Abbreviation: BA–BAppSc)

Course code: R3G

The last intake of students into the combined BA–BAppSc degree was 2000. The
BAppSc is being taught out over the period 2001 to 2003. Students should refer
to the BA and BAppSc schedules as listed in this handbook; but for other details
may refer to the Course and Unit Handbook 2000. Current students should contact
Mrs Michelle Horder on (03) 6324 3863 if advice is needed.


          Bachelor of Arts and Bachelor of
                      Science
(Abbreviation: BA–BSc)
Course details (2001)                                                     page 111




Course code: R3H

This is a five-year full-time degree course which may also be studied part time.
In the first year students study two first-year subjects from the BA schedule and
two first-year subjects from the BSc degree course. Over the five years of the
degree, students complete the requirements for both the BA and the BSc, by
completing either two majors or a double major in the BA degree and a major in
the BSc. The full structure of the degree is shown on page xx.

Course objectives




           Graduate Diploma in Languages
(Abbreviation: GradDipLang)

Course code: R6J

The Graduate Diploma in Languages is offered on the Hobart campus. The
course may be completed in a minimum of one calendar year and a maximum
of three consecutive calendar years of study. Candidates whose work has been
interrupted by illness or other unavoidable cause may be given additional time
to complete the course. Candidates may currently study one of the following
languages:

•      French
•      German
•      Japanese
•      Chinese
•      Indonesian

The approved abbreviation for the award is GradDipLang with the name of the
language studied following in parentheses.

Some HECS-based places may be offered.

Admission & prerequisites

Applicants must consult the head of the School of English and European
Languages and Literatures or the Head of the School of Asian Languages and
Studies before enrolling.

To be admitted to the course applicants must have qualified for admission to
the degree of Bachelor of Arts, or another approved bachelor degree, of the
Course details (2001)                                                        page 112



University of Tasmania. They should also have obtained a pass at Credit level
or better in units totalling at least 37.5% at the 200 level of the language which
they propose to study.

Applicants who hold an approved degree or diploma from another university
or tertiary institution may be considered for admission provided they have met
the standard indicated above in the language they propose to study.

In special cases applicants who have completed an approved three-year course
at a lower standard may be admitted to the course.

Course objectives

The Graduate Diploma in Languages course is designed to enable candidates,
who may not have qualified for admission to an Honours program, to pursue
studies at a postgraduate level and achieve a high level of spoken and written
competence in the language of their choice.

Course structure

To qualify for the award candidates must pass units in one of French, German,
Japanese Chinese or Indonesian, as approved by the Head of the School of
English and European Languages and Literatures or the Head of the School of
Asian Languages and Studies, at level 300 and/or 400 with a combined weight
of 100%.

General provisions

Candidates may not, without the consent of the Faculty, submit for examination
for the Graduate Diploma any work which has previously been submitted for
any degree or diploma. Candidates who fail to make satisfactory progress may
be required by the Faculty to withdraw from the course or to repeat some or all
of the work prescribed.

Enrolment codes

French     HEF500 Full time
     HEF501 Part time
German     HEG500 Full time
     HEG501 Part time
Japanese   HMJ500 Full time
     HMJ501 Part time
Chinese    HMC500 Full time
     HMC501 Part time
Indonesian HMN500 Full time
     HMN501 Part time
Course details (2001)                                                  page 113




                 Graduate Diploma of Music
(Abbreviation: GradDipMus)

Course code: F6D

The Graduate Diploma of Music is a one-year coursework award designed to
suit the needs of practising professional musicians.

Course objectives

The course is designed to support advanced studies in instrumental/vocal
performance, composition and music technology. Primary concentration will be
given to the development of high level technical and music skills within the
specialist area.

On completion of this course students should have:

•      developed advanced skills as performers and/or composers
•      acquired increased skills in their particular area
•      developed a comprehensive understanding of a wide range of repertoire
       and concepts.

Articulation

Students who wish to proceed to the Master of Music (coursework) cannot take
out the GradDipMus but transfer to the MMus with full credit.

                                   Schedule

The Graduate Diploma of Music consists of the completion of a total load of
100% which may comprise any four of the following units. Note: all units are
one semester long

Unit Title                          campus-sem       weight            code
Performance 1                            H1/2          25%       FCA501/701
Performance 2                            H1/2          25%       FCA502/702
Composition 1                            H1/2          25%       FCA511/711
Composition 2                            H1/2          25%       FCA512/712
Music Technology                         H1/2          25%       FCA521/721
Music Publishing                            H2         25%       FCA522/722
Multimedia Authoring 1                     [na]        25%       FCA523/723
Multimedia Authoring 2                     [na]        25%       FCA524/724
Ensemble 1                               H1/2          25%       FCA531/731
Ensemble 2                               H1/2          25%       FCA532/732
Music Research Project                      H1         25%       FCA540/740
Course details (2001)                                                       page 114




Admission to the Graduate Diploma of Music is by application and audition.
Performers are expected to prepare at least 30–40 mins of music that
demonstrate their musical skills. Composers are to submit a folio of recent work
either as scores, sound recording, video or a combination of these.

The Graduate Diploma of Music is fully articulated with the Master of Music
(coursework). Current students who have completed 100% of the Graduate
Diploma may apply to enter the Master of Music (coursework) and be given
credit for units completed in the Graduate Diploma.


              Master of Fine Art and Design
(Abbreviation: MFAD)

Course code: F7D

The Master of Fine Art and Design is offered on a full fee-paying basis only.

The Master of Fine Art and Design is a 3-semester full-time or equivalent
half-time or equivalent summer school/evening study/weekend study
program. Students may enrol for semester 1 or semester 2 entry.

Admission & prerequisites

To qualify for admission, applicants must demonstrate, during an interview
process, the potential to undertake the MFAD.

Normally applicants should have a degree or degree-equivalent qualifications
in Fine Art, Design, or in an accepted cognate discipline.

A person who possesses such other qualifications and professional experience
deemed by the Faculty to provide an adequate preparation for study equivalent
to that provided for by an undergraduate degree, may be admitted to the
course.

Upon admission into the course students may apply for status. Normally,
students who have graduated in the Graduate Diploma or Honours degree
may, at the discretion of the Faculty, be awarded up to 33.33% credit of the
course or credit of up to 33.33% may be given, at the discretion of the Faculty,
for achievements by candidates in other awards and professional practice areas.

Course objectives
Course details (2001)                                                      page 115



The MFAD aims to provide a high quality recognised qualification at
postgraduate level in a professional practice-oriented coursework program. The
course provides a flexibly structured program with the capability of
cross-disciplinary, cross-faculty and cross-campus study which allows students,
in conjunction with the School, to design a course which best serves their
professional needs. Students complete a professional practice project or a series
of such projects agreed upon in consultation with the Postgraduate Awards
Committee, with the option of undertaking a research component in the final
semester. This course allows a great deal of flexibility for students and involves
a substantial amount of independent study.

Students enrolling at the School of Art at Hobart may undertake projects in art
theory, ceramics, drawing, e-media, furniture design, graphic design, painting,
photography, printmaking or sculpture. Students enrolling at the School of
Visual and Performing Arts at Launceston may undertake projects in art theory,
ceramics, painting, printmedia, sculpture or textiles.

Career outcomes

Graduates of the Master of Fine Art and Design find employment in a variety of
positions within the arts professions including curatorial work, gallery
administration, research and teaching, as well as participating in individual and
group-generated projects and studio practice.

Course structure

Students have the option of undertaking a straight coursework program over
three semesters or may include a research component in the third semester.
Students completing the coursework program must complete a professional
practice project, or a series of projects over a three-semester period. Students
enrolling in the research component must complete a professional practice
project or a series of projects over a two-semester period and then a dissertation
by exhibition and documentation or an 8,000 word thesis. All projects and
dissertations undertaken must be approved by the Postgraduate Awards
Committee.

Students may complete the three-semester course over a twelve-month period
by completing the third unit in the program by summer school, or evening or
weekend study programs at the approval of the School.

Students are also given the option of enrolling in an approved postgraduate
coursework unit from another School with a total weight of 50%.

                               Schedule of Units
Course details (2001)                                                          page 116



Note: students enrolling at Launceston enrol in unit code FFA-, and students enrolling
      at Hobart enrol in the unit code FSA–.•      Students must complete a total
      of 150% of units to qualify for the award;
•     Students wishing to include a research component take FFA/FSA753
      Research Project as one of their units;
•     Students may undertake approved postgraduate coursework units from
      other faculties with a total weight of 50%, and MFAD units to give a
      combined weight of 150% in one year of full-time study.

                          Schedule for Hobart students

Unit Title                           campus-sem       weight                    code
Full-time study
Choose three of the following:
Professional Practices 1                    H1/2         50%                 FSA750
Professional Practices 2                    H1/2         50%                 FSA751
Professional Practices 3                    H1/2         50%                 FSA752
Research Project                            H1/2         50%                 FSA753
Part-time study
As above, except that unit enrolment codes are FSA760/761/762/763
     respectively and each unit is taken over 2 semesters.


                        Schedule for Launceston students

Unit Title                           campus-sem       weight                    code
Full-time study
Professional Practices 1                    L1/2         50%                 FFA750
Professional Practices 2                    L1/2         50%                 FFA751
Professional Practices 3                    L1/2         50%                 FFA752
Research Project                            L1/2         50%                 FFA753
Part-time study
As above, except that unit enrolment codes are FFA760/761/762/763
     respectively and each unit is taken over 2 semesters.



                          Master of Music
(Abbreviation: MMus)

Course code: F7E

The Master of Music (coursework) is a two-year coursework award designed to
suit the needs of practising professional musicians.

Course objectives
Course details (2001)                                                     page 117




The course is designed to support advanced studies in instrumental/vocal
performance, composition and music technology. Primary concentration will be
given to the development of high level technical and music skills within the
specialist area.

On completion of this course students should have:

•      developed advanced skills as performers and/or composers
•      acquired increased skills in their particular area
•      developed a comprehensive understanding of a wide range of repertoire
       and concepts.

Career outcomes

Graduates of the Master of Music are engaged at all levels of the music
profession, both in Australia and overseas. They enjoy successful careers as
performers, teachers and administrators, or may be involved in broadcasting,
journalism or as music critics.

Articulation

Students who have completed, but not graduated in, the Graduate Diploma of
Music, may apply for entry to the Master of Music and receive full credit for all
GradDipMus units completed.

                                   Schedule

The Master of Music consists of the completion of a total load of 200%
comprising the following units:

Unit Title                           campus-sem       weight                code
Compulsory unit
Music Research Project                       H1          25%        FCA540/740
Plus a further 7 units from the following:
Performance 1                              H1/2          25%        FCA501/701
Performance 2                              H1/2          25%        FCA502/702
Performance 3                              H1/2          25%           FCA703
Performance 4                              H1/2          25%           FCA704
Composition 1                              H1/2          25%        FCA511/711
Composition 2                              H1/2          25%        FCA512/712
Composition 3                              H1/2          25%           FCA713
Composition 4                              H1/2          25%           FCA714
Music Technology                           H1/2          25%        FCA521/721
Music Publishing                             H2          25%        FCA522/722
Multimedia Authoring 1                      [na]         25%        FCA523/723
Multimedia Authoring 2                      [na]         25%        FCA524/724
Course details (2001)                                                     page 118



Ensemble 1                                 H1/2        25%        FCA531/731
Ensemble 2                                 H1/2        25%        FCA532/732
Ensemble 3                                 H1/2        25%            FCA733
Ensemble 4                                 H1/2        25%            FCA734
Up to 75% of the total load may be taken from other Schools with the prior
    approval of the Coordinator of Postgraduate studies.


Admission to the Master of Music (coursework) is by application and audition.
Performers are expected to prepare at least 30–40 mins of music that
demonstrates their musical skills. Composers are to submit a folio of recent
work either as scores, sound recording, video or a combination of these.


           Master of Public Administration
(Abbreviation: MPA)

Course code: R7D

The Master of Public Administration course is being discontinued and there
will be no further intake in 2001. Students already enrolled in the course should
consult the Course and Unit Handbook 2000 for details of the course structure.
Course specifications are given in the Calendar.


      Bachelor of Business Administration
          (Enterprise Development)
(Abbreviation: BBA(EntDev))

Course code: C3W

This on-campus, 3-year full-time or 6-year part-time course is offered by the
Faculty of Commerce and Law at Launceston.

Admission & prerequisites

Categories of students will be considered for admission, either as:

(a)    applicants who possess the University's basic requirements for admission
       to undergraduate courses;

or alternative entry application as:
Course details (2001)                                                       page 119



(b)    mature age people with business experience but limited formal academic
       achievements. In ranking for entry, practical business experience will
       provide substantial points towards entry;
(c)    secondary school (or college), TAFE, and State Enterprise Workshop
       students undertaking specific certificate and diploma courses in enterprise
       education. Applicants in this category will be interviewed to assess their
       potential to undertake this course.

Course objectives

The course provides a 'whole-of-business' strategic focus to the operation of
business enterprises, with ability to clearly identify structural change and its
impacts, and then develop skills in how to innovate and redesign business
activity.

Students learn how to

•      identify and analyse business opportunities within such changing
       structures that add value to society;
•      use core business and economics-based skills in strategic enterprise
       developments;
•      generate support through all forms of communication and negotiation, to
       share with others the value of innovative opportunities;
•      think divergently and creatively through synthesis of many economics
       and business concepts;
•      develop business strategies and plan them out from inception, growth and
       redesign;
•      undertake varied simulation and on-the-job experiences of enterprise
       development practices;
•      cultivate recognition of frontier technologies and path-dependent business
       developments that provide the basis for strategic activities;
•      work co-operatively in teams and business alliances with appropriate
       entrepreneurial role models.

Professional recognition

There is currently no appropriate professional body in this area.

Course structure

The course structure is outlined in the schedule. All units are weighted at
12.5%, with the exception of the core unit, Foundations of Enterprise Development
which is a full-year unit of 25%. This unit establishes the basic principles and
fundamental issues in the strategically focused area of developing new or
redesigning extant enterprises.

                                    Schedule
Course details (2001)                                                     page 120




Unit Title                         campus-sem         weight               code
Year 1
Accounting and Financial
     Decision Making                 H1~L1~B1          12.5%            BFA103
Business Information
     Systems                     H1/2~L1/2~B1          12.5%            BSA101
Introduction to
     Management                  H1/2~L1/2~B1          12.5%           BMA101
One elective unit (12.5%)
Foundations of Enterprise
     Development                            Lf           25%            BEA103
Data Handling and
     Statistics 1                H1/2~L1/2~B2          12.5%         KMA153
Principles of Marketing             H3/2~L3/2          12.5%      BMA151/251
Year 2
Economics for Business               H1~L1~B1          12.5%            BEA110
Business Logistics                          L1         12.5%            BSA204
Organisational Behaviour                H1~L1          12.5%           BMA201
One elective unit (12.5%)
Commercial Transactions              H2~L2~B2          12.5%            BFA141
Project Financing                           L2         12.5%            BFA203
Two elective units (totalling 25%)
Year 3
Entrepreneurship and
     Innovation                         H?~L?          12.5%            BEA326
Electronic Marketing                       H2          12.5%           BMA308
Two elective units (totalling 25%)
Economics, Management and
     Organisation                          H1          12.5%            BEA302
Field Operation                             L2         12.5%            BEA336
Strategic Management                    H2~L2          12.5%           BMA302
One elective unit (12.5%)



    Bachelor of Business Administration
        (Hospitality Management)
(Abbreviation: BBA(HospMgmt))

Course code: C3T

This on-campus, 3-year full-time or 6-year part-time course is offered by the
Faculty of Commerce and Law at Hobart and Launceston.
Course details (2001)                                                       page 121



Admission & prerequisites

Possession of the University's basic admission requirements. The Drysdale
Institute of TAFE Advanced Diploma of Hospitality or an equivalent award is
also required. Those without the latter and those wishing to transfer from
another degree course will be counselled as to the program of study that they
would need to follow in order to undertake the Bachelor of Business
Adminstration (HospMgmt).

Course objectives

The course is designed to produce graduates with a sound knowledge of the
fundamental principles and concepts of management, a familiarity with
significant literature in the field and the ability to review, consolidate, extend
and apply the knowledge and techniques to the hospitality management sector.
It seeks to produce graduates with knowledge, skills and understanding of best
practice in hospitality management, and the value of research, critical thinking
and effective communication. Graduates develop professional skills in such
areas as interpersonal communication, services management, working in teams,
report writing and problems-solving techniques. They are given the
opportunity to gain a professional degree in hospitality management. The
course also provides holders of a Drysdale Institute of TAFE Advanced
Diploma of Hospitality with the opportunity to gain a university qualification
in hospitality management.

Course structure

The Bachelor of Business Administration in Hospitality Management consists of
16 specified core units and 8 specialised hospitality units. Because of the
specialised nature of the course, it is not possible to include elective units. For
specific details, see the Schedule.

Articulation

Applicants who have completed the Drysdale Institute of TAFE Advanced
Diploma of Hospitality will be granted credit for fourteen units towards the
Bachelor of Business Administration (HospMgmt) degree course. Candidates
with an equivalent award will also be considered on an individual basis and
following the advice from the course advisory committee, may be granted
credit.

                                    Schedule

The course is designed for articulation with the Advanced Diploma of
Hospitality offered by the Drysdale Institute of TAFE and equivalent Australian
and International awards.
Course details (2001)                                                     page 122



Prospective students will therefore enter the course in the summer semester of
year 2 of the course and the structure of the course will be as follows:

Unit Title                         campus-sem       weight               code
Year 1
Semester 1 and 2: studies undertaken at Drysdale Institute of TAFE or equiv
Year 2
Semester 1 and 2: studies undertaken at Drysdale Institute of TAFE or equiv
Summer semester
Principles of Marketing [a]         H3/2~L3/2         12.5%      BMA151/251
Management of Human
     Resources [a]                  H3/2~L3/2         12.5%      BMA121/221
Year 3
Semester 1
Organisational Behaviour                 H1~L1        12.5%          BMA201
Contract of Employment                   H1~L1        12.5%          BMA241
* contact school for details of HGA214

Electronic Commerce                    H1~L1        12.5%         BSA306
Semester 2
Human Resource Management in
     Tourism and Hospitality           H2~L2        12.5%     BMA225/325
Strategic Management                   H2~L2        12.5%        BMA302
Employee Relations                     H2~L2        12.5%        BMA321
Introduction to International
     Business [a]                      H2~L2        12.5%     BMA181/281
[a] Students should use appropriate level 200 enrolment code BMA251,
      BMA221, BMA281



    Bachelor of Business Administration
      (Human Resource Management)
(Abbreviation: BBA(HRM))

Course code: C3U

This on-campus, 3-year full-time or 6-year part-time course is offered by the
Faculty of Commerce and Law at Hobart and Launceston.

Admission & prerequisites

Possession of the University's basic admission requirements.

Course objectives
Course details (2001)                                                       page 123




The course provides the opportunity for students to combine the core of a
business administration degree with a focused study of the foundations of
Human Resource Management (HRM). It is a professional course that will
enable graduates to fulfil key roles in the human resource management area.
Such graduates will have a good understanding of the role of HRM in both
private and public sector enterprises, and will have knowledge, skills and
understanding of best practice in HRM, and value research, critical thinking
and effective communication in HRM. Graduates will have developed
professional skills in such areas as interpersonal communication, working in
teams, report writing and problem-solving techniques.

Course structure

The Bachelor of Business Administration in Human Resource Management
consists of 19 specified core units, one BCom core elective and 4 elective units.
The electives may be chosen from any other discipline area in the University.

Articulation

Applicants who have completed the TAFE associate diplomas or diplomas or
an equivalent qualification will be granted credit for eight units towards the
BBA(HRM). Applications for such credit, however, will be considered on an
individual basis.

                                    Schedule

Unit Title                           campus-sem        weight                code
Year 1
Semester 1
Business Information
     Systems                     H1/2~L1/2~B1           12.5%             BSA101
Introduction to
     Management                  H1/2~L1/2~B1           12.5%            BMA101
Economics for Business               H1~L1~B1           12.5%             BEA110
Accounting and Financial
     Decision Making                   H1~L1~B1         12.5%             BFA103
Semester 2
Data Handling and
     Statistics 1                H1/2~L1/2~B2           12.5%           KMA153
Management of Human
     Resources [a]                   H3/2~L3/2          12.5%       BMA121/221
Commercial Transactions               H2~L2~B2          12.5%          BFA141
Principles of Marketing [a]          H3/2~L3/2          12.5%       BMA151/251
Year 2
Semester 1
Organisational Behaviour                   H1~L1        12.5%            BMA201
Course details (2001)                                                     page 124



Contract of Employment                 H1~L1         12.5%         BMA241
Elective unit                                        12.5%
Elective unit                                        12.5%
Semester 2
Employee Relations                     H2~L2         12.5%         BMA321
Human Resource
             Development               H2~L2         12.5%         BMA224
Method for Management
             Studies                   H2~L2         12.5%         BMA260
one BCom core elective unit                          12.5%
Year 3
Semester 1
Strategic Issues in Human
             Resource Management       H1~L1         12.5%         BMA330
International Human Resource
             Management                H1~L1         12.5%         BMA381
Electronic Commerce                    H1~L1         12.5%          BSA306
Elective unit                                        12.5%
Semester 2
Managerial Social
             Responsibility            H2~L2         12.5%    BMA291/391
Strategic Management                   H2~L2         12.5%         BMA302
Human Resource Management in
             Tourism and Hospitality   H2~L2         12.5%    BMA225/325
Elective unit                                        12.5%
[a] Students should use appropriate level 100 unit code: BMA121, BMA151



    Bachelor of Business Administration
          (Tourism Management)
(Abbreviation: BBA(Tourism Mgmt))

Course code: C3V

This on-campus, 3-year full-time or 6-year part-time course is offered by the
Faculty of Commerce and Law at Hobart.

Admission & prerequisites

Possession of the University's basic admission requirements. The Drysdale
Institute of TAFE Advanced Diploma of Tourism or an equivalent award is also
required. Those without the latter and those wishing to transfer from another
degree course will be counselled as to the program of study that they would
Course details (2001)                                                      page 125



need to follow in order to undertake the Bachelor of Business Administration
(TourismMgmt).

Course objectives

The course is designed to produce graduates with a sound knowledge of the
fundamental principles and concepts of management, a familiarity with
significant literature in the field and the ability to review, consolidate, extend
and apply the knowledge and techniques to the tourism management sector. It
seeks to produce graduates with knowledge, skills and understanding of best
practice in tourism management, and the value of research, critical thinking and
effective communication. Graduates develop professional skills in such areas as
interpersonal communication, services management, working in teams, report
writing and problems-solving techniques. They are given the opportunity to
gain a professional degree in tourism management. The course also provides
holders of a Drysdale Institute of TAFE Advanced Diploma of Tourism with the
opportunity to gain a university qualification in tourism management.

Course structure

The Bachelor of Business Administration in Tourism Management consists of 16
specified core units and 8 specialised hospitality units. Because of the
specialised nature of the course, it is not possible to include elective units. For
specific details, see the Schedule.

Articulation

Applicants who have completed the Drysdale Institute of TAFE Advanced
Diploma of Tourism will be granted credit for fourteen units towards the
Bachelor of Business Administration (TourismMgmt) degree course.
Candidates with an equivalent award will also be considered on an individual
basis and following the advice from the course advisory committee, may be
granted credit.

                                    Schedule

The course is designed for articulation with the Advanced Diploma of Tourism
offered by the Drysdale Institute of TAFE and equivalent Australian and
International awards.

Prospective students will therefore enter the course in the summer semester of
year 2 of the course and the structure of the course will be as follows:

Unit Title                         campus-sem       weight               code
Year 1
Semester 1 and 2: studies undertaken at Drysdale Institute of TAFE or equiv
Year 2
Course details (2001)                                                       page 126



Semester 1 and 2: studies undertaken at Drysdale Institute of TAFE or equiv
Summer semester
Principles of Marketing [a]        H3/2~L3/2          12.5%      BMA151/251
Management of Human
     Resources [a]                 H3/2~L3/2          12.5%      BMA121/221
Year 3
Semester 1
Marketing Communications                    H1        12.5%          BMA255
Organisational Behaviour                 H1~L1        12.5%          BMA201
Services Marketing                          H1        12.5%          BMA353
Contract of Employment                   H1~L1        12.5%          BMA241
Semester 2
Strategic Management                     H2~L2        12.5%          BMA302
Buyer Behaviour                             H2        12.5%          BMA252
Management and the Natural
     Environment                           [na]       12.5%      BMA272/372
Human Resource Management in
     Tourism and Hospitality             H2~L2        12.5%      BMA225/325
[a] Students should use the appropriate level 200 enrolment code BMA251,
      BMA221



                        Bachelor of Commerce
(Abbreviation: BCom)

Course code: C3C

New majors in Business Management, Business Economics, Corporate
Accountability and The Information Economy are being introduced.

This on-campus, 3-year full-time or 6-year part-time course is offered at Hobart
and Launceston. Majors in Accounting, Business Management, Corporate
Accountability, Information Systems and Human Resource Management are
available in Hobart and Launceston. Majors in Business Economics, Finance,
Marketing and International Business are available only in Hobart. A major in
The Information Economy is available in Launceston only. The major in
Accounting and some second year Information Systems units are available at
the North-West Centre.

Admission & prerequisites

Possession of the University's basic admission requirements. In addition,
applicants must have passed TCE *MT730 Mathematics Applied or a higher
level Mathematics subject. Candidates should note, however, that admission to
the Faculty is subject to quota selection. Selection is based on a score calculated
Course details (2001)                                                           page 127



on an applicant's five best TCE subjects – three of which must be taken in Year 12 –
chosen from the list of subjects approved by the University for admission purposes. The
mathematics subject referred to above does not have to be one of the five
counted for the purposes of the calculation of the TE score.

Course objectives

The course is designed to produce well educated and adaptable graduates, with
appropriate professional skills to meet the existing needs and demands of
business and related professions. The course specifically prepares students to
work in accounting, economics, finance, management, marketing, information
systems, international business and in human resource management.

Career outcomes

Graduates of the Bachelor of Commerce can expect to obtain employment in
accounting, economics, finance, international business, human resource or
personnel management, marketing, journalism and public relations,
government and teaching.

Professional recognition

If students wish to be eligible for membership of a professional body they will
need to select units endorsed by that body. The Faculty of Commerce and Law
offers units to enable students to join the following professional bodies:

•      Institute of Chartered Accountants in Australia
•      Australian Society of Certified Practising Accountants
•      Australian Human Resources Institute
•      Australian Institute of Management
•      Australian Marketing Institute
•      Chartered Institute of Company Secretaries in Australia
•      Australian Institute of Banking and Finance
•      Australian Computer Society

Membership details may be obtained from the relevant Schools or the
appropriate professional body.

Course structure

The Bachelor of Commerce consists of 24 units of study. To qualify, students
must complete a compulsory core of six units, two other first-year approved
electives, a major of eight units offered within the Faculty and eight elective
units which may be in the form of another major or in a grouping of units
approved by the Dean (See Schedule of common first year units, below).
Course details (2001)                                                       page 128



The first year is common to all students (except that students have a choice of
two core electives). Students then elect to specialise in one of the following
majors offered by the Faculty. Each major consists of eight units which are
listed in the following section, Bachelor of Commerce: Course Structure, Majors.

•      Accounting (Hobart, Launceston, NWC)
•      Business Economics (Hobart only)
•      Business Management (Hobart , Launceston)
•      Corporate Accountability (Hobart, Launceston, NW Centre)
•      Finance (Hobart only)
•      Human Resource Management (Hobart, Launceston)
•      Information Systems (Hobart, Launceston)
•      International Business (Hobart only)
•      Marketing (Hobart only)
•      The Information Economy (Launceston only)

The remaining eight elective units may be studied as another major or in a form
approved by the Dean.

Details of the units offered are outlined in Schedule A while the Bachelor of
Commerce: course structure shows specimen courses. Students should also refer
to the BCom degree specifications which are printed in full in the Calendar.

Articulation

Students who have completed approved courses in the Diploma of Business from
a Tasmanian Institute of TAFE (or equivalent), and have been admitted to the
course, will receive credit for eight first-year units. In the case of international
students, English language skills will also need to be verified.

Direct credit is offered for all University Commerce & Economics
undergraduate awards. For example, a BEc student wishing to transfer to either
the BIS or the BCom with credit and vice versa.

Applicants wishing to obtain credit for study already undertaken at another
faculty, or Australian or overseas tertiary institution should consult the
Admission Guide for information on procedure.

Alternative enrolment

Students entering the Bachelor of Commerce course in 2001 and intending to
study a combined degree in Commerce and Law or to study a Major in another
faculty should see 'Combined degrees' (below).

Combined degree with Law
Course details (2001)                                                     page 129



Students enrolled for the BCom must applyat the end of Year 1 to enter
combined studies with the Bachelor of Laws (LLB) degree. The combined
degree takes five years full time. Quotas apply. The first year of the combined
degree is available at Launceston. Students must complete the combined degree
at the Hobart campus.

The BCom-LLB provides a strong basis for a subsequent career in business or
public administration, with specialisation in the relationships between
economic decisions and legal constraints and requirements.

The unit BLA101 Introduction to Law is compulsory in Year 1 for those intending
to transfer to the combined degrees. A full-time student will complete BEA110,
BSA101, BFA103, BMA101, BEA140 plus one core elective unit and BLA101 in
Year 1 (total of 100%). Should the student not progress with Law after the
completion of Year 1, the outstanding core unit, BFA141 Commercial
Transactions, must be completed. This can be taken in Year 2. Students
progressing with Law will be exempt from taking BFA141 as the Law units
BLA200 Contract and BLA201 Torts will be its substitute.

Combined degrees with Arts, Information Systems and Science and Engineering

Four-year combined degree programs are available based on the Bachelor of
Commerce and the Bachelor of Arts/Bachelor of Computing/Bachelor of
Information Systems.

Honours degree

The Honours degree in the fields of Accounting & Finance or Management
(incorporating Business Management, Human Resource Management,
Marketing, Information Systems and International Business) requires one year
of full-time study in addition to the requirements for the BCom pass degree.
Students with a major in Information Systems in the BCom degree may
complete an honours degree program in the BIS honours program. See Bachelor
of Commerce with Honours on page xx, and Bachelor of Information systems on page
xx.

                        Schedule of common first year units

Unit Title                          campus-sem        weight               code
All students are required to complete the following first-year core units:
Economics for Business                H1~L1~B1         12.5%             BEA110
Business Information
     Systems                    H1/2~L1/2~B1           12.5%             BSA101
Accounting and Financial
     Decision Making                  H1~L1~B1         12.5%             BFA103
Introduction to
     Management                 H1/2~L1/2~B1           12.5%            BMA101
Course details (2001)                                                   page 130



Quantitative Methods 1                 H2~L2~B2          12.5%        BEA140
Commercial Transactions                H2~L2~B2          12.5%        BFA141
Two core elective units are to be selected from the following:
Accounting Context and
     Method                            H2~L2~B2          12.5%        BFA104
Foundations of Economic
     Policy                            H2~L2~B2          12.5%      BEA130
Financial Management [a]                   H2~L2         12.5%   BFA181/281
Management of Human
     Resources [a]                    H3/2~L3/2          12.5%   BMA121/221
Information Modelling                  H2~L2~B2          12.5%      BSA102
Introduction to International
     Business [a]                          H2~L2         12.5%   BMA181/281
Principles of Marketing  [a]          H3/2~L3/2          12.5%   BMA151/251
Information Industries                         L2        12.5%      BSA103
[a] use level 100 enrolment code (eg BFA181)


                                  Schedule A

Unit Title                          campus-sem        weight              code
Students who enrolled before 1999 should refer to the schedule in the Course
     and Unit Handbook 1998
Year 1
Accounting & Finance
Accounting and Financial
     Decision Making                  H1~L1~B1         12.5%           BFA103
Commercial Transactions               H2~L2~B2         12.5%           BFA141
Economics
Economics for Business                H1~L1~B1         12.5%           BEA110
Quantitative Methods 1                H2~L2~B2         12.5%           BEA140
Information Systems
Business Information
     Systems                    H1/2~L1/2~B1           12.5%           BSA101
Management
Introduction to
     Management                 H1/2~L1/2~B1           12.5%          BMA101
Plus two elective core units from the following
Leading to an Accounting or Corporate Accountability major:
Accounting Context and
     Method                           H2~L2~B2         12.5%           BFA104
Leading to a Business Economics major:
Foundations of Economic
     Policy                           H2~L2~B2         12.5%           BEA130
Leading to a Finance major:
Financial Management [a]                  H2~L2        12.5%       BFA181/281
Leading to a Human Resource Management or Business Management major:
Course details (2001)                                                     page 131



Management of Human
     Resources [a]                   H3/2~L3/2      12.5%    BMA121/221
Leading to an Information Systems major:
Information Modelling                 H2~L2~B2      12.5%         BSA102
Leading to an International Business major:
Introduction to International
     Business [a]                         H2~L2     12.5%    BMA181/281
Leading to a Information Economy major:
Information Industries                       L2     12.5%         BSA103
Leading to a Marketing major:
Principles of Marketing [a]          H3/2~L3/2      12.5%    BMA151/251
Years 2 and 3
Students complete EITHER a major (eight units) and eight approved units
     OR two majors (16 units) from the following schedules
[a] use level 100 enrolment code (eg BFA181)


                             Major in Accounting

Unit Title                           campus-sem        weight                code
Year 1
First year foundation core units and electives including [b]
Accounting Context and
     Method                            H2~L2~B2         12.5%            BFA104
Financial Management    [a]                H2~L2        12.5%        BFA181/281
Years 2 and 3
Financial Accounting                   H1~L1~B1         12.5%            BFA201
Accounting Information
     Systems                           H2~L2~B2         12.5%            BFA221
Corporate Regulation and
     Accountability                        H1~L1        12.5%            BFA241
Management Accounting                      H2~L2        12.5%            BFA261
Advanced Financial
     Accounting                       H1~L1~Bv1         12.5%            BFA301
Accounting Theory                      H2~L2~B2         12.5%            BFA302
Auditing                                   H1~L1        12.5%            BFA303
Taxation                                   H2~L2        12.5%            BFA391
[a] use level 100 enrolment code (eg BFA181)
[b] Completion of the above units ( including BFA181 Financial Management
      and the required first year foundation and elective core units) should
      permit a student to seek entry to professional accounting programs
      leading to membership of the Institute of Chartered Accountants in
      Australia and CPA Australia.
      The units BFA103 and BFA104 are together the equivalent of BFA101 and
      BFA102. Students will not be admitted to the Accounting major unless
      they have completed BFA101 and BFA102 or BFA101 and BFA104 or
      BFA103 and BFA104 or BFA101 and BFA103.
Course details (2001)                                                     page 132



       If units are taken out of the prescribed sequence, students will need to
       ensure that they have completed the necessary prerequisite units, which
       are listed in the unit details.


                         Major in Business Economics

Unit Title                            campus-sem       weight               code
Year 1
First year foundation core units and electives including BEA130
Foundations of Economic
     Policy                             H2~L2~B2        12.5%             BEA130
Year 2
Two of BEA235, BEA306 and BEA326
Economics of Human
     Resources                                 H1       12.5%             BEA306
Thinking Strategically: The
     Competitive Edge                          H2       12.5%             BEA235
Entrepreneurship and
     Innovation                             H?~L?       12.5%             BEA326
Two of BEA200, BEA302 and BEA305
Intermediate
     Microeconomics                            H2       12.5%             BEA200
Economics, Management and
     Organisation                              H1       12.5%             BEA302
Industrial Organisation                       [na]      12.5%             BEA305
Year 3
Prices and Profits                            [na]      12.5%             BEA325
One nominated elective chosen from the level 200 or level 300 BEA units or
     BFA181/281. If a BEA unit is chosen it must be one not already completed.
Financial Management                        H2~L2       12.5%       BFA181/281
If units are taken out of the prescribed sequence, students will need to ensure
     that they have completed the necessary prerequisite units, which are listed
     in the unit details.


                        Major in Business Management

Unit Title                          campus-sem         weight          code
Year 1
First year foundation core units and electives including BMA121:
Management of Human
     Resources [a]                   H3/2~L3/2          12.5%    BMA121/221
Years 2 and 3
Organisational Behaviour                   H1~L1        12.5%       BMA201
Contract of Employment                     H1~L1        12.5%       BMA241
Principles of Marketing              H3/2~L3/2          12.5%    BMA151/251
Course details (2001)                                                  page 133



Financial Management                      H2~L2       12.5%       BFA181/281
Corporate Regulation and
     Accountability                       H1~L1       12.5%            BFA241
Electronic Commerce                       H1~L1       12.5%            BSA306
Strategic Management                      H2~L2       12.5%          BMA302
Plus one nominated elective to make up 100% for the year chosen from the list
     below:
Nominated electives
Managerial Social
     Responsibility                       H2~L2       12.5%      BMA291/391
Employee Relations                        H2~L2       12.5%          BMA321
Human Resource Management in
     Tourism and Hospitality              H2~L2       12.5%      BMA225/325
Human Resource
     Development                          H2~L2       12.5%          BMA224
In special cases, another relevant unit may be approved by the Head of School
     as a nominated elective.
[a] use level 100 enrolment code (eg BFA181)


                        Major in Corporate Accountability

Unit Title                        campus-sem        weight             code
Year 1
Accounting Context and
    Method                          H2~L2~B2         12.5%           BFA104
Years 2 and 3
Financial Management                   H2~L2         12.5%      BFA181/281
Accounting Information
    Systems                         H2~L2~B2         12.5%           BFA221
Corporate Regulation and
    Accountability                     H1~L1         12.5%           BFA241
Plus nominated elective to make up 100% for the year chosen from the
    following:
Nominated electives
Environmental and Resource
    Economics                               H1       12.5%           BEA301
Financial Accounting                H1~L1~B1         12.5%           BFA201
Personal Financial
    Management                              H2       12.5%      BFA205/305
Social & Environmental
    Accounting                              H2       12.5%      BFA207/307
Management Accounting                  H2~L2         12.5%           BFA261
Investment Analysis                         H1       12.5%           BFA285
Accounting Theory                   H2~L2~B2         12.5%           BFA302
Financial Risk Management                   H2       12.5%           BFA385
Taxation                               H2~L2         12.5%           BFA391
Course details (2001)                                                    page 134



Managerial Social
    Responsibility                        H2~L2        12.5%      BMA291/391
Management and the Natural
    Environment                             [na]       12.5%      BMA272/372
Environmental Ethics                         H1        12.5%      HPA277/377


                                 Major in Finance

Unit Title                            campus-sem       weight               code
Year 1
First year foundation core units and electives including BFA181
Financial Management [a]                    H2~L2       12.5%       BFA181/281
Years 2 and 3
Banking and Financial
     Institutions                              H2       12.5%             BEA321
Investment Analysis                            H1       12.5%             BFA285
Financial Services                             H2       12.5%             BFA347
International Finance                          H1       12.5%             BFA384
plus four nominated electives to make up 100% for the year chosen from the
     following list
Nominated electives
Personal Financial
     Management                                H2       12.5%       BFA205/305
Services Marketing                             H1       12.5%            BMA353
Intermediate
     Microeconomics                            H2       12.5%             BEA200
Research Methods for
     Finance                                   H2       12.5%             BEA241
Introduction to
     Econometrics                              H1       12.5%             BEA242
Financial Economics                            H2       12.5%             BEA304
Financial Risk Management                      H2       12.5%             BFA385
Taxation                                    H2~L2       12.5%             BFA391
Completion of this major permits a student to seek membership of the
     Australian Institute of Banking and Finance.
If units are taken out of the prescribed sequence, students will need to ensure
     that they have completed the necessary prerequisite units, which are listed
     in the unit details.
[a] use level 100 enrolment code (eg BFA181)


                        Major in Human Resource Management

Unit Title                          campus-sem       weight                code
Year 1
First year foundation core units and electives including BMA121
Course details (2001)                                                   page 135



Management of Human
     Resources [a]                    H3/2~L3/2       12.5%      BMA121/221
Years 2 and 3
Organisational Behaviour                  H1~L1       12.5%          BMA201
Contract of Employment                    H1~L1       12.5%          BMA241
Method for Management
     Studies                              H2~L2       12.5%          BMA260
Human Resource
     Development                          H2~L2       12.5%          BMA224
International Human Resource
     Management                           H1~L1       12.5%          BMA381
Strategic Management                      H2~L2       12.5%          BMA302
Strategic Issues in Human
     Resource Management                  H1~L1       12.5%          BMA330
Plus one nominated elective to make up 100% for the year chosen from the list
     below
Nominated electives
Managerial Social
     Responsibility                       H2~L2       12.5%      BMA291/391
Financial Management                      H2~L2       12.5%       BFA181/281
Employee Relations                        H2~L2       12.5%          BMA321
Human Resource Management in
     Tourism and Hospitality              H2~L2       12.5%      BMA225/325
In special cases, another relevant unit may be approved by the Head of School
     as a nominated elective.
Completion of this major permits a student to seek membership of the
     Australian Human Resources Institute.
[a] use level 100 enrolment code (eg BFA181)


                        Major in Information Systems

Unit Title                          campus-sem       weight              code
Year 1
First year foundation core units and electives including BSA102
Information Modelling                 H2~L2~B2        12.5%           BSA102
Years 2 and 3
Principles of Systems                 H1~L1~B1        12.5%           BSA201
Programming and Problem
     Solving                       H1~L1/2~B1         12.5%          KXA151
Information Management                H2~L2~B2        12.5%           BSA203
Management of Information
     Systems                               H1~L1      12.5%           BSA303
Plus four nominated electives to make up 100% for the year chosen from the list
     given below
Nominated electives
Systems Development                   H2~L2~B2        12.5%           BSA202
Course details (2001)                                                    page 136



IS Project Management                     H1~L1         12.5%            BSA301
IS Project                                H2~L2         12.5%            BSA302
Decision Support Systems                      H2        12.5%            BSA304
Current Trends in IS                      H2~L2         12.5%            BSA305
Electronic Commerce                       H1~L1         12.5%            BSA306
Electronic Commerce
     Project                              H2~L2         12.5%            BSA307
Accounting Information
     Systems                           H2~L2~B2         12.5%            BFA221
Information Technology
     Law                                  H1~L1         12.5%            BLA670
Organisational Behaviour                  H1~L1         12.5%           BMA201
Electronic Marketing                          H2        12.5%           BMA308
Completion of this major (including at least 7 BSA units plus KCA151) permits
     a student to seek membership of the Australian Computer Society.
If units are taken out of sequence students will need to ensure that they have
     completed the necessary prerequisite units, which are listed in the unit
     details.


                        Major in International Business

Unit Title                          campus-sem       weight             code
Year 1
First year foundation core units and electives including BMA181
Introduction to International
     Business [a]                          H2~L2      12.5%     BMA181/281
Years 2 and 3
Managing Business in the Asia
     Pacific                                  H1      12.5%          BMA285
International Business
     Theories                                 H1      12.5%     BMA284/384
Method for Management
     Studies                               H2~L2      12.5%          BMA260
A combination of either BMA151 and BMA281 or BMA121/221 and BMA381 or
     (only for students taking a double-major in Accounting/Finance) BFA281
     and BFA384:
Principles of Marketing              H3/2~L3/2        12.5%     BMA151/251
International Marketing                       H2      12.5%          BMA282
Management of Human
     Resources                       H3/2~L3/2        12.5%     BMA121/221
International Human Resource
     Management                            H1~L1      12.5%          BMA381
Financial Management                       H2~L2      12.5%      BFA181/281
International Finance                         H1      12.5%           BFA384
International Business
     Strategies                               H1      12.5%          BMA386
Course details (2001)                                                   page 137



Strategic Management                      H2~L2       12.5%          BMA302
Plus one nominated elective to make up 100% for the year chosen from the
     following list:
Managerial Social
     Responsibility                       H2~L2       12.5%      BMA291/391
Australia and the Asia-Pacific
     Economies: Trade
     Principles and Policy                   [na]     12.5%            BEA303
In special cases, another relevant unit may be approved by the Head of School
     as a nominated elective.
[a] use level 100 enrolment code (eg BFA181)


                               Major in Marketing

Unit Title                           campus-sem        weight             code
Year 1
First year foundation core units and electives including BMA151
Principles of Marketing [a]           H3/2~L3/2         12.5%    BMA151/251
Years 2 and 3
Marketing Research                             H2       12.5%        BMA253
Marketing Communications                       H1       12.5%        BMA255
Buyer Behaviour                                H2       12.5%        BMA252
Organisational Behaviour                   H1~L1        12.5%        BMA201
Marketing Management                           H1       12.5%        BMA351
Services Marketing                             H1       12.5%        BMA353
Strategic Management                       H2~L2        12.5%        BMA302
Plus one nominated elective chosen from:
Nominated electives
International Marketing                        H2       12.5%        BMA282
Managerial Social
     Responsibility                        H2~L2        12.5%    BMA291/391
Financial Management                       H2~L2        12.5%     BFA181/281
Electronic Marketing                           H2       12.5%        BMA308
In special cases, another relevant unit may be approved by the Head of School
     as a nominated elective.
[a] use level 100 enrolment code (eg BFA181)


                        Major in The Information Economy

Unit Title                           campus-sem        weight            code
Year 1
First year fundation core units and electives including BSA103
Information Industries                          L2      12.5%         BSA103
Years 2 and 3
Business Logistics                              L1      12.5%         BSA204
Course details (2001)                                                        page 138



The Information Economy                        L?       12.5%            BEA212
Entrepreneurship and
     Innovation                           H?~L?         12.5%            BEA326
Globalisation and the
     Information Economy                       L2       12.5%            BEA310
Electronic Commerce                       H1~L1         12.5%            BSA306
Information Technology
     Law                                  H1~L1         12.5%            BLA670
Plus two nominated electives to make up 100% for the year chosen from the list
     below:
Policy Frameworks for the
     Information Economy                       L2       12.5%            BSA205
Management of Information
     Systems                              H1~L1         12.5%            BSA303
If units are taken out of sequence students will need to ensure that they have
     completed the necessary prerequisite units, which are listed in the unit
     details.


                                 A Second Major

Students wishing to enhance their degree may take a second major. A major
offered by the Faculty of Commerce and Law is eight units (total weight of
100%). A student may select a second major from the ten set out in the previous
section.


    Bachelor of Commerce with Honours
(Abbreviation: BCom(Hons))

Course code: C4C

This on-campus, 1-year full-time or 2-year part-time honours degree course is
offered in the fields of Accounting, Finance and Corporate Governance at
Hobart and Management (incorporating Human Resource Management,
Marketing, International Business and Business Management) at Hobart.

Admission & prerequisites

Bachelor of Commerce (or equivalent approved qualification) with an average
of distinction or higher in at least 50% of the final year units of the pass degree.
Candidates for the BCom with Honours in Management require a grade point
average (GPA) of 6.5 or better for the 200 and 300 level units forming the
relevant major in their degree. Currently, the GPA is calculated on the basis of
HD=9, DN=7.5, CR=6.5, PP=5.5, TP=5.0, NN=4.0.
Course details (2001)                                                     page 139



Course objectives

The aim of the honours year is to enable students to develop their interests and
research skills further and to provide a foundation for postgraduate study in
Commerce.

Course structure

Students may elect to pursue one of the fields of study identified in accordance
with the requirements for that field of study as outlined in Schedule A.

The award of honours is given in relation to the whole of the year's work. The
award is graded First Class; Second Class, upper division; Second Class, lower
division; or Third Class.

See Schedule A for details of the course. Students should also refer to the BCom
with Honours degree specifications which are printed in full in the Calendar.

Full details of units may be obtained from both the School of Accounting and
Finance and the School of Management.

Articulation

Graduates of BCom, BEc, BCom–LLB may seek enrolment in BCom(Hons)

The BCom(Hons) can lead to MCom and PhD.

                                  Schedule A

Unit Title                        campus-sem         weight             code
Accounting and Finance
Bachelor of Commerce
    Honours                                                      BFA498/499
Candidates are required to undertake training in research methodology and to
    complete four units of coursework plus a dissertation.
four elective units chosen from:
Advanced Financial
    Accounting                               H2       12.5%          BFA401
Advanced Auditing                            H?       12.5%          BFA408
Advanced Taxation
    Accounting                              [na]      12.5%          BFA409
Advanced Accounting
    Theory                                   H1       12.5%          BFA420
Advanced Finance                             H?       12.5%          BFA424
Advanced Accounting
    Information Systems                      H1       12.5%          BFA425
Course details (2001)                                                     page 140



Government Financial
     Management                             [na]      12.5%            BFA427
Corporate Governance and
     Accountability                          H2       12.5%            BFA429
Advanced Management
     Accounting                             [na]      12.5%            BFA435
or: two units chosen from above plus two units from another subject area
     approved by the HoS,
AND in either case:
Dissertation                                  H                        BFA441
Management
Candidates are required to complete four units consisting of:
Research Methods in
     Management                              H1       12.5%           BMA401
Management Honours
     Seminar                                  Hf      12.5%           BMA402
Dissertation                                  Hf      62.5%           BMA404
PLUS either one elective chosen from:
Special Topics in
     Management                              H1       12.5%           BMA403
Human Resource Theory and
     Practice                                H1       12.5%           BMA421
Marketing Theory and
     Research                                H1       12.5%           BMA451
or one unit from another subject area approved by the HoS.



                        Bachelor of Economics
(Abbreviation: BEc)

Course code: C3E

This on-campus, 3-year full-time or 6-year part-time course is offered at Hobart.
The first year of the degree is offered at Launceston. Students must transfer to
the Hobart campus to complete the degree.

Admission & prerequisites

In addition to meeting the University's basic admission requirements,
applicants must have passed TCE *MT730 Mathematics Applied or a higher
level Mathematics subject.

Candidates should note, however, that admission to the Faculty is subject to
quota selection. Selection will be based on a score calculated on an applicant's
five best TCE subjects – three of which must be taken in Year 12 – chosen from
Course details (2001)                                                       page 141



the list of subjects approved by the University for admission purposes. The
mathematics subject referred to above does not have to be one of the five
counted for the purposes of the calculation of the TE score.

Course objectives

The general aims and objectives of the Bachelor of Economics are to produce
well educated and adaptable graduates with appropriate knowledge and
professional skills to meet the existing needs and demands of employment in
industry, commerce, banking, public administration or the more specialised
fields of professional or research economics.

Course structure

The Bachelor of Economics is described in terms of 12.5% units.

To complete the Bachelor of Economics, units to a value of 300% must be
passed, including a maximum of 125% from 100-level units, a maximum of
100% from 200-level units, and a minimum of 75% from 300-level units.

In the Schedule which follows, Groups 1, 2 and 3 mean Year 1, Year 2 and Year
3 units from units offered by the Faculty of Commerce and Law and Groups
1A, 2A and 3A refer to 1st, 2nd and 3rd year units offered by departments in
other Faculties.

It is possible to count a number of units from other departments, for example:
Administration, Information Systems, Languages, Mathematics, Government,
Psychology, etc. (See 'Outline of course' below.)

Articulation

Students who have completed the Associate Diploma of Business from a
Tasmanian Institute of TAFE, and have been admitted to the course, will
receive credit for up to eight units towards the degree. The status of individual
units is determined at the time of offer. Faculty also offers direct credit for its
awards. For example, a BCom student wishing to transfer to the BEc with credit
and vice versa. Applicants wishing to obtain credit for study already
undertaken with another faculty, or an Australian or overseas tertiary
institution should consult the Admission Guide and the Student Information
Handbook for information on procedure.

Combined degree with Law

Students enrolled for the BEc may, starting in Year 2, combine studies with the
Bachelor of Laws (LLB) degree, in a course taking five years full time. Quotas
apply.
Course details (2001)                                                      page 142



The BEc-LLB provides a strong basis for a subsequent career in business or
public administration, where there is a need for an understanding of the
relationships between economic decisions and legal constraints and
requirements.

The subject BLA101 Introduction to Law is compulsory in first year for those
intending to transfer to the combined degrees. The first year unit of law is
offered also in Launceston. Students must transfer to Hobart to complete the
degree.

(See School of Law section, p B-xx, for further information).

Combined degrees with Arts

A four-year combined degree program is available based on the Bachelor of
Arts and the Bachelor of Economics. Please refer to the combined degrees section
further on in this faculty entry.

Honours degree

The Honours degree requires one year of full-time study in addition to the
requirements for the BEc pass degree. Please see Bachelor of Economics with
Honours on page xx.

                           Common first year units

Unit Title                           campus-sem       weight                code
In first year, 37.5% must be taken from the following compulsory units:
Economics for Business                 H1~L1~B1        12.5%             BEA110
Foundations of Economic
      Policy                           H2~L2~B2        12.5%             BEA130
Quantitative Methods 1                 H2~L2~B2        12.5%             BEA140
In the second year, 37.5% must be taken from the following compulsory units:
Intermediate
      Microeconomics                           H2      12.5%             BEA200
Intermediate
      Macroeconomics                           H1      12.5%             BEA220
BEA242 or BEA241
Introduction to
      Econometrics                             H1      12.5%             BEA242
Research Methods for
      Finance                                  H2      12.5%             BEA241
plus not less than 12.5% selected from the second and third year options listed
      below:
In the third year, 50% must be selected from the following list of second and
      third year options:
Quantitative Methods 2                         H1      12.5%             BEA240
Course details (2001)                                                      page 143



Australian Political
     Economy                                 [na]      12.5%             BEA210
Thinking Strategically: The
     Competitive Edge                         H2       12.5%             BEA235
The Asia-Pacific Economies:
     Tigers                                   H1       12.5%             BEA211
Macroeconomic Theory and
     Policy                                   H2       12.5%             BEA320
Australia and the Asia-Pacific
     Economies: Trade
     Principles and Policy                   [na]      12.5%             BEA303
Industrial Organisation                      [na]      12.5%             BEA305
Economics of Human
     Resources                                H1       12.5%             BEA306
Econometrics                                  H2       12.5%             BEA342
Financial Economics                           H2       12.5%             BEA304
Environmental and Resource
     Economics                                H1       12.5%             BEA301
Microeconomic Theory and
     Policy                                   H1       12.5%             BEA300
Economics, Management and
     Organisation                             H1       12.5%             BEA302
Banking and Financial
     Institutions                             H2       12.5%             BEA321
Prices and Profits                           [na]      12.5%             BEA325
Entrepreneurship and
     Innovation                           H?~L?        12.5%             BEA326


Details of the units offered are outlined in Schedules A, B and C and illustrated
by the accompanying sample of BEc degree options. Students should also refer
to the BEc degree specifications which are printed in full in the Calendar.

                                  Schedule A

Unit Title                          campus-sem        weight                code
Year 1 Group 1
Economics
Economics for Business                H1~L1~B1         12.5%             BEA110
Foundations of Economic
    Policy                            H2~L2~B2         12.5%             BEA130
Quantitative Methods 1                H2~L2~B2         12.5%             BEA140
Accounting & Finance
Accounting and Financial
    Decision Making                   H1~L1~B1         12.5%             BFA103
Accounting Context and
    Method                            H2~L2~B2         12.5%             BFA104
Course details (2001)                                                    page 144



Commercial Transactions [a]             H2~L2~B2         12.5%           BFA141
Financial Management     [e]               H2~L2         12.5%      BFA181/281
Information Systems
Business Information
     Systems                      H1/2~L1/2~B1           12.5%           BSA101
Information Modelling                   H2~L2~B2         12.5%           BSA102
Management
Introduction to
     Management                   H1/2~L1/2~B1           12.5%          BMA101
Management of Human
     Resources [e]                     H3/2~L3/2         12.5%     BMA121/221
Principles of Marketing   [e]          H3/2~L3/2         12.5%     BMA151/251
Introduction to International
     Business [e]                          H2~L2         12.5%     BMA181/281
Year 1 Group 1A
Any first-year subjects and/or units offered by other Schools in the University
     at Hobart. Interested students should consult other faculty sections for
     course descriptions, details of prerequisite requirements and so on.
Year 2 Group 2 [b]
Economics Hbt or as otherwise advised
Intermediate
     Microeconomics                             H2       12.5%           BEA200
Australian Political
     Economy [c]                              [na]       12.5%           BEA210
The Asia-Pacific Economies:
     Tigers                                     H1       12.5%           BEA211
Intermediate
     Macroeconomics                             H1       12.5%           BEA220
Thinking Strategically: The
     Competitive Edge                           H2       12.5%           BEA235
Quantitative Methods 2                          H1       12.5%           BEA240
Research Methods for
     Finance                                    H2       12.5%           BEA241
Introduction to
     Econometrics                               H1       12.5%           BEA242
Accounting & Finance
Financial Accounting                    H1~L1~B1         12.5%           BFA201
Accounting Information
     Systems                            H2~L2~B2         12.5%           BFA221
Corporate Regulation and
     Accountability                        H1~L1         12.5%           BFA241
Management Accounting                      H2~L2         12.5%           BFA261
Investment Analysis                             H1       12.5%           BFA285
Management
Organisational Behaviour                   H1~L1         12.5%          BMA201
Contract of Employment                     H1~L1         12.5%          BMA241
Buyer Behaviour                                 H2       12.5%          BMA252
Course details (2001)                                                      page 145



Marketing Research                              H2       12.5%           BMA253
Marketing Communications                        H1       12.5%           BMA255
International Marketing                         H2       12.5%           BMA282
International Business
     Theories                                   H1       12.5%       BMA284/384
Year 2 Group 2A
Any second-year subjects and/or units offered by other Schools in the
     University at Hobart. Interested students should consult other faculty
     sections for course descriptions, details of prerequisite requirements and so
     on.
Year 3 Group 3
Economics
Microeconomic Theory and
     Policy                                     H1       12.5%            BEA300
Environmental and Resource
     Economics [d]                              H1       12.5%            BEA301
Economics, Management and
     Organisation [d]                           H1       12.5%            BEA302
Australia and the Asia-Pacific
     Economies: Trade
     Principles and Policy                     [na]      12.5%            BEA303
Financial Economics                             H2       12.5%            BEA304
Industrial Organisation                        [na]      12.5%            BEA305
Economics of Human
     Resources                                  H1       12.5%            BEA306
Macroeconomic Theory and
     Policy                                     H2       12.5%            BEA320
Banking and Financial
     Institutions [d]                           H2       12.5%            BEA321
Prices and Profits                             [na]      12.5%            BEA325
Entrepreneurship and
     Innovation                            H?~L?         12.5%            BEA326
Econometrics                                    H2       12.5%            BEA342
Accounting & Finance
Advanced Financial
     Accounting                        H1~L1~Bv1         12.5%            BFA301
Accounting Theory                       H2~L2~B2         12.5%            BFA302
Auditing                                   H1~L1         12.5%            BFA303
Governmental Financial
     Management & Accounting                   [na]      12.5%            BFA306
unit (BFA307) to be advised
Financial Services                              H2       12.5%            BFA347
Advanced Management
     Accounting                                [na]      12.5%            BFA366
International Finance                           H1       12.5%            BFA384
Financial Risk Management                       H2       12.5%            BFA385
Taxation                                   H2~L2         12.5%            BFA391
Course details (2001)                                                      page 146



Information Systems
Decision Support Systems                        H2       12.5%           BSA304
Management
Managerial Social
     Responsibility                        H2~L2         12.5%     BMA291/391
Strategic Management                       H2~L2         12.5%          BMA302
Employee Relations                         H2~L2         12.5%          BMA321
Human Resource
     Development                           H2~L2         12.5%          BMA224
Marketing Management                            H1       12.5%          BMA351
Services Marketing                              H1       12.5%          BMA353
Special Topics in
     Management                        H1/2~L1/2         12.5%          BMA371
International Human Resource
     Management                            H1~L1         12.5%          BMA381
Further units may be available with approval from the relevant sub-deans.
     Please contact the School of Economics for further details.
Year 3 Group 3A
Any third-year subjects and/or units offered by other Schools in the University
     at Hobart. Interested students should consult other faculty sections for
     course descriptions, details of prerequisite requirements and so on.
[a] Combined BCom-LLB degree students should refer to Calendar for
      combined degree rules restrictions
[b] For combined BEc-LLB degree candidates, Group 2 unit weights for both
      combined degree and HECS purposes will be 12% instead of 12.5% as
      listed in this schedule
[c] May be approved as a Group 1 unit
[d] May be approved as a Group 2 unit
[e] These units are available at both level 100 and level 200 BFA181/281,
      BMA121/221, BMA151/251, BMA181/281, etc


Note: all units offered by the Faculty are valued at 12.5%. Single semester
units of comparable rigour taken in other faculties will be weighted at 12.5%
and full-year units at 25% for the purposes of the BEc.

                            Sample degree options

It is possible to complete a BEc degree by undertaking a general program of
studies, combining, say, economics with other disciplines such as accounting,
social science or humanities. It is also possible to complete a BEc by
undertaking one of the following majors. Students should ensure that they take,
in addition to the prescribed units below, sufficient elective units to fulfil the
requirements of the degree. See rules of the degree. Students who wish to
undertake more than one major from the School of Economics will be required
to present alternative units as directed by the School Student Adviser.
Course details (2001)                                                     page 147



The five majors, which are available to students enrolled for the BEc degree, are
under review. The compulsory units required for each major are as follows:

                              Analytical Economics Major

Unit Title                             campus-sem      weight              code
Year 1
Economics for Business                   H1~L1~B1       12.5%           BEA110
Foundations of Economic
     Policy                              H2~L2~B2       12.5%           BEA130
Quantitative Methods 1                   H2~L2~B2       12.5%           BEA140
Year 2
Intermediate
     Microeconomics                             H2      12.5%           BEA200
Intermediate
     Macroeconomics                             H1      12.5%           BEA220
Introduction to
     Econometrics                               H1      12.5%           BEA242
Quantitative Methods 2                          H1      12.5%           BEA240
Year 3
Microeconomic Theory and
     Policy                                     H1      12.5%           BEA300
Macroeconomic Theory and
     Policy                                     H2      12.5%           BEA320
Either BEA303 or BEA304
Australia and the Asia-Pacific
     Economies: Trade
     Principles and Policy                     [na]     12.5%           BEA303
Financial Economics                             H2      12.5%           BEA304


                        Australian Economy and the Asia Pacific

Unit Title                             campus-sem      weight              code
Year 1
Economics for Business                   H1~L1~B1       12.5%           BEA110
Foundations of Economic
     Policy                              H2~L2~B2       12.5%           BEA130
Quantitative Methods 1                   H2~L2~B2       12.5%           BEA140
Year 2
Intermediate
     Microeconomics                             H2      12.5%           BEA200
Intermediate
     Macroeconomics                             H1      12.5%           BEA220
Either BEA242 or BEA241
Introduction to
     Econometrics                               H1      12.5%           BEA242
Course details (2001)                                                 page 148



Research Methods for
    Finance                                  H2      12.5%          BEA241
Australian Political
    Economy                                 [na]     12.5%          BEA210
The Asia-Pacific Economies:
    Tigers                                   H1      12.5%          BEA211
Year 3
Industrial Organisation                     [na]     12.5%          BEA305
Economics of Human
    Resources                                H1      12.5%          BEA306
Australia and the Asia-Pacific
    Economies: Trade
    Principles and Policy                   [na]     12.5%          BEA303


                Economics, Organisations and Industrial Relations

Unit Title                          campus-sem      weight             code
Year 1
Economics for Business                H1~L1~B1       12.5%          BEA110
Foundations of Economic
     Policy                           H2~L2~B2       12.5%          BEA130
Quantitative Methods 1                H2~L2~B2       12.5%          BEA140
Introduction to
     Management                  H1/2~L1/2~B1        12.5%          BMA101
Commercial Transactions              H2~L2~B2        12.5%           BFA141
Year 2
Intermediate
     Microeconomics                          H2      12.5%          BEA200
Research Methods for
     Finance                                 H2      12.5%          BEA241
Intermediate
     Macroeconomics                          H1      12.5%          BEA220
Management of Human
     Resources [a]                   H3/2~L3/2       12.5%     BMA121/221
Contract of Employment                   H1~L1       12.5%        BMA241
Organisational Behaviour                 H1~L1       12.5%        BMA201
Thinking Strategically: The
     Competitive Edge                        H2      12.5%          BEA235
Year 3
Economics of Human
     Resources                               H1      12.5%          BEA306
Economics, Management and
     Organisation                           H1       12.5%           BEA302
Employee Relations                       H2~L2       12.5%          BMA321
Managerial Social
     Responsibility [b]                  H2~L2       12.5%     BMA291/391
Course details (2001)                                                 page 149



Prices and Profits                           [na]      12.5%          BEA325
Entrepreneurship and
     Innovation                          H?~L?         12.5%          BEA326
Further units may be available with approval from the relevant sub-deans.
     Please contact the School of Economics for further details.
[a] Students use appropriate level 200 enrolment code
[b] Students use appropriate level 300 enrolment code


                                Economic Policy

Unit Title                         campus-sem      weight             code
Year 1
Quantitative Methods 1 [a]           H2~L2~B2        12.5%         BEA140
Economics for Business               H1~L1~B1        12.5%         BEA110
Foundations of Economic
     Policy                          H2~L2~B2        12.5%         BEA130
Plus a further 37.5% Group 1 or Group 1A units from Schedule A
Years 2 and 3
Intermediate
     Microeconomics                         H2       12.5%         BEA200
Intermediate
     Macroeconomics                         H1       12.5%         BEA220
Australian Political
     Economy                               [na]      12.5%         BEA210
Environmental and Resource
     Economics                              H1       12.5%         BEA301
Australia and the Asia-Pacific
     Economies: Trade
     Principles and Policy                 [na]      12.5%         BEA303
Banking and Financial
     Institutions                           H2       12.5%         BEA321
Industrial Organisation                    [na]      12.5%         BEA305
The Asia-Pacific Economies:
     Tigers                                 H1       12.5%         BEA211
Plus a further 50% taken from Group 2 and 2A units and 50% taken from
     Group 3 and 3A units from Schedule A.
[a] May be taken in the second year if preferred.

                        Financial Markets and Institutions

Unit Title                           campus-sem      weight            code
Year 1
Economics for Business                H1~L1~B1        12.5%         BEA110
Foundations of Economic
    Policy                            H2~L2~B2        12.5%         BEA130
Quantitative Methods 1                H2~L2~B2        12.5%         BEA140
Course details (2001)                                                   page 150



Accounting and Financial
     Decision Making                     H1~L1~B1       12.5%         BFA103
Accounting Context and
     Method                              H2~L2~B2       12.5%         BFA104
Business Information
     Systems                         H1/2~L1/2~B1       12.5%         BSA101
Year 2
Intermediate
     Microeconomics                             H2      12.5%         BEA200
The Asia-Pacific Economies:
     Tigers                                     H1      12.5%         BEA211
Research Methods for
     Finance                                    H2      12.5%         BEA241
Introduction to
     Econometrics                               H1      12.5%         BEA242
Financial Management [a]                     H2~L2      12.5%      BFA181/281
Investment Analysis                             H1      12.5%         BFA285
Year 3
Financial Economics                             H2      12.5%         BEA304
Banking and Financial
     Institutions                               H2      12.5%         BEA321
Econometrics                                    H2      12.5%         BEA342
Financial Risk Management                       H2      12.5%         BFA385
plus 1 elective

[a]    Students use appropriate level 200 enrolment code BFA281


                        Business Economics and Market Strategies

Unit Title                              campus-sem     weight            code
Year 1
Economics for Business                   H1~L1~B1       12.5%         BEA110
Foundations of Economic
     Policy                              H2~L2~B2       12.5%         BEA130
Quantitative Methods 1                   H2~L2~B2       12.5%         BEA140
Introduction to
     Management                      H1/2~L1/2~B1       12.5%         BMA101
Year 2
Intermediate
     Microeconomics                             H2      12.5%         BEA200
Australian Political
     Economy                                   [na]     12.5%         BEA210
The Asia-Pacific Economies:
     Tigers                                     H1      12.5%         BEA211
Research Methods for
     Finance                                    H2      12.5%         BEA241
Course details (2001)                                                     page 151



Principles of Marketing            H3/2~L3/2        12.5%     BMA151/251
Marketing Research                          H2      12.5%        BMA253
Introduction to International
     Business [a]                       H2~L2       12.5%     BMA181/281
Thinking Strategically: The
     Competitive Edge                       H2      12.5%         BEA235
Year 3
Economics, Management and
     Organisation                           H1      12.5%         BEA302
Financial Economics                         H2      12.5%         BEA304
Industrial Organisation                    [na]     12.5%         BEA305
Banking and Financial
     Institutions                           H2      12.5%         BEA321
Entrepreneurship and
     Innovation                         H?~L?       12.5%         BEA326
Strategic Management                    H2~L2       12.5%        BMA302
Marketing Management                        H1      12.5%        BMA351
International Business
     Theories                               H1      12.5%     BMA284/384
[a] Students use appropriate level 200 enrolment code BMA281.



    Bachelor of Economics with Honours
(Abbreviation: BEc(Hons))

Course code: C4E

This on-campus, 1-year full-time or 2-year part-time honours degree course is
offered through the School of Economics at Hobart.

Admission & prerequisites

Bachelor of Economics (or equivalent approved qualification) with a minimum
of 65 average in four level 300 Economics units including BEA300 and BEA320.
Students are also expected normally to have passed BEA342.

Course objectives

The aim of the honours year is to enable students to develop their interests
further and to provide a foundation for postgraduate study in Economics.

Course structure

Candidates are required to complete four units of coursework and to write a
dissertation under individual supervision.
Course details (2001)                                                    page 152




They may pursue either a single course of study in Economics or a joint course
in Economics and a subject area from another department approved by the
Faculty. They may therefore choose all four units from the School of Economics
(as outlined in Schedule B, below) or two from Schedule B and two from the
other department.

The award of honours is given in relation to the whole of the year's work.
Grades of award are First Class; Second Class, upper division; Second Class,
lower division; or Third Class.

See the following Schedule for details of the course. Candidates should also
refer to the BEc with Honours degree specifications which appear in full in the
Calendar. Full details of units may be obtained from the School of Economics.

                                  Schedules

Unit Title                           campus-sem      weight             code
Schedule A
Microeconomic Theory and
     Policy                                  H1        12.5%         BEA300
Australia and the Asia-Pacific
     Economies: Trade
     Principles and Policy                  [na]       12.5%         BEA303
Macroeconomic Theory and
     Policy                                  H2        12.5%         BEA320
Econometrics                                 H2        12.5%         BEA342
Schedule B
Master course codes
Bachelor of Economics
     (Honours)                             H1/2 50%/100%          BEA498/499
Note: for descriptions of the following Honours units, contact HoS
The course includes the following compulsory units:
Microeconomics                                         12.5%
                                         BEA400
Macroeconomics                                         12.5%
                                         BEA420
Dissertation                                             50%
                                         BEA460
and two units from:
Economics of Natural Resources                         12.5%
                                         BEA401
Regional Economics Modelling                           12.5%
                                         BEA402
International Economics                                12.5%
                                         BEA403
Course details (2001)                                                    page 153



Public Economics                                      12.5%
                                        BEA404
Industrial Economics                                  12.5%
                                        BEA405
Labour Economics                                      12.5%
                                        BEA406
Microeconomic Reform                                  12.5%
                                        BEA407
Economics Thought                                     12.5%
                                        BEA410
Methods of Enquiry                                    12.5%
                                        BEA411
Econometrics                                          12.5%
                                        BEA442
Special Option                                        12.5%
                                        BEA450



          Bachelor of Information Systems
(Abbreviation: BIS)

Course code: C3S

This on-campus, 3-year (minimum) full-time or 6-year part-time course is
offered at the Hobart and Launceston campuses. The first year of the course and
selected later year units are offered at the North-West Centre in Burnie.

Admission & prerequisites

Possession of the University's basic admission requirements. A completed
TAFE Diploma in Information Technology or Business is also acceptable and
will attract up to 8 units credit. Other TAFE Diplomas or Associate Diplomas
will be considered on an individual basis.

Studying TCE *MT730 Mathematics Applied or a higher level Mathematics
subject is recommended for students seeking admission to the Bachelor of
Information Systems.

TCE Information Systems and Computer Science or their equivalent are useful
background, but are not prerequisites for admission to the degree.

Course objectives

The course aims to –
Course details (2001)                                                       page 154



•      provide a professional degree that will graduate people able to fulfil key
       roles in the IT and related industries, and who will liaise between IT
       personnel and other professional and industrial personnel;
•      produce graduates who have a good understanding of roles of IT in
       society, in organisations, and for individuals, that IT is a powerful factor
       for change in modern society;
•      provide the community, particularly Tasmania, with graduates who are
       well equipped to deal with information technology and develop
       information infrastructures, both in the public and private spheres;
•      produce graduates with knowledge, skills and understanding of: (a) the
       relationships of information and information technology to organisational
       needs; (b) current management practice in the development of information
       systems, their use and associated policy formulation and analysis; (c) the
       value of research, critical thinking and effective communication in the
       management of information systems.
•      produce graduates who have well developed professional skills in such
       areas as interpersonal communication, working in teams, and technical
       report writing.

Career outcomes

Associate membership of the Australian Computer Society. Graduates of the
Bachelor of Information Systems could expect to find employment as a business
analyst, database analyst, systems analyst, IT project manager, IT manager,
Information manager, database administrator, IT administrator or manager,
telecommunications manager, IT consultant, electronic commerce or electronic
business consultant, web developer, webmaster.

Course structure

The Bachelor of Information Systems degree consists of twenty-four units of
study. There are 15 specified core units in Information Systems and 9 elective
units which may be chosen from any other discipline area within the
University. Students are encouraged to seek combinations of units from other
schools which will complement their studies in Information Systems. They are
strongly encouraged to seek a complementary major in professional areas, such
as Journalism and Media Studies, Computing, Economics, Government,
Sociology or Psychology.

In order to achieve a recognised major in the elective component of the Bachelor
of Information Systems degree a student will be required to pass units in a
single field of study that:

(a)    can be completed within the elective units of the Bachelor of Information
       Systems, and
(c)    are recognised as a major by a faculty of the University.
Course details (2001)                                                       page 155



Articulation

The Bachelor of Information Systems may articulate with other courses and
degrees, such as those offered through TAFE, and by other tertiary institutions.
The transfer arrangements will be determined on an individual student basis
and will depend on the standing of the student and the relationship between
units completed elsewhere and the units required in this degree.

Combined degree with Commerce

Students entering the Bachelor of Information Systems course in 2001 and
intending to study a Commerce major should see the section on the Bachelor of
Commerce–Bachelor of Information Systems combined degree on page xx.

Combined degree with Law

Students who wish to complete the five-year combined degree Bachelor of
Information Systems–Bachelor of Laws must enrol in the unit BLA101
Introduction to Law in the first year of their Bachelor of Information Systems
course, and must then apply for admission to the combined BIS–LLB degree at
the end of their first year. The first year of the combined degree is available in
Launceston, but students must complete the combined degree at the Hobart
campus.

                                   Schedule A

Unit Title                           campus-sem        weight                code
Year 1
Core units
Accounting & Finance
Accounting and Financial
     Decision Making                   H1~L1~B1         12.5%             BFA103
Management
Introduction to
     Management                   H1/2~L1/2~B1          12.5%            BMA101
Information Systems
Business Information
     Systems                      H1/2~L1/2~B1          12.5%             BSA101
Information Modelling                 H2~L2~B2          12.5%             BSA102
Philosophy
Introduction to Logic           H1~D1~Lw1~Bw1           12.5%       HPA291/391
Computing
Programming and Problem
     Solving                        H1~L1/2~B1          12.5%             KXA151
Software Process                      H2~L2~B2          12.5%             KXA154
Year 2
Management
Course details (2001)                                           page 156



Organisational Behaviour             H1~L1      12.5%        BMA201
Principles of Marketing          H3/2~L3/2      12.5%     BMA151/251
Information Systems
Principles of Systems             H1~L1~B1      12.5%          BSA201
Systems Development               H2~L2~B2      12.5%          BSA202
Information Management            H2~L2~B2      12.5%          BSA203
Computing
Algorithms and Metrics               H1~L1      12.5%         KXA251
Year 3
Accounting & Finance
Accounting Information
     Systems                      H2~L2~B2      12.5%          BFA221
Information Systems
IS Project Management                H1~L1      12.5%          BSA301
IS Project                           H2~L2      12.5%          BSA302
Management of Information
     Systems                         H1~L1      12.5%          BSA303
Decision Support Systems                H2      12.5%          BSA304
Current Trends in IS                 H2~L2      12.5%          BSA305
Electronic Commerce                  H1~L1      12.5%          BSA306
Law
Information Technology
     Law                             H1~L1      12.5%          BLA670
Management
Electronic Marketing                     H2     12.5%         BMA308


       Management of Information Systems Program Schedule of units

Unit Title                      campus-sem     weight            code
Year 1
Business Information
     Systems                  H1/2~L1/2~B1      12.5%          BSA101
Programming and Problem
     Solving                    H1~L1/2~B1      12.5%         KXA151
Accounting and Financial
     Decision Making              H1~L1~B1      12.5%          BFA103
Elective     H1/2:L1/2               12.5%
Information Modelling             H2~L2~B2      12.5%          BSA102
Introduction to
             Management       H1/2~L1/2~B1      12.5%        BMA101
Introduction to Logic        H1~D1~Lw1~Bw1      12.5%     HPA291/391
Elective     H1/2:L1/2               12.5%
Year 2
Principles of Systems             H1~L1~B1      12.5%          BSA201
Organisational Behaviour             H1~L1      12.5%         BMA201
Either KXA154 or KXA231
Course details (2001)                                              page 157



Software Process                  H2~L2~B2          12.5%         KXA154
Algorithms and Metrics               H1~L1          12.5%         KXA251
Elective    H1/2:L1/2                 12.5%
Systems Development               H2~L2~B2          12.5%         BSA202
Information Management            H2~L2~B2          12.5%         BSA203
Elective    H2:L2                     12.5%
Elective    H2:L2                     12.5%
Year 3
IS Project Management                H1~L1          12.5%         BSA301
Management of Information
            Systems                  H1~L1          12.5%         BSA303
Elective    H1:L1                     12.5%
Elective    H1:L1                     12.5%
IS Project H2~L2                      12.5%        BSA302
One of BSA304, BSA305, BSA306 or BFA221
Decision Support Systems                 H2         12.5%         BSA304
Current Trends in IS                 H2~L2          12.5%         BSA305
Electronic Commerce                  H1~L1          12.5%         BSA306
Accounting Information
            Systems               H2~L2~B2          12.5%         BFA221
Elective    H2:L2                     12.5%
Elective    H2:L2                     12.5%


                  Electronic Commerce Program Schedule of units

Unit Title                          campus-sem     weight           code
Year 1
Business Information
     Systems                      H1/2~L1/2~B1      12.5%         BSA101
Programming and Problem
     Solving                        H1~L1/2~B1      12.5%         KXA151
Accounting and Financial
     Decision Making                  H1~L1~B1      12.5%         BFA103
Elective     H1/2:L1/2                   12.5%
Information Modelling                 H2~L2~B2      12.5%         BSA102
Introduction to
             Management           H1/2~L1/2~B1      12.5%        BMA101
Introduction to Logic            H1~D1~Lw1~Bw1      12.5%     HPA291/391
Elective     H1/2:L1/2                   12.5%
Year 2
Principles of Systems                 H1~L1~B1      12.5%         BSA201
Either BMA201 or BSA202
Organisational Behaviour                 H1~L1      12.5%        BMA201
Systems Development                   H2~L2~B2      12.5%         BSA202
Principles of Marketing              H3/2~L3/2      12.5%     BMA151/251
Elective     H1:L1                        12.5%
Course details (2001)                                                    page 158



Information Management                H2~L2~B2         12.5%           BSA203
Elective    H2:L2                        12.5%
Electronic Marketing                        H2         12.5%          BMA308
Elective    H2:L2                        12.5%
Year 3
Management of Information
            Systems                       H1~L1        12.5%           BSA303
Electronic Commerce                       H1~L1        12.5%           BSA306
Elective    H1:L1                          12.5%
Elective    H1:L1                          12.5%
Electronic Commerce
            Project                       H2~L2        12.5%           BSA307
Information Technology
            Law                           H1~L1        12.5%           BLA670
Elective    H2:L2                          12.5%
Elective    H2:L2                          12.5%



      Bachelor of Information Systems with
                     Honours
(Abbreviation: BIS(Hons))

Course code: C4S

This on-campus, 1-year (minimum) full-time or 2-year part-time course is
offered by the Faculty of Commerce and Law at the Hobart and Launceston
campuses.

Admission & prerequisites

Candidates for the Bachelor of Information Systems with honours degree will
be required to satisfy the following:

(a)    have completed a bachelor degree with a major in Information Systems, or
       a closely related field; and
(b)    have achieved at least a Distinction grade in two of the final year units
       (total weighting of 25%) in their Information Systems major.

Course objectives

The course aims to provide –
Course details (2001)                                                       page 159



1      students with a good understanding of the research methods in
       Information Systems and provide the training necessary to pursue a
       research degree in the field;
2      advanced professional education and training in order to fulfil key roles in
       the IT and related industries;
3      the community, particularly Tasmania, with honours graduates who have
       the research skills and knowledge that will lead to positions of leadership
       and management, particularly in the IT profession; and to
4      produce graduates who have well developed professional skills in such
       areas as negotiation and conflict resolution, team building and leadership.

Career outcomes

Associate membership of the Australian Computer Society. Graduates of the
Bachelor of Information Systems could expect to find employment as a business
analyst, database analyst, systems analyst, IT project manager, IT manager,
Information manager, database administrator, IT administrator or manager,
telecommunications manager, IT consultant, electronic commerce or electronic
business consultant.

Course structure

The Bachelor of Information Systems honours program will consist of–

•      a major project culminating in the production of a thesis, equivalent in
       weighting to 4 units or 50%,
•      one required unit on research methods, with a weighting of 12.5%,
•      two elective units, with a total weighting of 25%, and
•      a professional skills unit, with a weighting of 12.5%.

                                    Schedule A

Unit Title                          campus-sem          weight               code
Bachelor of Information
     Systems with Honours                                            BSA498/499
Consisting of the following units and dissertation
Professional Skills                        Hf~Lf         12.5%            BSA410
Information Systems Research
     Methods                              H1~L1          12.5%            BSA413
Dissertation                               Hf~Lf           50%            BSA420
Any two of BSA411, BSA412, BSA414
Strategic Information
     Systems                              H1~L1          12.5%            BSA411
Systems Development
     Methodologies                        H2~L2          12.5%            BSA412
Advanced Electronic
     Commerce                             H2~L2          12.5%            BSA414
Course details (2001)                                                       page 160




                         Bachelor of Laws
(Abbreviation: LLB)

Course code: L3B

This on-campus course at Hobart is offered by the Faculty of Commerce and
Law and is available full time (a minimum of 3 years) or part time (a maximum
of 8 years).

Admission & prerequisites

Students will need either:

(a)    a first year in another faculty, which includes the unit BLA101 Introduction
       to Law (or the academic equivalent); or
(b)    a bachelor degree.

Course objectives

The Bachelor of Laws course is the basic academic preparation for persons who
wish to enter the legal profession and other careers involving legal work. The
course also has wider applicability in developing the attributes and skills
inherent in a general university education. Students develop the values and
intellectual abilities necessary to marshal facts and to critically assess and
evaluate information, theories and doctrines thus preparing themselves for a
variety of career roles.

A degree in law is the first step towards entering the legal profession. After
graduating from the University, a law student wishing to practise in Tasmania
is required to undertake a 6 months Legal Practice course.

Law students intending to practise law in another State should inquire of the
respective Law Society or Bar Council what they must do to qualify for practice
in their chosen State.

Overseas students should address such enquiries to the relevant authority in
their home country.

Career outcomes

A law degree is a prerequisite to admission as a legal practitioner. Today,
however, employers from a widening range of disciplines value the skills that
law graduates possess. A range of careers choices lies open to law graduates as
Course details (2001)                                                          page 161



a solicitor, barrister, industry legal officer or ministerial adviser, as well as in
legal aid, community legal centres, the Attorney-General's department, law
reform commissions, consumer affairs, environment, foreign affairs, police,
legal drafting. politics, banking, finance, journalism, publishing and teaching.

Course structure

Students who have satisfied the entrance requirements and have been selected
for the degree of Bachelor of Laws, are required to pass in sequence, and in the
year of study prescribed, the compulsory units set out below and 10 electives
chosen from the schedule of electives following. One elective must be chosen
from each of Groups A, B, C, D and E over years 2 and 3.

Articulation

Students who have completed units of similar weight and standing which may
be taken as part of a Bachelor of Laws degree course at another tertiary
institution may be given credit in units of the Bachelor of Laws degree to the
limits prescribed by the Faculty and the University.

Skills

The components, and the assessment, of the Skills unit have been fully
integrated into the core units. Each core unit description outlines the skills
covered by that unit.

Moot – Students are required to attend and participate in one moot.
Satisfactory performance in the moot is a prerequisite to obtaining the degree.

                                 Compulsory units

Unit Title                        campus-sem             weight                  code
Year 1
Contract Law                                 Hf             25%              BLA200
Torts                                        Hf             25%              BLA201
Criminal Law                                 Hf             25%              BLA202
Principles of Public Law                     Hf             25%              BLA203
Year 2
Property Law                                 Hf              25%             BLA303
Law of Groups                               H1             12.5%             BLA304
and five electives from Schedule of Electives
Year 3
Equity and Trusts                           H1             12.5%             BLA401
Litigation                                   Hf              25%             BLA402
and five electives from Schedule of Electives
Course details (2001)                                                   page 162



                            Schedule of Electives

Students are required to take one elective from each of Groups A, B, C, D and E
during their course of study

All units are of one semester length with a weighting of 12.5% with the
exception of BLA699 Elective 3 which has a weighting of 25% and is a full-year
unit, equivalent to 2 one-semester units for the purposes of the number of
electives required for the degree.

Unit Title                         campus-sem        weight               code
Group A
Jurisprudence 1                             [na]      12.5%            BLA611
Jurisprudence 2                              H1       12.5%            BLA612
Jurisprudence 3                             [na]      12.5%            BLA613
Jurisprudence 4                             [na]      12.5%            BLA614
Criminology                                  H1       12.5%            BLA615
Sociology of Law                             H2       12.5%            BLA616
Comparative Law                             [na]      12.5%            BLA617
Legal History                                H2       12.5%            BLA618
Group B
International Law                            H1       12.5%            BLA631
Law of the Sea                               H2       12.5%            BLA632
Antarctic and Southern Ocean
     Law                                     H1       12.5%            BLA633
Human Rights                                 H2       12.5%            BLA634
Advanced International
     Law                                     H3       12.5%            BLA635
Law of the European Union                    H3       12.5%            BLA636
Maritime Law                                [na]      12.5%            BLA638
Group C
Planning Law                                [na]      12.5%            BLA641
Advanced Administrative
     Law                                     H2       12.5%            BLA642
Conciliation and Arbitration
     Law                                    [na]      12.5%            BLA643
Advanced Constitutional
     Law                                    [na]      12.5%            BLA644
Environmental Law                            H2       12.5%            BLA645
Employment Law                              [na]      12.5%            BLA646
Trade Union Law                             [na]      12.5%            BLA647
Advanced Criminal Law                       [na]      12.5%            BLA648
Welfare Law                                 [na]      12.5%            BLA649
Anti-discrimination Law                     [na]      12.5%            BLA651
Media Law                                    H1       12.5%            BLA652
Group D
Commercial Law                               H2       12.5%            BLA661
Course details (2001)                            page 163



Tax 1                             H1    12.5%   BLA662
International Trade               H3    12.5%   BLA663
Intellectual Property             H2    12.5%   BLA664
Internal Company
     Structure                    H2    12.5%   BLA665
Trade Practices Law               H1    12.5%   BLA666
Law and Finance                  [na]   12.5%   BLA667
Personal and Corporate
     Solvency                    [na]   12.5%   BLA668
Consumer Protection              [na]   12.5%   BLA669
Information Technology
     Law                       H1~L1    12.5%   BLA670
Tax 2                            [na]   12.5%   BLA671
Regulation of Securities         [na]   12.5%   BLA672
Financial Institutions
     Law                          H3    12.5%   BLA673
Group E
Family 1 – the Family and
     the Child                    H1    12.5%   BLA681
Family 2 – Financial
     Aspects of Family Law       [na]   12.5%   BLA682
Succession                        H2    12.5%   BLA683
Conflicts (Private
     International Law)           H1    12.5%   BLA684
Information Law                  [na]   12.5%   BLA685
Landlord and Tenant              [na]   12.5%   BLA687
Sentencing                       [na]   12.5%   BLA688
Compensation Law                 [na]   12.5%   BLA689
Restitution                      [na]   12.5%   BLA691
Elective 1 (Jessup Moot)          H3    12.5%   BLA692
Elective 2 (Supervised
     Research)                  H1/2    12.5%   BLA693
Clinical Legal Education         [na]   12.5%   BLA694
Law and Ethics of Health
     Care                         H1    12.5%   BLA695
Professional Conduct              H2    12.5%   BLA696
Remedies                         [na]   12.5%   BLA697
Heritage Law                     [na]   12.5%   BLA698
Elective 3 (Supervised
     Research)                    Hf     25%    BLA699



                        Honours in Law
(Abbreviation: LLB(Hons))
Course details (2001)                                                    page 164



Course code: L4B

Candidates may be awarded a Law degree with Honours if they accumulate
sufficient honours points in Law units passed. Honours points are awarded for
performance at the Distinction and High Distinction level in accordance with
the Specifications of Bachelor of Laws and Combined Degrees with Honours.
The degree may be awarded with either First or Second Class Honours.

Course objectives




Degrees combining with LawBachelor of
      Arts and Bachelor of Laws
(Abbreviation: BA–LLB)

Course code: L3D

(See also BA–LLB under Faculty of Arts entry on page xx, L3F (BCom–LLB),
L3E (BEc–LLB), L3K (BIS–LLB), L3G (BSc–LLB) following.) These on-campus
courses at Hobart are offered by the Faculties of Arts, Commerce & Law, and
Science & Engineering. They are available full time (a minimum of 5 years) or
part time (a maximum of 10 years).

Admission & prerequisites

Students must pass the first year of their BA, BCom, BEc, BIS or BSc degree,
including the subject BLA101 Introduction to Law, available at Hobart and
Launceston, or its academic equivalent.

Students who have a different academic background, either from this
University or another approved tertiary institution, may be considered for
admission.

Course objectives

The objectives of the combined degree courses are those of the component
degrees. Reference should be made to the Bachelor of Laws course entry and to
the course entry for the other relevant degree.

Career outcomes

Graduates of combined degrees could expect to find open to them all the career
paths that are open to graduates of the component degree courses.
Course details (2001)                                                        page 165



Course structure

The courses are arranged so that the BA, BCom, BEc, BIS, or BSc requirement is
completed in the first three years. The remaining two years are devoted to Law
studies.

Students who have satisfied the entrance requirements and have been selected
for a degree combining with Law, are required to pass in sequence, and in the
year of study prescribed, the compulsory units set out below and 10 electives
chosen from the schedule of electives on the previous page. One elective must
be chosen from each of Groups A, B, C, D and E over years 4 and 5.

Skills

The components, and the assessment, of the Skills unit have been fully
integrated into the core units. Each core unit description outlines the skills
covered by that unit.

Moots– Students are required to attend and participate in one moot.
Satisfactory performance in the moot is a prerequisite to obtaining the degree.

                                    Schedule

Unit Title                          campus-sem        weight              code
Year 1
Introduction to Law                         Hf~Lf        25%            BLA101
plus 75% units from BA ( course code R3A) on page xx
Year 2
Contract Law [a]                               Hf        25%            BLA200
Torts [a]                                      Hf        25%            BLA201
plus 62.5% units from BA (course code R3A) on page xx
Year 3
Criminal Law                                   Hf        25%            BLA202
Principles of Public Law                       Hf        25%            BLA203
plus 50% units from BA ( course code R3A) on page xx
Year 4
Property Law                                   Hf        25%            BLA303
Law of Groups                                 H1       12.5%            BLA304
plus 5 electives from Schedule of Electives on page xx
Year 5
Litigation                                     Hf        25%            BLA402
Equity and Trusts                             H1       12.5%            BLA401
plus 5 electives from Schedule of Electives on page xx
[a] the weighting of these units is 20% for students enrolled in this combined
      degree
Course details (2001)                                                    page 166




 Bachelor of Commerce and Bachelor of
                Laws
(Abbreviation: BCom–LLB)

Course code: L3F

See introductory details of Bachelor of Arts–Bachelor of Laws (above).

Course objectives



                                   Schedule

Unit Title                          campus-sem       weight               code
Year 1
Introduction to Law                        Hf~Lf        25%             BLA101
plus 75% units from BCom (course code C3C) on page xx
Year 2
Contract Law [a]                              Hf        25%             BLA200
Torts [a]                                     Hf        25%             BLA201
plus 62.5% units from BCom (course code C3C) on page xx
Year 3
Criminal Law                                  Hf        25%             BLA202
Principles of Public Law                      Hf        25%             BLA203
plus 50% units from BCom (course code C3C) on page xx
Year 4
Property Law                                  Hf        25%             BLA303
Law of Groups                                 H1      12.5%             BLA304
plus 5 electives from Schedule of Electives on page xx
Year 5
Litigation                                    Hf        25%             BLA402
Equity and Trusts                             H1      12.5%             BLA401
plus 5 electives from Schedule of Electives on page xx
[a] the weighting of these units is 20% for students enrolled in this combined
      degree



Bachelor of Economics and Bachelor of
                Laws
(Abbreviation: BEc–LLB)
Course details (2001)                                                    page 167



Course code: L3E

See introductory details of Bachelor of Arts–Bachelor of Laws (above).

Course objectives



                                   Schedule

Unit Title                          campus-sem       weight               code
Year 1
Introduction to Law                        Hf~Lf        25%             BLA101
plus 75% units from BEc (course code C3E) on page xx
Year 2
Contract Law [a]                              Hf        25%             BLA200
Torts [a]                                     Hf        25%             BLA201
plus 62.5% units from BEc (course code C3E) on page xx
Year 3
Criminal Law                                  Hf        25%             BLA202
Principles of Public Law                      Hf        25%             BLA203
plus 50% units from BEc (course code C3E) on page xx
Year 4
Property Law                                  Hf        25%             BLA303
Law of Groups                                 H1      12.5%             BLA304
plus 5 electives from Schedule of Electives on page xx
Year 5
Litigation                                    Hf        25%             BLA402
Equity and Trusts                             H1      12.5%             BLA401
plus 5 electives from Schedule of Electives on page xx
[a] the weighting of these units is 20% for students enrolled in this combined
      degree



    Bachelor of Information Systems and
             Bachelor of Laws
(Abbreviation: BIS–LLB)

Course code: L3K

See introductory details of Bachelor of Arts–Bachelor of Laws (above).

Course objectives
Course details (2001)                                                     page 168




                                   Schedule

Unit Title                          campus-sem       weight               code
Year 1
Introduction to Law                        Hf~Lf        25%             BLA101
plus 75% units from BIS (course code C3S) on page xx
Year 2
Contract Law [a]                              Hf        25%             BLA200
Torts [a]                                     Hf        25%             BLA201
plus 62.5% units from BIS (course code C3S) on page xx
Year 3
Criminal Law                                  Hf        25%             BLA202
Principles of Public Law                      Hf        25%             BLA203
plus 50% units from BIS (course code C3S) on page xx
Year 4
Property Law                                  Hf        25%             BLA303
Law of Groups                                 H1      12.5%             BLA304
plus 5 electives from Schedule of Electives on page xx
Year 5
Litigation                                    Hf        25%             BLA402
Equity and Trusts                             H1      12.5%             BLA401
plus 5 electives from Schedule of Electives on page xx
[a] the weighting of these units is 20% for students enrolled in this combined
      degree



     Bachelor of Science and Bachelor of
                    Laws
(Abbreviation: BSc–LLB)

Course code: L3G

See introductory details of Bachelor of Arts–Bachelor of Laws (above).

Course objectives



                                   Schedule

Unit Title                         campus-sem        weight                code
Year 1
Introduction to Law                       Hf~Lf         25%              BLA101
Course details (2001)                                                   page 169



plus 75% Group 1 core units from Schedule A of BSc (25% each from three
     Schools) on page xx
Year 2
Contract Law [a]                               Hf        25%            BLA200
Torts [a]                                      Hf        25%            BLA201
plus 66.67% Group 2 core units from Schedule A of the BSc (33.33% each from
     two Schools) on page xx
Year 3
Criminal Law                                   Hf        25%            BLA202
Principles of Public Law                       Hf        25%            BLA203
plus 50% Group 3 core units from Schedule A of the BSc (50% from one School
     representing a major) on page xx
Year 4
Property Law                                   Hf        25%            BLA303
Law of Groups                                 H1       12.5%            BLA304
plus 5 electives from Schedule of Electives on page xx
Year 5
Litigation                                     Hf        25%            BLA402
Equity and Trusts                             H1       12.5%            BLA401
plus 5 electives from Schedule of Electives on page xx
[a] the weighting of these units is 20% for students enrolled in this combined
      degree



  Bachelor of Arts and Bachelor of Laws
          with Honours in Law
(Abbreviation: BA–LLB(Hons))

Course code: L4D

See introductory details of Bachelor of Arts–Bachelor of Laws and Honours in
Laws.

                                  Schedule

Unit Title                        campus-sem        weight              code
Year 1
Introduction to Law                     Hf~Lf         25%           BLA101
plus 75% Group 1 core units from Schedule A of BSc (25% each from three
     Schools) on page xx
Year 2
Contract Law [a]                           Hf         25%           BLA200
Torts [a]                                  Hf         25%           BLA201
Course details (2001)                                                   page 170



plus 66.67% Group 2 core units from Schedule A of the BSc (33.33% each from
     two Schools) on page xx
Year 3
Criminal Law                                   Hf        25%            BLA202
Principles of Public Law                       Hf        25%            BLA203
plus 50% Group 3 core units from Schedule A of the BSc (50% from one School
     representing a major) on page xx
Year 4
Property Law                                   Hf        25%            BLA303
Law of Groups                                 H1       12.5%            BLA304
plus 5 electives from Schedule of Electives on page xx
Year 5
Litigation                                     Hf        25%            BLA402
Equity and Trusts                             H1       12.5%            BLA401
plus 5 electives from Schedule of Electives on page xx
[a] the weighting of these units is 20% for students enrolled in this combined
      degree



 Bachelor of Commerce and Bachelor of
      Laws with Honours in Law
(Abbreviation: BCom–LLB(Hons))

Course code: L4F

See introductory details of Bachelor of Arts–Bachelor of Laws and Honours in
Laws.

                                  Schedule

Unit Title                         campus-sem       weight               code
Year 1
Introduction to Law                      Hf~Lf         25%           BLA101
plus 75% Group 1 core units from Schedule A of BSc (25% each from three
     Schools) on page xx
Year 2
Contract Law [a]                            Hf         25%           BLA200
Torts [a]                                   Hf         25%           BLA201
plus 66.67% Group 2 core units from Schedule A of the BSc (33.33% each from
     two Schools) on page xx
Year 3
Criminal Law                                Hf         25%           BLA202
Principles of Public Law                    Hf         25%           BLA203
Course details (2001)                                                   page 171



plus 50% Group 3 core units from Schedule A of the BSc (50% from one School
     representing a major) on page xx
Year 4
Property Law                                   Hf        25%            BLA303
Law of Groups                                 H1       12.5%            BLA304
plus 5 electives from Schedule of Electives on page xx
Year 5
Litigation                                     Hf        25%            BLA402
Equity and Trusts                             H1       12.5%            BLA401
plus 5 electives from Schedule of Electives on page xx
[a] the weighting of these units is 20% for students enrolled in this combined
      degree



Bachelor of Economics and Bachelor of
      Laws with Honours in Law
(Abbreviation: BEc–LLB(Hons))

Course code: L4E

See introductory details of Bachelor of Arts–Bachelor of Laws and Honours in
Laws.

                                  Schedule

Unit Title                          campus-sem        weight             code
Year 1
Introduction to Law                         Hf~Lf        25%         BLA101
plus 75% Group 1 core units from Schedule A of BSc (25% each from three
     Schools) on page xx
Year 2
Contract Law [a]                               Hf        25%         BLA200
Torts [a]                                      Hf        25%         BLA201
plus 66.67% Group 2 core units from Schedule A of the BSc (33.33% each from
     two Schools) on page xx
Year 3
Criminal Law                                   Hf        25%         BLA202
Principles of Public Law                       Hf        25%         BLA203
plus 50% Group 3 core units from Schedule A of the BSc (50% from one School
     representing a major) on page xx
Year 4
Property Law                                   Hf        25%         BLA303
Law of Groups                                 H1       12.5%         BLA304
plus 5 electives from Schedule of Electives on page xx
Course details (2001)                                                   page 172



Year 5
Litigation                                     Hf        25%            BLA402
Equity and Trusts                             H1       12.5%            BLA401
plus 5 electives from Schedule of Electives on page xx
[a] the weighting of these units is 20% for students enrolled in this combined
      degree



  Bachelor of Information Systems and
  Bachelor of Laws with Honours in Law
(Abbreviation: BIS–LLB(Hons))

Course code: L4K

See introductory details of Bachelor of Arts–Bachelor of Laws and Honours in
Laws.

                                  Schedule

Unit Title                          campus-sem        weight              code
Year 1
Introduction to Law                         Hf~Lf        25%            BLA101
plus 75% Group 1 core units from Schedule A of BSc (25% each from three
     Schools) on page xx
Year 2
Contract Law [a]                               Hf        25%            BLA200
Torts [a]                                      Hf        25%            BLA201
plus 66.67% Group 2 core units from Schedule A of the BSc (33.33% each from
     two Schools) on page xx
Year 3
Criminal Law                                   Hf        25%            BLA202
Principles of Public Law                       Hf        25%            BLA203
plus 50% Group 3 core units from Schedule A of the BSc (50% from one School
     representing a major) on page xx
Year 4
Property Law                                   Hf        25%            BLA303
Law of Groups                                 H1       12.5%            BLA304
plus 5 electives from Schedule of Electives on page xx
Year 5
Litigation                                     Hf        25%            BLA402
Equity and Trusts                             H1       12.5%            BLA401
plus 5 electives from Schedule of Electives on page xx
[a] the weighting of these units is 20% for students enrolled in this combined
      degree
Course details (2001)                                                   page 173




     Bachelor of Science and Bachelor of
         Laws with Honours in Law
(Abbreviation: BSc–LLB(Hons))

Course code: L4G

See introductory details of Bachelor of Arts–Bachelor of Laws and Honours in
Laws.

                                  Schedule

Unit Title                          campus-sem        weight              code
Year 1
Introduction to Law                         Hf~Lf        25%            BLA101
plus 75% Group 1 core units from Schedule A of BSc (25% each from three
     Schools) on page xx
Year 2
Contract Law [a]                               Hf        25%            BLA200
Torts [a]                                      Hf        25%            BLA201
plus 66.67% Group 2 core units from Schedule A of the BSc (33.33% each from
     two Schools) on page xx
Year 3
Criminal Law                                   Hf        25%            BLA202
Principles of Public Law                       Hf        25%            BLA203
plus 50% Group 3 core units from Schedule A of the BSc (50% from one School
     representing a major) on page xx
Year 4
Property Law                                   Hf        25%            BLA303
Law of Groups                                 H1       12.5%            BLA304
plus 5 electives from Schedule of Electives on page xx
Year 5
Litigation                                     Hf        25%            BLA402
Equity and Trusts                             H1       12.5%            BLA401
plus 5 electives from Schedule of Electives on page xx
[a] the weighting of these units is 20% for students enrolled in this combined
      degree



 Bachelor of Computing and Bachelor of
       Laws with Honours in Law
Course details (2001)                                                   page 174



(Abbreviation: BComp–LLB(Hons))

Course code: L4H

See introductory details of Bachelor of Arts–Bachelor of Laws and Honours in
Laws.

                                  Schedule

Unit Title                          campus-sem        weight              code
Year 1
Introduction to Law                         Hf~Lf        25%            BLA101
plus 75% Group 1 core units from Schedule A of BSc (25% each from three
     Schools) on page xx
Year 2
Contract Law [a]                               Hf        25%            BLA200
Torts [a]                                      Hf        25%            BLA201
plus 66.67% Group 2 core units from Schedule A of the BSc (33.33% each from
     two Schools) on page xx
Year 3
Criminal Law                                   Hf        25%            BLA202
Principles of Public Law                       Hf        25%            BLA203
plus 50% Group 3 core units from Schedule A of the BSc (50% from one School
     representing a major) on page xx
Year 4
Property Law                                   Hf        25%            BLA303
Law of Groups                                 H1       12.5%            BLA304
plus 5 electives from Schedule of Electives on page xx
Year 5
Litigation                                     Hf        25%            BLA402
Equity and Trusts                             H1       12.5%            BLA401
plus 5 electives from Schedule of Electives on page xx
[a] the weighting of these units is 20% for students enrolled in this combined
      degree



 Bachelor of Commerce and Bachelor of
            Applied Science
(Abbreviation: BCom–BAppSc)

Course code: C3A
Course details (2001)                                                     page 175



No new enrolments will be taken as this course is being taught out. Details of
the course outline and study schedules can be found in earlier versions of the
Course and Unit Handbook.


          Bachelor of Arts and Bachelor of
                    Commerce
(Abbreviation: BA–BCom)

Course code: C3R

The 4-year full-time combined degree of Bachelor of Arts–Bachelor of
Commerce is offered on the Launceston and Hobart campuses by the Faculty of
Arts and the Faculty of Commerce and Law. A restricted program is available
at the North-West Centre. For further information, contact the Faculty of
Commerce and Law.

Admission & prerequisites

Possession of the University's minimum entry requirements including in the
case of Tasmanian school-leavers TCE *MT730 Mathematics Applied.

Course objectives

The objectives of the combined degrees are:

•      to complement traditional studies in humanities and social sciences with a
       wide range of management, accounting, marketing and business skills;
•      to broaden the opportunities of commerce students to undertake studies
       in languages and area studies.

Career outcomes

Graduates of the Bachelor of Commerce could expect to obtain employment in
accounting, finance, international business, human resource or personnel
management, marketing, journalism and public relations, government and
teaching.

Professional recognition

If students wish to be eligible for membership of a professional body they will
need to select units endorsed by that body. The faculty offers units to enable
students to join the following professional bodies:

•      Institute of Chartered Accountants in Australia
Course details (2001)                                                     page 176



•      Australian Society of Certified Practising Accountants
•      Australian Human Resources Institute
•      Australian Institute of Management
•      Australian Marketing Institute
•      Chartered Institute of Company Secretaries in Australia
•      Australian Institute of Banking and Finance
•      Australian Computer Society

Membership details may be obtained from the relevant Schools or the
professional body.

Course structure

To qualify for Bachelor of Arts–Bachelor of Commerce students must
successfully complete 32 units (400%) comprising: 16 (12.5%) units (200%) from
Commerce and two majors (200%) from Arts.

Articulation

Students who have completed the Associate Diploma of Business and have
been admitted to the course will receive credit for the core compulsory units in
Commerce.

                           Sample Course Structure

Unit Title                           campus-sem       weight               code
Year 1
Bachelor of Commerce
Business Information
     Systems                      H1/2~L1/2~B1         12.5%            BSA101
Introduction to
     Management                   H1/2~L1/2~B1         12.5%           BMA101
Commercial Transactions               H2~L2~B2         12.5%            BFA141
Elective                                 12.5%
Bachelor of Arts
Subject A (level 100)                                    25%
Subject B (level 100)                                    25%
Year 2
Bachelor of Commerce
Accounting and Financial
             Decision Making          H1~L1~B1         12.5%            BFA103
Economics for Business                H1~L1~B1         12.5%            BEA110
Quantitative Methods 1                H2~L2~B2         12.5%            BEA140
Elective for major                                     12.5%
Bachelor of Arts
Subject A (level 200)                                    25%
Subject A level 200                                      25%
Course details (2001)                                                  page 177



Year 3
Bachelor of Commerce
Commerce major unit 1                                   12.5%
Commerce major unit 2                                   12.5%
Commerce major unit 3                                   12.5%
Commerce major unit 4                                   12.5%
Bachelor of Arts
Subject A (level 200/300)                                 25%
Subject B (level 200/300)                                 25%
Year 4
Bachelor of Commerce
Commerce major unit 5                                   12.5%
Commerce major unit 6                                   12.5%
Commerce major unit 7                                   12.5%
Commerce major unit 8                                   12.5%
Commerce major = 200%
Bachelor of Arts
Subject A (level 300 units)                               25%
Subject B (level 300 units)                               25%
Major A = 100%; Major B = 100%


For choice of Commerce majors see details of Bachelor of Commerce.

For the choice of Arts majors see details of Bachelor of Arts.


 Bachelor of Commerce and Bachelor of
              Computing
(Abbreviation: BCom–BComp)

Course code: C3X

The 4-year full-time combined degree of Bachelor of Commerce-Bachelor of
Computing is offered on the Launceston campus by the Faculty of Commerce &
Law and the Faculty of Science & Engineering.

Admission & prerequisites

Possession of the University's minimum entry requirements including, in the
case of Tasmanian school-leavers, TCE *MT730 Mathematics Applied.

Course objectives
Course details (2001)                                                  page 178



To combine professional studies in computing with professional studies in
commerce (in areas such as accounting and human resource management).

Career outcomes

Graduates of the combined degree could expect to find employment in such
fields as accounting, human resource management, programming, software
construction, multimedia and internet technology.

Course structure

To qualify for Bachelor of Commerce–Bachelor of Computing students must
successfully complete 32 units comprising: 16 (12.5%) units from Computing
and 16 (12.5%) units from Commerce.

Articulation

Students who have completed the TAFE Associate Diploma of Business or the
Diploma of Information Technology and have been admitted to the course may
receive one year of credit in Commerce or Computing respectively.

                         Sample Course Structure

Unit Title                        campus-sem        weight              code
Year 1
Bachelor of Commerce
Business Information
     Systems                   H1/2~L1/2~B1          12.5%           BSA101
Accounting and Financial
     Decision Making                H1~L1~B1         12.5%           BFA103
Commercial Transactions             H2~L2~B2         12.5%           BFA141
Elective                               12.5%
Bachelor of Computing
Programming and Problem
            Solving               H1~L1/2~B1         12.5%           KXA151
Professional Computing              H2~L2~B2         12.5%           KXA155
Multimedia and Web
            Applications            H2~L2~B2         12.5%           KXA156
Software Process                    H2~L2~B2         12.5%           KXA154
Year 2
Bachelor of Commerce
Economics for Business              H1~L1~B1         12.5%           BEA110
Introduction to
            Management         H1/2~L1/2~B1          12.5%          BMA101
Quantitative Methods 1             H2~L2~B2          12.5%           BEA140
Elective                              12.5%
Bachelor of Computing
Course details (2001)                                                     page 179



Software Design                          H2~L2        12.5%           KXA253
Artificial Intelligence                  H1~L1        12.5%           KXA252
Computer Organisation and
              Architecture           H1~L1~B1         12.5%           KXA152
Operating Systems                       H2~L2         12.5%           KXA254
Year 3
Bachelor of Commerce
Commerce major unit 1                                 12.5%
Commerce major unit 2                                 12.5%
Commerce major unit 3                                 12.5%
Commerce major unit 4                                 12.5%
Bachelor of Computing
Computing elective unit 1                             12.5%
Algorithms and Metrics                   H1~L1        12.5%           KXA251
Computing elective unit 2                             12.5%
Computing elective unit 3                             12.5%
Year 4
Bachelor of Commerce
Commerce major unit 5                                 12.5%
Commerce major unit 6                                 12.5%
Commerce major unit 7                                 12.5%
Commerce major unit 8                                 12.5%
Bachelor of Computing
Computing elective unit 4                             12.5%
Computing elective unit 5                             12.5%
Computing Project A                        L1/2       12.5%           KXA331
Computing Project B                        L1/2       12.5%           KXA332



 Bachelor of Commerce and Bachelor of
          Information Systems
(Abbreviation: BCom–BIS)

Course code: C3L

The 4-year full-time combined degree of Bachelor of Commerce-Bachelor of
Information Systems is offered on the Launceston and Hobart campuses by the
Faculty of Commerce & Law. The first year and some selected later year units
are available at the North-West Centre.

Admission & prerequisites

Applicants need to meet the requirements for entry into the Bachelor of
Commerce and Bachelor of Information Systems courses.
Course details (2001)                                                     page 180




Course objectives

The purpose of the course is to combine professional studies in information
systems with professional studies in commerce.

Career outcomes

Graduates of the combined degree could expect to find employment in areas
such as those enumerated for the Bachelor of Commerce and Bachelor of
Information degrees.

Course structure

The course structure of the combined degree includes:

The core units in the first year of the BCom degree

One Commerce major (other than Information Systems), as prescribed within
the BCom degree

The core program of the BIS degree

Five additional elective units, with a total weight of 62.5%

The recommended program of study for this combined degree is shown in the
'Schedule of units'.

The first year of the combined degree is a standard first year of the BCom, with
one of the electives chosen to be BSA102. This allows a student to transfer
between this program and a BCom without penalty after first year.

A student who has completed the first year of the BIS degree may transfer into
this combined degree program, with the only penalty being the requirement to
complete the first eight Commerce units.

After second year of this combined degree program a student could transfer
into either the BCom or BIS without penalty.

After third year of this combined degree program a student could graduate
with a BCom, including an IS major but not have satisfied the requirements of a
BIS.

Articulation
Course details (2001)                                                page 181



Students who have completed the TAFE Associate Diploma of Business or the
Diploma of Information Technology and have been admitted to the course may
receive one year of credit in Commerce or Information Systems respectively.

                             Schedule of units

Unit Title                          campus-sem    weight              code
Year 1
Economics for Business                H1~L1~B1     12.5%           BEA110
Quantitative Methods 1                H2~L2~B2     12.5%           BEA140
Commercial Transactions               H2~L2~B2     12.5%           BFA141
First year Commerce elective for major             12.5%
Business Information
             Systems              H1/2~L1/2~B1     12.5%           BSA101
Information Modelling                 H2~L2~B2     12.5%           BSA102
Introduction to
             Management           H1/2~L1/2~B1     12.5%          BMA101
Accounting and Financial
             Decision Making          H1~L1~B1     12.5%           BFA103
Year 2
Commerce major unit 1                              12.5%
Commerce major unit 2                              12.5%
Commerce major unit 3                              12.5%
Commerce major unit 4                              12.5%
Introduction to Logic            H1~D1~Lw1~Bw1     12.5%      HPA291/391
Programming and Problem
             Solving              H1~L1/2~Bv/1     12.5%           KXA151
Information Systems core unit 1                    12.5%
Information Systems core unit 2                    12.5%
Year 3
Commerce major unit 5                              12.5%
Commerce major unit 6                              12.5%
Commerce major unit 7                              12.5%
Commerce major unit 8                              12.5%
Information Systems core unit 3                    12.5%
Information Systems core unit 4                    12.5%
Information Systems core unit 5                    12.5%
Information Systems core unit 6                    12.5%
Year 4
Four elective units (12.5%) each
Information Systems core unit 7                    12.5%
Information Systems core unit 8                    12.5%
Information Systems core unit 9                    12.5%
Elective unit                                      12.5%
Course details (2001)                                                        page 182



Note: The Commerce major units must satisfy the requirements of a Commerce
major, other than Information Systems.

The IS core units must comprise a specified core program of the Bachelor of
Information Systems.


          Bachelor of Arts and Bachelor of
                    Economics
(Abbreviation: BA–BEc)

Course code: C3Y

The 4-year full-time combined degree of Bachelor of Arts–Bachelor of
Economics is offered on the Hobart campus by the Faculty of Commerce and
Law and the Faculty of Arts. The first year may be completed at Launceston.

Admission & prerequisites

Possession of the University's minimum entry requirements including in the
case of Tasmanian school-leavers TCE *MT730 Mathematics Applied.

Course objectives

The objectives of the combined degrees are:

•      to complement studies in humanities and social sciences with a solid
       grounding in modern economics;
•      to broaden the opportunities of economics students to undertake studies
       in languages and area studies;
•      to prepare students for eventual responsible professional posts in private
       and public organisation;
•      to produce graduates capable of operating effectively in a rapidly
       changing environment;
•      to develop students as persons with a life-long interest for learning in their
       special and related fields.

Career outcomes

Graduates of the combined degree could expect to find positions in banking,
financial management, statistics, market research, stock market, government
agencies, teaching.

Course structure
Course details (2001)                                                   page 183



To qualify for Bachelor of Arts–Bachelor of Economics students must
successfully complete 32 units comprising: 11 (12.5%) units from Economics;
two majors (200%) from Arts and five other approved units.

Articulation

Students who have completed the TAFE Diploma of Business and have been
admitted to the course will receive credit for up to eight units towards the
degree. The status of individual units is determined at the time of offer.

                          Sample Course Structure

Unit Title                         campus-sem        weight              code
Year 1
Bachelor of Economics
Economics for Business               H1~L1~B1         12.5%           BEA110
Foundations of Economic
     Policy                          H2~L2~B2         12.5%           BEA130
Quantitative Methods 1               H2~L2~B2         12.5%           BEA140
Elective                                12.5%
Bachelor of Arts
Subject A (level 100)                                  25%
Subject B (level 100)                                  25%
Year 2
Bachelor of Economics
Intermediate
             Microeconomics                  H2       12.5%           BEA200
Intermediate
             Macroeconomics                  H1       12.5%           BEA220
BEA241 or BEA242
Research Methods for
             Finance                         H2       12.5%           BEA241
Introduction to
             Econometrics                    H1       12.5%           BEA242
Elective                                  12.5%
Bachelor of Arts
Subject A (level 200)                                  25%
Subject B (level 200)                                  25%
Year 3
Bachelor of Economics
Approved Economics elective 1                         12.5%
Approved Economics elective 2                         12.5%
Approved Economics elective 3                         12.5%
Approved Economics elective 4                         12.5%
Bachelor of Arts
Subject A (level 200/300)                              25%
Subject B (level 200/300)                              25%
Course details (2001)                                                    page 184



Year 4
Bachelor of Economics
Economics or approved Group 3A elective 1               12.5
Economics or approved Group 3A elective 2               12.5
Economics or approved Group 3A elective 3               12.5
Economics or approved Group 3A elective 4               12.5
Approved Economics electives program = 200%
Bachelor of Arts
Subject A (level 300)                                   25%
Subject B (level 300)                                   25%
Major A = 100%; Major B = 100%
For Economics majors, see Bachelor of Economics.
For Arts majors, see Bachelor of Arts.


    Graduate Certificate in Legal Practice
(Abbreviation: GradCertLegPrac)

Course code: L5B

A 24–26-week full-time course, the GradCertLegPrac runs in Hobart from
February to July each year.

Admission & prerequisites

Applicants need to have successfully completed a degree of Bachelor of Laws or
a combined degree course including the Bachelor of Laws at the University of
Tasmania or any other approved Australian university. Applicants need to
have passed the requirements of the subjects prescribed by the Board of Legal
Education pursuant to Section 23(b) of the Legal Profession Act 1993 (Tas).

Course objectives

Successful completion of the course is normal prerequisite for admission as a
Barrister and Solicitor of the Supreme Court of Tasmania.

Fees

The Graduate Certificate in Legal Studies is a HECS based course for students
commencing in 2001.

Further details

For further details and information, please contact the Law School on (03) 6226
2066 or
Course details (2001)                                                       page 185



Mr Peter Tree (03) 6226 7570.


      Graduate Certificate of Management
(Abbreviation: GradCertMgt)

Course code: C5T

A 1-year part-time, on-campus course offered by the Faculty of Commerce and
Law at Hobart and Launceston.

Faculty's Graduate School of Management is a member of the Consortium of
Australian Management and Business Schools Ltd. CAMBS offers a national
Graduate Certificate of Management on-campus in Adelaide, Brisbane, Hobart
and Launceston, Melbourne, Perth and Sydney, in Penang through the
International College/University of Sydney twinning arrangement, and
throughout Australia via off-campus education through Deakin University.

All course materials have been prepared by Deakin University, drawing on
Deakin's acknowledged leadership in the preparation of off-campus materials,
plus the expertise of acknowledged specialists within the Consortium.

Students in each university will have an identical curriculum, assessment
requirements and course materials. As a result, they may attend classes at any
of the participating universities whether for short periods if they are required to
work interstate intermittently, or can transfer entirely to another member of the
Consortium.

The course is conducted over 7 weekend sessions per semester. For each unit,
seven 3.25-hour (Saturday) sessions are held alternatively between Hobart and
Launceston (ie 4/7 at Hobart and 3/7 at Launceston). The course is full fee
paying. Fees cover tuition, all study materials (with the exception of textbooks)
and costs associated with the study sessions.

Admission & prerequisites

The Faculty of Commerce and Law may accept as a candidate for the Graduate
Certificate of Management any of the following:

(i)    A person who:

       (a)      has completed an undergraduate degree of an Australian higher
                education institution or the equivalent standard in any other
                institution, and
       (b)      has had at least six months work experience;
Course details (2001)                                                     page 186



(ii)   A person who is not a graduate but whose demonstrated managerial
       competencies and relevant experience of seven years' standing indicate a
       level of knowledge and skill equivalent to those of graduates in similar
       situations.

Course objectives



Career outcomes

Graduate studies have an important place in management development. They
offer individuals aspiring to either general management or senior functional
management roles the opportunity to develop competencies relevant to the
effective management of enterprises.

Course structure

The Graduate Certificate is made up of four units: three core and one elective
which form the basis of management education:

Articulation

May lead to the Graduate Diploma of Business Administration.

Unit Title                           campus-sem       weight             code
Organisational Behaviour              H1/2~L1/2        12.5%           BMA581
Financial Reporting &
     Analysis                        H1/2~L1/2         12.5%           BMA582
Marketing Management                 H1/2~L1/2         12.5%           BMA584
and one elective unit from:
Managing Human Resources             H1/2~L1/2         12.5%           BMA583
Law for Managers                     H1/2~L1/2         12.5%           BMA682
Management Ethics                    H1/2~L1/2         12.5%           BMA773
International Business
     Management                      H1/2~L1/2         12.5%           BMA774


The course consists of 156 hours contact made up of 39 hours per unit
comprised of 22 hours class contact with the balance being made up of
structured learning through a comprehensive distance education package.

Participants who successfully complete all four units of the Graduate
Certificate, and make application for further study, may be granted admission
with advanced standing to the Graduate Diploma of Business Administration.
Students should refer to the specifications for the Graduate Certificate of
Management which are printed in full in the Calendar.
Course details (2001)                                                       page 187




             Graduate Diploma of Business
                    Administration
(Abbreviation: GDBA)

Course code: C6Q

This 2-year part-time, on-campus course is offered by the Faculty of Commerce
and Law at the Hobart and Launceston campuses.

The course is conducted over 7 weekend sessions per semester. For each unit
seven 3.25-hour (Saturday) sessions are held alternatively between Hobart and
Launceston (ie 4/7 at Hobart and 3/7 at Launceston). The course is full fee
paying. Fees cover tuition, all study materials (with the exception of text books)
and costs associated with the study sessions.

All units are subject to formal assessment including, but not limited to,
assignments, essays and examinations.

Admission & prerequisites

The Faculty of Commerce and Law may accept as a candidate for the Graduate
Diploma of Business Administration any of the following:

(i)    A person who:

       (a)      has completed an undergraduate degree of an Australian higher
                education institution or the equivalent standard in any other
                institution, and
       (b)      has had at least six months appropriate work experience;

(ii)   A person who is not a graduate but who has satisfactorily completed the
       Graduate Certificate of Management of the University of Tasmania or
       another participating member of the Consortium of Australian
       Management and Business Schools Ltd, or an equivalent award.

Course objectives

The broad aims of the course are to assist course participants to become better
managers by providing them with a basic understanding of the broad body of
knowledge of a number of different management disciplines.

Career outcomes
Course details (2001)                                                  page 188



Graduate studies have an important place in management development. They
offer individuals aspiring to either general management or senior functional
management roles the opportunity to develop competencies relevant to the
effective management of enterprises.

Course structure

To qualify for the Graduate Diploma, the candidate must complete eight units,
as outlined in the following schedule:

Articulation

Graduates of the Graduate Certificate of Management may receive full credit

The course leads on to the Master of Business Administration.

Unit Title                         campus-sem       weight               code
Compulsory units
Organisational Behaviour            H1/2~L1/2        12.5%           BMA581
Financial Reporting &
     Analysis                       H1/2~L1/2        12.5%           BMA582
Marketing Management                H1/2~L1/2        12.5%           BMA584
Quantitative Analysis for
     Managers                       H1/2~L1/2        12.5%           BMA681
Economics for Managers              H1/2~L1/2        12.5%           BMA683
and three electives from:
Elective units
Managing Human Resources            H1/2~L1/2        12.5%           BMA583
Law for Managers                    H1/2~L1/2        12.5%           BMA682
Management Ethics                   H1/2~L1/2        12.5%           BMA773
International Business
     Management                     H1/2~L1/2        12.5%           BMA774


Students who have completed the Graduate Certificate may receive advanced
standing amounting to four units of credit towards the GDBA. In turn
candidates who successfully complete the Graduate Diploma may be granted
admission with advanced standing to the Master of Business Administration.
Students should refer to the Specifications for the Graduate Diploma of
Business Administration which are printed in full in the Calendar.


       Master of Business Administration
(Abbreviation: MBA)

Course code: C7M
Course details (2001)                                                      page 189




This 3-year part-time, on-campus course is offered by the Faculty of Commerce
and Law: at the Hobart and Launceston campuses.

Initially the course has been offered in the part-time mode only with the
minimum time for completion of the 12 unit course being 3 years. Students will
now have the option of completing the course in less than three years by taking
summer school units. The course is conducted over 7 weekend sessions per
semester. For each unit seven 3.25-hour (Saturday) sessions are held
alternatively between Hobart and Launceston (ie 4/7 at Hobart and 3/7 at
Launceston). The course is full fee paying. Fees cover tuition, all study materials
(with the exception of text books) and costs associated with the study sessions.

All units are subject to formal assessment normally including assignments and
a final examination.

Admission & prerequisites

The Faculty of Commerce and Law may accept as a candidate for the Master of
Business Administration any of the following:

(i)    A person who:

       (a)      has completed an undergraduate degree of an Australian higher
                education institution or the equivalent standard in any other
                institution, and
       (b)      has had at least two years' appropriate work experience;

(ii)   A person who has satisfactorily completed the Graduate Diploma of
       Business Administration of the University of Tasmania or an equivalent
       award of another Australian higher education institution.

Course objectives

Faculty believes that significant graduate outcomes will include:

•      an ability to plan and manage successfully in an increasingly complex and
       turbulent national and international environment, within the framework
       of societal values;
•      a high level of analytical, problem solving and communication skills;
•      a creative, innovative and ethical approach in seeking new business
       opportunities; and
•      an ability to act as an agent of change in organisational transformation.

Career outcomes
Course details (2001)                                                   page 190



Graduate studies have an important place in management development. They
offer individuals aspiring to either general management or senior functional
management roles the opportunity to develop competencies relevant to the
effective management of enterprises.

Course structure

To qualify for the MBA, the candidate must complete 12 units, as outlined in
the following schedule:

Articulation

Graduates of the Graduate Diploma of Business Administration may receive
full credit.

Unit Title                         campus-sem        weight               code
Compulsory units
Organisational Behaviour            H1/2~L1/2         12.5%           BMA581
Financial Reporting &
     Analysis                       H1/2~L1/2         12.5%           BMA582
Managing Human Resources            H1/2~L1/2         12.5%           BMA583
Marketing Management                H1/2~L1/2         12.5%           BMA584
Quantitative Analysis for
     Managers                       H1/2~L1/2         12.5%           BMA681
Law for Managers                    H1/2~L1/2         12.5%           BMA682
Economics for Managers              H1/2~L1/2         12.5%           BMA683
Management Ethics                   H1/2~L1/2         12.5%           BMA773
International Business
     Management                     H1/2~L1/2         12.5%           BMA774
Strategic Management                H1/2~L1/2         12.5%           BMA799
Two of the following electives:
Elective units
Managerial Accounting               H1/2~L1/2         12.5%           BMA771
Finance for Managers                H1/2~L1/2         12.5%           BMA772
Management Information
     Technology                     H1/2~L1/2         12.5%           BMA775
Human Resource
     Development                    H1/2~L1/2         12.5%           BMA776
International Human Resource
     Management                     H1/2~L1/2         12.5%           BMA777
Special Topics in
     Management                     H1/2~L1/2         12.5%           BMA790
Research Project                    H1/2~L1/2           25%           BMA798


Students who have completed the Graduate Diploma of Business
Administration may receive advanced standing amounting to eight units of
Course details (2001)                                                         page 191



credit towards the MBA. Students should refer to the Specifications for
the Master of Business Administration which are printed in full in the Calendar.


          Graduate Diploma in Information
                     Systems
(Abbreviation: GradDipIS)

Course code: C6P

This on-campus, 1-year (minimum) full-time or 3-year part-time course is
offered by the Faculty of Commerce and Law at the Hobart and Launceston
campuses.

Admission & prerequisites

Candidates for the Graduate Diploma in Information Systems will be required
to satisfy the following:

(a)    a bachelor degree from an accredited university; and
(b)    have a basic knowledge of information technology and information
       modelling, as may be gained by self study, professional experience or by
       attending the units BSA101 Business Information Systems and BSA102
       Information Modelling.

Course objectives

The course aims to –

•      enable graduates to fulfil key roles in the it and related industries, and to
       liaise between IT personnel and other professional and industrial
       personnel
•      provide graduates with a strong systems focus, in their ability to conceive
       of new designs, address business needs and solve problems;
•      give graduates a good understanding of the roles of IT in society, in
       organisations and for individuals, and an awareness that IT is a powerful
       factor for change in modern society
•      provide knowledge, skills and understanding of
–      the relationships of information and information technology to
       organisational needs;
–      current management practice in the development of information systems,
       their use and associated policy formulation and analysis;
–      the value of research, critical thinking and effective communication in the
       management of information systems; and to
Course details (2001)                                                     page 192



•      develop professional skills in such areas as interpersonal communication,
       working in teams, and technical report writing.

Career outcomes

Associate membership of the Australian Computer Society. Graduates of the
Bachelor of Information Systems could expect to find employment as a business
analyst, database analyst, systems analyst, IT project manager, IT manager,
Information manager, database administrator, IT administrator or manager,
telecommunications manager, IT consultant, electronic commerce or electronic
business consultant, web developer, webmaster.

Course structure

Course units with the Graduate Diploma in Information Systems are of 12.5%
weighting. There are 5 specified core units and one elective unit in Information
Systems as outlined in the Schedule. The project is a full-year unit with a 25%
weighting.

                                    Schedule

Unit Title                          campus-sem       weight              code
Core units
Principles of Systems                 H1~L1~B1        12.5%           BSA201
Management of Information
     Systems                              H1~L1       12.5%           BSA303
Either BSA305 or BSA306
Current Trends in IS                      H2~L2       12.5%           BSA305
Electronic Commerce                       H1~L1       12.5%           BSA306
Systems Development                   H2~L2~B2        12.5%           BSA202
Information Management                H2~L2~B2        12.5%           BSA203
Project                                      Hf         25%           BSA559
Elective: one unit to make up 12.5% chosen from a range of units offered
     within the School of Information Systems and elsewhere, by negotiation
     with the course coordinator.



                        Master of Commerce
(Abbreviation: MCom)

Course code: C7C

The aim of the course is to provide a master degree for candidates who wish to
undertake initial training at postgraduate level in research in accounting or
accounting combined with another subject area. The course requirement
Course details (2001)                                                        page 193



consists of six units of coursework including a compulsory unit Research
Methodology followed by the dissertation.

The course requirements can be completed in a minimum of three semesters of
full-time (or part-time equivalent) study.

The course is offered in Hobart through the School of Accounting and Finance.

Admission & prerequisites

The Faculty of Commerce and Law may accept as a candidate for the Master of
Commerce [by coursework] any of the following:

•      a person who has completed the degree of Bachelor of Commerce with
       Honours at the University of Tasmania or a qualification of equivalent
       standard in another tertiary institution;
•      a person who has completed the degree of Bachelor of Commerce,
       Bachelor of Business or Bachelor of Economics at the University of
       Tasmania (or a qualification of equivalent standard in another tertiary
       institution), provided that the applicant's standard of achievement in that
       degree course is acceptable to the Faculty [a];
•      a person who has completed four units of the Bachelor of Commerce with
       Honours at the University of Tasmania provided that the applicant has
       achieved a grade of second class upper division in each unit;
•      a person who possesses such other qualification and experience deemed
       by the Faculty to provide a preparation for study equivalent to that
       provided for by the prescriptions given in the first two categories above.
[a]    Candidates in this category shall be required to have achieved a standard
       of Distinction or higher in at least 50% of the final year degree units or in
       equivalent postgraduate coursework/experience. Such candidates will be
       admitted provisionally and the continuation of candidature will depend
       on satisfactory progress.

Course objectives



Course structure

Candidates are required to present for examination in Research Methodology
plus five other units approved by the Head of the School of Accounting and
Finance. At least three elective units must be from a list of units offered by the
School of Accounting and Finance. Candidates may present for examination in
up to two units (or equivalent) offered by another School in the University
subject to the permission of the Head of the School of Accounting and Finance.
Course details (2001)                                                    page 194



Candidates are required to achieve a second class upper division grade in each
unit to satisfy the requirements of the degree.

                               Course Structure

Unit Title                          campus-sem         weight               code
Year 1
Compulsory unit
Research Methodology                           H1                         BFA710
Elective units   [a]

Advanced Financial
    Accounting                                 H2                         BFA701
Advanced Auditing                              H?                         BFA708
Advanced Taxation
    Accounting                                [na]                        BFA709
Advanced Accounting
    Theory                                     H1                         BFA711
Advanced Finance                              [na]                        BFA724
Advanced Accounting
    Information Systems                        H1                         BFA725
Corporate Governance and
    Accountability                             H2       12.5%             BFA729
Advanced Management
    Accounting                                [na]                        BFA735
Year 2
Dissertation [b]                                H                         BFA741
[a] Elective units offered by the School of Accounting & Finance, subject to
     student demand and staff resources. Candidates with a first class or
     second class (upper division) honours degree may be given up to 3 units
     credit towards the Master of Commerce.
[b] Candidates are required to present a dissertation of approximately 30,000
     words. During the first year, candidates are required to present a
     satisfactory proposal for the Dissertation before enrolling in Year 2
     (Dissertation).


Students should also refer to the specifications for the Master of Commerce
which are printed in full in the Calendar.


             Master of Information Systems
(Abbreviation: MIS)

Course code: C7A

Course coordinator: Professor CD Keen
Course details (2001)                                                      page 195




The Master of Information Systems is offered on the Hobart campus by the
School of Information Systems. The course may be completed on a full-time
basis in 3 semesters of study. Coursework is completed in semesters 1 and 2,
and the MIS Project is completed during a third semester. Part-time enrolment
in the degree can be completed in a maximum of 8 semesters or 4 years.

The Master of Information Systems is a professional, applied degree which
specialises in topics related to the management of information systems. Project
work within the degree will equip the students with appropriate
methodological and analytical skills, as well as requiring students to apply
information systems management theory to practical problem solving and case
work. It is expected that the majority of students taking the course will
undertake project work closely related to their current or proposed area of
employment.

Admission & prerequisites

Candidates for the Master of Information Systems program will be required to
satisfy one of the following:

(a)    a four-year degree, or combination of degrees and diplomas, from an
       accredited university, which include major or submajor studies in a
       relevant discipline, such as Information Systems, Computer Science,
       Business Information Technology, Business Computing, Information
       Management, Information Science or Library Science;
(b)    a three year degree from an accredited university, and at least three years
       of relevant professional experience; or
(c)    have significant relevant professional experience in the areas of
       management and information systems, but fail to meet criteria (a) or (b).
       Under exceptional circumstances provisional entry status may be granted
       to such candidates. Such provisional entry status will be dependent on the
       candidate's successful completion of the equivalent of one semester of
       full-time study.

Course objectives

The course aims to provide –

•      professional, postgraduate level education to existing managers, and those
       seeking to move into positions of information systems managers;
•      management of information systems education which is at the level of
       world best practice in its currency, applicability and relevance to the IS
       profession;
•      graduates of the course with knowledge, skills and understanding about:
–      the relationships of information and information technology to
       organisational needs;
Course details (2001)                                                       page 196



–      current management practice in the development of information systems,
       their use and associated policy formulation and analysis;
–      the value of research, critical thinking and effective communication in the
       management of information systems.

Career outcomes

Associate membership of the Australian Computer Society. Graduates of the
Bachelor of Information Systems could expect to find employment as a business
analyst, database analyst, systems analyst, IT project manager, IT manager,
Information manager, database administrator, IT administrator or manager,
telecommunications manager, IT consultant, electronic commerce or electronic
business consultant.

Course structure

Course units within the Master of Information Systems are of 12.5% weighting
and comprise 26 contact hours over the period of one semester.

The degree consists of 2 semesters of coursework with a total weighting of
100%; and a MIS Project, including the production of a thesis, weighted at 50%
and completed over a single semester.

The coursework consists of seven compulsory core units and one elective unit
as outlined in the Schedule.

Articulation

Up to four units credit may be given for appropriate previous study.

                                     Schedule

Unit Title                            campus-sem        weight               code
Core units
Management of Information
     Systems                                    H1       12.5%            BSA751
Information Management                          H1       12.5%            BSA752
Information Systems Strategy
     Formulation                                H1       12.5%            BSA753
Managing Organisational
     Change                                     H2       12.5%            BSA754
System Development
     Methodologies                              H2       12.5%            BSA755
Information Systems Modelling
     Techniques                                 H2       12.5%            BSA756
Information Systems Research
     Methods                                    H1       12.5%            BSA757
Course details (2001)                                                       page 197



MIS Project                               H1/2         50%             BSA759
Elective: One 12.5% elective may be drawn from a range of electives offered
    within the School of Information Systems and elsewhere, by negotiation
    with the course coordinator – including:
Decision Support and Executive
    Information Systems                      H2      12.5%             BSA758



         Bachelor of Adult and Vocational
                    Education
(Abbreviation: BAdVocEd)

Course code: E3G

The BAdVocEd is a 3-year award in adult and vocational education, offered in a
fully external mode by a flexible delivery format. The distance materials are
supplemented by a variety of flexible alternatives, including optional
face-to-face tutorials and seminars, computer-web sites, tele- and
video-seminars, email, fax and phone. Practical work is an essential element of
this course.

Admission & prerequisites

Candidates for the degree of Bachelor of Adult and Vocational Education shall
be qualified for entry in accordance with the provisions of the University's Rules
of Admission.

All candidates will complete the first year of the course in another faculty. (See
also 'Profile of mature-aged entry applicants' below.)

To qualify for admission to Year 2 candidates will meet the following criteria:

1      Candidates must have successfully completed one full year of degree level
       study in another faculty and at least three years of work experience
       relevant to the intended area of practice. (See also 'Articulation from'
       below); AND
2      Candidates must have access to, or be prepared to negotiate access to a
       site where their prescribed practical work can be carried out and assessed.
       (The university lecturer who coordinates the practical work will help
       students in this task, but the primary responsibility rests with the
       student.); AND
3      Candidates must provide sufficient documentation to support their
       application. (It is in their interest to ensure that the copies of degree,
       diploma, certificate and other course records are provided in a clearly
Course details (2001)                                                        page 198



       presented manner, with a clear covering statement which summarises the
       full-time equivalence of each course claimed, and totals these into a claim
       against one year of credit.)

Course objectives

The course provides an initial training for people entering the field of Adult
and Vocational Education. The course prepares educators, teachers and trainers
to work in a variety of modern educational situations in a range of contexts,
including technical and further education, industry and workplace training (eg
human resource development), community and public education, language,
literacy and numeracy education and instructional design.

Career outcomes

Students in the field of adult and vocational education typically work in, or
wish to work in, the following capacities:

•      educators of adults in TAFE institutes
•      trainers and educators in industry, such as human resource developers
•      teachers in adult and community education
•      adult English language, literacy and numeracy educators
•      instructional designers.

It is envisaged that graduate students of this degree will soon be recognised as
suitably qualified to teach vocational, education and training subjects in High
School and Secondary Colleges.

Course structure

There are four areas of elective study possible in the final year of the course:

•      Workplace Learning and Training
•      Community and Public Education
•      Instructional Design in AdVocEd
•      Language, Literacy and Numeracy in AdVocEd

This choice represents leading current trends in Adult and Vocational
Education and will provide relevant and practical skills and knowledge for
application in these areas.

Articulation

The Faculty may grant equivalence for the first year on the basis of advanced
diploma or diploma qualifications or other qualifications deemed to be
equivalent. Intending students who have successfully completed Certificate IV
Course details (2001)                                                       page 199



Workplace Training (Category 2) from a recognised trainer may use this award
toward credit in the second year (subject to first-year equivalence).

Graduates of the degree may apply to enter the Bachelor of Adult and
Vocational Education (Honours) program or a range of vocationally relevant
Graduate Certificate programs. All units in the Graduate Certificate programs
may, on application, be credited one-for-one against units in the Master of
Education program. Students with outstanding Bachelor of Adult and
Vocational Education (Honours) results of First class honours of at least GPA
4.00 and a distinction for the dissertation or Second class upper division of GPA
3.75 and a distinction for the dissertation may articulate directly into the Doctor
of Philosophy (PhD) program. Turn to page xx for the postgraduate Education
courses.

Profile of mature-aged entry applicants

Those who apply for entry to this course may be 'mature-age' and the
University has separate provisions for entry for mature-aged students. Such
applicants are usually employed, often have families and responsible
community positions. Their study is therefore unlike the student entering from
Year 12 directly into full-time university study. Some examples are listed for
students to consider:

1      University study: the student may have completed some studying at a
       university. If they have completed the equivalent of one year of study (and
       have 3 years appropriate work experience) they may be admitted directly
       to year 2 of the BAdVocEd.
2      Trade background: should have completed an apprenticeship or an
       equivalent vocational course.
3      General Studies background: should have an appropriate professional
       qualification.
4      Technical background: should have passed an appropriate degree,
       diploma or Technicians Certificate.

                                    Schedule

Unit Title                           campus-sem        weight                code
Year 1
Taken in another faculty or equiv
Year 2
Compulsory units
Teaching and Learning 1                    Lf~Hf        12.5%             ESV204
Communication                         L1/2~H1/2         12.5%             ESV201
Managing Learning                         L1~H1         12.5%             ESV202
Communication Strategies                  L1~H1         12.5%             ESV205
Foundations of Adult
    Learning                               L2~H2        12.5%             ESV203
Course details (2001)                                                    page 200



Curriculum Development                  L2~H2         12.5%            ESV206
Assessment and Evaluation               L2~H2         12.5%            ESV207
Issues and Contexts in
     AVE                                L2~H2         12.5%            ESV208
Conversion (A&WPT)                  L1/2~H1/2         12.5%            ESV209
Year 3
Compulsory units
Teaching and Learning 2                  Lf~Hf        12.5%            ESV301
Research and Methods in
     AVE                                L1~H1         12.5%            ESV302
On-line Learning and Teaching
     in AVE                           Lw2~Hw2         12.5%            ESV313
Managing AVE                             Lf~Hf        12.5%            ESV314
Research Practice in AVE                L2~H2         12.5%            ESV315
Elective units
Choose two of ESV305, 307, 309, 311
Workplace Learning and
     Training 1                         L1~H1         12.5%            ESV305
Community and Public Education
     1                                  L1~H1         12.5%            ESV307
Instructional Design in
     AVE 1                              L1~H1         12.5%            ESV309
Language, Literacy and
     Numeracy in AVE 1                  L1~H1         12.5%            ESV311
Choose one of ESV306, 308, 310, 312
Workplace Learning and
     Training 2                         L2~H2         12.5%            ESV306
Community and Public Education
     2                                  L2~H2         12.5%            ESV308
Instructional Design in
     AVE 2                              L2~H2         12.5%            ESV310
Language, Literacy and
     Numeracy in AVE 2                  L2~H2         12.5%            ESV312



         Bachelor of Adult and Vocational
            Education with Honours
(Abbreviation: BAdVocEd(Hons))

Course code: E4G

The honours program is an additional year of the Bachelor of Adult and
Vocational Education course for selected students offered by the Faculty of
Education at Launceston.
Course details (2001)                                                     page 201




Admission & prerequisites

Candidates for the degree of Bachelor of Adult and Vocational Education with
Honours shall be qualified for entry if they have been admitted to the degree of
Adult and Vocational Education, or equivalent award, with a Grade Point
Average (GPA) of at least 3.25 in the final two years of the course. The GPA
may be altered at the academic dean's discretion. Candidates for the degree
shall complete the requirements in no less than one year of full-time study (or
its equivalent) and not more than two years, from the time of first enrolment.

Course objectives

The course provides students with the opportunity to engage in adult and
vocational education research at an appropriate level as preparation for future
higher degree study.

Course structure

The candidate shall successfully complete all units prescribed for the Bachelor
of Adult and Vocational Education (or its equivalent), as outlined in the
schedule accompanying the specifications for the Bachelor of Adult and
Vocational Education. In addition, the candidate shall complete all of the units
shown in Schedule A. Candidates are required to present a dissertation in the
prescribed form.

Articulation

Students from other universities with prerequisites acceptable to the Faculty
may be accepted as candidates for the Bachelor of Adult and Vocational
Education (Honours) degree.

This course is designed to articulate with existing research higher degrees.

                                   Schedule

Full-time Study (completed in one year)

Unit Title                          campus-sem        weight               code
About Research in AVE                     L1/2          25%              ESV401
Doing Research in AVE                     L1/2          25%              ESV402
Dissertation                                 L2         50%              ESV403


Part-time Study (completed in two years)

Unit Title                          campus-sem        weight                   code
Course details (2001)                                                      page 202



Year 1
About Research in AVE                        L1/2        25%             ESV401
Doing Research in AVE                        L1/2        25%             ESV402
Year 2
Dissertation (Part A)                        L1/2        25%             ESV404
Dissertation (Part B)                        L1/2        25%             ESV405



                        Bachelor of Education
(Abbreviation: BEd)

Course code: E3A

This on-campus 4-year (minimum) full-time, or equivalent part-time, course is
offered by the Faculty of Education at the Launceston campus, with year 1
being available at the North-West Centre.

Admission & prerequisites

Normal University entry requirements apply.

Course objectives

The Bachelor of Education prepares students for teaching appointments in early
childhood (kindergarten, prep, grade 1 and 2), and primary (grades 3-6)
situations.

Secondary teaching specialisations are offered in the Bachelor of Teaching.

Career outcomes

Successful completion of this course should make students eligible for
employment as early childhood/primary teachers. Employment opportunities
in other communication-based careers such as industry and commercial
training and sales have been obtained by past graduates.

Course structure

Within the two specialisations in the Bachelor of Education students undertake
a course of study that includes the following elements:

•      Liberal Studies within which there is a program of study for two years.
•      Education Studies
•      School Experience
•      Curriculum Studies
Course details (2001)                                                     page 203




A student who completes the first three years of the course with sufficient merit
may apply and be admitted to continue into the fourth year as an honours
candidate. Such a student will complete many of the normal coursework
requirements of the degree in year four together with an honours dissertation.

Articulation

Students who have undertaken an appropriate course at another Australian,
overseas institution or TAFE college may receive credit for such study.
Applications for credit can be made following admission to the Bachelor of
Education course.

                                   Schedule

Unit Title                          campus-sem        weight               code
Year 1
Liberal studies unit(s)                       1         25%
Curriculum Studies 1                     Lf~Bf        12.5%             EPC150
Education 1 Lf~Bf                          25%       EPF150
Liberal studies unit(s)                       2         25%
School Experience 1
             (ECE/Primary)               Lf~Bf         12.5%            EPT150
Year 2
Liberal studies unit                          1        12.5%
Curriculum Studies 2A
             (English, Mathematics,
             LOTE)                           Lf        12.5%            EPC250
Curriculum Studies
             2B – Science & Technology       Lf        12.5%            EPC251
Curriculum Studies
             2C – SOSE, Physical &
             Health Education                Lf        12.5%            EPC252
Curriculum Studies
             2D – Arts Education             Lf       12.5%             EPC253
Education 2 Lf                           12.5%       EPF250
School Experience 2
             (ECE/Primary)                   Lf        12.5%            EPT250
Liberal studies unit                          2        12.5%
Year 3
Education 3 Lf                             25%       EPF350
School Experience 3
             (ECE/Primary)                   Lf          25%            EPT350
Curriculum Studies 3A
             (English, Mathematics)          L2        12.5%            EPC350
Contemporary Curriculum
             Developments A                  L1        12.5%            EPC351
Course details (2001)                                                  page 204



Curriculum
            Investigations A                    L2/3      12.5%       EPC352
Modes of Curriculum
            Inquiry A                             L2      12.5%       EPC353
Year 4
Education 4 Lf                                 12.5%     EPF450
Education 5 Lf                                 12.5%     EPF451
Curriculum Studies 4A
            (English, Mathematics)                L1      12.5%       EPC450
Contemporary Curriculum
            Development B                         L1      12.5%       EPC451
Curriculum
            Investigations B                    L1&3      12.5%       EPC452
Modes of Curriculum
            Inquiry B                             L2      12.5%       EPC453
School Experience 4 (Early
            Childhood/Primary)                     Lf       25%       EPT450


                        Bachelor of Education Liberal Studies units

Unit Title                               campus-sem      weight         code
Applied Food Science
    (Primary)                                     L2      12.5%       EST130
Consumer Textiles
    (Primary)                                     L1      12.5%       EST230
Design and Technology 3
    (Primary)                                      Lf       25%       EST226
Design & Technology 1
    (Primary)                                     L1      12.5%       EST117
Design & Technology 1
    (Primary)                                    [na]     12.5%       EST118
Design & Technology 2
    (Primary)                                    [na]     12.5%       EST128
Design & Technology 4
    (Primary)                                    [na]     12.5%       EST121
Technology 3 (Primary)                           [na]     12.5%       EST210
Technology 6 (Primary)                           [na]     12.5%       EST410



     Bachelor of Education with Honours
(Abbreviation: BEd(Hons))

Course code: E4A
Course details (2001)                                                     page 205



This is an alternative final year of the Bachelor of Education course; one which
is offered to some students by the Faculty of Education at Launceston.

Admission & prerequisites

Students in year three of the Bachelor of Education course are able to express
their interest in undertaking the final year as an honours student. Such students
who have attained a Grade Point Average (GPA) of at least 3.25 on their
complete year 3 results as well as having demonstrated high proficiency in
teaching practice may then be invited to join the honours program. In addition,
students should have gained a Credit or better in the research method module
in either EPC351 Contemporary Curriculum Developments A or EPC353
Modes of Curriculum Inquiry A in semester 2 of year 3. It should be noted that
the minimum GPA may be raised at the Head of School's discretion. Invitations
are made by the heads of the Education schools for students in any
specialisation of the Bachelor of Education.

Course objectives

The Bachelor of Education (Honours) prepares students for teaching in either
the early childhood or primary specialisation. The course provides students
with the opportunity to engage in educational research at an appropriate level
as preparation for future higher degree study.

Career outcomes

Successful completion of this course should make students eligible for
employment as early childhood/primary teachers. Employment opportunities
in other communication-based careers such as industry and commercial
training and sales have been obtained by past graduates. A first class or second
class upper division award within this course provides a pathway into doctoral
level study.

Course structure

The honours year includes most facets of the Bachelor of Education, but makes
provision for students to undertake an honours seminar and dissertation.

Articulation

Students from other universities with prerequisites acceptable to the Faculty
may be accepted as candidates for the Bachelor of Education (Honours) degree.

                                   Schedule

Unit Title                          campus-sem        weight               code
Honours Dissertation                         Lf         25%              EPF400
Course details (2001)                                                     page 206



Education 4                                  Lf      12.5%             EPF450
Curriculum Studies 4A
    (English, Mathematics)                  L1       12.5%             EPC450
Education 5                                  Lf      12.5%             EPF451
School Experience 4 (Early
    Childhood/Primary)                       Lf         25%            EPT450
and one of the following [a]
Contemporary Curriculum
    Development B                           L1       12.5%             EPC451
Curriculum
    Investigations B                     L1&3        12.5%             EPC452
Modes of Curriculum
    Inquiry B                               L2       12.5%             EPC453
[a] Students will be advised on the most suitable unit to select when they
     enrol


Note: Honours students will have already completed a special 12.5% Honours
research methods module/unit in semester 2 of year 3.


        Bachelor of Education (In-Service)
(Abbreviation: BEd(In-Service))

Course code: E3B

This course is offered by the Faculty of Education in Launceston and Hobart by
flexible delivery (which may include distance education, summer school, winter
school, video conferencing, use of email, or part time on-campus days or
weekends or evening lectures.

Admission & prerequisites

Normal University admission requirements apply. Applicants must submit
details of their qualifications and work experience so that an assessment can be
made of their standing in the program.

Course objectives

The Bachelor of Education (In-Service) program is designed to help mature-age
students pursue studies leading to the award of the Bachelor of Education or to
provide for further professional development for teachers. The course is
designed for working persons who wish to upgrade their qualifications to a
four-year Bachelor of Education while continuing in their employment.

Career outcomes
Course details (2001)                                                          page 207




The course is a general four-year teaching qualification enabling graduates to
work as teachers.

Course structure

Completion of the degree requirements varies, depending on the number of
units required by the individual student. This is determined on entry into the
course, based on professional qualification and academic history.

Candidates for the degree shall complete requirements in not more than eight
years from the time of first enrolment.

In accordance with the determined number of units in each student's personal
program, (see 'Articulation') students will select units from the schedule of
subjects for this award. The units offered through the In-Service program are
listed in the following schedule. Whether or not units are offered in 2001
depends on sufficient enrolments and staff availability.

Requirements for upgrading

Those wishing to upgrade qualifications will be expected to undertake a
balanced program with the requirements shown below.

Requirements for upgrading to 4 year BEd status depending on allowance for
previous study/experience

1 year status 2 years status    3 years status
Introductory Educational Studies (4 units)
2 core educational units 2 core educational units         2 core educational units
6 electives 6 electives 2 electives

<tbz>

Those already in the program will be expected to complete the remainder of
their units according to the above scheme, in a pro-rata fashion, with advice
from the Assistant Head of the program.

Bachelor of Education (In-Service) Schedule of Units

For detailed study information, course advice or application and admission forms,
phone (03) 6324 3045, or contact Dr Heather Smigiel, Assistant Head for the
BEd(In-Service), on (03) 6324 3261 or (03) 6324 3045.

To complete the Introductory Education Studies in Launceston, students enrol in
course code E3B. The units to be offered in the 2001 are listed below:
Course details (2001)                                                      page 208


Introductory Education Studies

Purpose

The four Introductory Educational Studies units are designed to provide an
introduction to the fundamental principles of education. In addition, the studies
act as an entry vehicle to In-Service BEd studies.

This program is designed for:

•      those who wish to undertake the BEd (In Service) but do not have the
       educational study prerequisites other than teaching experience;

•      those with technical/academic qualifications (equating to one year of
       training) who wish to undertake the BEd (In Service).

It should be noted that the Introductory Educational Studies are corequisites for
students with one year status rather than prerequisites.

Unit titles and summaries

ESI471       Introductory Educational Studies 1       Deals with the planning
and presentation of teaching
ESI472       Introductory Educational Studies 2       Deals with the
psychological and sociological aspects of teaching and learning
ESI473       Introductory Educational Studies 3       Deals with the philosophy
of education
ESI474       Introductory Educational Studies 4       The Practicum
Students participate in an extensive period of supervised teaching

<tbz>

Students participate in an extensive period of supervised teaching. Each of
these units is of equal weighting and, together, they constitute the equivalent of
a year of tertiary study.

Articulation

Passes in units in other courses (completed or otherwise) in this University or
another approved tertiary examining body may be credited towards this
degree, provided the Faculty may specify what more a candidate so credited
shall be required to do to qualify for the degree.

Students cannot normally transfer from one incomplete undergraduate teacher
education program in Tasmania to another, until they have ceased enrolment in
the original program for one year.
Course details (2001)                                                      page 209



Credit is granted for qualifications more than 10 years old, only if the applicant
can demonstrate current competency in that study.

                                    Schedule

Unit Title                         campus-sem        weight               code
1. Core Units
Studies in Teaching                          L3         25%             ESI439
School and Classroom Based
     Curriculum Development       H3f~L3f~D3f           25%             ESI475
2. Electives 2001 may be chosen from the following list
Bases of Educational
     Decision                           L3~D3           25%             ESI407
Education Study                          Lf~Df          25%             ESI408
Mathematics and Education                Lf~Df          25%             ESI414
Music and Education                          L3         25%             ESI420
Introduction to Special
     Education                              H3          25%             ESI428
Education Study (Part 1)            L1/2~D1/2           25%             ESI433
Education Study (Part 2)            L1/2~D1/2           25%             ESI434
Studies in Teaching                          L3         25%             ESI439
Drama in Education                       Lf~Df          25%             ESI453
Studies in Classroom
     Management                              L3         25%             ESI455
Research Investigation
     (In-Service)                            Lf         25%             ESI457
Literature for Children                      Lf         25%             ESI467
School and Classroom Based
     Curriculum Development       H3f~L3f~D3f           25%             ESI475
Special Study: Summer
     School                                  L3         25%             ESI478
Comparative Curriculum
     Issues                                  C3         25%             ESI491
3. Foundation units
Introductory Educational
     Studies 1 [a]                       Lf~Df          25%             ESI471
Introductory Educational
     Studies 2 [a]                       Lf~Df          25%             ESI472
Introductory Educational
     Studies 3 [a]                       Lf~Df          25%             ESI473
Introductory Educational
     Studies 4 [a]                       Lf~Df          25%             ESI474
[a] These full-year units may be studied as Part 1 and Part 2 as follows:
Introductory Educational
      Studies 1 (Part 1)                L1~D1         12.5%             ESI421
Introductory Educational
      Studies 1 (Part 2)                L2~D2         12.5%             ESI447
Course details (2001)                                                        page 210



Introductory Educational
     Studies 2 (Part 1)                     L~D      12.5%                  ESI422
Introductory Educational
     Studies 2 (Part 2)                     L~D      12.5%                  ESI448
Introductory Educational
     Studies 3 (Part 1)                    Lf~Df     12.5%                  ESI423
Introductory Educational
     Studies 3 (Part 2)                    Lf~Df     12.5%                  ESI449
Introductory Educational
     Studies 4 (Part 1)             L1/2~D1/2        12.5%                  ESI424
Introductory Educational
     Studies 4 (Part 2)             L1/2~D1/2        12.5%                  ESI450
4. Honours units (Course code: E4C)
See Bachelor of Education (In-Service) with Honours course details



     Bachelor of Education with Honours
            (In-Service program)
(Abbreviation: BEd(Hons))

Course code: E4C

BEd(Hons) program will normally be completed in one full year or two years
part time.

Admission & prerequisites

This course is for teachers who have at least three years teaching experience
and who have completed at least a three-year education qualification. The
Students will need to attain a credit or better in the unit Educational Research
Methods before being allowed to continue in the Honours program.

Course objectives

For those students who wish to pursue a higher degree by research this
honours program provides a sound basis for future study.

Those students gaining a first class honours degree or an upper second award
are able to proceed into a doctoral program.

Students with a lower second class award or third class honours have access
into master degree research programs.

Career outcomes
Course details (2001)                                                     page 211




For those students wishing to pursue a higher degree by research, the Honours
program will provide a sound basis for future study. Those students gaining a
first class honours degree or an upper second award are able to proceed to a
doctoral program. Students with a lower second class award or third class
honours will have access to the master degree by research program.

Course structure

The course structure is summarised in the following schedule of units.

                                   Schedule

Unit Title                         campus-sem        weight                code
Educational Research
    Methods [a]                            [na]         25%              ESI464
Contemporary Issues in
    Education                              [na]         25%              ESI465
Honours Dissertation                       [na]         50%              ESI466
[a] All students are expected to complete this unit during Summer School or
     over the summer period as a prerequisite to the rest of their honours
     program.


Students may be able to claim recognition of prior learning for past professional
development in Contemporary Issues in Education.


             Bachelor of Human Movement
(Abbreviation: BHM)

Course code: E3J

This on-campus 4-year (minimum) full-time course is offered through the
Faculty of Education's Centre for Human Movement at the Launceston campus.

Admission & prerequisites

Minimum University entry requirements apply. Applicants are advised to
study TCE subjects relevant to the Human Movement program: English, Sport
Science, Physical Science, Biology would be of advantage.

Course objectives

The Bachelor of Human Movement is designed to produce well educated and
adaptable graduates with appropriate professional skills and knowledge
Course details (2001)                                                    page 212



necessary to equip them for employment in a variety of human movement
fields.

Course structure

Students must complete a core program in the first two years of full-time study,
prior to choosing their area of specialisation in years 3 and 4. The course
includes three strands of specialisation: Exercise and Sport Science, Sports
Management, and Health and Physical Education Teaching. The program of
units for the course is set out in the schedule which follows.

                                  Schedule A

Unit Title                          campus-sem       weight               code
Year 1
Interdisciplinary strand
Introduction to Human
     Biology                                  L1      12.5%            CRA161
Anatomy and Physiology 1                      L2      12.5%            CRA172
Chemistry for Life
     Sciences                                 L1      12.5%             KJC161
Kinesiology                                   L2      12.5%             ESP132
Foundation strand
Computing for Human
     Movement                                 L1      12.5%            KXA111
Research Concepts                             L2      12.5%             ESP141
Human Movement strand
Movement Concepts                             L1      12.5%             ESP140
Human Movement
     Laboratory 1                             L2      12.5%             ESP136
Year 2
Interdisciplinary strand
Anatomy and Physiology 2                      L1      12.5%            CRA273
Applied Physiology and
     Nutrition                                L2      12.5%             ESP237
Psycho-Social Aspects of
     Physical Activity                        L1      12.5%             ESP220
Motor Learning and Skill
     Development 1                            L2      12.5%             ESP233
Foundation strand
Health Fitness & Physical
     Activity                                 L1      12.5%             ESP230
Introduction to
     Management                 H1/2~L1/2~B1          12.5%           BMA101
or (for intending Exercise & Sport Science students only):
Introduction to
     Biochemistry                             L2      12.5%             KJC162
Course details (2001)                                            page 213



Human Movement strand
Coaching Theory &
     Practice                                 L1      12.5%      ESP210
Professional Experience 1                     L2      12.5%      ESP214
or (for intending Exercise & Sport Science students only):
Sport Injuries                                L2      12.5%      ESP304
Year 3
Health & Physical Education Major
Human Movement Pedagogy 1                     L1      12.5%      ESP310
Adapted Physical Activity                     L1      12.5%      ESP307
Event and Operations
     Management                               L1      12.5%      ESP315
Human Movement
     Laboratory 2                             L1      12.5%      ESP335
Human Movement Pedagogy 2                     L2      12.5%      ESP311
Sport Injuries                                L2      12.5%      ESP304
Human Movement
     Laboratory 3                             L2      12.5%      ESP336
Professional Experience 2                     L2      12.5%      ESP314
Sport Management Major
Event and Operations
     Management                               L1      12.5%      ESP315
and 1 of the following:
Adapted Physical Activity                     L1      12.5%      ESP307
Biomechanics                                  L1      12.5%      ESP301
Health and Fitness Issues                     L1      12.5%      ESP411
or another unit as arranged and approved
Exercise & Sport
     Governance                             [na]      12.5%      ESP325
and 1 of the following:
Sport Injuries                                L2      12.5%      ESP304
Sport Psychology                              L2      12.5%      ESP320
Exercise Assessment and
     Prescription                             L2      12.5%      ESP308
or another unit as arranged and approved
either Human Resource Management units or Marketing units or a
     combination as approved
HUMAN RESOURCE MANAGEMENT UNITS
Organisational Behaviour                 H1~L1        12.5%     BMA201
Principles of Marketing  [a]        H3/2~L3/2         12.5% BMA151/251
Management of Human
     Resources [a]                  H3/2~L3/2         12.5% BMA121/221
and 1 of the following:
Strategic Management                     H2~L2        12.5%     BMA302
Employee Relations                       H2~L2        12.5%     BMA321
Unit to be advised
Financial Management [a]                 H2~L2        12.5%  BFA181/281
Course details (2001)                                         page 214



MARKETING UNITS
Principles of Marketing [a]        H3/2~L3/2     12.5%   BMA151/251
Marketing Research                         H2    12.5%      BMA253
and 1 of the following:
Marketing Communications                   H1    12.5%      BMA255
International Marketing                    H2    12.5%      BMA282
Financial Management [a]                H2~L2    12.5%   BFA181/281
or other units as negotiated.
Exercise and Sport Science Major
Biomechanics                                L1   12.5%       ESP301
Exercise Physiology                         L1   12.5%       ESP337
Immunology                                  L1   12.5%      CRA321
Chemistry 1                              Lf~Bf     25%       KJC103
Exercise Assessment and
     Prescription                           L2   12.5%       ESP308
Sport Psychology                            L2   12.5%       ESP320
Microbiology and Health                     L2   12.5%      CRA276
Year 4
Health & Physical Education Major
Human Movement Pedagogy 3                   L1   12.5%       ESP410
Special Topics in Human
     Movement 1                             L1   12.5%       ESP402
Professional Experience 3                   L1   12.5%       ESP414
AND 1 of the following:
Biomechanics                                L1   12.5%       ESP301
Exercise Physiology                         L1   12.5%       ESP337
Event & Sport
     Marketing                            [na]   12.5%       ESP435
Health and Fitness Issues                   L1   12.5%       ESP411
or another unit as arranged and approved
Human Movement Pedagogy 4                   L2   12.5%       ESP420
Special Topics in Human
     Movement 2                             L2   12.5%       ESP403
Professional Experience 4                   L2   12.5%       ESP415
AND 1 of the following:
Exercise & Sport
     Governance                           [na]   12.5%       ESP325
Sport Psychology                            L2   12.5%       ESP320
Exercise Assessment and
     Prescription                           L2   12.5%       ESP308
Issues in Sport &
     Recreation Management                  L2   12.5%       ESP445
or another unit as arranged and approved
Sport Management Major
Event & Sport
     Marketing                            [na]   12.5%       ESP435
Course details (2001)                                              page 215



Special Topics in Human
     Movement 1                                 L1 12.5%           ESP402
Issues in Sport &
     Recreation Management                      L2 12.5%           ESP445
Special Topics in Human
     Movement 2                                 L2 12.5%           ESP403
Professional Experience 4                       L2 12.5%           ESP415
and 1 of the following:
Motor Learning & Skill
     Development 2                            [na] 12.5%           ESP433
Sport Psychology                                L2 12.5%           ESP320
Exercise Assessment and
     Prescription                               L2 12.5%           ESP308
or another unit as arranged and approved
either Human Resource Management units or Marketing units or a
     combination as approved
HUMAN RESOURCE MANAGEMENT UNITS
2 of the following:
Human Resource
     Development [b]                       H2~L2   12.5%         BMA224
International Human Resource
     Management                            H1~L1   12.5%         BMA381
Contract of Employment                     H1~L1   12.5%         BMA241
a 12.5% (School of Management) Human Resources unit: students should
     contact their course coordinator for details.
MARKETING UNITS
Services Marketing                             H1  12.5%         BMA353
and 1 of the following:
Marketing Management                           H1  12.5%         BMA351
or other units as negotiated
Exercise and Sport Science Major
Advanced Physiology and
     Nutrition                                [na] 12.5%           ESP437
Special Topics in Human
     Movement 1                                 L1 12.5%           ESP402
Biomedical Science 1
     (Nutrition & Neurobiology)                 L1 12.5%          CRA385
Biochemistry 1                                  Lf   25%           KJC263
Motor Learning & Skill
     Development 2                            [na] 12.5%           ESP433
Special Topics in Human
     Movement 2                                 L2 12.5%           ESP403
AND 1 of the following:
Biomedical Science 2
     (Pharmacology &
     Pathophysiology)                           L2 12.5%          CRA386
Course details (2001)                                                      page 216



Human Molecular Biology                     L2      12.5%               CRA200
[a] students should use the level 200 enrolment code (eg BMA251)
[b] students should use the level 300 enrolment code (eg BMA324)


Note: elective units in years 3 and 4 will be offered subject to student
enrolment numbers.


       Bachelor of Human Movement with
                    Honours
(Abbreviation: BHM(Hons))

Course code: E4J

The honours program is an alternative final year of the Bachelor of Human
Movement course for selected students offered by the Faculty of Education at
Launceston.

Admission & prerequisites

Students in year three of the Bachelor of Human Movement course are able to
express their interest in undertaking the final year as an honours student. Such
students would have successfully completed all units in years 1 and 2 and have
attained a Grade Point Average (GPA) of at least 3.25 in their year 3 results. It
should be noted that the GPA may be altered at the Dean's discretion on advice
from the Head of School. Invitations are made by the Head of School of
Secondary and Post Compulsory Education to students in any specialisation of
the Bachelor of Human Movement.

Course objectives

The Bachelor of Human Movement (Honours) provides students with the
opportunity to develop the knowledge, skills and attitudes necessary to
conduct research in the diverse fields of human movement knowledge. This
course will also prepare students for future higher degree study.

Course structure

The honours year includes most facets of the Bachelor of Human Movement
course but makes provision for students to undertake the Research Seminar and
the Honours Seminar and Dissertation. Schedule A outlines the BHM year 4
program for each of the approved specialisations while Schedule B outlines the
BHM (Hons) program for these specialisations.
Course details (2001)                                                    page 217



Students from other universities with prerequisites acceptable to the Faculty
may be accepted as candidates for the Bachelor of Human Movement
(Honours) degree.

                                  Schedule B

Unit Title                          campus-sem     weight            code
Human Movement Pedagogy 3                       L1  12.5%          ESP410
Professional Experience 3                       L1  12.5%          ESP414
Research Seminar                                L1  12.5%          ESP460
AND 1 of the following:
Biomechanics                                    L1  12.5%          ESP301
Exercise Physiology                             L1  12.5%          ESP337
Event & Sport
     Marketing                                [na]  12.5%          ESP435
Health and Fitness Issues                       L1  12.5%          ESP411
or another unit as arranged and approved
Human Movement Pedagogy 4                       L2  12.5%          ESP420
Professional Experience 4                       L2  12.5%          ESP415
Honours Seminar and
     Dissertation                               L2    25%          ESP465
Specialisation: Sport Management
Event & Sport
     Marketing                                [na]  12.5%          ESP435
Research Seminar                                L1  12.5%          ESP460
Issues in Sport &
     Recreation Management                      L2  12.5%          ESP445
Professional Experience 4                       L2  12.5%          ESP415
Honours Seminar and
     Dissertation                               L2    25%          ESP465
either Human Resource Management units or Marketing units, or a
     combination as approved
Human Resource Management units
2 of the following:
Human Resource
     Development                           H2~L2    12.5%        BMA224
International Human Resource
     Management                            H1~L1    12.5%        BMA381
Contract of Employment                     H1~L1    12.5%        BMA241
a 12.5% (School of Management) Human Resources unit: students should
     contact their course coordinator for details.
Marketing units
Services Marketing                             H1   12.5%        BMA353
and 1 of the following:
Marketing Management                           H1   12.5%        BMA351
Specialisation: Exercise and Sport Science
Course details (2001)                                                      page 218



Advanced Physiology and
    Nutrition                                [na]      12.5%             ESP437
Research Seminar                               L1      12.5%             ESP460
Biomedical Science 1
    (Nutrition & Neurobiology)                 L1      12.5%            CRA385
Biochemistry 1                                 Lf        25%             KJC263
Motor Learning & Skill
    Development 2                            [na]      12.5%             ESP433
Honours Seminar and
    Dissertation                               L2        25%             ESP465



       Bachelor of Teaching – Preliminary
                    Studies
Note: this is a non-award course.

In special cases, the Faculty may accept a candidate for the Bachelor of Teaching
course who does not satisfy normal admission requirements but has
qualifications and relevant experience which it deems to be a suitable
preparation for admission to the course. In so doing, the Faculty will require the
candidate to undergo appropriate preliminary studies.

Preliminary studies is a one year full-time (part-time equivalent), non-award
bridging program consisting of 8 degree-level units each weighted at 12.5% or
equivalent. The units are tailored to the needs of individual candidates and will
require approval of the BTeach Admissions Committee.

Preliminary Studies is normally required only for those candidates wishing to
undertake the technology strand of the degree. The units suitable for such
studies may come from existing degree-level units within the Faculty of
Education or from other faculties and will allow for development of content
knowledge in some depth (provided any prerequisites can be satisfied) as well
as breadth. Furthermore the qualifying course may be structured in such a way
as to enable students to gain considerable credit toward another degree at a
later date and/or to build expertise in a second or third teaching area. Thus a
student with an existing broad content background who wishes to undertake
the technology specialisation may be advised or required to undertake
appropriate units, for example:

Course objectives



                        Schedule (Preliminary Studies )
Course details (2001)                                                    page 219




Unit Title                         campus-sem        weight              code
Applied Food Science                        L2        12.5%            EST113
Design and Technology 3                     Lf          25%            EST216
Design & Technology
     2                                        L2      12.5%            EST127
Human Nutrition 1                             L1      12.5%            EST214
Technology 3                                  L1      12.5%            EST213
Technology 4                                  L2      12.5%            EST221
Technology 5                                  Lf        25%            EST220
Technology 6                                  L2      12.5%            EST312
Technology 7                                [na]        15%            EST411
Technology 8                                [na]        15%            EST412
Textiles                                      L1      12.5%            EST203
Computing for Human
     Movement                                 L1      12.5%            KXA111
Introduction to
     Electronics                          L1~B1       12.5%             KJP131



                        Bachelor of Teaching
(Abbreviation: BTeach)

Course code: E3H

The Bachelor of Teaching is a 2-year postgraduate pre-service course taken after
the completion of a first degree. The course is intended to provide teaching
practice and skills to enable the beginning teacher to cope with the early years
of teaching and to lay a foundation for further professional development in
both theory and practice of education.

The Early Childhood and Primary stream is offered at the Launceston campus.
The Primary and Middle School stream is offered at the Hobart campus. The
Professional Studies units will be run in a flexible delivery mode. It is
anticipated that the Secondary specialisations will be taught as follows:

Hobart:

Art, English, Information Science, LOTE, Mathematics, Science and Studies of
Society and Environment (SOSE)

Launceston

Technology (MDT), Performing Arts (Drama and Music), and English.
Course details (2001)                                                      page 220



Admission & prerequisites

A first degree. Applicants who do not meet the normal admission requirements
may be required to undertake the Preliminary Studies which are described on
page xx.

Course objectives

The BTeach program prepares beginning teachers in all the appropriate major
areas of professional competence which have been identified by relevant
professional organisations. These include an understanding of, and ability to
practice teaching as an active, interactive process involving the mutual
construction of ideas, understandings, sensibilities and skills rather than the
mere transmission of information; an understanding of the content, conceptual
ordering and methods of inquiry of relevant subject areas; of how students
learn and develop with individual differences; of the relationship between
content knowledge and the process of teaching and the ability to plan and
manage the teaching and learning process in an effective, inclusive and
engaging manner; of alternative teaching practices in particular contexts with
particular kinds of content; and of students, their development, the contexts
that they live and learn in, including how teaching and learning outcomes are
embedded in, and structured by, a variety of broad cultural and social
processes.

The program enables beginning teachers to communicate, interact and work
with students of diverse abilities, interests and backgrounds and to engage
them actively in the learning process in an inclusive and non-discriminatory
manner.

Beginning teachers acquire an understanding of, and ability to use, alternative
assessment (monitoring, evaluating, reporting) procedures in different
pedagogical contexts; a commitment to interrogate reflectively and evaluate
their own particular conceptions of students, teaching, knowledge, the school
curriculum, learning and education and to alter their professional practices if
necessary after such reflection; a positive attitude to, and competency in the use
of information technology in education. They are enabled to undertake research
relevant to the improvement of professional practice and school effectiveness;
and to gain a developed notion of the character and justification of a liberal
democratic education and the normative expectations it imposes on teachers,
schools, administrators, governments and the public generally.

Career outcomes

The course is designed for those who wish to become teachers. However, there
is a range of other professional activities available to teacher graduates.

Course structure
Course details (2001)                                                             page 221




The course is structured as outlined in the following schedules A. Note: for
details of the units and the campuses on which they will be offered, please contact the
Faculty of Education office.

                        Schedule A (Early Childhood and Primary)

Unit Title                      campus-sem      weight                              code
Year 1
Professional Studies 1                 Hf~Lf       25%                          ESA102
Curriculum and Method Studies
Curriculum and Method Studies:
    Each Childhood and
    Primary Education (K–6)                Lf      50%                          ESA109
School Experience
The Practice of Teaching
    & School Experience
    1 – Observation                    Hf~Lf     12.5%                          ESA103
School Experience 2
    (ECE/Primary)                         L2     12.5%                          ESA142
Year 2
Professional Studies 2                 Hf~Lf25% (E4H 12.5%)                     ESA202
Curriculum and Method Studies
Curriculum and Method Studies:
    Early Childhood and
    Primary Education (K-6)                Lf      50%                          ESA209
School Experience
School Experience 3: Primary
    Education                         H1~L1      12.5%                          ESA253
School Experience 4:
    (Internship) (Primary)                H2     12.5%                          ESA254
                           Schedule A (Primary)

Year 1
Professional Studies 1    Hf~Lf 25% ESA102
Curriculum and Method Studies
Curriculum and Method Studies:
Primary Education Hf      50% ESA146
School Experience
The Practice of Teaching
& School Experience
1 – Observation     Hf~Lf 12.5% ESA103
School Experience 2
(Primary)    H2     12.5% ESA148
Year 2
Professional Studies 2    Hf~Lf 25% (E4H 12.5%)             ESA202
Curriculum and Method Studies
Course details (2001)                                         page 222



Curriculum and Method Studies:
Primary Education Hf      50% ESA252
School Experience
School Experience 3: Primary
Education H1~L1           12.5% ESA253
School Experience 4:
(Internship) (Primary)    H2    12.5% ESA254
                         Schedule A (Middle School)

Year 1
Professional Studies 1    Hf~Lf 25% ESA102
Curriculum and Method Studies
Curriculum and Method Studies:
Middle School       Hf    50% ESA145
School Experience
The Practice of Teaching
& School Experience
1 – Observation     Hf~Lf 12.5% ESA103
School Experience 2 (Middle
School)       H2    12.5% ESA147
Year 2
Professional Studies 2    Hf~Lf 25% (E4H 12.5%)     ESA202
Curriculum and Method Studies
Curriculum and Method Studies:
Middle School Education Hf      50% ESA246
School Experience
School Experience 3: Middle
School Education H1       12.5% ESA247
School Experience 4:
(Internship) (Middle)     H2    12.5% ESA248


                           Schedule A (Secondary)

Unit Title                           campus-sem     weight     code
Year 1
Professional Studies 1                      Hf~Lf     25%    ESA102
Curriculum and Method Studies
Single Method – (choose TWO of the following)
Curriculum and Method Studies:
    English Literacy A                      Hf~Lf     25%    ESA110
Curriculum and Method Studies:
    Information Technology
    A                                          Hf     25%    ESA111
Curriculum and Method Studies:
    Languages Other Than
    English (LOTE) A                           Hf     25%    ESA112
Course details (2001)                                                page 223



Curriculum and Method Studies:
    Mathematics A                                Hf          25%    ESA113
Curriculum and Method Studies:
    Science A                                    Hf          25%    ESA114
Curriculum and Method Studies:
    Society and
    Environment (SOSE) A                         Hf          25%    ESA115
Curriculum and Method Studies:
    Performing Arts: Drama                        Lf         50%    ESA116
Curriculum and Method Studies:
    Performing
    Arts – Music A                                Lf         25%    ESA117
Curriculum and Method Studies:
    Performing
    Arts – Music – Performance
    Practice A                                    Lf         25%    ESA118
Curriculum and Method Studies:
    Special Secondary A                      Hf~Lf           25%    ESA120
Curriculum and Method Studies:
    Technology Education A                        Lf         25%    ESA123
Double Method – (choose ONE of the following)
Curriculum and Method Studies:
    Art A                                        Hf          50%    ESA121
Curriculum and Method Studies:
    Technology Education A                        Lf         50%    ESA122
School Experience
The Practice of Teaching
    & School Experience
    1 – Observation                          Hf~Lf         12.5%    ESA103
School Experience 2
    (Secondary)                             H2~L2          12.5%    ESA132
Year 2
Professional Studies 2                       Hf~Lf25% (E4H 12.5%)   ESA202
Curriculum and Method Studies
Single Method – (continue with same disciplines as for Year 1)
Curriculum and Method Studies:
    English Literacy B                       Hf~Lf           25%    ESA210
Curriculum and Method Studies:
    Information Technology
    B                                            Hf          25%    ESA211
Curriculum and Method Studies:
    Languages Other Than
    English (LOTE) B                             Hf          25%    ESA212
Curriculum and Method Studies:
    Mathematics B                                Hf          25%    ESA213
Curriculum and Method Studies:
    Science B                                    Hf          25%    ESA214
Course details (2001)                                                      page 224



Curriculum and Method Studies:
    Society and
    Environment (SOSE) B                       Hf        25%             ESA215
Curriculum and Method Studies:
    Performing Arts:
    Drama B                                    Lf        50%             ESA216
Curriculum and Method Studies:
    Performing
    Arts – Music B                             Lf        25%             ESA217
Curriculum and Method Studies:
    Performing
    Arts – Music – Performance
    Practice B                                 Lf        25%             ESA218
Curriculum and Method Studies:
    Special Secondary B                     Hf~Lf        25%             ESA220
Curriculum and Method Studies:
    Technology Education B                     Lf        25%             ESA223
Double Method – (choose ONE of the following)
Curriculum and Method Studies:
    Art B                                      Hf        50%             ESA221
Curriculum and Method Studies:
    Technology Education B                     Lf        50%             ESA222
School Experience
School Experience 3:
    Secondary                              H1~L1       12.5%             ESA231
School Experience 4:
    (Internship) (Sec)                     H2~L2       12.5%             ESA232


      Bachelor of Teaching with Honours
(Abbreviation: BTeach(Hons))

Course code: E4H

The honours program is an alternative final year of the Bachelor of Teaching
course for selected students.

Candidates for the degree of Bachelor of Teaching with honours shall be
qualified for entry by attaining a Grade Point Average (GPA) of at least 4.0 on
their course work year-one results (excluding School Experience) in the
Bachelor of Teaching course as well as having demonstrated high proficiency in
teaching practice.

Candidates for the degree shall complete the requirements in no fewer than two
years of full-time study (or its equivalent) and not more than six years, from the
time of first enrolment.
Course details (2001)                                                    page 225




Course objectives



Career outcomes

The course is designed for those who wish to become teachers. However, there
is a range of other professional activities available to teacher graduates. An
honours degree also leads to opportunities in research.

Course structure

The candidate shall successfully complete all units prescribed for the Bachelor
of Teaching, as outlined in the schedule accompanying the specifications for the
Bachelor of Teaching. In addition, the candidate shall complete all of the units
shown in Schedule B. Candidates are required to present a dissertation in the
prescribed form.

Bachelor of Teaching with Honours (Early Childhood & Primary)

Year 1 as for Bachelor of Teaching (Early Childhood & Primary). Students
undertake the units listed in Schedule B which includes the Honours
component in Year 2.

Bachelor of Teaching with Honours (Middle)

Year 1 as for Bachelor of Teaching (Middle). Students undertake the units listed
in Schedule B which includes the Honours component in Year 2.

Bachelor of Teaching with Honours (Secondary)

Year 1 as for Bachelor of Teaching (Secondary). Students undertake the units
listed in Schedule B which includes the honours component in Year 2.

                                  Schedule B

Unit Title                          campus-sem      weight              code
Year 1
Early Childhood & Primary as for Year 1 of BTeach (Early Childhood &
    Primary) Schedule A
Secondary as for Year 1 of BTeach (Secondary) Schedule A
Year 2
Early Childhood & Primary as for Year 2 of BTeach (Early Childhood &
    Primary) Schedule A, plus the Honours units as listed below
Primary as for Year 2 of BTeach (Primary) Schedule A, plus the Honours units
    as listed below
Course details (2001)                                                    page 226



Middle School as for Year 2 of BTeach (Middle School) Schedule A, plus the
    Honours units as listed below
Secondary as for Year 2 of BTeach (Secondary) Schedule A, plus the Honours
    units as listed below

Professional Studies 2                 Hf~Lf25% (E4H 12.5%)            ESA202
Curriculum and Method 2                Hf~Lf     37.5%                 ESA240
Either ESA235 or ESA245 or ESA251 or ESA258
School Experience 3 & 4:
    (Internship) (Sec)                 Hf~Lf     12.5%                 ESA235
School Experience 3 & 4:
    (Internship)
    (ECE/Prim)                         Hf~Lf     12.5%                 ESA245
School Experience 3 & 4:
    (Internship) (Middle)                 Hf     12.5%                 ESA251
School Experience 3 & 4:
    (Internship) (Primary)                Hf     12.5%                 ESA258
Honours Seminar                       H1~L1         0%                 ESA280
Honours Dissertation                   Hf~Lf     37.5%                 ESA281



         Graduate Certificate of Education
(Abbreviation: GradCertEd)

Course code: E5E

Graduate Certificate of Education

Master of Education

Master of Education (Honours)

The three courses are designed to allow students to build on their studies
ultimately to reach the level of award they desire. All Graduate Certificate
units are approved at a post graduate level and may be used toward gaining a
Master of Education award.

It is possible to earn a Graduate Certificate by successfully completing four of
the units in the approved schedule of units offered from the general schedule or
to select four required units in one of the specialisations listed after the
schedule.

Specialisations are available in Counselling and Development, Community
Education, On-Line Learning, Inclusive Education, TESOL, LOTE, Classroom
Management, Studies in Asia for Teachers and Mathematics Education.
Course details (2001)                                                   page 227




There are various pathways available to complete the Master of Education
award. Please refer to the chart below for details. Students complete the
Master of Education award entirely by coursework.

Course structure

<gif>pgEd.GIF<fig>

General structure and relationship of Postgraduate Coursework Awards in
Education:

       Minimum Maximum
             (Consecutive years)
Graduate Certificate of Education
4 x 12.5% units    6 months      18 months
Master of Education
8x12.5% units      1 year 3 years
Master of Education (Honours)
2x25% units 18 months 6 years

<tbz>

Articulation

Full credit may be gained toward the Master of Education for work completed
while enrolled in the Graduate Certificate. Full credit may be gained towards
the Master of Education (Honours) for work completed in the Master of
Education. Note: Entry is dependent on the average of a credit at the Master of
Education level.

Self Paced Flexible Delivery

Candidates are advised that a number of postgraduate coursework units are
being developed into self-paced flexible delivery formats (print based and
website) and details are available from the Assistant Head of School:
postgraduate coursework, ph (03) 6324 3312.

There may be restrictions on the availability of some units. These are noted on
the schedule of units. It should also be noted that special application must be
made for entry into the Counselling and Development specialisation at all
levels. Note: There will be no new intake into Counselling and Development
in 2001 as the specialisation is under review in 2000.

                   GradCertEd, GradDipEd, MEd schedule of units

NOTE: For schedules of specialisations, see next
Course details (2001)                                             page 228




Unit Title campus-sem       weight    specialisation          code
Contemporary Educational
Issues A Lp123~Hp123~Dp123            12.5%         ESG700
Contemporary Educational
Issues (B) L/1&/2&f~OsL3&~H/1&/2&//3&~D/1&/2&//3              12.5%
            ESG701
Research Methods A                    12.5%         ESG702
Research Methods B                    12.5%         ESG703
Dissertation Part A                   12.5%         ESG704
Dissertation Part B                   12.5%         ESG705
Dissertation                L~H~D     25%           ESG706
Teaching Studies A                    12.5%         ESG707
Teaching Studies B                    12.5%         ESG708
Understanding and Promoting
Young Children's Social
and Emotional Learning
in K–2 A L3/1/2             12.5%     ESG709
Understanding and Promoting
Young Children's Social
and Emotional Learning
in K-2 B L3/1/2             12.5%     ESG710
Statistics Education – Data
Handling                    12.5%     ESG711
Statistics Education – Data
Reduction and Chance        D         12.5%         ESG712
Statistics Education
–Inference and Advanced Topics        D             12.5%     ESG713
Current Issues in Second
Language Learning           [k]       L3/1/2~H3/1/2~D3/1/2 12.5%
            ESG714
Aspects of Linguistics      L3/1/2~H3/1/2~D3/1/2 12.5%        ESG715
Language, Culture and
Society     [k]             L3/1/2~H3/1/2~D3/1/2 12.5%        ESG716
Teaching English as a
Second/Foreign Language               [k]           L3/1/2~H3/1/2~D3/1/2
            12.5%           ESG717
Curriculum and syllabus in
TESOL       L3/1/2~H3/1/2~D3/1/2 12.5%              ESG718
Curriculum issues in
TESOL       L3/1/2~H3/1/2~D3/1/2 12.5%              ESG719
Special Project in TESOL L3/1/2~H3/1/2~D3/1/2 12.5%           ESG720
Language and
Communication               [k]       L3/1/2~H3/1/2~D3/1/2 12.5%
            ESG721
Course details (2001)                                      page 229



Language Learning for Specific
Purposes L3/1/2~H3/1/2~D3/1/2    12.5%    ESG722
Numeracy and the Mathematics
Curriculum A             [na]    12.5%    ESG723
Numeracy and the Mathematics
Curriculum B             [na]    12.5%    ESG724
Diagnosis and Intervention in
Mathematics A            [f]     L3/2     12.5%    ESG725
Diagnosis and Intervention in
Mathematics B            [f]     L3/2     12.5%    ESG726
Issues in Mathematics
Education A              [f]     L3/1/2   12.5%    ESG727
Issues in Mathematics
Education B              [f]     L3/1/2   12.5%    ESG728
Thinking and Working
Mathematically A         [na]    12.5%    ESG729
Thinking and Working
Mathematically B         [na]    12.5%    ESG730
Comparative Curriculum A         [l]      C3       12.5%
           ESG731
Comparative Curriculum B         [l]      C3       12.5%
           ESG732
Professional In-Country
Development: LOTE – Part A       [l]      C3       12.5%
           ESG733
Professional In-Country
Development: LOTE – Part B       [l]      C3       12.5%
           ESG734
Language Other Than
English A C3             12.5%   ESG735
Language Other Than
English B C3             12.5%   ESG736
New Directions in Art
Education 1 A            [o]     L3       12.5%    ESG737
New Directions in Art
Education 1 B            [o]     L1       12.5%    ESG738
New Directions in Art
Education 2 A            [o]     [na]     12.5%    ESG739
New Directions in Art
Education 2 B            [o]     [na]     12.5%    ESG740
Reason, Truth and Knowledge
A          [g]           [na]    12.5%    ESG741
Reason, Truth and Knowledge
B          [g]           [na]    12.5%    ESG742
What Is a Person? A      [g]     [na]     12.5%    ESG743
What Is a Person? B      [g]     [na]     12.5%    ESG744
Course details (2001)                                           page 230



Teaching Asia              D3/1/2   12.5%     ESG745
Asia in the Curriculum     [e]      D3/1/2    12.5%     ESG746
Education Project          [e]      H0/3/1/2~L0/3/1/2~D3/1/2 12.5%
           ESG747
Education Project 1                 25%       ESG748
Community Education &
Learning A                 [n]      [na]      12.5%     ESG749
Community Education &
Learning B                 [n]      L3/1      12.5%     ESG750
Community Development A             [n]       [na]      12.5%
           ESG751
Community Development B             [n]       [na]      12.5%
           ESG752
The Pedagogy of On-Line
Learning A                 [m]      L3/1      12.5%     ESG753
The Pedagogy of On-Line
Learning B                 [m]      L3/1      12.5%     ESG754
Creating an On-Line Teaching
Course A [m]               L3/2     12.5%     ESG755
Creating an On-Line Teaching
Course B [m]               L3/2     12.5%     ESG756
Difference, disability and
diversity A                [h]      H1~D1     12.5%     ESG757
Difference, disability and
diversity B                [h]      H1~D1     12.5%     ESG758
Inclusive curriculum
leadership A               [h]      H3~D3     12.5%     ESG759
Inclusive curriculum
leadership B               [h]      H3~D3     12.5%     ESG760
Classroom management: theory
and practice A             [j]      H2~D2     12.5%     ESG761
Classroom management: theory
and practice B             [j]      H2~D2     12.5%     ESG762
Challenging behaviours and
curriculum practices A     [j]      H2~D2     12.5%     ESG763
Challenging behaviours and
curriculum practices B     [j]      H~D       12.5%     ESG764
Curriculum Issues in Arts
Education 1 A              [d]      L3/1/2    12.5%     ESG765
Curriculum Issues in Arts
Education 1 B              [d]      L3/1/2    12.5%     ESG766
Curriculum Issues in Arts
Education 2 A              [d]      L3/1/2    12.5%     ESG767
Curriculum Issues in Arts
Education 2 B              [d]      L3/1/2    12.5%     ESG768
Drama in Education 1 A [d]          L3/1/2    12.5%     ESG769
Course details (2001)                                            page 231



Drama in Education 1 B [d]           L3/1/2     12.5%    ESG770
Drama in Education 2 A [d]           L3/1/2     12.5%    ESG771
Drama in Education 2 B [d]           L3/1/2     12.5%    ESG772
Reflections in Music Education
A          [d]             L3/1/2    12.5%      ESG773
Reflections in Music Education
B          [d]             L3/1/2    12.5%      ESG774
Language and Literacy in
Education A                H2~D2     12.5%      ESG775
Language and Literacy in
Education B                [na]      12.5%      ESG776
Literature for Children    [na]      12.5%      ESG777
Language, Gender and
Communication in Education           [i]        [na]     12.5%
           ESG778
Literature, Gender and
Education [i]              [na]      12.5%      ESG779
Education of Women and
Girls      [i]             [na]      12.5%      ESG780
Education and Womenís
Careers [i]                H2~D2     12.5%      ESG781
Special Study 1            L3/1/2~H3/1/2~D3/1/2 25%      ESG782
Effective Implementation
A          [b]             L3        12.5%      ESG783
Effective Implementation
B          [b]             L3        12.5%      ESG784
Leadership and
Supervision                [b]       L3         12.5%    ESG785
Educational
Administration             [b]       L3         12.5%    ESG786
Tertiary Teaching A        [c]       L3/1/4     12.5%    ESG787
Tertiary Teaching B        [c]       L3/1/4     12.5%    ESG788
Adult Learning             [c]       L1/2       12.5%    ESG789
Special Topic: Translating
Value into Practice        [c]                           ESG790
Professional In-Country
Experience: SOSE           C3        12.5%      ESG791
Introduction to Counselling
Skills     [cd]            /3/1/4    16.67%     ESN721
Special Project in Counselling
and Development            [cd]      1          16.67%   ESN782
Family Counselling         [cd]      f          16.67%   ESN783
Adolescent Counselling [cd]          2          16.67%   ESN784
Approaches in Counselling
Research and Assessment [me]         H1~L1      16.67%   ESN770
Course details (2001)                                              page 232



Supervised Practicum in
Counselling             [me]           /1/2          16.67%   ESN793
Professional Seminar in
Counselling             [me]           2             16.67%   ESN794


       Graduate Certificate of Education Specialisations Code numbers

(A) General Schedule

No specific specialisation

Choose any three non-restricted units in schedule.

Unit Title                         campus-sem        weight         code
(B) Educational Administration
Effective Implementation
     A                                        L3     12.5%        ESG783
Effective Implementation
     B                                        L3     12.5%        ESG784
Leadership and
     Supervision                              L3     12.5%        ESG785
Educational
     Administration                           L3     12.5%        ESG786


Unit Title                         campus-sem        weight         code
(C) Tertiary Teaching
Tertiary Teaching A                     L3/1/4       12.5%        ESG787
Tertiary Teaching B                     L3/1/4       12.5%        ESG788
Adult Learning                            L1/2       12.5%        ESG789
Special Topic: Translating
     Value into Practice                   L1/2      12.5%        ESG790


Unit Title                         campus-sem        weight         code
(D) Arts Education
Curriculum Issues in Arts
    Education 1 A                       L3/1/2       12.5%        ESG765
Curriculum Issues in Arts
    Education 1 B                       L3/1/2       12.5%        ESG766
and two of the following:
Curriculum Issues in Arts
    Education 2 A                       L3/1/2       12.5%        ESG767
Curriculum Issues in Arts
    Education 2 B                       L3/1/2       12.5%        ESG768
Drama in Education 1 A                  L3/1/2       12.5%        ESG769
Course details (2001)                                                    page 233



Drama in Education 1 B                   L3/1/2       12.5%            ESG770
Drama in Education 2 A                   L3/1/2       12.5%            ESG771


Unit Title                            campus-sem       weight             code
(E) Studies in Asia for Teachers
Asia in the Curriculum                     D3/1/2       12.5%           ESG746
Teaching Asia                              D3/1/2       12.5%           ESG745
For details of the other two units, please contact Dr Mary Fearnley-Sandcer (ph)
     03 6226 2557.


Unit Title                         campus-sem        weight               code
(F) Mathematics Education
Diagnosis and Intervention in
     Mathematics A                         L3/2       12.5%            ESG725
Diagnosis and Intervention in
     Mathematics B                         L3/2       12.5%            ESG726
Issues in Mathematics
     Education A                         L3/1/2       12.5%            ESG727
Issues in Mathematics
     Education B                         L3/1/2       12.5%            ESG728


Unit Title                         campus-sem        weight               code
(G) Philosophy in Education
Not offered in 2001
Reason, Truth and Knowledge
    A                                       [na]      12.5%            ESG741
Reason, Truth and Knowledge
    B                                       [na]      12.5%            ESG742
What Is a Person? A                         [na]      12.5%            ESG743
What Is a Person? B                         [na]      12.5%            ESG744


Unit Title                         campus-sem        weight               code
(H) Inclusive Education
Difference, disability and
     diversity A                         H1~D1        12.5%            ESG757
Difference, disability and
     diversity B                         H1~D1        12.5%            ESG758
Inclusive curriculum
     leadership A                        H3~D3        12.5%            ESG759
Inclusive curriculum
     leadership B                        H3~D3        12.5%            ESG760
Course details (2001)                                               page 234



Unit Title                      campus-sem      weight               code
(I) Gender Issues
Language, Gender and
     Communication in Education        [na]      12.5%             ESG778
Literature, Gender and
     Education                         [na]      12.5%             ESG779
Education of Women and
     Girls                             [na]      12.5%             ESG780
Education and Women's
     Careers                        H2~D2        12.5%             ESG781


Unit Title                       campus-sem     weight               code
(J) Classroom Management
Classroom management: theory
     and practice A                   H2~D2      12.5%             ESG761
Classroom management: theory
     and practice B                   H2~D2      12.5%             ESG762
Challenging behaviours and
     curriculum practices A           H2~D2      12.5%             ESG763
Challenging behaviours and
     curriculum practices B             H~D      12.5%             ESG764


Unit Title                      campus-sem       weight              code
(K) TESL/TEFL (Teaching English as a Second or Foreign Language)
Current Issues in Second
    Language LearningL3/1/2~H3/1/2~D3/1/2         12.5%            ESG714
Language, Culture and
    Society           L3/1/2~H3/1/2~D3/1/2        12.5%            ESG716
Teaching English as a
    Second/Foreign LanguageL3/1/2~H3/1/2~D3/1/212.5%               ESG717
Language and
    Communication L3/1/2~H3/1/2~D3/1/2            12.5%            ESG721


Unit Title                         campus-sem   weight               code
(L) Cross-Cultural Educational Issues
Comparative Curriculum A                   C3    12.5%             ESG731
Comparative Curriculum B                   C3    12.5%             ESG732
Professional In-Country
     Development: LOTE – Part A            C3    12.5%             ESG733
Professional In-Country
     Development: LOTE – Part B            C3    12.5%             ESG734


Unit Title                       campus-sem     weight               code
Course details (2001)                                                          page 235



(M) On-Line Learning
The Pedagogy of On-Line
    Learning A                                   L3/1      12.5%              ESG753
The Pedagogy of On-Line
    Learning B                                   L3/1      12.5%              ESG754
Creating an On-Line Teaching
    Course A                                     L3/2      12.5%              ESG755
Creating an On-Line Teaching
    Course B                                     L3/2      12.5%              ESG756


Unit Title                                campus-sem      weight                 code
(N) Community Education
Community Education &
    Learning A                                    [na]     12.5%              ESG749
Community Education &
    Learning B                                   L3/1      12.5%              ESG750
Community Development A                           [na]     12.5%              ESG751
Community Development B                           [na]     12.5%              ESG752


Unit Title                                campus-sem      weight                 code
(O) Art Education
New Directions in Art
    Education 1 A                                  L3      12.5%              ESG737
New Directions in Art
    Education 1 B                                  L1      12.5%              ESG738
New Directions in Art
    Education 2 A                                 [na]     12.5%              ESG739
New Directions in Art
    Education 2 B                                 [na]     12.5%              ESG740


                        Graduate Certificate and Master of Education

The following tables should be used with reference to the Grad Cert Schedules

Note: There will be no new intake in 2001 as the structure and content of this program
is under review. Continuing students in this program will need to enrol in the
appropriate ESN units listed below.

Unit Title                     campus-sem                 weight                 code
<cd>Counselling and Development
Introduction to Counselling
     Skills                        /3/1/4                 16.67%             ESN721
Special Project in Counselling
     and Development                    1                 16.67%             ESN782
Course details (2001)                                                     page 236



Family Counselling                              f     16.67%            ESN783
Adolescent Counselling                          2     16.67%            ESN784


Unit Title                      campus-sem            weight                code
<me>For the Master of Education
Approaches in Counselling
    Research and Assessment         H1~L1             16.67%            ESN770
Supervised Practicum in
    Counselling                       /1/2            16.67%            ESN793
Professional Seminar in
    Counselling                          2            16.67%            ESN794



                        Master of Education
(Abbreviation: MEd)

Course code: E7E

The degree of Master of Education by coursework or by research is available
from Launceston and Hobart campuses. The following information is for the
Master of Education by coursework.

Admission & prerequisites

This degree course is available to graduates in Education or graduates in other
disciplines with a Diploma of Education or Bachelor of Teaching, or to those
holding equivalent qualifications. The University requires applicants for
admission to the Master of Education degree to have four-year teacher training
(ie either Bachelor of Education or an undergraduate degree plus Bachelor of
Teaching) or qualifications deemed to be equivalent and at least two years
experience in teaching or training.

Course objectives

The degree is intended to enable competent, experienced professionals to
broaden, deepen, update and integrate knowledge of their specialised area of
interest and expertise. Both the coursework and written assignments or
projects undertaken by the student should thus reflect this specialisation. For
this reason there is a wide variety of course work units available, with general
areas of specialisation ranging from Administration to Curriculum Design,
from Inclusive Education to Arts in Education, from Teaching English as a
Second Language to Adult Learning and University Teaching, from On-line
learning to LOTE.
Course details (2001)                                                     page 237



Career outcomes

The Master of Education has international standing and is seen as a prestigious
qualification for educators who wish to become leaders in their chosen fields.

Course structure

The coursework units and/or research projects which will make up the course
of study of an individual are determined by the candidate in consultation with
the Assistant Head of School.

The requirements to complete the Master of Education is met through all
coursework. Master of Education requires completion of Research Methods. A
number of units are available in a self-paced, flexible delivered mode.
Completion of these 2 programs can lead to entry in PhD and EdD.

Master of Education study amounts to two semesters of full time work.
However, not all of this time needs to be spent in Tasmania. Arrangements
can be flexible. The course is offered in the two normal semesters (late
February to early June, and mid July to end October) and also in our Summer
School (January).

Many units do not require attendance and applicants are advised to contact the
Assistant Head of School for specific details.

The attendance requirements can also be completed by intensive study in
Tasmania either from January to early June in one year, or from mid July one
year to the end of January in the next. For interstate or overseas students the
dissertation/project can be completed in the candidate's own state/country and
consultation about it and assessment of it conducted at a distance.

Education Summer Schools

The Summer School has proven a most successful way for students to attend
our master degree programs. It has attracted candidates from all over
Australia, and overseas.

The Summer School runs for two weeks normally in January and classes are
held six days a week from early morning into the evening. The School is
staffed by experts from the Faculty's staff and by visiting professors who are
international leaders in their fields of expertise.

Articulation

Candidates who possess components of post graduate studies of comparable
quality can present these for consideration by the Faculty for advanced
standing.
Course details (2001)                                                     page 238




International Students

The Faculty encourages international student enrolment in both undergraduate
and post graduate degree courses. Staff within the Faculty have gained
considerable experience in teaching and supervising students from many
international countries including Malaysia, China, Thailand and Indonesia.


             Master of Education (Honours)
(Abbreviation: MEd(Hons))

Course code: E7D

The Master of Education (Honours) (1.5 years minimum to 6 years maximum)
is for students who have completed the Master of Education. The course
requires a mimimum half a year of study in addition to the minimum of one
year spent on the Master of Education.

Admission & prerequisites

Students will need to have attained a credit or better in the Master of Education
before being allowed to apply for entry into the Honours Program.

Course objectives

For those students who wish to pursue a higher degree by research, this
honours program provides a sound basis for future study.

Those students gaining a first class honours degree or an upper second award
are eligible to apply for entry into a doctoral program.

Career outcomes

For those students wishing to pursue a higher degree by research, the Honours
program will provide a sound basis for future study. Those students gaining a
first class honours degree or an upper level second award are eligible to apply
for entry to a doctoral program.

Course structure

The course structure is summarised in the MEd(Hons) schedule of units.

                         MEd(Hons) Schedule of Units

Unit Title                          campus-sem        weight               code
Course details (2001)                                                       page 239



Research Methods A                                       12.5%             ESG702
Research Methods B                                       12.5%             ESG703
Dissertation                              L~H~D            25%             ESG706
OR
Dissertation Part A                       L~H~D          12.5%             ESG704
Dissertation Part B                       L~H~D          12.5%             ESG705



             Graduate Certificate of Human
                      Movement
              Graduate Diploma of Human
                      Movement
              Master of Human Movement
The graduate program in Human Movement is planned to meet the needs of
practising Health and Physical Education teachers, sport scientists, health and
fitness professionals, coaches and community recreation specialists for
advanced academic qualification. The program comprises four specialty areas:
Health and Physical Education Teaching (Pedagogy), Outdoor Education,
Exercise and Sport Science and Exercise and Wellness.

The Graduate Certificate, Graduate Diploma of Human Movement and Master
of Human Movement are structured into a progressive sequence allowing for a
completion of each course before, if desired, enrolment into a subsequent level.
All Graduate Certificate and Graduate Diploma units are approved at the
postgraduate level and may be used towards the Master of Human Movement.

It is possible to complete the first level of postgraduate qualification, a Graduate
Certificate, by completing one unit from the core sequence and two units from
one of the specialty areas as listed after the schedule. Students who wish to
obtain a Graduate Diploma in Human Movement must successfully complete
three units from the core sequence and three units from their specialty area.

Course objectives

The Master of Human Movement was constructed to allow students the choice
of a variety of pathways. First option permits students to combine two
Graduate Certificates with additional three units from any specialization area
listed below. The second alternative provides opportunity for adding three
units from any specialization to the Graduate Diploma. Thirdly, it is possible
to successfully complete the Master of Human Movement by obtaining credit
for nine units from prescribed coursework with four of these being core units.
Course details (2001)                                                     page 240



There may be restrictions on the availability of some units. These are noted on
the schedule of units.

Course structure

General structure and relationship of Postgraduate Coursework Awards in
Human Movement

       Minimum Maximum
              (Consecutive years)
Graduate Certificate of Human Movement
3x16.67% units
(including one unit from the core)       0.5yrs 3 yrs
Graduate Diploma of Human Movement
6x16.67% units
(including 3 units from the core) 1 yr 4 yrs
Master of Human Movement
2 Graduate Certificates plus 3 units or
1 Graduate Diploma plus 3 units or
9x16.67% coursework units         1.5yrs 6yrs

<tbz>


             Graduate Certificate of Human
                      Movement
(Abbreviation: GradCertHM)

Course code: E5J

The Graduate Certificate of Human Movement is a one-semester full-time
course offered primarily to Human Movement Graduates who hold a minimum
3-year qualification or equivalent status or other individuals working in related
fields who hold equivalent status.

Course objectives



Course structure

See Master of Human Movement for specialisations and schedule


 Graduate Diploma of Human Movement
Course details (2001)                                                      page 241



(Abbreviation: GradDipHM)

Course code: E6J

The Graduate Diploma of Human Movement is 1-year full-time course offered
primarily to Human Movement Graduates who hold a minimum 3-year
qualification or equivalent status or other individuals working in related fields
who hold equivalent status.

Course objectives



Course structure

See Master of Human Movement for specialisations and schedule


                Master of Human Movement
(Abbreviation: MHM)

Course code: E7J

The Master of Human Movement is a 1.5-year full-time course offered primarily
to Human Movement Graduates who hold a minimum 3-year qualification or
equivalent status or other individuals working in related fields who hold
equivalent status.

Course objectives



Specialisations:

Health and Physical Education Teaching

Prepares individuals to provide leadership in instructional design and
curriculum development in traditional Health and Physical Education settings
and also in the Health Enhancement paradigm.

Outdoor Education

This specialisation focuses on knowledge and skills necessary for a harmonious
interaction between the mankind and environment. It takes a full advantage of
unique Tasmanian ecology and immense opportunities for lifetime sports and
outdoor adventure.
Course details (2001)                                                     page 242


Exercise and Sport Science

This specialisation is structured to investigate, analyse and apply scientific
knowledge, particularly in Exercise Physiology, Biomechanics, Nutrition and
Sport Psychology, to apparently healthy population in order to increase athletic
performance

Exercise and Wellness

The program is designed around the components of health-related fitness and
their impact on human health. Emphasis is given to analysis and applications
of behavioural modification strategies to confront the problem of sedentary
lifestyles, smoking and obesity from the epidemiological and behavioural
perspectives.

                  GradCertHM, GradDipHM, MHM schedule of units

Listed below is the schedule of postgraduate units. It is expected that units
will be offered subject to sufficient enrolment numbers and available staff.

Unit Title                          campus-sem        weight               code
Research and Investigation in
     Human Movement                           L3      16.67%            ESP700
Behavioural Health and
     Fitness                                 [na]     16.67%            ESP701
Exercise Metabolism                          [na]     16.67%            ESP702
Human Movement Graduate
     Seminar                                L1/2      16.67%            ESP703
Instructional Design in Health
     and Physical Education                 L1/2      16.67%            ESP704
Health Enhancement
     Curriculum                             L1/2      16.67%            ESP705
Learning Motor Skills                       L1/2      16.67%            ESP706
Advanced Studies in Sport
     Performance                             [na]     16.67%            ESP707
Nutrition and Performance                    [na]     16.67%            ESP708
Exercise Adherence                           [na]     16.67%            ESP709
Health, Fitness and
     Lifestyle                               [na]     16.67%            ESP710
Risk Analysis and
     Management                               L3      16.67%            ESP711
Environmental
     Interpretation                          [na]     16.67%            ESP712
Outdoor Pursuits – Land
     Based and Water Based                    L3      16.67%            ESP713
Special Topics in Human
     Movement 1                          L3/1/2       16.67%            ESP714
Course details (2001)                                                      page 243



Special Topics in Human
    Movement 2                              [na]     16.67%               ESP715



   Professional Doctorate in Education –
                Launceston
(Abbreviation: EdD)

Course code: E9Z

The Professional Doctorate in Education will normally be three years full time
or five years part time. The maximum periods of candidature will normally be
four years full time or eight years part time.

In appropriate circumstances, and following recommendations by the
candidate's supervisor, the EdD Program Committee may consider an
application for extension of the time by which the dissertation must be
submitted. This extension will normally be no longer than one year.

It will be possible for candidates to complete the coursework components as
full-time candidates in four semesters, and then complete the EdD dissertation
as part-time candidates. This will be particularly attractive to interstate and
overseas students.

Delivery modes will include an appropriate mix of weekend schools, block
release periods, summer schools and winter schools to meet the 45 contact hour
requirements per unit per semester.

Admission & prerequisites

Normally, applicants may be considered eligible for admission to the award if
they have been admitted to an appropriate master degree by research or course
work offered by the University of Tasmania, or a degree deemed to be
equivalent.

A coursework master or master with honours degree in education will be
accepted as eligible for admission providing applicants have completed
successfully at least one research methodology unit at master degree level and
can demonstrate, through documented evidence and by interview, a
commitment and potential capacity to meet the research requirements of the
program.
Course details (2001)                                                      page 244



Applicants who possess such other qualifications and professional experience
deemed by the EdD Program Committee to provide a preparation for study
equivalent to that indicated above may be accepted into the award.

In addition, applicants normally will be required to possess at least two years of
appropriate professional experience.

Course objectives

The EdD will serve the needs of professionals in the field of education who
wish to undertake doctoral level study so as to improve the quality of their
services as educators and leaders, and to expand their theoretical
understanding of educational practice.

The course will provide predominantly course based study at the doctoral level.
The focus will be on the systematic review of educational research in relevant
areas of professional practice and the improvement of professional practice in
education. The course includes an original research component accounting for
one-third of the program.

This professional doctorate will be distinguished from other similar courses by:

(a)    targeted assignments within generic areas to help candidates pursue their
       own interests;
(b)    the extensive use of practical and problem based learning;
(c)    a direct relationship with the leading research programs of the Education
       Faculty; and
(d)    flexible delivery modes attractive to part-time, full-time and overseas
       students.

Career outcomes

The course is designed for mid-career educators who wish to prepare for a
major leadership role in the field of education. Successful completion of the
doctorate provides graduates with a substantial theoretical and practical
background that should enhance promotional opportunities within the
educational arena.

Course structure

The program will have two stages. Stage 1 will require satisfactory completion
of eight approved units in Education of semester (or equivalent) length and a
comprehensive examination. The units are:

1      The Political Economy of Education in International Perspective
2      Learning and Development: Practices and Theories
3      Intellectual Foundations of Education
Course details (2001)                                                      page 245



4      Research Methods
5      Curriculum and Assessment
6      Governance and Leadership
7      Teaching and Assessment
8      Educational Policy and Professional Practice

The eight coursework units encompass the principal foundational and applied
areas of professional practice in education. They are simultaneously the basis
for understanding and appraising critically the present educational processes
and practices and developing informed and effective reforms.

Stage 2 will require a research project in an applied area of education, the
defence of a research proposal, and the preparation of a dissertation consisting
of approximately 40,000 words.

The program structure is contained in Schedule A. Part-time study as well as
full-time study are options. The detailed content of the units is provided in the
appropriate section of this handbook.

Candidates wishing to pursue specialised study in particular areas of the
National Curriculum will have an opportunity to do so within the various
units.

The distribution of assignment totals yields a 67:33 ratio for coursework to
research dissertation.

Students may be permitted to take an elective unit which will substitute for one
of the following units: Curriculum and Assessment, Teaching and Assessment,
School Governance and Leadership, or Educational Policy and Professional
Practice. Substitute units may be selected from master degree programs across
the University, subject to the approval of the EdD Program Committee.

Articulation

On the grounds of demonstrated equivalence to a prescribed unit(s), and on the
recommendation of a unit coordinator(s), an applicant may be granted
exemption from a coursework unit(s), providing that:

(a)    the unit(s) has been completed successfully in an EdD Program at a
       recognised university elsewhere;
(b)    the unit(s) has not been counted towards the award of any degree
       elsewhere; and
(c)    that exemptions do not total more than one third of the requirements of
       the EdD.

Administration and location of the course
Course details (2001)                                                     page 246



The course will be administered and taught as a cross-campus program.

The course will be administered by a subcommittee of the Faculty of
Education – the EdD Program Committee, which will take responsibility for
ensuring that appropriate resources and facilities such as library, class
materials, research laboratories, computing etc. are available to candidates on a
cross-campus basis. An academic supervisor will be appointed to each EdD
candidate.

Teaching and supervision

Extensive but not sole use will be made of problem-based learning to teach the
eight units. Problem-based learning has been a developing feature of teaching
in the Faculty of Education for some time. Problem-based learning is an
instructional strategy with two variants; problem-stimulated learning and
student-centred learning.

Whatever the combination of teaching methods, major and contemporary
problems of practice and policy will be in the foreground, so that students

(a)    obtain research-based knowledge from foundational disciplines,
(b)    select and employ a range of disciplinary perspectives, and then
(c)    develop, present and defend appropriate plans and proposals.

A feature of the program is a structured, careful supervision program for each
candidate which will implement the University's Code of Conduct in Supervision
and Code of Conduct in Research. (See Research Higher Degrees Handbook.)

An academic supervisor will be appointed to each candidate at the beginning of
the course.

Assessment methods for the dissertation

The dissertation will be examined by a minimum of two appropriately qualified
examiners external to the University of Tasmania. At least one of the examiners
will be an educationist of international repute. Examiners will be appointed by
and report to the EdD Program Committee.

Application procedures

Applications should be forwarded on the appropriate application form
attainable from: The EdD Coordinator, Faculty of Education, University of
Tasmania, PO Box 1214, Launceston, Tas 7250, Australia.

                                    Schedule

Unit Title                           campus-sem       weight                  code
Course details (2001)                                                     page 247



Year 1
Curriculum and Assessment                      L1        25%             ESF910
Teaching and Assessment                        L1        25%             ESF901
Educational Policy and
    Professional Practice                      L2        25%             ESF902
The Intellectual Foundations
    of Education                               L2        25%             ESF911
Year 2
Research Methodology                           L1        25%             ESF905
The Political Economy of
    Education in International
    Perspective                                L1        25%             ESF912
Learning and Development:
    Practices and Theories                     L2        25%             ESF904
Governance and Leadership                      L2        25%             ESF900
Year 3
Dissertation                                    f        50%             ESF903



           Bachelor of Biomedical Science
(Abbreviation: BBiomedSc)

Course code: M3E

This three and a half-year full-time course is offered in Launceston by the
School of Biomedical Science.

Admission & prerequisites

Minimum University requirements, including *CH856 Chemistry and any one
of the approved Mathematics subjects (*MT730 Mathematics Applied, *MT841
Mathematics Stage 2 or *MT843 Mathematics Stage 3) in the Tasmanian
Certificate of Education or its equivalent.

Course objectives

The course is designed to give students a solid grounding in Science subjects
followed by specialised units which provide the knowledge and skills suitable
to the needs of the modern pathology laboratory. Students will be proficient in
all major disciplines such as Clinical Chemistry, Haematology, Blood
Transfusion, Medical Microbiology and Histopathology.

Career outcomes
Course details (2001)                                                     page 248



There are various career options open to medical scientists, especially in
hospital clinical and pathology laboratories, private pathology services, blood
transfusion services and public health laboratories. Other areas of employment
are found in universities, veterinary laboratories and as representatives for
diagnostic companies.

Professional recognition

Graduates from this course meet the academic requirements for direct entry
into the Australian Institute of Medical Scientists.

Course structure

A fixed three and a half-year (7 semester) course described in the following
Schedule.

Articulation

Credit for appropriate studies completed in TAFE and other university courses
may be granted.

Anyone interested in pursuing an honours course should contact the Head of
School.

                                   Schedule

Unit Title                          campus-sem        weight               code
Year 1
Mathematics in Life
     Sciences 1                               L2       12.5%           KMA165
Chemistry 1                                Lf~Bf         25%            KJC103
Cell Biology                                  L1       12.5%           CRA171
Medical Laboratory
     Practice                               L1         12.5%           CRA101
Anatomy and Physiology 1                    L2         12.5%           CRA172
Histology                                   L2         12.5%           CRA121
Computer Applications                 H1~L1~B1         12.5%           KXA153
Year 2
Histopathology                                L1       12.5%           CRA222
General and Medical
     Microbiology                             L1       12.5%           CRA241
Biochemistry 1                                Lf         25%            KJC263
Anatomy and Physiology 2                      L1       12.5%           CRA273
Haematology 1                                 L2       12.5%           CRA231
Clinical Chemistry 1                          L2       12.5%           CRA251
Human Molecular Biology                       L2       12.5%           CRA200
Year 3
Course details (2001)                                                    page 249



Immunology (MLS)                             L1       12.5%           CRA311
Haematology 2                                L1       12.5%           CRA332
Clinical Chemistry 2                         L1       12.5%           CRA352
Medical Microbiology A                       L1       12.5%           CRA342
Transfusion Science                          L2       12.5%           CRA333
Clinical Chemistry 3
    (Endocrinology)                          L2       12.5%           CRA353
Medical Microbiology B                       L2       12.5%           CRA343
Biomedical Science 2
    (Pharmacology &
    Pathophysiology)                         L2       12.5%           CRA386
Year 4
Professional Practice                          1      37.5%           CRA410
Medical Laboratory
    Practice 2                               L1       12.5%           CRA401



     Bachelor of Biomedical Science with
                   Honours
(Abbreviation: BBiomedSc(Hons))

Course code: M4E

This on-campus course is offered at Launceston and requires a minimum of 1
year full-time study.

Admission & prerequisites

Applicants need to have qualified for admission to the degree of Bachelor of
Biomedical Science or equivalent.

Anyone interested in pursuing the honours course should contact the Head of
School.

Course objectives

The honours degree in Biomedical Science is designed to provide students with
the foundations necessary for research in Biomedical Science, to assume a
leadership role in their profession and to gain a greater expertise in the
discipline.

Career outcomes

See 'Career outcomes' in the Bachelor of Biomedical Science.
Course details (2001)                                                        page 250




Professional recognition

See 'Professional recognition' in the Bachelor of Biomedical Science.

Course structure

One year full-time work. Candidates will be required to submit a research
thesis on work undertaken as part of the honours course. All candidates will be
required to study analysis and presentation of scientific data. Completion of a
unit in electron microscopy will be required for students studying in an area
requiring such knowledge. Other requirements for the course include a
literature review, directly related to the thesis, and a dissertation. Students will
be required to present their research work at a seminar.

Articulation

Graduates from other higher education institutions may be accepted into this
course.

Assessment

Research thesis and seminar (65%), essay and coursework units (35%).


                 Bachelor of Health Science
(Abbreviation: BHlthSc)

Course code: M3H

This 3-year, undergraduate course is offered at the Launceston Campus.

It consists of units taught by the Faculty of Health Science in conjunction with
the four other Faculties (Arts, Commerce and Law, Education, Science and
Engineering).

Candidates must complete the requirements of the degree in a minimum of 3,
and a maximum of 8, separate years of full time study from the time of first
enrolment.

The course may also be undertaken on a part-time basis.

Admission & prerequisites

Applicants for the Bachelor of Health Science must meet normal University
admission requirements.
Course details (2001)                                                       page 251




While Year 12 Chemistry *CH856 and Mathematics *MT730 or *MT841 or
*MT843 (or their equivalents) are not essential, they will be an advantage to
those who elect to study units in the Bioscience stream.

Applications for credit based on previous relevant university or TAFE study
will be considered.

Course objectives

The Bachelor of Health Science is a foundation degree which prepares students
for a range of career paths in the health sector, including administration,
management, finance and research, as well as for entry to graduate programs in
medicine and other health specialties.

Career outcomes

There are employment opportunities in government and non-government
medical and general health services and in health research organisations. More
specifically, they occur in areas such as administration, management, finance,
health promotion, sales representation across a broad range of medical and
health products (including diagnostic equipment and pharmaceuticals), project
management, clinical research, community health groups, self-help groups,
rehabilitation centres, welfare agencies, sports science and health and physical
education.

The course is also relevant to practising and potential health care professionals
seeking a degree qualification.

Professional recognition

The Bachelor of Health Science is not limited to a single, professional discipline.
It is a generic health science degree which qualifies its graduates to undertake
further, more specialised, study in a number of disciplines (including
alternative medicine and health care) and to pursue various career
opportunities in the health sector.

Course structure

Year 1 units provide a foundation in the life sciences and an introduction to
community health care and business management. In Year 2 students
undertake three core units in conjunction with one or more elective units from
one or more of four specialist streams – Bioscience, Education,
Business/Commerce or Social Science/Psychology. In Year 3 students
undertake two core units in conjunction with two or more elective units from
one or more of the streams.
Course details (2001)                                                    page 252



The Bioscience stream provides an understanding of the structure and function
of the human body, in both health and disease, and of the effects of nutrition,
micro-organisms and drugs. The Business/Commerce stream provides a
background in fundamental business procedures and an opportunity to study
foundation commerce units. The Education stream provides students with
effective and interactive communication skills, an understanding of community
education and development and an overview of the changing patterns of health
and fitness in Australia. The Social Science/Psychology stream provides an
understanding of health, and health-related, issues for children, adolescents
and the aged and an opportunity to study a range of Psychology units.

Articulation

There is no articulation from other courses.

However, some outstanding Year 1 Bachelor of Health Science students may be
able to transfer into Year 2 of the Bachelor of Biomedical Science if places are
available. These students must have completed Year 12 Chemistry *CH856 and
Mathematics *MT730 or *MT841 or *MT843 and obtained results of a high
standard in Year 1 of the Bachelor of Health Science.

                                   Schedule

It should be noted that, at the time the Handbook was printed, Year 2 and
Year 3 units were subject to change. Unit descriptions for CRA102 and
CRH300 were not available. Students are advised to contact the University for
further information.

Unit Title                          campus-sem         weight              code
Year 1
Semester 1
Either KJC161 or KJC103
Chemistry for Life
     Sciences                                L1        12.5%            KJC161
Chemistry 1 [a]                           Lf~Bf          25%            KJC103
Computer Applications                 H1~L1~B1         12.5%           KXA153
Cell Biology                                 L1        12.5%           CRA171
Health Care Where People Live
     and Work 1                                  L1    12.5%           CNA126
Semester 2
Either KJC162 or KJC103 contd
Introduction to
     Biochemistry                                 L2   12.5%            KJC162
Chemistry 1 [a]                                Lf~Bf     25%            KJC103
Microbiology and Health                           L2   12.5%           CRA276
Anatomy and Physiology 1                          L2   12.5%           CRA172
Course details (2001)                                                   page 253



Introduction to
     Management                  H1/2~L1/2~B1          12.5%          BMA101
Year 2
Semester 1
Core units
Legal and Ethical Issues in
     Health Care                              L1       12.5%          CNA308
Anatomy and Physiology 2                      L1       12.5%           CRA273
Electives: choose two units from one or more of the following streams:
Bioscience stream
Either CRA102/CRA241 or KJC103/KJC263
Diagnostic Testing                            L1       12.5%           CRA102
General and Medical
     Microbiology                             L1       12.5%           CRA241
Chemistry 1                                Lf~Bf         25%            KJC103
Biochemistry 1   [b]                          Lf         25%            KJC263
Business/Commerce stream
Economics for Business [c]            H1~L1~B1         12.5%           BEA110
Accounting and Financial
     Decision Making [c]              H1~L1~B1         12.5%           BFA103
Organisational Behaviour                  H1~L1        12.5%          BMA201
Education stream
Health Fitness & Physical
     Activity                                 L1       12.5%            ESP230
Communication Strategies                  L1~H1        12.5%           ESV205
Social Science/Psychology stream
Society, Culture and Health
     1                                        L1       12.5%          HGA138
Psychology 1A                         H1~L1~B1         12.5%          KHA101
Semester 2
Core unit
Foundations of Adult
     Learning                             L2~H2        12.5%           ESV203
Electives: choose three units from one or more of the following streams:
Bioscience stream
Histology                                     L2       12.5%           CRA121
Chemistry 1 contd                          Lf~Bf         25%            KJC103
Biochemistry 1   contd                        Lf         25%            KJC263
Business/Commerce stream
Accounting Context and
     Method [d]                       H2~L2~B2         12.5%           BFA104
Commercial Transactions               H2~L2~B2         12.5%           BFA141
Management of Human
     Resources [e]                   H3/2~L3/2         12.5%       BMA121/221
Principles of Marketing              H3/2~L3/2         12.5%       BMA151/251
Education stream
Course details (2001)                                                   page 254



Human Movement
     Laboratory 1                            L2        12.5%            ESP136
Social Science/Psychology stream
Perspectives on Ageing                       L2        12.5%          CNA246
Child and Adolescent
     Health                                  L1        12.5%          CNA245
Psychology 1B                         H2~L2~B2         12.5%          KHA102
Year 3
Semester 1
Core unit
Immunology                                   L1        12.5%           CRA321
Electives: choose three units from one or more of the following streams:
Bioscience stream
Histopathology                               L1        12.5%           CRA222
Biomedical Science 1
     (Nutrition & Neurobiology)              L1        12.5%           CRA385
Applied and Environmental
     Microbiology                            L2        12.5%          KQA218
Business/Commerce stream
Contract of Employment [f]                H1~L1        12.5%          BMA241
Education stream
Adapted Physical Activity                    L1        12.5%            ESP307
Community and Public Education
     1                                    L1~H1        12.5%           ESV307
Social Science/Psychology stream
Child and Adolescent
     Health                                  L1        12.5%          CNA245
Research Methods in
     Psychology                           H1~L1        12.5%          KHA201
Organisational Psychology                    L1        12.5%       KHA215/315
Semester 2
Core unit
Health Infomatics                            L2        12.5%           CRA102
Electives: choose three units from one or more of the following streams:
Bioscience stream
Human Molecular Biology                      L2        12.5%           CRA300
Biomedical Science 2
     (Pharmacology &
     Pathophysiology)                        L2        12.5%           CRA386
Business/Commerce stream
Quantitative Methods 1                H2~L2~B2         12.5%           BEA140
Accounting Context and
     Method [f]                       H2~L2~B2         12.5%           BFA104
Principles of Marketing  [g]         H3/2~L3/2         12.5%       BMA151/251
Introduction to International
     Business [h]                         H2~L2        12.5%       BMA181/281
Education stream
Course details (2001)                                                  page 255



Sport Injuries                                 L2       12.5%        ESP304
Community and Public Education
    2                                     L2~H2         12.5%        ESV308
Social Science/Psychology stream
Management of Human
    Resources [g]                    H3/2~L3/2          12.5% BMA121/221
Developmental Psychology                  H2~L2         12.5%       KHA202
Psychology of Health &
    Stress                                     L2       12.5% KHA213/313
[a] students must have completed Year 12 Chemistry to enrol in this unit
[b] available only to students who have completed Chemistry 1
[c] BEA110 and BFA103 can also be studied in Year 3, Semester 1
[d] students must have completed BFA103. This unit can also be studied in
     Year 3, semester 2.
[e] this unit can also be studied in Year 3, semester 2
[f] students must have completed BFA103
[g] students should use level 200 enrolment code (eg BMA251)
[h] students should use level 100 enrolment code (eg BMA181)



         Bachelor of Medical Science with
                     Honours
(Abbreviation: BMedSc(Hons))

Course code: M4A

This on-campus course is offered at Hobart as part of the Advanced
Study/Research program in semester 2 of year 4 of the Bachelor of Medicine,
Bachelor of Surgery.

Admission & prerequisites

Applicants need to have completed the requirements for the degree of Bachelor
of Medical Science which is awarded after successful completion of the first
four years of the Bachelor of Medicine-Bachelor of Surgery.

Course objectives

The BMedSc(Hons) degree allows students to spend one semester of study to
develop a more complete understanding of an area of medical science. This is
achieved through research and academic involvement in a Discipline of the
School of Medicine.

Career outcomes
Course details (2001)                                                page 256




The BMedSc(Hons) program provides an ideal basis for a career in medical
research, either immediately on completion of the degree or after completing
the MBBS program. Students may proceed from the BMedSc(Hons) to a PhD, or
if they complete the MBBS, to an MD. Graduates with BMEdSc(Hons) could
expect to find employment in a variety of medically related areas.

Course structure

One-semester's full-time work in one of the following disciplines:

Anatomy and Physiology

Biochemistry

Epidemiology

General Practice

Medicine

Obstetrics and Gynaecology

Paediatrics and Child Health

Pathology

Psychiatry

Surgery


   Bachelor of Medicine and Bachelor of
                 Surgery
(Abbreviation: MBBS)

Course code: M3B

This on-campus, full-time course is offered mainly at Hobart and takes a
minimum of 6 years. After successful completion of the first 4 years of the
course, students are awarded the degree of Bachelor of Medical Science
(BMedSc). The MBBS is awarded with honours (abbreviation MBBS(Hons);
course code: M4B) based on the degree of merit shown by students throughout
the course.
Course details (2001)                                                     page 257



Admission & prerequisites

Domestic applicants must have obtained at least Satisfactory Achievement
awards in the following subjects of the Tasmanian Certificate of Education
(TCE) or its equivalent: Biology (*BY826), Chemistry (*CH856), Mathematics
(*MT841), Physics (*PH866). For school leaver applicants, only results obtained
in the first two years of post-Year 10 study will be taken into account.
Additionally, school leavers should have obtained a minimum score of 90 in the
Tasmanian Certificate of Education (TCE) or its equivalent. All domestic
applicants will be required to sit the Undergraduate Medicine and Health
Sciences Admission Test (UMAT). Non school leaver applicants will be selected
on the basis of their academic record and UMAT score, with relevant
employment experience and skills also being considered. Selection within each
of the entry categories will be competitive, with applicants being ranked by
their UMAT scores.

International applicants must have obtained the equivalent of TCE Satisfactory
Achievement awards in Chemistry, Mathematics, Physics and English.

Further information on admission to the MBBS program may be obtained by
contacting the University Course Information Officer.

Course objectives

The course is designed to provide an appropriate foundation, to give the
graduate sound clinical skills, a solid basic knowledge of Medicine and Medical
Sciences, good communication skills and the capacity to build on all of these in
the intern year and subsequently in specialist training. The graduate will have
the knowledge and skills to pursue the many career paths available in
Medicine.

Career outcomes

On completion of the MBBS, graduates work for at least one more year in an
approved hospital undertaking general medical training as an intern to obtain
registration for the independent practice of medicine. Further training is then
required for the graduate to become a general practitioner or a specialist in one
of a number of fields including anaesthetics, dermatology, obstetrics and
gynaecology, ophthalmology, paediatrics, pathology, medicine, psychiatry,
radiology and surgery. Specialist qualifications are obtained by passing
examinations during and on completion of this additional training. The
examinations are conducted by appropriate specialist colleges such as the Royal
Australian College of Physicians and the Royal Australian College of Surgeons.
Medical practitioners may work in private practice on their own, in group
practices, in community health centres and in public and private hospitals.
They may be located in cities, suburbs and towns or in rural and remote areas.
Course details (2001)                                                         page 258



Course structure

Students begin medically relevant studies from the beginning of first year, with
dissection of the human body as part of Integrated Structure and Function, an
introduction to social aspects of medicine (Community Health and Medicine)
and an introduction to problem solving in clinical medicine (Foundation
Medical Studies), which looks at case studies based on real patients. Students
take an elective subject from outside the Health Science area in this year.

The second year builds on the first with Structure and Function – Clinical
Correlations, which includes medical physiology, pharmacology and medical
anatomy approached on a systems basis. Community Health and Medicine
continues and students are given a comprehensive coverage of biochemistry
relevant to Medicine. To be eligible to progress to third year, students must
complete a senior first aid certificate and by the end of third year must have
completed a specified period of training with an approved ambulance service.

In the third year, students learn clinical skills and begin to study the clinical
specialties (surgery, obstetrics and gynaecology, paediatrics and internal
medicine) while continuing their studies of the paraclinical subjects of
pharmacology, neuroscience, pathology and microbiology.

The first half of fourth year follows on closely from year 3, but the second
semester is entirely set aside for optional advanced studies or research projects.
A popular advanced studies option is tropical and travel medicine; advanced
study and research projects may be carried out anywhere in the world, if
suitable arrangements can be made.

Years 5 and 6 are the pre-intern years and students rotate through the clinical
specialties. Year 5 may be taken in Launceston or Burnie. The Burnie program
(maximum of 12 students) emphasises aspects of medicine in a rural clinical
setting. In year 6 students complete their clinical rotations in the Royal Hobart
Hospital.

Articulation

The course does not articulate with any other courses.

                                     Schedule

Unit Title                            campus-sem         weight                code
Year 1
Community Health and
    Medicine I                                  H1        12.5%            CAM105
Foundation Medical
    Studies                                     H2        12.5%            CAM100
Course details (2001)                                                         page 259



Integrated Structure and
     Function                                        Hf        50%          CHG110
Electives (1 or 2 units from other disciplines – 12.5%+ 12.5% or 25%) in sem 1 &/or 2
Year 2
Structure and
     Function – Clinical Correlations                Hf     37.5%           CHG210
Pathological Basis of
     Disease 2                                      H2      12.5%            CJA212
Biochemistry 2 (Medicine)                            Hf        25%           CBA200
Community Health and
     Medicine                                        Hf        25%          CAM205
Year 3  [a]

Introduction to Clinical
     Studies                                        H1      22.5%           CAM300
Neuroscience                                        H1         15%          CHP310
Pathological Basis of
     Disease 3                                      H1      12.5%            CJA312
Special Pathology 3                                 H2      12.5%            CJA315
Clinical Microbiology 3                             H2      6.25%            CJA325
Medicine                                            H2      18.5%          CMM300
Clinical Specialties                                H1      3.25%           CAM310
Surgery                                             H2        9.5%          CKA320
Year 4  [a]

Clinical Microbiology 4                             H1      12.5%            CJA400
Special Pathology 4                                 H1          5%           CJA410
Medicine                                            H1      12.5%          CMM400
Clinical Specialties                                H1        3.1%          CAM410
Surgery                                             H1        9.4%          CKA400
Students enrol in one of CAM400, CAM420 or CAM440
Advanced Study                                      H2         50%          CAM400
Research                                            H2         50%          CAM420
Additional Study                                    H2         50%          CAM440
Year 5 (Ltn)
Medicine 5 [r]                                        L        25%         CMM500
Either CGC500 or CMP500
Paediatrics and Child
     Health 5 [r]                                     L        25%          CGC500
Psychiatry 5 [r]                                      L        25%          CMP500
Obstetrics and
     Gynaecology                                  H~L          25%          CGW500
Either CKA500 or CKA550
Surgery [r]                                           L        25%          CKA500
Surgical Specialties [r]                           L~B         25%          CKA550
Year 5 (NWC)
Rural Clinical Program                               Bf      100%           CAM500
Year 6 (Hbt)
Course details (2001)                                                     page 260



Community Health (General
    Practice) [r]                                  H       25%          CLA600
Medicine 6 [r]                                     H       25%         CMM600
Either CGC600 or CMP600
Paediatrics and Child
    Health 6 [r]                                   H       25%          CGC600
Psychiatry 6 [r]                                   H       25%          CMP600
Either CKA600 or CKA650
Surgery [r]                                        H       25%          CKA600
Surgical Specialties [r]                           H       25%          CKA650
Integrated Examination [b]                       H3         0%         CAM600
Note:                              [r] = on rotation
[a] At the time of going to press, the weights of units in year 3, semester 2 and
     year 4 semester 1 were under review and may be subject to change
[b] the full title is Integrated Examination, CPR and Well Woman Assessments



   Bachelor of Medicine and Bachelor of
          Surgery with Honours
(Abbreviation: MBBS(Hons))

Course code: M4B

See Bachelor of Medicine and Bachelor of Surgery.


                        Bachelor of Nursing
(Abbreviation: BN)

Course code: H3D

This on-campus full-time course is offered at Launceston, but the third year of
the course is available in both Launceston and Hobart. In special circumstances,
continuing students may be permitted to undertake part-time studies. The
course length is a minimum of 3 years full-time study with a maximum time
period of 6 years. Advanced standing pathways are offered for psychiatric
nurses and enrolled nurses to upgrade their qualifications to a degree and at the
same time become eligible for registration as a nurse (comprehensive).
Registered general nurses, diplomates and nurses who have re-entered practice
also have the opportunity to undertake studies through advanced standing
pathways in Launceston and taught according to demand and the availability
of resources in Hobart .

Admission & prerequisites
Course details (2001)                                                        page 261




Pre-Registration: University admission. In addition, TCE subjects should
include English, Science and Humanities.

Post Registration: To be eligible in 2001, applicants are required to:

•      hold a current practising certificate; and
•      have at least 12 months of recent experience in practice following
       graduation.

Selection for Post-Registration applicants will take into account the educational
background, and professional experience of the applicant. Applicants may also
be required to submit written work.

Course objectives

The educational objectives of the Bachelor of Nursing are:

•      to prepare students for a broad spectrum of first level practice roles in
       community health nursing, acute care and mental health nursing; or to
       enable registered nurses to gain additional knowledge and skills to
       increase and/or enhance their scope of practice;
•      to foster a commitment to life-long learning, critical reflective thinking and
       professional growth;
•      to establish a discipline framework of knowledge in preparation for both
       professional life and graduate studies in nursing.

Career outcomes

Graduates may find employment in health centres, hospitals, occupational
health and industry, health promotion and education, and many diverse health
care contexts including rural settings.

Professional recognition

Graduates with a Bachelor of Nursing are recognised in many countries besides
Australia.

Course structure

The course structure is outlined in the Bachelor of Nursing Schedules A, B, C,
D, and E.

•      Pre-Registration students undertake a full-time 3-year course. Sequence –
       see Bachelor of Nursing (Pre-Registration): Schedule A.
•      Lectures and Clinical Learning (Pre-Registration)
       Lectures, tutorials, group and laboratory work are held at the Launceston
Course details (2001)                                                       page 262



       campus in years one and two. In second year students undertake three
       weeks of study each semester in the clinical divisions at either Launceston,
       Hobart or rural clinical settings. The majority of third year is also in the
       clinical divisions at Launceston and Hobart. Costs associated with travel,
       accommodation and uniforms are met by students. Students are expected
       to maintain a recommended immunisation schedule through their general
       practitioners throughout the course.
•      Post-Registration students are required to undertake an 8 unit (semester
       equivalent) pathway. Sequence – see Bachelor of Nursing
       (Post-Registration): Schedule B.
•      Diplomates undertake three units of study part-time. Sequence – see
       Bachelor of Nursing (Diplomates): Schedule C.
•      Psychiatric nurses seeking comprehensive registration undertake
       two–four years of study part time. Sequence – see Bachelor of Nursing
       (Psychiatric Nurses): Schedule D Part time
•      Enrolled nurses undertake ten units of study, two years full time.
       Sequence – see Bachelor of Nursing (Enrolled Nurses): Schedule E.

The normal part-time course load is two units per semester. The specifications
of the Bachelor of Nursing are listed in the Calendar.

Academic progress

For pre-registration, enrolment in first semester units is a prerequisite for
enrolment in second semester units. Progression from year to year is dependent
upon satisfactory completion of the previous year's work.

                          Schedule A (Pre-Registration)

Unit Title                            campus-sem        weight               code
Year 1
Discipline Studies in
    Nursing                                     Lf       12.5%           CNA105
Human Bioscience 1
    &2                                          Lf        25%            CRA181
Health Care where People Live
    and Work                                    Lf       37.5%           CNA125
Society, Culture and
    Health                                      Lf        25%            HGA135
Year 2
Scientific Perspectives in
    Nursing                                     Lf       12.5%           CNA205
Supportive Care in Hospital
    and Community Settings                      Lf       37.5%           CNA225
Child and Adolescent
    Health                                      L1       12.5%           CNA245
Perspectives on Ageing                          L2       12.5%           CNA246
Course details (2001)                                           page 263



Human Bioscience 3
    &4                                      Lf      25%        CRA282
Year 3
Acute Care Nursing            H1/2~L1/2~B1/2       37.5%       CNA315
Community Practice                 H1/2~L1/2       37.5%       CNA316
Professional Issues in Nursing
    Practice                            Hf~Lf       25%        CNA307
                                 Schedule B

Year 1
Discipline Studies in
Nursing       Lf     12.5% CNA105
Health Care where People Live
and Work Lf          37.5% CNA125
Year 2
Professional Issues in Nursing
Practice      Hf~Lf 25% CNA307
Either (HGA138 and HGA139) or (HGA101 and HGA239)
Society, Culture and Health
1      L1     12.5% HGA138
Society, Culture and Health
2      L2     12.5% HGA139
Sociology A H1~L1~B1~D1         12.5% HGA101
Health Sociology [na] 12.5% HGA239/339
                           Schedule C (Diplomates)

Year 1
Discipline Studies in
Nursing       Lf     12.5% CNA105
Nursing Research Df        12.5% CNA365
Professional Issues in Nursing
Practice      Hf~Lf 25% CNA307
                 Schedule D (Psychiatric Nurses) (Part Time)

Year 1
Either (HGA138 and HGA139) or (HGA101 and HGA239)
Society, Culture and Health
1      L1     12.5% HGA138
Society, Culture and Health
2      L2     12.5% HGA139
Sociology A H1~L1~B1~D1      12.5% HGA101
Health Sociology [na] 12.5% HGA239/339
Human Bioscience 3
& 4 Lf        25% CRA282
Year 2
Either CNA245 or CNA246
Course details (2001)                                                 page 264



Child and Adolescent
Health        L1     12.5% CNA245
Perspectives on Ageing L2       12.5% CNA246
Community Practice         H1/2~L1/2 37.5% CNA316
Year 3
Acute Care Nursing         H1/2~L1/2~B1/2 37.5% CNA315
Professional Issues in Nursing
Practice      Hf~Lf 25% CNA307
                         Schedule E (Enrolled Nurses)

Year 1
Discipline Studies in
Nursing       Lf     12.5% CNA105
Health Care where People Live
and Work Lf          37.5% CNA125
Society, Culture and
Health        Lf     25% HGA135
Human Bioscience 3
& 4 Lf        25% CRA282
Year 2
Community Practice         H1/2~L1/2 37.5% CNA316
Acute Care Nursing         H1/2~L1/2~B1/2 37.5% CNA315
Professional Issues in Nursing
Practice      Hf~Lf 25% CNA307



        Bachelor of Nursing with Honours
(Abbreviation: BN(Hons))

Course code: H4A

This on-campus full-time course is offered at Launceston and Hobart. The
course length is a minimum of one year of full-time study and a maximum of
two years.

Admission & prerequisites

To be admitted to the honours program a student must hold a Bachelor of
Nursing, normally with a minimum of a credit average across both the second
and third years of the degree.

Course objectives

The objectives of the Bachelor of Nursing with Honours are:
Course details (2001)                                                     page 265



•      to provide research training within nursing;
•      to provide preparation for undertaking higher degrees by research in
       nursing;
•      to provide advanced professional study within a field of nursing.

Career outcomes

Graduates of the Bachelor of Nursing with Honours may enter the
graduate/professional development program in Australian healthcare systems.
Graduates are prepared for further research roles and activities; and gain
preferential access to postgraduate studies.

Course structure

The course structure is outlined in the Bachelor of Nursing with Honours:
Schedule G.

The specifications of the Bachelor of Nursing with Honours are given in the
Calendar and are available from the Office at the Tasmanian School of Nursing
at Launceston.

Articulation

Students who hold a Bachelor of Nursing from another university may be
considered for admission to the Bachelor of Nursing with Honours.

                             Schedule G (Honours)

Unit Title                           campus-sem       weight                  code
Nursing Inquiry in
    Practice                                   Lf        30%            CNA405
Research Seminars and
    Project                                    Lf        70%            CNA435



                        Bachelor of Pharmacy
(Abbreviation: BPharm)

Course code: M3F

This 4-year course is conducted in Hobart, with some practical training being
undertaken in Years 3 and 4 at community and hospital pharmacy teaching
sites elsewhere in Tasmania. Part-time study is available in the first and second
years of the course.
Course details (2001)                                                      page 266



Admission & prerequisites

All applicants must have obtained Satisfactory Achievement awards in the
following subjects of the Tasmanian Certificate of Education [TCE] or its
equivalent:

•      Chemistry [*CH856]
•      Mathematics [*MT841]
•      Physics [*PH866] OR Biology [*BY826].

In Year 1 of the Pharmacy course, the Biophysics unit will assume relevant
Physics background, mostly in electronics and optics, from Physics completed
post year 10. It should be noted that in Tasmania enrolment in the TCE subject
*CH856C Chemistry assumes completion of the Year 11 TCE subject *SC786
Applied Science–Physical Sciences. The *SC786 syllabus contains a substantial
[approx. 50%] Physics component. Students who have completed Year 12
Biology (but not Year 12 Physics) or Year 12 Physics (but not Year 12 Biology)
should seek advice from the School of Pharmacy before the beginning of
semester one.

Course objectives

The main aim of the course is to provide students with a specialist education in
the pharmaceutical sciences and to enable them to gain the skills and attitudes
required for the responsible practice of pharmacy.

Approximately five years of study and practical experience are required to
become a registered pharmacist in Tasmania. At present this comprises four
years for the Bachelor of Pharmacy degree and a period of one year's practical
experience as a trainee. After this time graduates are eligible to sit the Pharmacy
Board of Tasmania examinations for registration as a pharmacist. A pharmacist
registered in Tasmania has reciprocity through Australia and in New Zealand
and Great Britain.

Career outcomes

The combination of biomedical and pharmaceutical science and clinical
expertise in drug use in a pharmacy degree prepares pharmacy graduates for
work in a variety of fields. Graduates work as pharmacists in the community
or in hospitals. Many pharmacists are involved in clinical trials used to
evaluate new drug products and in preparing the documentation on the
effectiveness and safety of new drugs (required for marketing approval).
Pharmacists are involved extensively in the manufacturing, research, quality
control and marketing of pharmaceuticals. Pharmacists are also employed in
government health departments where they may be involved in regulation and
approval of new pharmaceutical products. Some pharmacy graduates specialise
in providing drug information to other health professionals, hospitals and
Course details (2001)                                                     page 267



government departments, while others undertake postgraduate training for
careers as academics or researchers or in more specialised fields such as
toxicology.

Professional recognition

After a further period of practical experience (currently 12 months) graduates of
the Bachelor of Pharmacy are eligible to sit for the Pharmacy Board of Tasmania
examination for registration as a pharmacist. Registration is recognised
throughout Australia, New Zealand and Great Britain.

Course structure

Year 1 is an introductory and basic sciences year, Year 2 involves the study of
drugs and pharmaceutical sciences, Years 3 and 4 combine applied and clinical
studies with advanced scientific study and research.

An honours course option is included within the four-year time-frame and
involves a 12.5% overload in Year 3 and a 17.5% overload in Year 4. A separate
one-year honours course is also available.

Articulation

There is no articulation with other courses.

                                    Schedule

Unit Title                          campus-sem        weight               code
Year 1
Pharmacy in Health Care                         Hf     12.5%            CSA105
Pharmaceutical Science and
    Practice 1                                  Hf      25%            CSA115
Human Biology (Pharmacy)                        Hf      25%            CHG101
Chemistry (Pharmacy)                            Hf      25%            KRA160
Either KYA172 or KMA153
Biological Physics                             [na]    12.5%           KYA172
Data Handling and
    Statistics 1                 H1/2~L1/2~B2          12.5%           KMA153
Year 2
Biochemistry (Pharmacy)                         Hf     12.5%           CBA220
Microbiology (Pharmacy)                         Hf     12.5%           CJA211
Pharmacology                                    Hf       25%           CSA201
Pharmaceutical Science and
    Practice 2                                 Hf        25%            CSA215
Medicinal Chemistry                            H2      12.5%            CSA225
Organic Chemistry
    (Pharmacy)                                 H1      12.5%           KRA262
Course details (2001)                                                        page 268



Year 3
Clinical
    Pharmacokinetics 3                      H2       12.5%          CSA311
Pharmaceutical Science and
    Practice 3                               Hf        25%          CSA315
Therapeutics 3                               Hf        25%          CSA323
Chemotherapy and
    Infection                                Hf      12.5%          CSA325
Toxicology                                  H1       12.5%          CSA331
Clinical Pharmacy
    Residency 3                              Hf      12.5%          CSA350
Research in Pharmacy  [a]                    Hf      12.5%          CSA420
Year 4
Clinical
    Pharmacokinetics 4                       Hf      12.5%          CSA411
Pharmaceutical Science and
    Practice 4                               Hf      12.5%          CSA415
Research in Pharmacy                         Hf      12.5%          CSA420
Therapeutics 4                              H1       12.5%          CSA423
Honours   [a]                                Hf        30%          CSA440
Clinical Pharmacy
    Residency 4                              Hf        50%          CSA450
[a] Only students undertaking honours as part of the four-year degree study
     CSA420 Research in Pharmacy (12.5%) in Year 3 and CSA440 Honours (30%)
     in Year 4.



     Bachelor of Pharmacy with Honours
(Abbreviation: BPharm(Hons))

Course code: M4C

This on-campus course is offered at Hobart on a full-time basis as part of the
four-year degree. It is also available as a separate year (full-time) or two-year
(part-time) course.

Admission & prerequisites

The honours course option included within the four-year BPharm degree
course time-frame involves a 12.5% overload in Year 3 (CSA420 Research in
Pharmacy) and a 17.5% overload in Year 4 (CSA440 Honours). Honours students
will be selected at the beginning of third year from amongst students normally
achieving at least a credit average, which they will be required to maintain in
the honours program.
Course details (2001)                                                         page 269



The separate one-year honours course is available to those students who do not
enter the undergraduate honours program (CSA400 full time, CSA401 part
time) and for graduates from other universities.

Course objectives

The honours degree in Pharmacy is designed to provide an introduction to
research and consists of a major research strand, a minor research strand and an
essay.

Depending on the students' major interest and longer term education or career
goals, they may study additional units.

Their specific syllabus will be designed in consultation with the principal
supervisor and the head of school.

Career outcomes

See 'Career outcomes' in the Bachelor of Pharmacy.

Professional recognition

After a further period of practical experience (currently 12 months) graduates of
the 4-year Bachelor of Pharmacy with Honours course are eligible to sit for the
Pharmacy Board of Tasmania examination for registration as a pharmacist.
Registration is recognised throughout Australia, New Zealand and Great
Britain.

Course structure

One year's full-time work in one of the following:

•      Clinical Pharmacy
•      Pharmaceutical Science
•      Pharmacology

See CSA400/401on page xx.

Articulation

Students with BSc or similar qualification should contact the School for further
details.


         Graduate Certificate of Advanced
                    Nursing
Course details (2001)                                                       page 270




(Abbreviation: GradCertAdvN)

Course code: H5A

This course is offered part-time only, over one year, or two semesters. The
maximum time for completion is two years. The course is offered from
Launceston, with arrangements made for students throughout the State.

Please note that the offering of graduate programs is subject to student
demand and the availability of School of Nursing resources.

Admission & prerequisites

Applicants will need to

[i]    be a registered nurse in Australia and possess a current practising
       certificate;
[ii]   have completed a tertiary qualification in nursing and have had at least
       one year full-time experience in nursing practice within the last two years
       or equivalent; or have a hospital certificate and experience deemed to be
       equivalent of both of the above.

Course objectives

The School of Nursing aims to create an educational environment which values
critical, reflective thinking, life-long learning and professional development.

The course prepares students for practice roles as registered nurses in
specialised practice settings and serves the needs of many students, allowing
them to obtain advanced knowledge, skills and qualifications in their chosen
specialty.

Specialisations include: Acute Care Nursing, Anaesthetic Nursing, Cancer
Nursing, Community Nursing, Critical Care Nursing, Emergency Care
Nursing, Gerontic Nursing, Mental Health/Psychiatric Nursing, Neonatal
Intensive Care Nursing, Paediatric Nursing, Perioperative Nursing, and
Rural/Remote Nursing.

Career outcomes

Graduates gain the opportunity to practise in a specialist area.

Course structure

        Minimum Maximum
             (Consecutive years)
Course details (2001)                                                      page 271



Graduate Certificate of Advanced Nursing
4x12.5% units      1 year 2 years
Graduate Diploma of Advanced Nursing
8x12.5% units      2 years       4 years<tbz>

<tbz>

The schedule of units, with the exceptions which are noted there, is the same
as Schedule B of the Graduate Diploma of Advanced Nursing.

Sample course structure

All specialties in the Graduate Certificate of Advanced Nursing follow the same
essential pattern as the example given below:

                            GradCertAdvN Structure



Year 1 (Semester 2)

Critical Care Nursing Practice A 12.5% CNA770
Critical Care Nursing Science A 12.5% CNA772

Year 2 (Semester 1)

Critical Care Nursing Practice B 12.5% CNA771
Critical Care Nursing Science B 12.5% CNA773

<tbz>


 Graduate Diploma of Advanced Nursing
(Abbreviation: GradDipAdvN)

Course code: H6A

This course is offered part-time only, over two years, or four semesters. The
maximum time for completion is four years. The course is offered from
Launceston, with arrangements made for students throughout the State.

Please note that the offering of graduate programs is subject to student
demand and the availability of School of Nursing resources.

Admission & prerequisites

To be eligible for selection, applicants must:
Course details (2001)                                                        page 272




(a)    be a registered nurse in Australia and hold a current practising certificate;
(b)    have completed a tertiary qualification in nursing and have had at least
       one year of full time experience in nursing practice within the last 2 years
       (or equivalent); or hold a hospital certificate qualification in a field of
       nursing and have substantial experience in practice.

Or

(c)    have qualifications and experience deemed to be the equivalent of both of
       the above.

Applicants may be interviewed as part of the selection process.

Course objectives

The School of Nursing aims to create an educational environment that values
critical reflective thinking, life-long learning and professional development.

The graduate diploma prepares graduates for practice roles as registered nurses
in various specialised practice settings. It is structured around three curriculum
strands:

•      Discipline Studies (Core);
•      Health Studies; and
•      Specialisation Studies.

The basic course structure comprises eight, one semester length study units.
Each study unit is the equivalent of 3–4 hours of contact time per week. The
course structure is set out in Schedule A.

Specialisations

The following specialisations are currently approved:

•      Acute Care Nursing
•      Anaesthetic Nursing
•      Cancer Nursing (not offered in 2001)
•      Child and Family Health Nursing
•      Community Nursing
•      Critical Care Nursing
•      Emergency Care Nursing
•      Gerontic Nursing (not offered in 2001)
•      Mental Health/Psychiatric Nursing
•      Neonatal Intensive Care Nursing
•      Paediatric Nursing
•      Perioperative Nursing
Course details (2001)                                                 page 273



•      Rural/Remote Nursing

Career outcomes

Depending on the specialist strand chosen for their Graduate Diploma of
Advanced Nursing, graduates may apply for formal endorsement of their
qualification by Nursing Boards.

Course structure

The following pattern is prescribed for part-time enrolment:

                                  Schedule A

Year 1, Semester 1

Discipline (Core) Studies units

Year 1, Semester 2

Specialisation

Acute Care Nursing A units

Anaesthetic Nursing A units

Child and Family Health Nursing B units

Community Nursing A units

Critical Care Nursing A units

Emergency Care Nursing A units

Mental Health/Psychiatric Nursing B units

Neonatal Intensive Care Nursing A units

Paediatric Nursing A units

Perioperative Nursing A units

Rural/Remote Nursing A units

Year 2, Semester 1

Specialisation
Course details (2001)                                                        page 274




Acute Care Nursing B units

Anaesthetic Nursing B units

Child and Family Health Nursing A units

Community Nursing B units

Critical Care Nursing B units

Emergency Care Nursing B units

Mental Health/Psychiatric Nursing A units

Neonatal Intensive Care Nursing B units

Paediatric Nursing B units

Perioperative Nursing B units

Rural/Remote Nursing B units

Year 2, Semester 2

Health Studies units

Articulation

Applicants who have undertaken studies equivalent to units in the graduate
diploma may be given credit for up to two units. Normally credit will not be
given for the practice units in the areas of specialisation. Credit may be given
for units, including practice units, in the area of specialisation where these units
are identical to those required by the Graduate Diploma course.

                                  Schedule B

Unit Title                         campus-sem     weight               code
The following schedule (with exceptions noted) applies to both the Graduate
    Certificate of Advanced Nursing and the Graduate Diploma of
    Advanced Nursing
Graduate units – Discipline Studies (Core)
Advanced Practice in
    Nursing                                [na]    12.5%           CNA705
Research in Nursing                        [na]    12.5%           CNA706
Graduate units – Health Studies units
Course details (2001)                                        page 275



Neurobiology and
    Neuropharmacology                       L2  12.5%        CNA710
Advanced Therapeutic
    Communication                           L2  12.5%        CNA711
Health Promotion                            L2  12.5%        CNA713
Graduate units – Specialisation Studies
 ACUTE CARE NURSING
Acute Care Nursing
    Practice A                          H2~L2   12.5%        CNA780
Acute Care Nursing
    Science A                           H2~L2   12.5%        CNA782
Acute Care Nursing
    Practice B                            [na]  12.5%        CNA781
Acute Care Nursing
    Science B                             [na]  12.5%        CNA783
 ANAESTHETIC NURSING
Anaesthetic Nursing
    Practice A                            [na]  12.5%        CNA790
Anaesthetic Nursing
    Science A                             [na]  12.5%        CNA792
Anaesthetic Nursing
    Practice B                             H1   12.5%        CNA791
Anaesthetic Nursing
    Science B                              H1   12.5%        CNA793
 CANCER NURSING
Cancer Nursing Studies A                  [na]  12.5%        CNA720
Cancer Nursing Practice A                 [na]  12.5%        CNA722
Cancer Nursing Studies B                  [na]  12.5%        CNA721
Cancer Nursing Practice B                 [na]  12.5%        CNA723
 CHILD AND FAMILY HEALTH NURSING (RESTRICTED TO GRADUATE DIPLOMA
    STUDENTS)
Child and Family Health
    Nursing A                               L1  12.5%        CNA730
Child and Family Health
    Nursing Practice A                      L1  12.5%        CNA732
Child and Family Health
    Nursing B                             [na]  12.5%        CNA731
Child and Family Health
    Nursing Practice B                    [na]  12.5%        CNA733
 COMMUNITY NURSING
Community Nursing
    Practice A                            [na]  12.5%        CNA794
Community Nursing
    Studies A                             [na]  12.5%        CNA796
Community Nursing
    Practice B                            [na]  12.5%        CNA795
Course details (2001)                                page 276



Community Nursing
     Studies B                       [na]   12.5%   CNA797
 CRITICAL CARE NURSING
Critical Care Nursing Practice
     A                               [na]   12.5%   CNA770
Critical Care Nursing
     Science A                       [na]   12.5%   CNA772
Critical Care Nursing Practice
     B                               H1     12.5%   CNA771
Critical Care Nursing
     Science B                       H1     12.5%   CNA773
 EMERGENCY CARE NURSING
Emergency Nursing
     Practice A                      [na]   12.5%   CNA784
Emergency Nursing
     Science A                       [na]   12.5%   CNA786
Emergency Nursing
     Practice B                      H1     12.5%   CNA785
Emergency Nursing
     Science B                       H1     12.5%   CNA787
 GERONTIC NURSING
Gerontic Nursing Studies
     A                               [na]   12.5%   CNA760
Gerontic Nursing
     Practice A                      [na]   12.5%   CNA762
Gerontic Nursing Studies
     B                               [na]   12.5%   CNA761
Gerontic Nursing
     Practice B                      [na]   12.5%   CNA763
 MENTAL HEALTH/PSYCHIATRIC NURSING
Mental Health/Psychiatric
     Nursing Studies A                L1    12.5%   CNA740
Mental Health/Psychiatric
     Nursing Practice A               L1    12.5%   CNA742
Mental Health/Psychiatric
     Nursing Studies B               [na]   12.5%   CNA741
Mental Health/Psychiatric
     Nursing Practice B              [na]   12.5%   CNA743
 NEONATAL INTENSIVE CARE NURSING
Neonatal Intensive Care
     Nursing Practice A              [na]   12.5%   CNA774
Neonatal Intensive Care
     Nursing Science A               [na]   12.5%   CNA776
Neonatal Intensive Care
     Nursing Practice B              H1     12.5%   CNA775
Neonatal Intensive Care
     Nursing Science B               H1     12.5%   CNA777
Course details (2001)                                                        page 277



 PAEDIATRIC NURSING
Paediatric Nursing
    Practice A                                  [na]      12.5%            CNA764
Paediatric Nursing
    Studies A                                   [na]      12.5%            CNA766
Paediatric Nursing
    Practice B                                  H1        12.5%            CNA765
Paediatric Nursing
    Studies B                                   H1        12.5%            CNA767
 PERIOPERATIVE NURSING
Perioperative Nursing Practice
    A                                            L2       12.5%            CNA754
Perioperative Nursing
    Science A                                    L2       12.5%            CNA756
Perioperative Nursing Practice
    B                                           [na]      12.5%            CNA755
Perioperative Nursing
    Science B                                   [na]      12.5%            CNA757
 RURAL/REMOTE NURSING
Rural/Remote Nursing
    Practice A                                  [na]      12.5%            CNA744
Rural/Remote Nursing
    Studies A                                   [na]      12.5%            CNA746
Rural/Remote Nursing
    Practice B                                  [na]      12.5%            CNA745
Rural/Remote Nursing
    Studies B                                   [na]      12.5%            CNA747



            Graduate Diploma of Midwifery
(Abbreviation: GradDipMid)

Course code: H6B

This course is offered part-time, over a minimum of 2 years and a maximum
completion time of 5 years.

Admission & prerequisites

Applicants must

[i]    be a registered nurse in Australia and hold a current practising certificate,
       or if an overseas applicant, have had his/her nursing qualifications
       assessed by the Australian Nursing Council and either be eligible for
Course details (2001)                                                          page 278



      registration or require no more than a 3-month course approved by the
      Nursing Board of Tasmania to become eligible for registration;
[ii] have completed a tertiary qualification in nursing and have had at least
      one year of full-time experience in nursing practice within the last two
      years (or equivalent); or hold a hospital certificate qualification in a field of
      nursing and have substantial experience in practice; or
[iii] have qualifications and experience deemed to be the equivalent of both of
      the above.

Applicants may be interviewed as part of the selection process and those who
have undertaken studies equivalent to units in a Graduate Certificate of
Graduate Diploma may be eligible for credit.

Course objectives



Contacts

For further details, students are advised to contact the Tasmanian School of
Nursing on (03) 6226 4750.


   Graduate Diploma in Immunology and
              Microbiology
(Abbreviation: GradDipImmunolMicrobiol)

Course code: M6A

This 1-year full-time or up to 3-years part-time graduate diploma course is
offered at Hobart, internally and externally.

The staff are: Prof HK Muller, Prof JM Goldsmid, Dr GM Woods and Assoc
Prof SM Kirov.

Assessment is by examination, the completion of a minor research report,
seminars and an oral examination.

Admission & prerequisites

Degree or equivalent in Medicine, Veterinary Science, Science, Pharmacy,
Agricultural Science or Applied Science.

Course objectives
Course details (2001)                                                       page 279



The course is designed for those who wish to advance their knowledge in
Immunology and Microbiology. Specific objectives are to give candidates the
theoretical knowledge of Immunology and Microbiology to undertake further
graduate studies in these disciplines. The practical experience from this
course would allow candidates to take up positions in Immunology and
Microbiology laboratories.

Career outcomes

Students who complete the Graduate Diploma have their career opportunities
enhanced because they are able to combine expertise gained from their first
degree with knowledge of Immunology and Microbiology. This opens career
paths in research and/or diagnostic and investigative laboratories.

Professional recognition

There is no professional body specially in this area but the course would allow
Medical and Biomedical scientists to prepare for Fellowship examinations.

Course structure

Candidates attend lectures in Immunology and Medical Microbiology as
outlined for CJA308 Medical Microbiology and Immunology, or CJA212
Pathological Basis of Disease (see page C-xx for details), advanced tutorials, and
complete a minor research project. The lecture streams and research project
have their own unit codes when taken as part of this Graduate Diploma, as
shown below. External students are expected to submit essays or assignments
instead of the lectures and tutorials.

The research project is supervised by a staff member of the appropriate School
or Discipline. For further details on the requirements of the research project,
contact the School of Agricultural Science.

Coursework and research is completed either:

•      by a full-time candidate in one year of study, with an additional three
       months being allowed for submission of the minor research report; or
•      by a part-time candidate in a maximum of three consecutive years of
       study.

Enrolment master code

CJA510           GradDipImmunolMicrobiol


                   Master of Medical Science
Course details (2001)                                                       page 280



(Abbreviation: MMedSc)

Course code: M7A

Applicants for the Master of Medical Science by research should contact the
Office for Research, but applicants for a Master of Medical Science by
coursework should contact the relevant Head of Discipline in the School of
Medicine. For a list of the ten Disciplines, see the BMedSc(Hons) entry.

Admission & prerequisites

Applicants must have completed the requirements for the degree of MBBS, the
degree of BSc(Hons), or the degree of BMedSc(Hons) which is awarded
following successful completion of an Advanced Study or Research project in
semester 2 of year 4 of the MBBS course.

Course objectives




                        Master of Nursing
(Abbreviation: MN)

Course code: H7A

The course is offered full time over a minimum of 3 semesters or part time,
with a maximum completion time of five years. The course is offered from
Launceston, with arrangements made for students throughout the State.

Admission & prerequisites

To qualify for admission, a candidate for the Master of Nursing must:

[i]   be a registered nurse in Australia and hold a current practising certificate,
      or
      if an overseas applicant, have had his/her nursing qualifications assessed
      by the Australian Nursing Council and either be eligible for registration or
      require no more than a three month course approved by the Nursing
      Board of Tasmania to become eligible for registration;
[ii] normally have had at least two years of full-time experience in nursing
      practice within the last two years (or equivalent);
[iii] hold a four-year undergraduate degree in nursing with a grade point
      average of at least a credit, or equivalent;
      or
      hold an Honours degree in nursing;
Course details (2001)                                                       page 281



     or
     hold a three-year degree and a graduate diploma with a credit average; or
[iv] have qualifications and experience deemed to be the equivalent of all of
     the above.

Passes in subjects or units in other courses (completed or otherwise) in this
University or another approved tertiary institution (or other approved
professional examining body) may be credited towards the Master of Nursing
for a maximum of one unit of credit. Applicants who hold a Graduate Diploma
of Advanced Nursing may be eligible for advanced standing for up to two
coursework units, excluding the thesis component (effectively up to one third of
the course) but must continue with the same nursing specialty strand studied in
the GradDipAdvN.

Course objectives

The Master of Nursing is designed to prepare graduates who can contribute to
knowledge development within the discipline of nursing. It is expected that
students enrolled in the course will have a strong practice base with expertise in
an area of specialisation. The course focuses on a high level of conceptualisation
within the discipline of nursing.

Career outcomes

Graduates of the Master of Nursing can expect to be competitive for positions
in practice, management and research.

Course structure

All students undertake a coursework component, and a thesis which represents
33% of the course as a whole, and takes the form of a supervised project of
approximately 20,000 words.

The core curriculum is arranged around three themes:

•      Discipline Studies in Nursing,
•      Research Methods in Nursing, and
•      Contemporary Health Issues.

Students usually take the following units in year 1 or part-time studies:

Semester 1

Discipline Studies in Nursing

Semester 2
Course details (2001)                                                       page 282



Contemporary Health Issues

The course structure is set out in Schedule B.

At the master degree level it is expected that students will have accumulated a
considerable reservoir of experience which will serve as a rich learning
resource, both for themselves and for others. Accordingly, the approach of
teaching and learning adopted within the course is congruent with adult
learning principles. Units are both theory and practice driven.

                                  Schedule B

Unit Title                           campus-sem        weight                code
Discipline Studies in
    Nursing                                  L1/2         25%            CNA805
Contemporary Health
    Issues                                   L1/2         25%            CNA806
Research Methods in
    Nursing                                  L1/2     25%              CNA807
Nursing Practice                             L1/2     25%              CNA808
Thesis                                       L1/2 25%/50%           CNA809/810



                        Diploma in Aquaculture
(Abbreviation: DipAq)

Course code: S2B

This 2-year full-time course is offered by the Faculty of Science and Engineering
and is available at Launceston. Subject to attendance and timetable
requirements, part-time enrolment may be possible.

Admission & prerequisites

University admission. There are no specific TCE subject prerequisites.

Course objectives

The Diploma course aims to produce aquacultural technicians who have a
sound understanding of the scientific bases of aquaculture as well as advanced
technical skills. In addition to fostering reliability, the course emphasises the
development of skills which lead to independence in the work place and the
ability to work in a team situation. Theoretical, technical and practical training
is complemented by a minimum of two weeks of work experience in industry.
Course details (2001)                                                      page 283



Career outcomes

The practical nature of this course, together with the current expansion of the
aquaculture industry, ensures ready employment as farm workers throughout
Australia. Graduates are able to work in all facets of aquaculture, including fish,
shellfish and algal culture as well as in hatcheries. This course is fully
articulated with the degree courses for students who wish to continue with
their aquaculture education.

Course structure

The Diploma in Aquaculture is a 2-year course (4 semesters) in which students
are required to undertake core and elective studies in a range of disciplines, in
physical sciences, applied science and aquaculture.

Schedule A outlines the sequence of units for each semester.

Articulation

Credit for appropriate studies completed in TAFE and other university courses
may be granted by the Faculty.

Bachelor of Aquaculture

                                   Schedule A

Unit Title                           campus-sem        weight                code
Year 1
Mathematics for
     Aquaculture                               L1       12.5%           KMA162
Chemistry for Life
     Sciences                                L1         12.5%             KJC161
Zoology for Aquaculture                      L1         12.5%            KQA110
Computer Applications                  H1~L1~B1         12.5%            KXA153
Introduction to
     Biochemistry                              L2       12.5%             KJC162
Aquatic Ecology I                              L2       12.5%            KQA121
Introductory Aquaculture
     Technology                                L2       12.5%            KQA124
Unspecified elective
Year 2
General Microbiology                           L1       12.5%            KQA207
Technology for
     Aquaculture                               L1       12.5%            KQA214
Data Handling and
     Statistics 1                H1/2~L1/2~B2           12.5%           KMA153
Applied Algology                           L1           12.5%           KQA220
Course details (2001)                                                       page 284



Finfish Culture [a]                        L2       12.5%                KQA241
Molluscan Culture   [a]                    L2       12.5%                KQA242
Crustacean & Zooplankton
     Culture [a]                           L2       12.5%                KQA243
Aquatic Ecology II                         L2       12.5%                KQA212
[a] two weeks work experience related to one of these units



          Bachelor of Agricultural Science
(Abbreviation: BAgrSc)

Course code: S3A

This on-campus, 4-year (minimum) full-time course is offered by the Faculty of
Science and Engineering and is available at Hobart. Subject to attendance and
timetable requirements, part-time study may be possible.

Admission & prerequisites

In addition to the University's general admission requirements, students
entering first year Agricultural Science must have achieved a TCE Satisfactory
Achievement (SA) result or higher in Chemistry *CH856, Mathematics Stage 2
*MT841 (or Mathematics Applied *MT730). *PH866 is desirable but not
compulsory.

Course objectives

The objectives of the Bachelor of Agricultural Science degree are to:

•      Provide a sound basis in the physical and biological sciences in the first
       two years of study and an introduction to the main subject areas to be
       covered in years 3 and 4;
•      Provide, in the final two years of study, opportunity for specialisation and
       advanced study of the major discipline areas of agricultural science;
•      Produce graduates with scientific knowledge and skills in the principles of
       agricultural production and sustainable resource management which meet
       the needs of industry, business and government.

Career outcomes

Employment prospects for graduates are diverse, including positions in
agribusiness, research, production agriculture, resource management, business
management, government agencies, education, forestry, aquaculture, food
processing, food technology, waste management, marine and Antarctic
research.
Course details (2001)                                                      page 285




Professional recognition

Graduates from the course are eligible for membership of the Australian
Institute of Agricultural Science and Technology (AIAST).

Course structure

Students undertaking a Bachelor of Agricultural Science degree study a
common first two years which is mainly comprised of subjects in the physical
and biological sciences area. In years three and four they choose a range of
subjects from within the agricultural sciences (refer to Schedule A). If students
gain sufficient merit in year three they may be able to undertake an honours
program during the final year of the course.

The Agricultural Science degree is an interesting and challenging course
requiring motivation and commitment from the student. In its final stages,
students work closely with staff and fellow students and become familiar with
the latest developments in the various subject areas.

Practical experience is gained through formal practical classes, excursions and
vacational work experience of 15 weeks, which can be spread over the duration
of the course.

Schedule A below specifies the core and optional units of the course.

Articulation

Candidates with other tertiary studies may be granted status for work
completed and deemed appropriate to this degree.

Candidates with other tertiary studies may be granted status for work
completed and deemed appropriate to this degree.

                                   Schedule A

Unit Title                           campus-sem        weight                code
Year 1
Plant Science for Agricultural
    Science                                    H1       12.5%            KPA160
Zoology for Agricultural
    Science                                    H1       12.5%            KZA160
Applied Physics                                H1       12.5%            KYA171
Chemistry 1 (Agricultural
    Science)                                   Hf         25%            KRA120
Sustainable Resource
    Management                             H2~B2        12.5%            KLA115
Course details (2001)                                                 page 286



Data Handling and
     Statistics 1 [a]                    H1/2~L1/2~B2    12.5%      KMA153
Genetics and Cell Biology for
     Agricultural Science                          H2    12.5%       KPZ162
Year 2
Biochemistry
     (Agriculture)                                 H1    12.5%      CBA235
Organic Chemistry
     (Agricultural Science)                        H1    12.5%      KRA222
Agricultural Geology &
     Soil Science                                  H1    12.5%      KLA213
Pasture and Animal
     Science                                       H1    12.5%      KLA211
Field Agriculture                                  H2    12.5%      KLA215
Microbiology 1                                     H2    12.5%      KLA210
Crop and Plant Physiology                          H2    12.5%      KLA214
Agricultural Technology                            H2    12.5%      KLA217
Year 3
Economics for Business                       H1~L1~B1    12.5%       BEA110
Research, Development and
     Extension Methods                             H2    12.5%      KLA305
plus six (75% weighting) of the following:
Agronomy                                           H1    12.5%   KLA331/431
Crop and Pasture
     Production [b]                                H2    12.5%   KLA250/350
Insect Diversity and
     Function [b]                                  H1    12.5%   KLA254/354
Insect Ecology and
     Behaviour [b]                                 H2    12.5%   KLA314/414
Horticultural Production
     Systems [b]                                   H1    12.5%   KLA242/342
Horticultural Science [b]                          H2    12.5%   KLA365/465
Environmental and Resource
     Economics                                     H1    12.5%      BEA301
Principles of Marketing    [d]              H3/2~L3/2    12.5%   BMA151/251
Food Microbiology [b]                              H1    12.5%   KLA396/496
General Microbial Ecology      [b]                 H2    12.5%   KLA398/498
Animal Production Systems         [b][c]          [na]   12.5%   KLA220/320
Animal Science      [b][c]                        [na]   12.5%   KLA326/426
Introduction to Plant
     Diseases [b][c]                              [na]   12.5%   KLA287/387
Agricultural and Forest
     Pathology [b][c]                             [na]   12.5%   KLA346/446
Soil and Land Resources [b][c]                    [na]   12.5%   KLA381/481
Fundamentals of Soil
     Science [b][c]                               [na]   12.5%   KLA297/397
Year 4
Course details (2001)                                                    page 287



Crop Health Management [e]                      H1        12.5%      KLA329/429
Plant Nutrition & Soil
     Fertility [e]                              H2        12.5%      KLA318/418
Plus six (75% weighting) of the following:
Agronomy [e]                                    H1        12.5%      KLA331/431
Crop and Pasture
     Production                                 H2        12.5%         KLA450
Insect Diversity and
     Function                                   H1        12.5%         KLA454
Insect Ecology and
     Behaviour [e]                              H2        12.5%      KLA314/414
Horticultural Production
     Systems                                    H2        12.5%         KLA442
Horticultural Science     [e]                   H2        12.5%      KLA365/465
Environmental and Resource
     Economics                                  H1        12.5%         BEA301
Principles of Marketing       [d]     H3/2~L3/2           12.5%     BMA151/251
Food Microbiology [e]                           H1        12.5%      KLA396/496
General Microbial Ecology [e]                   H2        12.5%      KLA398/498
Animal Production Systems         [c]          [na]       12.5%         KLA420
Animal Science     [e][c]                      [na]       12.5%      KLA326/426
Introduction to Plant
     Diseases [c]                              [na]       12.5%         KLA487
Agricultural and Forest
     Pathology [e][c]                          [na]       12.5%      KLA346/446
Soil and Land Resources [e][c]                 [na]       12.5%      KLA381/481
Fundamentals of Soil
     Science                                   [na]       12.5%         KLA497
Honours       H.6,                            25%
[a] Subject to timetable constraints and approval of the course coordinator,
      students who have completed TCE Mathematics *MT730, *MT841
      or *MT843 may be permitted to replace KMA153 with another 12.5% unit.
      KPZ161 Ecology for Agricultural Science is the recommended unit.
[b] use level 300 enrolment code (eg KLA350)
[c] will be offered in 2002
[d] use level 200 enrolment code (eg BMA251)
[e] use level 400 enrolment code (eg KLA418)



    Bachelor of Agricultural Science with
                  Honours
(Abbreviation: BAgrSc(Hons))

Course code: S4A
Course details (2001)                                                        page 288




A candidate who has completed the Third Examination of the Bachelor of
Agricultural Science with sufficient merit will be invited by the Faculty of
Science and Engineering on the recommendation of the Degree Coordinator as
a candidate for the degree of Bachelor of Agricultural Science with Honours.

Admission & prerequisites

Prospective honours students must average a 2.5 weighted grade average
(WGA) or higher in the 3rd year of their degree.

Course objectives

The BAgrSc(Hons) program aims to provide:

•      Advanced knowledge and scientific training in a specialised area of
       agricultural science;
•      Training in research as preparation for employment in a research
       organisation or for postgraduate research in master degree or PhD
       programs.

Career outcomes

Students are well prepared for employment in research and other positions
with industry, government and business organisations, generally and in their
area of specialisation. An honours degree also provides students with the
opportunity to undertake further research study leading to a master degree or
PhD qualification.

Course structure

Honours students usually carry a 100% load in their 4th year, which will be
made up of 75% unit electives and 25% for the honours project (KLA490). Those
with less than a 100% load may still be allowed to enrol.

The formal coursework grade will be assessed on a weighted grade average
(WGA). WGA = (G x W) / 75 where G values are: HD = 4; DN = 3; CR = 2; PP =
I. The same formula applies to students not carrying the full formal coursework
load. A student in this latter situation may elect to enrol in additional subjects
to make up the full 4th-year load.

Assessment of honours is based on the combination of formal coursework
(60%) and project thesis (40%) of the 4th-year program.

Note:
Course details (2001)                                                      page 289



Students wishing to enrol in honours must arrange an interview with the
honours coordinator before enrolment.

Three copies of the thesis must be submitted to the secretary by the first week in
December. The honours thesis should be completed according to the notes and
instructions available from the honours coordinator.

There shall be the following grades of honours: 1st Class; 2nd Class, Upper
Division; 2nd Class, Lower Division; 3rd Class.

Students may withdraw from honours up to the end of semester 1, without
penalty. However, to complete their degree, they must, in semester 2, enrol in a
suitable unit weighted 12.5% and complete an extensive literature review
(KLA483) which will be subject to an examination, possibly including a viva
voce. (The topic of the literature review is to be decided after consultation with
the degree coordinator).


                Bachelor of Applied Science
(Abbreviation: BAppSc)

Course code: S3E

No new intake into this course in 2001

The last intake of students into the Bachelor of Applied Science was in 2000.
The course will be taught out over the period 2001 to 2003. Current students
may also transfer to a number of other courses within the Faculty and
University. should contact Mrs Michelle Horder on (03) 63243863 if advice is
needed.

Admission & prerequisites

University admission. In addition there are TCE prerequisites to some first year
units. If applicants do not have these specific prerequisites, they may be able to
undertake bridging units.

Course objectives

The course aims to provide students with a broad scientific background and
specific orientation towards career paths and industrial applications, especially
as a result of professional accreditation. The course will develop students'
ability to communicate, both within and outside the scientific community, and
to learn independently. Graduates will be equipped for the workforce, able to
adapt and to contribute to technological advances, and able to use their
scientific knowledge with wisdom and responsibility.
Course details (2001)                                                     page 290




Career outcomes

The Bachelor of Applied Science provides students with the skills and
knowledge that are highly sought after by a variety of employers including:
industrial and government chemical laboratories, industrial, agricultural and
mining companies, computing and scientific instrumentation companies,
environmental organisations, plant biotechnology companies and national
parks and government agencies. Students completing a BAppSc have highly
developed problem-solving skills, an inquiring mind, well developed
communication skills and the ability to work accurately. The areas of in-depth
study are varied and students who choose to study a Professional Chemistry
major are eligible for membership of the Royal Australian Chemical Institute.
At the completion of their studies students also have the option of specialising
in a specific area of interest by studying for a BAppSc with Honours. There is
also the opportunity to undertake higher degrees by research.

Course structure

The Bachelor of Applied Science is a 3-year course (6 semesters) in which
students are required to complete major, minor and elective studies in a range
of disciplines. An outline is given in Schedule 1 which follows.

Specimen course

A specimen course in Aquaculture, together with majors in Applied Biology,
Applied Physics/Electronics, Biomedical Science, Chemistry, Computing,
Geography, and Mathematics are given in the following Schedules 2–9.
However, unless approved by Faculty, students may choose only one of
Biomedical Science, Mathematics and Computing as majors in the BAppSc; and
may choose only one of the Biology majors.

The framework of the general applied science course follows. It is based on the
semester-unit, which normally involves three hours of lectures and three hours
of laboratory work for 13 weeks. The course requires the completion of 24 such
units.

The normal degree structure for a full-time student contains two major fields of
study, one minor, and four electives as shown below.

                                  Schedule 1

Year 1        Semester 1   Major 1      Major 2       Minor 1       Elective 1
              Semester 2   Major 1      Major 2       Minor 1       Elective 2
Year 2        Semester 1   Major 1      Major 2       Minor 1       Elective 3
              Semester 2   Major 1      Major 2       Minor 1       Elective 4
Year 3        Semester 1   Major 1      Major 1       Major 2       Major 2
Course details (2001)                                                  page 291



              Semester 2   Major 1    Major 1       Major 2      Major 2

However, the structure of the Professional Chemistry and Professional
Aquaculture specialisations are atypical and include an expanded major and
normally two minors.

Year 1        Semester 1   Major 1    Elective 1    Minor 1      Minor 2
              Semester 2   Major 1    Elective 2    Minor 1      Minor 2
Year 2        Semester 1   Major 1    Major 1       Minor 1      Minor 2
              Semester 2   Major 1    Major 1       Minor 1      Minor 2
Year 3        Semester 1   Major 1    Major 1       Major 1      Elective 3
              Semester 2   Major 1    Major 1       Major 1      Elective 4

An alternative structure incorporating one major, two submajors and four
electives is available to accommodate some careeer paths.

Articulation

Credit of up to one year may be given for work completed in appropriate TAFE
and other university courses approved by the Faculty.

The BAppSc leads on to Honours and postgraduate studies.

                           Schedule 2 – Aquaculture

Prerequisites: Normal BAppSc requirements.

Unit Title                       campus-sem         weight                 code
Year 1
Data Handling and
     Statistics 1             H1/2~L1/2~B2            12.5%         KMA153
Either KJC103 or KJC161 and KJC162
Chemistry 1                            Lf~Bf           25%            KJC103
Chemistry for Life
     Sciences                             L1          12.5%           KJC161
Introduction to
     Biochemistry                         L2          12.5%           KJC162
Zoology for Aquaculture                   L1          12.5%          KQA110
Computer Applications              H1~L1~B1           12.5%          KXA153
Aquatic Ecology I                         L2          12.5%          KQA121
Genetics                              L2~B2           12.5%           KJB122
Introductory Aquaculture
     Technology                           L2          12.5%          KQA124
Year 2
Either KJC263 or KJC103
Chemistry 1                            Lf~Bf           25%            KJC103
Biochemistry 1                            Lf           25%            KJC263
Course details (2001)                                         page 292



General Microbiology                      L1       12.5%     KQA207
Technology for
    Aquaculture                           L1       12.5%     KQA214
Intensive Algal Culture                   L1       12.5%     KQA201
Applied and Environmental
    Microbiology                          L2       12.5%     KQA218
Intensive Crustacean &
    Zooplankton Culture                   L2       12.5%     KQA228
Aquatic Ecology II                        L2       12.5%     KQA212
Year 3
Practicum [a]                              Lf         0%     KQA311
Physiology of Aquatic
    Organisms                             L1       12.5%     KQA330
Nutrition of Aquatic
    Organisms                             L1       12.5%     KQA319
Scientific Analysis and
    Presentation for Aquaculture          L1       12.5%     KQA302
Advanced Aquaculture
    Technology                            L1       12.5%     KQA325
Intensive Molluscan
    Culture                               L2       12.5%     KQA303
Intensive Finfish Culture                 L2       12.5%     KQA320
Aquatic Animal Health                     L2       12.5%     KQA321
Unspecified elective                      L2       12.5%
[a] eight weeks work experience plus seminar attendance


                        Schedule 3 – Applied Biology Major

Prerequisites: Normal BAppSc requirements.

Unit Title                           campus-sem     weight     code
Year 1
Fauna of Tasmania                         L1~B1      12.5%   KJB113
Genetics                                  L2~B2      12.5%   KJB122
Year 2
Plant Physiology                              L1     12.5%   KJB205
Forest Ecosystems                             L2     12.5%   KJB227
Year 3
Agroforestry                                  Lf       25%   KJB307
Plant Biotechnology                           Lf       25%   KJB308


                         Schedule 4 – Biomedical Science
Course details (2001)                                                      page 293



Prerequisites: Normal BAppSc requirements, including *CH856 or KJC161
Chemistry for Life Sciences and KJC162 Introduction to Biochemistry. Note that
students taking this major will also need to enrol in the Biochemistry minor.

Unit Title                            campus-sem        weight                code
Year 1
Either CRA171 or CRA101
Cell Biology                                    L1       12.5%             CRA171
Medical Laboratory
     Practice [a]                               L1       12.5%             CRA101
Anatomy and Physiology 1                        L2       12.5%             CRA172
Year 2
Anatomy and Physiology 2                        L1       12.5%             CRA273
Either CRA276 or KJB122
Microbiology and Health                         L2       12.5%             CRA276
Genetics  [a]                               L2~B2        12.5%              KJB122
Year 3
Immunology                                      L1       12.5%             CRA321
Biomedical Science 1
     (Nutrition & Neurobiology)                 L1       12.5%             CRA385
Human Molecular Biology                         L2       12.5%             CRA300
Biomedical Science 2
     (Pharmacology &
     Pathophysiology)                           L2       12.5%             CRA386
[a] Only available to those students also pursuing a microbiology sequence.
      This sequence may be in the form of a minor for students combining a
      chemistry major, or in the form of electives for others, as the biochemistry
      minor is a corequisite of the Biomedical Science major


                        Schedule 5 – Chemistry Major

Specialisation in Chemistry is available through a professionally accredited 12
unit Chemistry major. Students not wishing to pursue this expanded major may
choose an 8 unit general Chemistry major.

(i) Chemistry Major (Professional)

This major provides a sound theoretical basis in chemistry which is enhanced
by relevant industrial and biological applications, and meets the academic
requirements for membership of the Royal Australian Chemical Institute.
Membership regulations require, in addition to the Chemistry units, either first
year Physics or first year Mathematics.

Prerequisites: Normal BAppSc requirements, but including *CH856
and *MT841 and/or *PH866. Bridging units are available for students who lack
specific prerequisites.
Course details (2001)                                                     page 294




Unit Title                          campus-sem        weight               code
Year 1
Chemistry 1                                 Lf~Bf        25%            KJC103
Year 2
Organic Chemistry 2                           L1       12.5%            KJC231
Inorganic Chemistry 2                         L1       12.5%            KJC221
Analytical Chemistry 2                        L2       12.5%            KJC212
Physical Chemistry 2                          L2       12.5%            KJC242
Year 3
Physical Chemistry 3                          L1       12.5%            KJC341
Instrumental Chemistry 3                      L1       12.5%            KJC311
Science Project
     (Chemistry)                            Lf~Df        25%            KJC353
Inorganic Chemistry 3                          L2      12.5%            KJC322
Organic Chemistry 3                            L2      12.5%            KJC332
Biochemistry 1 [a]                             Lf        25%            KJC263
 [a] Recommended elective


(ii) Chemistry Major (General) Curriculum

Several variations of the general Chemistry major are possible by selection of
units from the Professional Chemistry Major, and these can be chosen to
complement the particular co-major.

Prerequisites: Normal BAppSc requirements, but including *CH856. Bridging
units are available for students who lack specific prerequisites.

Unit Title                          campus-sem        weight               code
Year 1
Chemistry 1                                 Lf~Bf        25%            KJC103
Year 2
Either KJC231 or KJC221
Organic Chemistry 2                           L1       12.5%            KJC231
Inorganic Chemistry 2                         L1       12.5%            KJC221
Either KJC212 or KJC242
Analytical Chemistry 2                        L2       12.5%            KJC212
Physical Chemistry 2                          L2       12.5%            KJC242
Year 3
Choose 2 of KJC231, 221, 341, 311
Organic Chemistry 2                           L1       12.5%            KJC231
Inorganic Chemistry 2                         L1       12.5%            KJC221
Physical Chemistry 3                          L1       12.5%            KJC341
Instrumental Chemistry 3                      L1       12.5%            KJC311
Choose 2 of KJC212, 242, 322, 332
Analytical Chemistry 2                        L2       12.5%            KJC212
Course details (2001)                                                    page 295



Physical Chemistry 2                         L2       12.5%            KJC242
Inorganic Chemistry 3                        L2       12.5%            KJC322
Organic Chemistry 3                          L2       12.5%            KJC332


                        Schedule 6 (i) – Computing Major

Prerequisites: Normal BAppSc requirements.

Unit Title                          campus-sem      weight                 code
Year 1
Choose two of KXA153, KXA151 or KXA154
Computer Applications                 H1~L1~B1       12.5%            KXA153
Programming and Problem
     Solving                       H1~L1/2~B1        12.5%            KXA151
Software Process                      H2~L2~B2       12.5%            KXA154
Year 2
Choose two of the following:
Algorithms and Metrics                    H1~L1      12.5%            KXA251
Artificial Intelligence                   H1~L1      12.5%            KXA252
Software Design                           H2~L2      12.5%            KXA253
Operating Systems                         H2~L2      12.5%            KXA254
Year 3  [a]

Choose four of the following:
Advanced Web Development [b]              H1~L1      12.5%       KXA281/381
Computer Security     [b]                 H2~L2      12.5%       KXA262/362
Knowledge-Based Systems                       L1     12.5%            KXA335
Programming Systems                           L2     12.5%            KXA337
Computer Assisted
     Learning                                 L1     12.5%            KXA339
Principles of Operating
     Systems                                  L2     12.5%            KXA334
Digital Networks                              L1     12.5%            KXA336
Computer Graphics &
     Animation                                L2     12.5%            KXA338
[a] Year 3 units are offered subject to student demand and availability of
      resources
[b] use level 300 enrolment code (eg KXA361)


                        Schedule 6 (ii) – Geography Major

Prerequisites: Normal BAppSc requirements.

Unit Title                          campus-sem       weight               code
Year 1
Course details (2001)                                                page 296



Population and
    Urbanisation                        L1~B1~D1       12.5%        KJG101
The Physical Environment                L2~B2~D2       12.5%        KJG102
Year 2
Australian Natural
    Environments                           L1~D1       12.5%        KJG201
Natural Resources
    Management                             L2~D2       12.5%        KJG202
Year 3
Environmental
    Geomorphology                          L1~D1        25%         KJG301
Globalisation                              L2~D2        25%         KJG302




                        Schedule 6 (iii) – Mathematics Major

Prerequisites: Normal BAppSc requirements, but including *MT841.

Unit Title                         campus-sem         weight           code
Year 1
Mathematics I                             L1~D1        12.5%        KMA171
Mathematics II                            L2~D2        12.5%        KMA172
Year 2
Mathematics III                           L1~D1        12.5%        KMA271
Mathematics
    IV – Introductory Applied Statistics     L2        12.5%        KMA272
Year 3
Mathematics Va                               L2        12.5%        KMA371
Mathematics Vb                               L1        12.5%        KMA372
Mathematics VIa                              L1        12.5%        KMA373
Mathematics
    VIb – Intermediate Applied Statistics    L2        12.5%        KMA374


                   Schedule 7 – Applied Physics/Electronics Major

Prerequisites: Normal BAppSc requirements, but including *PH866 or *EL750
and *MT841.

Unit Title                            campus-sem      weight           code
Year 1
Physics 1A                                     Lf       25%          KJP103
Year 2
Physics 3A                                     L1      12.5%         KJP201
Physics 4E                                     L2      12.5%         KJP222
Course details (2001)                                             page 297



Year 3
Physics 5E                                   L1       25%        KJP321
Physics 6E                                   L2       25%        KJP322


                           Schedule 9 – Minor Sequences

(i) Biochemistry Minor

Unit Title                           campus-sem     weight         code
Year 1
Chemistry 1                                Lf~Bf      25%        KJC103
Year 2
Biochemistry 1                                Lf      25%        KJC263


(ii) Behavioural Science Minor

Unit Title                           campus-sem     weight         code
Year 1
Psychology 1A                         H1~L1~B1       12.5%      KHA101
Psychology 1B                         H2~L2~B2       12.5%      KHA102
Year 2
Behaviour in the
    Workplace                                L1      12.5%   KHB215/315
Health, Stress and
    Coping                                   L2      12.5%   KHB209/309


(iii) Microbiology Minor

Unit Title                           campus-sem     weight         code
Year 1
Cell Biology                                 L1      12.5%      CRA171
Microbiology and Health                      L2      12.5%      CRA276
Year 2
Either CRA241 or KQA207
General and Medical
     Microbiology                            L1      12.5%      CRA241
General Microbiology                         L1      12.5%      KQA207
Applied and Environmental
     Microbiology                            L2      12.5%      KQA218


(iv) Computing Electronics Minor

Unit Title                           campus-sem     weight         code
Course details (2001)                                                       page 298



Year 1
Introduction to
     Electronics                           L1~B1        12.5%             KJP131
Digital and Microprocessor
     Systems                               L2~B2        12.5%             KJP132
Year 2
Computer Control and
     Communications                            L1       12.5%             KJP231
Laboratory
     Instrumentation                           L2       12.5%             KJP232


(v) Statistics Minor

Unit Title                         campus-sem          weight                   code
Year 1
Mathematics I                             L1~D1         12.5%           KMA171
Mathematics
    IV – Introductory Applied Statistics     L2         12.5%           KMA272
Year 2
Mathematics Vb                               L1         12.5%           KMA372
Mathematics
    VIb – Intermediate Applied Statistics    L2         12.5%           KMA374


(vii) Other Minors

Four sequential units from any of the identified majors other than Aquaculture.
Refer to the earlier schedules.


         Bachelor of Applied Science with
                     Honours
(Abbreviation: BAppSc(Hons))

Course code: S4C

This 1-year full-time or 2-year part-time course is offered by the Faculty of
Science and Engineering at Launceston.

Admission & prerequisites

A candidate for the degree of BAppSc(Hons) requires approval of Faculty.
Except with the permission of Faculty, candidates shall have qualified for
admission to the degree of BAppSc at this University or an equivalent
qualification in which the specialisation prerequisites have been completed and
Course details (2001)                                                      page 299



approved by Faculty for this purpose. Specialisation prerequisites are credit
level or better in the final three semesters of study.

Course objectives

To provide advanced knowledge and training in a single area of applied science
and training in research to prepare candidates for advanced research programs
and/or employment in research organisations.

Career outcomes

A Bachelor of Applied Science with Honours provides the opportunity to
consolidate skills and knowledge acquired in the BAppSc course. The Honours
program provides practical research training through a specialised project
which facilitates the design and conduct of future investigations in the student's
chosen field of study. Graduates could expect to obtain employment in the
same areas as those graduating with BAppSc but could expect to move into
research based positions. The honours course also enables graduates to move
into higher degrees by research.

Course structure

Each candidate will undertake coursework as prescribed, conduct research, and
write a thesis.

Fields of Study

•      Subject to staff supervision being available, candidates may be accepted
       in:
•      Applied Biology
•      Chemistry
•      Earth Science (Geography)
•      Physical Sciences

Articulation

Graduates from other institutions with degrees acceptable to the Faculty may
be accepted into one of these fields of study.

The BAppSc(Hons) leads on to research higher degrees.


                Bachelor of Applied Science
                       (Agriculture)
(Abbreviation: BAppSc(Agr))
Course details (2001)                                                      page 300



Course code: S3B

This on-campus, 3-year (minimum) full-time course is offered by the Faculty of
Science and Engineering and is available at Hobart. Subject to attendance and
timetable requirements, part-time study may be possible.

Admission & prerequisites

Minimum University entry requirements including a satisfactory achievement
(SA) or higher in any two of the following: TCE mathematics *MT730 (or
*MT841 or *MT843), computer science *IF862, chemistry *CH856, geology
*GL876, geography *GG833, or environmental science *EV846, physics *PH866,
biology *BY826, applied science–physical sciences *SC786 (if neither physics nor
chemistry counted), agricultural science *AG806.

Course objectives

The course gives students an opportunity to acquire knowledge and skills
suited to the needs of a professional agriculturalist. Emphasis is given to
scientific technology, its application and the management of agricultural
enterprises.

Career outcomes

The course is designed to meet an identified demand by employers for
graduates qualified and skilled in the application of scientific technology in
agricultural industries.

Graduates are qualified for positions within agribusiness, private sector, service
consultancy, agricultural development and enterprise management, forestry
and related industries.

Professional recognition

Graduates from the course are eligible for membership of the Australian
Institute of Agricultural Science and Technology (AIAST)

Course structure

The course is arranged with a core of units in applied physical science,
biological science and agricultural business, and these form a foundation for
studies in applied agriculture.

Field and practical work is required during semesters and in vacations.

The course is detailed in the schedule below.
Course details (2001)                                                  page 301



Articulation

If students have a TAFE Diploma of Agriculture, or come from other recognised
providers of agricultural or relevant science education, they should receive
credit for work done. As a general rule, maximum credit transfer would be
100%. Application must be made to the Student Administration

Graduates of the BAppSc(Agr) may progress to the Graduate Diploma of
Agricultural Science or the Graduate Diploma of Agricultural Science with
Honours.

                                 Schedule A

Unit Title                         campus-sem       weight              code
Year 1
Plant Science for Agricultural
     Science                                H1       12.5%           KPA160
Zoology for Agricultural
     Science                                H1       12.5%           KZA160
Applied Physics                             H1       12.5%           KYA171
Introduction to Agriculture
     and Horticulture                       H1       12.5%           KLA100
Chemistry 1 (Applied
     Agriculture)                           H2       12.5%           KRA121
Sustainable Resource
     Management                         H2~B2        12.5%           KLA115
Business of Agriculture and
     Horticulture                           H2       12.5%           KLA105
Science of Agriculture                      H2       12.5%           KLA110
Year 2
Microbiology 1                              H2       12.5%           KLA210
Agricultural Geology &
     Soil Science                           H1       12.5%           KLA213
Crop and Plant Physiology                   H2       12.5%           KLA214
Field Agriculture                           H2       12.5%           KLA215
Pasture and Animal
     Science                                H1       12.5%           KLA211
Plus three of the following:
Economics for Business              H1~L1~B1         12.5%           BEA110
Insect Diversity and
     Function [a]                           H1       12.5%      KLA254/354
Crop and Pasture
     Production [a]                         H2       12.5%      KLA250/350
Fundamentals of Soil
     Science [a][c]                        [na]      12.5%      KLA297/397
Introduction to Plant
     Diseases [a][c]                       [na]      12.5%      KLA287/387
Course details (2001)                                                  page 302



Animal Production Systems [a][c]         [na]        12.5%      KLA220/320
Year 3
Crop Health Management                    H1         12.5%      KLA329/429
Principles of Marketing [a]        H3/2~L3/2         12.5%      BMA151/251
Industry Project                           Hf          25%         KLA377
Plant Nutrition & Soil
     Fertility [b]                        H2         12.5%      KLA318/418
Plus three of the following:
Economics for Business              H1~L1~B1         12.5%           BEA110
Insect Diversity and
     Function [b]                         H1         12.5%      KLA254/354
Crop and Pasture
     Production [b]                       H2         12.5%      KLA250/350
Fundamentals of Soil
     Science [b][c]                      [na]        12.5%      KLA297/397
Introduction to Plant
     Diseases [b][c]                     [na]        12.5%      KLA287/387
Animal Production Systems [b][c]         [na]        12.5%      KLA220/320
[a] Use level 200 enrolment code (eg KLA254)
[b] Use level 300 enrolment code (eg KLA318)
[c] will be offered in 2002



                Bachelor of Applied Science
                       (Horticulture)
(Abbreviation: BAppSc(Hort))

Course code: S3C

This on-campus, 3-year (minimum) course is offered by the Faculty of Science
and Engineering, and is available at Hobart. Subject to attendance and
timetable limits, part-time study may be possible.

Admission & prerequisites

Minimum entry requirements including a satisfactory achievement (SA) in any
two of the following: TCE mathematics *MT843 (or *MT841 or *MT730),
computer science *IF862, chemistry *CH856, geology *GL876, geography
*GG833 (or environmental science *EV846), physics *PH866, biology *BY826,
applied science–physical sciences *SC786 (if neither physics nor chemistry
counted), agricultural science *AG806.

Course objectives
Course details (2001)                                                       page 303



The course is designed to give students an opportunity to acquire the
knowledge, attitudes and skills suited to the needs of a professional
horticulturalist. Emphasis is given to scientific technology, its application and
the management of horticultural enterprises.

Career outcomes

The course meets an identified demand by employers for graduates qualified
and skilled in the application of scientific technology in horticultural industries.
It seeks to provide graduates qualified for positions within agribusiness, private
sector, service consultancy, horticultural development and enterprise
management, forestry and related industries.

Professional recognition

Graduates from the course are eligible for membership of the Australian
Institute of Agricultural Science and Technology (AIAST)

Course structure

The course is arranged with a core of units in applied physical science,
biological science and horticultural business, and these form a foundation for
studies in applied horticulture.

Field and practical work is required during semesters and in vacations.

The course is detailed in the schedule which follows.

Articulation

If students have a TAFE Diploma of Horticulture, or come from other
recognised providers of horticultural or relevant science education, they may
receive credit for work done. As a general rule, maximum credit transfer would
be 100%. Application must be made to the Student Administration

Graduates of the BAppSc(Hort) may progress to the Graduate Diploma of
Agricultural Science or the Graduate Diploma of Agricultural Science with
Honours.

                                   Schedule A

Unit Title                           campus-sem         weight                code
Year 1
Plant Science for Agricultural
    Science                                    H1        12.5%            KPA160
Zoology for Agricultural
    Science                                    H1        12.5%            KZA160
Course details (2001)                                   page 304



Applied Physics                      H1    12.5%      KYA171
Introduction to Agriculture
     and Horticulture                H1    12.5%      KLA100
Chemistry 1 (Applied
     Agriculture)                    H2    12.5%      KRA121
Sustainable Resource
     Management                   H2~B2    12.5%      KLA115
Business of Agriculture and
     Horticulture                    H2    12.5%      KLA105
Science of Agriculture               H2    12.5%      KLA110
Year 2
Microbiology 1                       H2    12.5%      KLA210
Agricultural Geology &
     Soil Science                    H1    12.5%      KLA213
Crop and Plant Physiology            H2    12.5%      KLA214
Field Agriculture                    H2    12.5%      KLA215
Economics for Business         H1~L1~B1    12.5%      BEA110
Plus three of the following:
Horticultural Production
     Systems [a]                     H1    12.5%   KLA242/342
Insect Diversity and
     Function [a]                    H1    12.5%   KLA254/354
Crop and Pasture
     Production [a]                  H2    12.5%   KLA250/350
Fundamentals of Soil
     Science [a][c]                 [na]   12.5%   KLA297/397
Introduction to Plant
     Diseases [a][c]                [na]   12.5%   KLA287/387
Horticultural Physiology and
     Technology [a][c]              [na]   12.5%   KLA233/333
Year 3
Crop Health Management                H1   12.5%   KLA329/429
Principles of Marketing [a]    H3/2~L3/2   12.5%   BMA151/251
Industry Project                      Hf     25%      KLA377
Plant Nutrition & Soil
     Fertility [b]                   H2    12.5%   KLA318/418
Plus three of the following:
Horticultural Production
     Systems [b]                     H1    12.5%   KLA242/342
Insect Diversity and
     Function [b]                    H1    12.5%   KLA254/354
Crop and Pasture
     Production [b]                  H2    12.5%   KLA250/350
Fundamentals of Soil
     Science [b][c]                 [na]   12.5%   KLA297/397
Introduction to Plant
     Diseases [b][c]                [na]   12.5%   KLA287/387
Course details (2001)                                                      page 305



Horticultural Physiology and
    Technology [b][c]                    [na]           12.5%       KLA233/333
[a] Use level 200 enrolment code (eg KLA254)
[b] Use level 300 enrolment code (eg KLA318)
[c] will be offered in 2002



                        Bachelor of Aquaculture
(Abbreviation: BAqua)

Course code: S3K

This 3-year full-time course is offered by the Faculty of Science and Engineering
and is available at Launceston. Subject to attendance and timetable
requirements, the course may be available part time over 6 years.

Admission & prerequisites

University admission. In addition there are TCE prerequisites to some first-year
units. If applicants do not have these specific prerequisites, they may be able to
undertake bridging units.

Course objectives

The course aims to provide students with a broad scientific background in
aquatic biology and specific orientation towards a career path in aquaculture. It
will develop students' ability to communicate, both within and outside the
scientific community, and to learn independently. As graduates, students will
be able to adapt and contribute to technological advances and be able to use
their scientific knowledge with wisdom and responsibility.

Career outcomes

The combined approach of broad-based aquatic biology with a comprehensive
strand of specialist aquaculture subjects ensures graduates are highly
employable throughout the aquaculture industry or in applied aquatic biology.
Recent graduate surveys demonstrate 90% are either employed in this or
related industries or are undertaking higher studies in aquaculture. Possible
career paths include work in farming as an owner, manager or technician; or
as a research assistant in aquaculture or applied aquatic biology, in university
or government departments, or proceeding to higher qualifications to become a
research scientist or consultant .

Course structure
Course details (2001)                                                    page 306



The Bachelor of Aquaculture is a three-year course (6 semesters) in which
students are required to complete a set course of aquaculture and other science
subjects in a range of disciplines.

Articulation

Credit of up to one year may be given for work completed in appropriate TAFE
and other university courses approved by the Faculty.

Graduates are eligible to progress to the Bachelor of Aquaculture with Honours
program.

                                   Schedule

Unit Title                         campus-sem        weight               code
Year 1
Data Handling and
     Statistics 1               H1/2~L1/2~B2          12.5%           KMA153
Either KJC103 or KJC161 and KJC162
Chemistry 1                               Lf~Bf         25%            KJC103
Chemistry for Life
     Sciences                                L1       12.5%            KJC161
Introduction to
     Biochemistry                            L2       12.5%            KJC162
Zoology for Aquaculture                      L1       12.5%           KQA110
Computer Applications                H1~L1~B1         12.5%           KXA153
Aquatic Ecology I                            L2       12.5%           KQA121
Introductory Aquaculture
     Technology                              L2       12.5%           KQA124
Unspecified elective                      L1/2
Year 2
Either Unspecified elective and KJC252 or KJC103
Chemistry 1                               Lf~Bf         25%            KJC103
Analytical and Environmental
      Chemistry 2                            L2       12.5%            KJC252
General Microbiology                         L1       12.5%           KQA207
Technology for
      Aquaculture                            L1       12.5%           KQA214
Intensive Algal Culture                      L1       12.5%           KQA201
Intensive Crustacean &
      Zooplankton Culture                    L2       12.5%           KQA228
Applied and Environmental
      Microbiology                           L2       12.5%           KQA218
Aquatic Ecology II                           L2       12.5%           KQA212
Year 3
Practicum [a]                                Lf          0%           KQA311
Course details (2001)                                                       page 307



Physiology of Aquatic
     Organisms                            L1       12.5%                 KQA330
Nutrition of Aquatic
     Organisms                            L1       12.5%                 KQA319
Scientific Analysis and
     Presentation for Aquaculture         L1       12.5%                 KQA302
Advanced Aquaculture
     Technology                           L1       12.5%                 KQA325
Intensive Molluscan
     Culture                              L2       12.5%                 KQA303
Intensive Finfish Culture                 L2       12.5%                 KQA320
Aquatic Animal Health                     L2       12.5%                 KQA321
Aquaculture Policy and
     Operations                           L2       12.5%                 KQA326
[a] Eight weeks work experience plus seminar attendance



  Bachelor of Aquaculture with Honours
(Abbreviation: BAqua(Hons))

Course code: S4M

(This course replaces the Bachelor of Applied Science (Honours) specialising
in Aquaculture (S4C))

This 1-year full-time or 2-year part-time course is offered by the Faculty of
Science and Engineering at Launceston.

Admission & prerequisites

A candidate for the degree of BAqua(Hons) requires the permission of Faculty.
Except with the permission of Faculty, candidates shall have qualified for
admission to the degree of BAqua at this University or an equivalent
qualification in which the specialisation prerequisites have been completed and
approved by Faculty for this purpose. Specialisation prerequisites are credit
level or better in the final three semesters of study.

Course objectives

The course provides advanced knowledge and training in aquaculture, and
training in research to prepare candidates for advanced research programs
and/or employment in research organisations.

Career outcomes
Course details (2001)                                                       page 308



A Bachelor of Aquaculture with Honours provides the opportunity to
consolidate skills acquired in the BAqua course. The Honours program
provides practical research training through a specialised project that facilitates
the design and conduct of future investigations. Graduates could expect to
obtain employment in the same areas as those graduating with a BAqua, but
could expect to move into research-based positions. The Honours course allows
graduates to move into higher degrees by research.

Course structure

The BAqua(Hons) is a 1-year full-time course of 2 semesters in which, under
supervision, candidates undertake a research project. A candidate for the
degree must submit a thesis on this work undertaken as part of the Honours
course. The requirements for the degree may include examinations or other
assessments as prescribed by Faculty.

Articulation

Graduates from other institutions with degrees acceptable to Faculty may be
accepted into the Honours course.

Graduates of the BAqua(Hons) course may enrol for a higher degree by
research.


                        Bachelor of Architecture
(Abbreviation: BArch)

Course code: D3B

This 2-year graduate entry degree course is offered, full time only, by the
Faculty of Science and Engineering and is available only at Launceston through
the School of Architecture.

Admission & prerequisites

To enter the Bachelor of Architecture, applicants will have the Bachelor of
Environmental Design or equivalent 3-year undergraduate degree.

Applicants' first degree program will have been in environmental design,
architectural studies, or equivalent, and the main emphasis or major will have
been in architecture. In addition, students will be asked to attend an interview
and submit a portfolio of work which preferably should include items both
from their previous studies and from relevant activities, such as office practice.
Course details (2001)                                                       page 309



Candidates should note that, because there are limited places available, the
minimum requirements for admission will not automatically guarantee entry to
the course.

Course objectives

The course is aimed specifically at the needs of the architectural profession and
aims to equip students with the knowledge, skills, competencies and awareness
which are necessary for a graduate to practise architecture.

To complete the BArch successfully, students are required to demonstrate
competence in the analysis, synthesis, judgement and communication of
architectural ideas and solutions, as well as the ability to apply successfully
acquired theoretical knowledge, and technical and professional skills.

Career outcomes

Architects deal with a broad range of issues. Consequently, the study of
architecture covers a broad range of disciplines and skills. This means that
architects may find a career in private architectural practice, government
architectural offices, local government, performing arts, universities (as
academics or in property management), and large companies. Architects may
be engaged in a wide range of tasks: commercial, residential, retail and civic
building design (conceptual and technical); client brief writing; urban design,
planning appeal submissions, representation and also assessment; stage set and
exhibition design; and property and construction management. Many
Australian graduates in architecture have established careers in various
countries around the world.

Professional recognition

The Bachelor of Architecture is recognised by the Royal Australian Institute of
Architects (RAIA) as fulfilling the academic requirements for corporate
membership. BArch graduates are eligible for registration by Australian Boards
of Architects following an approved practical experience program and a pass in
the Architectural Practice examination. The Bachelor of Architecture is also
recognised by the Commonwealth Association of Architects and this offers
opportunity for international recognition.

Course structure

The course structure is outlined in the following Schedule.

                                   Schedule A

Unit Title                           campus-sem         weight                code
Year 1
Course details (2001)                                                  page 310



Design Studio 7 (BArch)                     L1         25%           KDA411
Professional Studies 1                      L1       12.5%           KDA412
Building Technology in Design
    7 (BArch)                               L1       12.5%           KDA413
Design Studio 8 (BArch)                     L2         25%           KDA421
Theory in Design 1
    (BArch)                                 L2       12.5%           KDA422
Building Technology in Design
    8 (BArch)                               L2       12.5%           KDA423
Year 2
Design Studio 9 (BArch)                     L1        25%            KDA511
Theory in Design 2
    (BArch)                                 L1       12.5%           KDA512
Professional Studies 2
    (BArch)                                 L1       12.5%           KDA513
Professional Project
    (BArch)                                 L2        50%            KDA521



    Bachelor of Architecture with Honours
(Abbreviation: BArch(Hons))

Course code: D4B

The Bachelor of Architecture with Honours is not a separate course and
students undertake only the units which comprise the Bachelor of Architecture
as detailed on page xx. The award of Bachelor of Architecture with Honours is
conferred on those students who have completed the Bachelor of Architecture
with sufficient merit, that is:

•      having completed the requirements of the degree of Bachelor of
       Architecture without failing a unit and having complied with all
       specifications of the Bachelor of Architecture; and
•      having achieved an Average Weighted Mark of 70% or above in both
       years of the Bachelor of Architecture degree.

Course objectives




                        Bachelor of Computing
(Abbreviation: BComp)
Course details (2001)                                                     page 311



Course code: S3F

This on-campus 3-year full-time (4 years honours) course is offered by the
Faculty of Science & Engineering and is available at Launceston and Hobart.
The first year only is also offered at the North-West Centre. This course may be
studied part-time.

Admission & prerequisites

Possession of the University's basic admission requirements. TCE Computing
or Mathematics subjects are not required.

Course objectives

The Bachelor of Computing is a comprehensive 3-year degree course in the
broad area of computer science with an applied orientation.

The specific course objectives are as follows:

•      to provide a thorough introduction to the theory and practice of
       computing;
•      to produce modern computing professionals with the ability to apply new
       and emerging computing technologies to create solutions in the
       workplace;
•      to provide a broad base of computing knowledge to support lifelong
       learning in the field of computing.

Career outcomes

Students are prepared for careers and research in the area of Information
Technology (IT). Current forecasts indicate a world wide shortage of IT
professionals for at least the next ten years. Computing professionals get well
paid, interesting positions in almost any area – government, commerce,
industry. The range of activities is wide, including: website management,
system administration, client support and training, program design,
development and testing, and so on.

Professional recognition

Undergraduate students of the BComp are eligible for student membership of
the Australian Computer Society (ACS) and the Institute of Electrical and
Electronics Engineers (IEEE). On completion of the degree and entry into the
computing profession, graduates can apply to become full members of these
bodies.

Course structure
Course details (2001)                                                      page 312



The course is a 3-year (6-semester) course consisting of core and elective units.

Year 1[a]
1st Year computing core units 75%
non-computing electives 25%
Year 2
2nd Year computing core units 50%
computing or non-computing electives 25%
non-computing electives 25%
Year 3[a]
3rd Year computing units 50%
Project     25%
computing or non-computing electives 25%

<tbz>

[a]    With the permission of the Dean, a candidate may replace up to two
       first-year core units (25%) and/or two third-year computing electives
       (25%) with non-computing units.

Articulation

If students have completed the TAFE Diploma of Information Technology they
may be granted up to one year's advanced standing.

The BComp articulates into the Bachelor of Computing with Honours.

                                    Schedule

Unit Title                           campus-sem        weight                code
Year 1
Computer Applications                  H1~L1~B1         12.5%            KXA153
Programming and Problem
     Solving                        H1~L1/2~B1          12.5%            KXA151
Professional Computing                H2~L2~B2          12.5%            KXA155
Multimedia and Web
     Applications                      H2~L2~B2         12.5%            KXA156
Computer Organisation and
     Architecture                      H1~L1~B1         12.5%            KXA152
Software Process                       H2~L2~B2         12.5%            KXA154
Year 2
Algorithms and Metrics                     H1~L1        12.5%            KXA251
Artificial Intelligence                    H1~L1        12.5%            KXA252
Software Design                            H2~L2        12.5%            KXA253
Operating Systems                          H2~L2        12.5%            KXA254
Elective units
Advanced Web Development [a]               H1~L1        12.5%       KXA281/381
Course details (2001)                                                      page 313



Computer Security [a]                     H2~L2       12.5%     KXA262/362
Year 3
Computing Project A                         L1/2      12.5%         KXA331
Computing Project B                         L1/2      12.5%         KXA332
Elective units
Availability of the following units depends on student demand and availability
    of resources
Advanced Web Development [b]              H1~L1       12.5%     KXA281/381
Computer Security    [b]                  H2~L2       12.5%     KXA262/362
Principles of Operating
    Systems                                   L2      12.5%         KXA334
Knowledge-Based Systems                       L1      12.5%         KXA335
Digital Networks                              L1      12.5%         KXA336
Programming Systems                           L2      12.5%         KXA337
Computer Graphics &
    Animation                                 L2      12.5%         KXA338
Computer Assisted
    Learning                                  L1      12.5%         KXA339
[a] Use level 200 enrolment code (eg KXA262)
[b] Use level 300 enrolment code (eg KXA362)




Major in computing for non-computing students

This major provides a thorough introduction to the theory and practice of
computing. It is an opportunity for students who wish to combine computing
with their specialisation to obtain a qualification in computing within a
non-computing degree structure.

A major consists of a sequence of 8 units (9 units for BSc students) taken over a
three-year full-time degree program or equivalent part time.

Students must select a sequence of units from the computing units as listed in
the schedule of units for a major in computing which follows the BComp
Schedule. (At least four of the units must be at third-year level.)

Students in the BSc program should consult the schedules for that course.

           Computing major for non-computing students – Schedule

Unit Title                          campus-sem        weight                code
 CORE UNITS
Year 1
Programming and Problem
    Solving                         H1~L1/2~B1          12.5%           KXA151
Course details (2001)                                                       page 314



Software Process                       H2~L2~B2       12.5%         KXA154
Other units are available subject to approval
Year 2
Choose two of the following:
Algorithms and Metrics                    H1~L1       12.5%         KXA251
Artificial Intelligence                   H1~L1       12.5%         KXA252
Software Design                           H2~L2       12.5%         KXA253
Operating Systems                         H2~L2       12.5%         KXA254
Year 3
Availability of the following units depends on student demand and availability
     of resources.
Choose four of the following:
Computer Security [b]                     H2~L2       12.5%     KXA262/362
Principles of Operating
     Systems                                  L2      12.5%         KXA334
Knowledge-Based Systems                       L1      12.5%         KXA335
Digital Networks                              L1      12.5%         KXA336
Programming Systems                           L2      12.5%         KXA337
Computer Graphics &
     Animation                                L2      12.5%         KXA338
Computer Assisted
     Learning                                 L1      12.5%         KXA339
[b] Use level 300 enrolment code (eg KXA362)



    Bachelor of Computing with Honours
(Abbreviation: BComp(Hons))

Course code: S4D

This 1-year full-time or 2-year part-time course is offered by the Faculty of
Science & Engineering at Launceston.

Admission & prerequisites

Bachelor of Computing or equivalent qualification approved by the School of
Computing. Applicants will normally be expected to have achieved an average
grade of credit or better in year three of their degree.

Course objectives

To provide in-depth knowledge and advanced training in a major area of
computing; and to provide the opportunity to practice research methodologies
in preparation for research in higher degrees (eg PhD) or employment in
research organisations.
Course details (2001)                                                    page 315




Career outcomes

Students are prepared for careers and research in the area of Information
Technology (IT). Current forecasts indicate a world wide shortage of IT
professionals for at least the next ten years. Computing professionals get well
paid, interesting positions in almost any area – government, commerce,
industry. The range of activities is wide, including: website management,
system administration, client support and training, program design,
development and testing, and so on.

Professional recognition

Undergraduate students of the BComp are eligible for student membership of
the Australian Computer Society (ACS) and the Institute of Electrical and
Electronics Engineers (IEEE). On completion of the degree and entry into the
computing profession, graduates can apply to become full members of these
bodies.

Course structure

A candidate must meet all the coursework requirements and submit a thesis on
a topic approved by the school and supervised by a member of staff. (See unit
details for KXA450, KXA451)

Articulation

Candidates with qualifications from other tertiary institutions may be accepted
in the course subject to approval by the Faculty of Science & Engineering.

The BComp(Hons) leads on the MSc and PhD.

                                   Schedule

Unit Title                         campus-sem        weight               code
Computing Honours Full
    time                                      Lf       100%            KXA450
Computing Honours Part
    time                                      Lf        50%            KXA451



                        Bachelor of Engineering
(Abbreviation: BE)

Course code: N3A
Course details (2001)                                                       page 316




This 4-year (minimum) full-time course is offered by the Faculty of Science and
Engineering. The first two years of the course may be studied in either Hobart
or Launceston. The remainder of the course must be completed in Hobart.

Note: Students intending to study at Launceston should contact the School for
advice prior to enrolling.

Admission & prerequisites

If students are entering first year Engineering in either Hobart or Launceston,
they must have met the University admission requirements including a TCE
Satisfactory Achievement (SA) result or higher in Mathematics Stage 2 *MT841
and Applied Science: Physical Science *SC786.

Although not essential for entry, students are encouraged to study additional
TCE science subjects such as Chemistry, Computer Science, Mathematics Stage
3, Physics, etc as they provide a useful background for first-year BE units.

A TAFE diploma in Civil, Mechanical or Electrical Engineering may be
accepted as an alternative prerequisite for admission to the Bachelor of
Engineering course with advanced standing.

Interstate or overseas qualifications, which are deemed equivalent by the
University, may also be accepted.

Course objectives

The objectives of the Bachelor of Engineering degree are:

•      to provide a sound basis in the physical sciences, mathematics and basic
       engineering science in the first two years of study, along with some degree
       of specialisation;
•      to provide, in the final two years of study, specific theory and practice in
       one of the specialised engineering fields;
•      to train students to a graduate level whereby they meet the academic
       requirements for admission to the Institution of Engineers, Australia and
       like institutions; and
•      to produce well-rounded graduates who can develop their professional
       and managerial skills in their places of employment.

The engineering degree is interesting and challenging, requiring motivation
and commitment from the student. In its final stages, students work and
become familiar with the very latest developments in the various disciplines.

Professional recognition
Course details (2001)                                                     page 317



The Bachelor of Engineering is accredited by The Institution of Engineers
Australia (IEAust) as providing qualification for Graduate membership of the
Institution. It is also recognised in a number of other countries such as UK and
USA through agreements between the IEAust and like professional bodies
overseas.

The computer systems engineering specialisation is also accredited by the
Australian Computer Society for graduate entry.

Course structure

Students both in Hobart and Launceston take a common first two years. This
gives a breadth of subjects which enables students to select the area of
engineering to which they are best suited and in which they wish to specialise.

The six broad areas of specialisation are:

•      civil engineering
•      mechanical engineering
•      electrical power engineering
•      electronics and communication engineering
•      computer systems engineering
•      mechatronics

The standard routes of progression through each of the four years to these
specialisations are shown in the following Chart.

A major feature of the engineering course is the emphasis placed on laboratory
work; students will be required to write regular reports on their work. The
design classes provide them with opportunities to learn the techniques of
developing safe and reliable designs. In the fourth year, each student may
undertake an individual project which involves an analysis of requirements,
feasibility study, and design and development usually resulting in a prototype.
For both the laboratory and the design classes, extensive use is made of
computers.

Engineering students are also required to undertake a recognised first-aid
course (ie Workplace Level 2, First Aid Certificate, offered by either St John
Ambulance or Red Cross) and to complete a prescribed amount of industrial
experience work in the vacations. Where possible, the work experience
placements are arranged through the School of Engineering, and students are
paid by their employers at the appropriate award rate.

Articulation
Course details (2001)                                                         page 318



In certain circumstances the Faculty may grant status in units of the BE degree
course to students who have completed equivalent work in other institutions.
All such cases are treated on their merits.

Special admission conditions apply to the acceptance of some overseas
students. Approved diplomates of certain overseas polytechnics may be
granted advanced standing of up to four semesters toward the four-year
Bachelor of Engineering degree. Special courses for overseas students with
advanced standing are outlined in the Specimen Courses under the heading
Overseas Students with Diplomas in Civil, Mechanical or Electrical
Engineering.

If students wish to specialise in other branches of Engineering (eg Aeronautical,
Agricultural, Chemical, Manufacturing, Maritime, Materials, Mining, Naval
Architecture, Petroleum), it is generally possible for them to start their studies
at the University of Tasmania and later transfer to an institution offering the
course. If this is the student's intention, it is important that the students see the
Degree Coordinator before starting their University studies as it may be
necessary to follow a specially prescribed course.

Specimen courses

Specimen courses are outlined below. Students should note that their choice of
units should conform with the specimen courses, unless otherwise determined
by the Degree Coordinator.

If students have previously attempted all or part of an examination they will
not be permitted to count units with overlapping content.

Policy on use of calculators in examinations

Engineers use calculators a great deal, and it is essential that each engineering
student has a calculator.

Because of the advantage that advanced (and generally expensive) calculators
might give in examinations, a uniform policy on calculators for use in
engineering examinations in the earlier years of the course has been adopted.
Only the following types of calculator will be permitted in first year
engineering examinations: Hewlett-Packard HP32S, Sharp EL-5120 and
EL-531GH, Casio FX-82 Super and FX-100S.

Students should note that this list includes some programmable, specialist
scientific calculators as well as some more basic types. They should consider
their options carefully. Students taking units taught by the Australian Maritime
College in Launceston should note the particular calculator requirements of
those units.
Course details (2001)                                                        page 319



The list of permitted calculators will be kept as stable as possible, subject to the
availability of the various models.

Figure 1


       PLACE CHART (ENG_1.eps) HERE

                                Specimen courses

The revised first year, which was introduced in 1999, and the revised second
year introduced in 2000, are common to all Bachelor of Engineering streams and
may be studied at Hobart or Launceston. The Launceston course units (except
where otherwise noted) are taught by the Australian Maritime College.
Students intending to study at Launceston should contact the School for
information prior to enrolling.

Unit Title                       campus-sem             weight                 code
Year 1
(Common to all streams) Hobart
Programming and Problem
     Solving                    H1~L1/2~B1                12.5%            KXA151
Computer Aided Design and
     Communication                       H1               12.5%            KNE111
Engineering Mechanics                    H1               12.5%            KNE112
Chemistry of Materials                   H2               12.5%            KRA170
Engineering Profession and
     Industry                            H2               12.5%            KNE121
Electrical Engineering                   H2               12.5%            KNE122
Calculus and
     Applications 1                       Hf               25%            KMA150
(Common to all streams) Launceston
Introduction to Computing                 L2              3.15%            KNT111
Principles of Programming                 L2              3.15%            KNT112
Engineering Graphics and
     Design A                             L1              6.25%            KNT121
Engineering Graphics and
     Design B                             L2              6.25%            KNT122
Engineering Mechanics A                   L1              6.25%            KNT123
Engineering Mechanics B                   L2              6.25%            KNT124
Electrical Fundamentals                   Lf              12.5%            KNT115
Materials Technology 1                    Lf              12.5%            KNT116
Thermofluid Dynamics 1                    L2              6.25%            KNT118
Physics                                   L1              6.25%            KNT119
Course details (2001)                                  page 320



Engineering Profession and
     Industry                           L1    6.25%   KNT120
Mathematical Methods                 L1~D1    12.5%   KNT125
Calculus and Linear
     Algebra                         L2~D2    12.5%   KNT126
Year 2
(Common to all streams) Hobart
Engineering Design and Project
     Management                         H2    12.5%   KNE211
Thermal and Fluid
     Engineering                        H1    12.5%   KNE213
Electronic Engineering                  H1    12.5%   KNE222
Engineering Mathematics                 H1    12.5%   KME271
Mechanics and Structures                H1    12.5%   KNE212
Software Process                  H2~L2~B2    12.5%   KXA154
Plus one Science option from:
Surveying for Engineers                 H2    12.5%   KGG215
Engineering Physics                     H2    12.5%   KYA275
Operating Systems                    H2~L2    12.5%   KXA254
Plus one Engineering option from:
Materials and
     Manufacturing                      H2    12.5%   KNE210
Microprocessors and Data
     Acquisition                        H2    12.5%   KNE232
(Common to all streams) Launceston
Microprocessor and Data
     Acquisition                        L2    7.5%    KNT224
Computer Aided Design A                 L1      5%    KNT225
Computer Aided Design B                 L2      5%    KNT226
Engineering Design                       Lf    10%    KNT214
Technical Review                        L1    2.5%    KNT215
Electronic Engineering                  L1     10%    KNT216
Thermodynamics                          L2      5%    KNT217
Fluid Mechanics                         L1      5%    KNT218
Strength of Materials                    Lf    10%    KNT219
Engineering Dynamics                    L2     10%    KNT220
Calculus of Several
     Variables                       L1~D1    8.33%   KNT227
Linear Algebra for
     Engineering                     L2~D2    4.17%   KNT228
CIVIL/MECHANICAL OPTION
Materials                               L1      5%    KNT221
Ocean Science [a]                       L2     10%    KNT222
ELECTRICAL SOFTWARE OPTION
Electrical Systems                      L1    7.5%    KNT223
Software Process (AMC)                  L2    7.5%    KNT229
Course details (2001)                                                 page 321



[a]    This requirement may be filled by undertaking AMC unit E03268 Ocean
       Science or any science unit offered by the University of Tasmania.


                              Civil Engineering

Unit Title                         campus-sem      weight              code
Year 3
Engineering Numerical
     Methods                                 H1     12.5%           KME300
Geotechnical Engineering
     1                                       H1     12.5%           KNE313
Steel and Timber
     Structures                              H1     12.5%           KNE315
Fluid Mechanics 1                            H1     12.5%           KNE351
Engineering Project Management
     and Economics                           H2     12.5%           KNE301
Structural Mechanics                         H2     12.5%           KNE312
Transportation
     Engineering                             H1     12.5%           KNE314
Concrete Structures                          H2     12.5%           KNE316
Year 4
Revisions to Year 4 will be introduced in 2002
Engineering Management
     and Law                                 H16% N3H6.25%         ACM462
Business Strategies and
     Marketing for Engineers                 H26% N3H6.25%          AEA461
Engineering Design 3
     (Civil)                                 Hf       20%           ACC454
Structural Mechanics 3                       H1      8.5%           ACC413
Stress Analysis                              H1      8.5%           ACC414
Hydraulics                                   H1      8.5%           ACC431
Geomechanics 2                               H2      8.5%           ACC434
Traffic and Highway
     Engineering                             H2      8.5%           ACC445
Environmental Engineering                    H2      8.5%           ACC446
Civil Engineering Project                    H2      8.5%           ACC447
Geotechnical Engineering
     1                                       H1     12.5%           KNE313


                           Mechanical Engineering

Unit Title                         campus-sem       weight             code
Year 3
Engineering Numerical
    Methods                                 H1       12.5%          KME300
Course details (2001)                                         page 322



Fluid Mechanics 1                            H1    12.5%     KNE351
Dynamic Systems                              H?    12.5%     KNE352
Design for Manufacture                       Hf    12.5%     KNE355
Engineering Project Management
     and Economics                           H2    12.5%     KNE301
Structural Mechanics                         H2    12.5%     KNE312
Manufacturing, Maintenance
     and Quality                             H2    12.5%     KNE353
Thermal Energy Systems                       H1    12.5%     KNE354
Year 4
Revisions to Year 4 will be introduced in 2002
Engineering Management
     and Law                                 H16% N3H6.25%   ACM462
Business Strategies and
     Marketing for Engineers                 H26% N3H6.25%   AEA461
Engineering Design 3
     (Mechanical)                            Hf      20%     ACM456
Robotics, Dynamics and
     Control                                 H2     8.5%     ACM401
Aerodynamic Design                           H1     8.5%     ACM420
Gas Dynamics and
     Turbomachines                           H2     8.5%     ACM423
Refrigeration and Air
     Conditioning                            H1     8.5%     ACM460
Heat and Mass Transfer                       H2     8.5%     ACM470
Advanced Manufacturing                       H1     8.5%     ACM475
Stress Analysis                              H1     8.5%     ACC414
Environmental Engineering                    H2     8.5%     ACC446


                        Electrical Power Engineering

Unit Title                        campus-sem     weight        code
Year 3
Engineering Numerical
     Methods                              H1      12.5%      KME300
Advanced Circuit Analysis                 H1      12.5%      KNE331
Digital Electronic
     Systems                              H2      12.5%      KNE332
Signals and Linear
     Systems                              H1      12.5%      KNE333
Electrical Design Management
     and Law                              H2      12.5%      KNE335
Instrumentation and
     Control                              H2      12.5%      KNE336
Electrical Materials and
     Machines                             H2      12.5%      KNE341
Course details (2001)                                             page 323



Power Systems 1                              H2    12.5%         KNE342
Year 4
Revisions to Year 4 will be introduced in 2002
Engineering Management
     and Law                                 H16% N3H6.25%       ACM462
Business Strategies and
     Marketing for Engineers                 H26% N3H6.25%       AEA461
Engineering Design 3
     (Electrical Power)                       Hf     20%         AEA452
Control Engineering                          H1     8.5%         AEA408
Signal Processing                            H1     8.5%         AEA431
Power Systems 2                              H1     8.5%         AEA441
Power Electronic Drive
     Systems                                 H1     8.5%         AEA445
Industrial Power Engineering
     Applications                            H2     8.5%         AEA446
Plus three of the following:
Electronic Systems                          [na]    8.5%         AEA407
Engineering Systems                          H2     8.5%         AEA409
Computer and Data
     Networks                                H2     8.5%         AEA412
Knowledge Engineering                        H1     8.5%         AEA413
Computer Systems 2                           H1     8.5%         AEA416
Digital Communications                       H1     8.5%         AEA432
One other unit approved by HoS.


                    Electronics and Communications Engineering

Unit Title                         campus-sem       weight         code
Year 3
Engineering Numerical
     Methods                                 H1      12.5%       KME300
Advanced Circuit Analysis                    H1      12.5%       KNE331
Digital Electronic
     Systems                                 H2      12.5%       KNE332
Signals and Linear
     Systems                                 H1      12.5%       KNE333
Communication Systems 1                      H2      12.5%       KNE334
Electrical Design Management
     and Law                                 H2      12.5%       KNE335
Instrumentation and
     Control                                 H2      12.5%       KNE336
Power Systems 1                              H2      12.5%       KNE342
Year 4
Revisions to Year 4 will be introduced in 2002
Course details (2001)                                         page 324



Engineering Management
     and Law                              H16% N3H6.25%      ACM462
Business Strategies and
     Marketing for Engineers              H26% N3H6.25%      AEA461
Engineering Design 3
     (Electronics and Computer
     Engineering)                         Hf        20%      AEA453
Control Engineering                       H1       8.5%      AEA408
Computer and Data
     Networks                             H2       8.5%      AEA412
Computer Systems 2                        H1       8.5%      AEA416
Signal Processing                         H1       8.5%      AEA431
Digital Communications                    H1       8.5%      AEA432
Plus three of the following:
Electronic Systems                       [na]      8.5%      AEA407
Engineering Systems                       H2       8.5%      AEA409
Knowledge Engineering                     H1       8.5%      AEA413
Image Processing and Computer
     Vision                               H2       8.5%      AEA414
One other unit approved by HoS.


                        Computer Systems Engineering

Unit Title                         campus-sem      weight      code
Year 3
Engineering Numerical
     Methods                                 H1     12.5%    KME300
Signals and Linear
     Systems                                 H1     12.5%    KNE333
Networks and Protocols                       H1     12.5%    KCA321
Algorithms and Metrics                   H1~L1      12.5%    KXA251
Communication Systems 1                      H2     12.5%    KNE334
Instrumentation and
     Control                                 H2     12.5%    KNE336
Software Design                          H2~L2      12.5%    KXA253
one 12.5% computing unit to be advised.
Year 4
Revisions to Year 4 will be introduced in 2002
Software Engineering
     Project                                 Hf       25%    KCA444
Computer Architecture                        H1     12.5%    KCA443
Engineering Management
     and Law                                 H16% N3H6.25%   ACM462
Business Strategies and
     Marketing for Engineers                 H26% N3H6.25%   AEA461
Course details (2001)                                                    page 325



Plus electives (preferably two KCA and three AEA units) drawn from the
      following:
Electronic Systems                          [na]        8.5%             AEA407
Control Engineering                           H1        8.5%             AEA408
Computer and Data
      Networks                                H2        8.5%             AEA412
Computer Systems 2                            H1        8.5%             AEA416
ASIC Design                                   H1        8.5%             AEA419
Signal Processing                             H1        8.5%             AEA431
Digital Communications                        H1        8.5%             AEA432
Advanced Lambda Calculus                       H       12.5%             KCA421
Concurrency                                    H       12.5%             KCA422
UNIX                                           H       12.5%             KCA423
Software Engineering
      Management                               H       12.5%             KCA427
Intelligent Systems                           H1       12.5%             KCA441
Image Processing and Computer
      Vision                                  H2       12.5%             KCA442
[i] Units with an overlap in content will not both be counted towards the
       degree;
[ii] Contact the School of engineering for details on availability of elective
       units;
[iii] Candidates for Honours shall also enrol in the unit AEA494 Computer
       Systems Engineering Honours Thesis;
[iv] One other unit may be substituted with the approval of HoS.


                          Mechatronic Engineering

Unit Title                          campus-sem       weight               code
Year 3
Engineering Numerical
     Methods                                H1        12.5%           KME300
Dynamic Systems                             H?        12.5%           KNE352
Design for Manufacture                       Hf       12.5%           KNE355
Signals and Linear
     Systems                                H1        12.5%           KNE333
Engineering Project Management
     and Economics                          H2        12.5%           KNE301
Instrumentation and
     Control                                H2        12.5%           KNE336
Manufacturing, Maintenance
     and Quality                            H2        12.5%           KNE353
Mechatronic Systems 1                       H2        12.5%           KNE364
Mechatronic Systems 1                       H2        12.5%           KNE364
Year 4
Year 4 units will be introduced in 2002
Course details (2001)                                                    page 326




     Overseas Students with a Diploma in Civil, Mechanical or Electrical
             Engineering; and 3-semester Advanced Standing

Unit Title                          campus-sem       weight                code
Electrical Diplomates
Commencing February

Course prescribed by Head of School, requiring 6 semester to complete.

Commencing July
Computing and Mathematics                   H2        12.5%            KNE225
Engineering Physics                         H2        12.5%            KYA275
Software Process                      H2~L2~B2        12.5%            KXA154
Either KCA254 or KCA202
Microprocessors and Data
    Acquisition                             H2        12.5%            KNE232
Operating Systems                        H2~L2        12.5%            KXA254
Civil and Mechanical Diplomates
Commencing February

Course prescribed by Head of School, requiring 6 semester to complete.

Commencing July
Mechanics and Structures                    H1        12.5%            KNE212
Computing and Mathematics                   H2        12.5%            KNE225
Software Process                      H2~L2~B2        12.5%            KXA154
Either KYA275 or KNM210
Engineering Physics                          H2       12.5%            KYA275
Materials and
    Manufacturing                            H2       12.5%            KNE210



   Bachelor of Engineering with Honours
(Abbreviation: BE(Hons))

Course code: N4A

A candidate who has completed the Third Examination of the Bachelor of
Engineering with sufficient merit will be invited by the Faculty of Science and
Engineering on the recommendation of the Degree Coordinator as a candidate
for the degree of Bachelor of Engineering with Honours.

Admission & prerequisites
Course details (2001)                                                      page 327




Acceptance for honours is based on the value of WAM3, a weighted average
mark computed from the candidate's results in the Third Examination of the
Bachelor of Engineering course (see Note below).

Course objectives

The BE honours program exists to serve two purposes. Firstly, it enables
outstanding academic performance by students in the final two years of the
degree course to be acknowledged. Secondly, and as part of this process, it
requires the student to perform and present a substantial piece of work by way
of an investigative project, leading to an oral presentation and a written thesis
describing the work.

Course structure

Students enrolled in honours must undertake an individual research and
development project of a standard and scope appropriate to the degree of
Bachelor of Engineering with Honours.

The award of Honours is assessed on the basis of the student's academic record.
Assessment of the examinations of the Bachelor of Engineering degree are
described in Note. The class of honours awarded, which may be either first
class or second class (upper or lower division), is based on a candidate's overall
weighted average mark (WAM).

Note

A Weighted Average Mark (WAM) shall be computed from the candidate's
results in the Third and Fourth Examination for the Bachelor of Engineering
degree according to the formula:

WAM=0.8 x (2xWAM3 + 3 x WAM4)/5 + 0.2 x THESIS.

WAM n is the Weighted Average Mark in the n th examination of the Bachelor
of Engineering degree, computed from the formula:

WAM n = ∑(G x W         s   )/∑W s

where G is the subject examination grade on the scale HD = 10, DN = 7, CR = 3,
PP = 0, SP,TP,FP = -2, NN = -4, and Ws is the fractional subject weighting given
in the Handbook of the year of enrolment in each subject.

THESIS is calculated from the examination of the candidate's final year project
thesis. The thesis will be marked on a 0 to 10 scale in which a mark of 5/10
represents the minimum standard for the award of honours. THESIS is
calculated from the thesis mark according to the formula:
Course details (2001)                                                     page 328




THESIS = 1.4 x (Thesis mark) -4.0.

A copy of the Bachelor of Engineering with Honours specifications and/or
further details are available from the relevant Head of School.

                               Honours (Thesis)
                                 Unit codes

Unit Title                      campus-sem            weight               code
Civil Engineering Honours
     Thesis                              Hf               0%            ACC490
Mechanical Engineering Honours
     Thesis                              Hf               0%           ACM495
Electrical Power Engineering
     Honours Thesis                      Hf               0%            AEA492
Electronics and Computer
     Engineering Honours Thesis          Hf               0%            AEA493
Computer Systems Engineering
     Honours Thesis                      Hf               0%            AEA494



        Bachelor of Environmental Design
(Abbreviation: BEnvDes)

Course code: D3A

This 3-year degree course is available, full time, on-campus by the Faculty of
Science and Engineering and is available through the School of Architecture.

Admission & prerequisites

The Faculty considers for admission students who have a broad academic
background and a demonstrated interest in, commitment to and aptitude for
design.

Apart from the University's general admission requirements, there are no
additional prerequisites for the BEnvDes degree. HSC/TCE subjects preferably
should not be restricted to a narrow discipline, but rather span two or more
areas (e.g. art and science).

A limited number of quota places is available to applicants who do not meet the
normal University entry requirements. Such applicants will be required to
attend an interview and present a folio of creative work and/or demonstrate
skills and knowledge that suggest they could successfully undertake the course.
Course details (2001)                                                      page 329




Course objectives

The Bachelor of Environmental Design is seen primarily as a pre-professional
course and thus aims to produce graduates whose creative abilities are
developed to a level of competence necessary to gain admission to the Bachelor
of Environmental Design with Honours, Bachelor of Architecture, and
equivalent courses in the fields of architecture, town planning and related
design areas. Examples of other areas in which students have continued their
studies include: Landscape Architecture, Design Education, Building,
Environmental Studies, Urban Design and Conservation.

Career outcomes

In order to gain work experience and skills in preparation for further studies,
graduates of this course may find employment as professional assistants in
professional offices, in local, in state or in national government offices.

Professional recognition

The course is a prerequisite for entry to the Bachelor of Architecture, which
fulfils the academic requirements for membership of the Royal Australian
Institute of Architects.

Course structure

The course structure is outlined in the following Schedule.

Articulation

Applicants who have completed the Associate Diploma of Applied Science
(Building and Architecture), which is offered by TAFE Tasmania, will be
granted one year of credit towards the degree.

Applicants who have passed subjects or units in other approved courses
(completed or otherwise) at another approved tertiary institution may have
such studies credited towards the degree, provided that the Faculty may
specify what more must be done to qualify for the degree.

                                  Schedule A

Unit Title                          campus-sem        weight                code
Year 1
Environmental Design 1A                        L1      12.5%            KDA111
Environmental Design 1B                        L1      12.5%            KDA112
History & Theory in
    Design 1                                   L1      12.5%            KDA114
Course details (2001)                         page 330



Building Technology in
    Design 1                    L1   12.5%   KDA115
Environmental Design 2A         L2   12.5%   KDA121
Environmental Design 2B         L2   12.5%   KDA122
History & Theory in
    Design 2                    L2   12.5%   KDA124
Building Technology in
    Design 2                    L2   12.5%   KDA125
Year 2
Design Studio 3                 L1   12.5%   KDA211
History & Theory in
    Design 3                    L1   12.5%   KDA212
Building Technology in
    Design 3                    L1   12.5%   KDA213
Specialised Studio 1            L1   12.5%   KDA214
Design Studio 4                 L2   12.5%   KDA221
History and Theory in
    Design 4                    L2   12.5%   KDA222
Building Technology in
    Design 4                    L2   12.5%   KDA223
Specialised Studio 2            L2   12.5%   KDA224
Year 3
Design Studio 5                 L1   12.5%   KDA311
History & Theory in
    Design 5                    L1   12.5%   KDA312
Building Technology in
    Design 5                    L1   12.5%   KDA313
Specialised Studio 3            L1   12.5%   KDA314
Design Studio 6                 L2   12.5%   KDA321
History and Theory in
    Design 6                    L2   12.5%   KDA322
Building Technology in
    Design 6                    L2   12.5%   KDA323
Specialised Studio 4            L2   12.5%   KDA324



 Bachelor of Environmental Design with
               Honours
(Abbreviation: BEnvDes(Hons))

Course code: D4A
Course details (2001)                                                        page 331



This 1-year full-time or 2-year part-time course is offered on-campus by the
Faculty of Science and Engineering and is available through the School of
Architecture.

Admission & prerequisites

Before beginning their course of study for the degree of BEnvDes(Hons)
students shall have –

(a)    qualified for admission to the degree of Bachelor of Environmental Design
       (BEnvDes) in this University or qualified for admission to a degree in
       another design course in a tertiary institution approved by the Faculty of
       Science and Engineering; and
(b)    achieved an Average Weighted Mark of at least 62.5% in the units of the
       final year of the BEnvDes course or an equivalent design course in another
       tertiary institution approved by the Faculty.

Course objectives

The course is designed to provide research training and to develop more
specialised knowledge in selected areas of design which are especially relevant
to today's environmental concerns and which are already incorporated in the
programs of the School.

Career outcomes

The honours course is aimed specifically at students who wish to continue
further studies in a related research field. Graduates of the course are eligible to
enter a higher degree in most related fields. The School provides a Master of
Design by research degree course.

Course structure

The course structure is outlined in the following Schedule.

                                   Schedule A

Unit Title                           campus-sem         weight                code
Dissertation 1 (BEnvDes
    Hons)                                       L1         25%            KDA471
Environmental Design (BEnvDes
    Hons)                                        Lf      37.5%            KDA472
Design Theory (BEnvDes
    Hons)                                        Lf      12.5%            KDA473
Dissertation 2 (BEnvDes
    Hons)                                       L2         25%            KDA481
Course details (2001)                                                     page 332




                        Bachelor of Geomatics
(Abbreviation: BGeom)

Course code: N3H

This 4-year (minimum) full-time or part-time course is offered by the Faculty of
Science and Engineering. The degree is available at Hobart and, subject to
demand, the first year may also be offered at Launceston. Honours requires one
year of additional study.

Admission & prerequisites

In addition to satisfying the normal University admission requirements,
students entering first year Geomatics must have obtained a TCE Satisfactory
Achievement (SA) result or higher in both Mathematics Stage 2 (*MT841) and
Physical Sciences (*SC786).

If applicants do not have these prerequisites they should discuss their
qualifications with the degree coordinator.

Interstate or overseas qualifications which are deemed equivalent by the
University may also be accepted, subject to approval by the degree coordinator.
Prerequisites are currently under review.

Course objectives

Geomatics is a term that describes a number of closely related disciplines. These
include surveying, spatial and geographic information systems,
photogrammetry, remote sensing, geodesy and cartography. The name
Geomatics, derived from the French term 'science geomatique', has been
adopted internationally to describe the scope of the spatial information
sciences.

In recent years, there has been an explosion of ideas and technology in
Geomatics. Tools such as Geographic Information Systems (GIS), Global
Positioning Systems (GPS), remote sensing, image processing, and digital
photogrammetry have impacted dramatically, with GIS and GPS becoming
ubiquitous. For graduates choosing a career in land surveying, these
technologies will be as important as the traditional instruments such as the
theodolite. For other students an understanding of these new technologies
presents a wide range of career opportunities within the geomatics disciplines.

The aim of the Bachelor of Geomatics is to prepare students for employment in
vocations requiring a knowledge of the geomatic sciences. These include:
Course details (2001)                                                      page 333




•      land surveying – measuring and defining land ownership boundaries;
       spatial control for projects such as roads and bridges;
•      spatial and geographic information systems – computer management,
       mapping and analysis of spatial information;
•      photogrammetry and remote sensing – measurement, mapping and data
       analysis from aircraft and satellite sensors;
•      geodesy and geodetic surveying – science of the measurement and
       mapping of the earth's surface using terrestrial and/or satellite data;
•      hydrographic surveying – measuring and mapping in a marine
       environment.

To achieve this aim, the course imparts to students:

•      an understanding of the scientific principles underlying the geomatic
       sciences;
•      a knowledge of the way in which these principles are implemented in
       current surveying and mapping technology;
•      appropriate scientific analysis, problem solving and design skills;
•      appropriate communication skills;
•      a general knowledge of associated disciplines that will facilitate
       communication and professional interaction; and
•      an appreciation of the professional standards and practices of relevant
       professional institutions.

Career outcomes

Graduates of the Spatial Information Systems stream who wish to proceed
towards registration must complete the coursework units from the fourth year
of the Land Surveying stream.

Further information is available from the degree coordinator.

Graduates may find employment in a wide range of areas including spatial data
management, land administration, surveying and mapping, cadastral and
engineering surveying, GIS industries, and geodetic agencies.

Professional recognition

The Bachelor of Geomatics is recognised by the Institution of Surveyors,
Australia as providing qualification for graduate membership of the Institution.
Corporate membership is granted after an approved period of professional
experience.

For registration as authorised surveyors by the Tasmanian Surveyors' Board,
graduates of the Land Surveying stream must complete two years of supervised
practical experience and pass the Board's oral and practical examinations. The
Course details (2001)                                                      page 334



fourth year of the course counts towards the professional experience required
by the Board.

Course structure

The Bachelor of Geomatics may be undertaken in either of two specialisations:
Land Surveying or Spatial Information Systems. Each of these consists of four
years of academic study, including a minimum of 20 weeks of professional
experience in the final year. Students do not need to choose their specialisation
until the final year.

The course structure is outlined in the schedule which follows.

Articulation

Students may be granted credit if they have completed equivalent work in other
institutions. For example, students who have successfully completed the TAFE
Associate Diploma of Applied Science (Surveying) will be granted credit for
25% of the course requirements, including the units Geomatics 1 and Applied
Physics.

If students have 12 months or more of appropriate work experience they may
also be granted credit for the Professional Experience component of the course.

Note

Candidates for the degree shall pass all of the units prescribed for either the
Land Surveying stream or the Spatial Information Systems stream. However,
the Degree Board Chair may, with the approval of the relevant Head of School,
in a special case, allow a candidate to substitute another unit for a unit which
has been prescribed.

                                  Schedule A

Unit Title                          campus-sem         weight               code
Hobart
Year 1 (First Examination)
Geomatics 1a – Introduction
    to Geomatics                          H1~Lv1        12.5%           KGG145
Geomatics lb – Studio                     H2~L2         12.5%           KGG150
Geomatics
    1c – Surveying                        H2~Lv2        12.5%           KGG155
Programming and Problem
    Solving                         H1~L1/2~B1          12.5%            KXA151
Software Process                      H2~L2~B2          12.5%            KXA154
Calculus and
    Applications 1A                           H1        12.5%           KMA152
Course details (2001)                                       page 335



Data Handling and
     Statistics 1                H1/2~L1/2~B2    12.5%     KMA153
Applied Physics                            H1    12.5%     KYA171
Launceston
Year 1 (First Examination)
Geomatics 1a – Introduction
     to Geomatics                      H1~Lv1    12.5%     KGG145
Geomatics lb – Studio                   H2~L2    12.5%     KGG150
Geomatics
     1c – Surveying                    H2~Lv2    12.5%     KGG155
Programming and Problem
     Solving                       H1~L1/2~B1    12.5%     KXA151
Software Process                     H2~L2~B2    12.5%     KXA154
Mathematics I                           L1~D1    12.5%     KMA171
Data Handling and
     Statistics 1                H1/2~L1/2~B2    12.5%     KMA153
a 12.5% physics unit to be advised
Year 2 (Second Examination)
Geomatics 2a: Surveying                    H1    12.5%     KGG220
Geomatics 2b: Remote Sensing
     & Photogrammetry                      H1    12.5%     KGG230
Geomatics 2d: Transformations
     and Projections                       H2    12.5%     KGG260
Geomatics 2e: Analysis of
     Observations                          H2    12.5%     KGG270
Information Modelling                H2~L2~B2    12.5%     BSA102
Geomatics 2f: Studio                       H2    12.5%     KGG280
Computational Mathematics
     & Linear Algebra
     (Geomatics)                           H1    12.5%     KMA265
Geomatics 2c: Introduction to
     GIS                                   H1    12.5%     KGG240
Year 3 (Third Examination)
Engineering Management
     and Law                               H16% N3H6.25%   ACM462
Business Strategies and
     Marketing for Engineers               H26% N3H6.25%   AEA461
Environmental Remote
     Sensing                               H1    12.5%     KGA365
Geomatics 3e: Studio                       H2    12.5%     KGG355
Geomatics 3a: Surveying                    H1    12.5%     KGG320
Geomatics 3b: Remote Sensing
     & Photogrammetry                      H1    12.5%     KGG330
Geomatics 3c: Advanced
     Geographic Information Systems
     (GIS)                                 H2    12.5%     KGG340
Geomatics 3d: Geodesy                      H1    12.5%     KGG350
Course details (2001)                                                       page 336



Earth Sciences                              H2          12.5%            KGG360
Year 4 (Fourth Examination)
The following unit is common to both streams
Professional Experience                   H1/2            50%            KGG401
Land Surveying Stream
Municipal Engineering for
     Surveyors                              H1          12.5%            ACM405
Land Development Planning                   H1          12.5%            KGG405
Land Law and Cadastral
     Studies                                H1          12.5%            KGG407
Surveying Practice                          H1          12.5%            KGG425
Spatial Information Systems Stream
Either BSA203 or KCA342
Information Management              H2~L2~B2            12.5%             BSA203
Image Processing and Computer
     Vision                                 H2          12.5%            KCA342
Advanced Spatial Data
     Analysis                               H2          12.5%            KGG435
GIS Application
     Development                            H2          12.5%            KGG440
Geographic Information Systems
     Project                              H1/2          12.5%            KGG445



    Bachelor of Geomatics with Honours
(Abbreviation: BGeom(Hons))

Course code: N4H

This 1-year full-time or 2-year part-time course is offered by the Faculty of
Science and Engineering at Hobart.

Admission & prerequisites

To be eligible to enrol for the degree applicants must either have qualified for
admission to the degree of Bachelor of Geomatics in this University or have
qualified in another university or tertiary institution for a degree deemed by the
Faculty of Science and Engineering to be equivalent to that degree. In either
case, the standard of pass must be of sufficient merit to satisfy the Faculty of
Science and Engineering.

Course objectives

The course objectives are:
Course details (2001)                                                      page 337



•      to provide advanced in-depth knowledge in a single area of spatial
       information science;
•      to provide opportunity for training in research;
•      to prepare students for postgraduate research in the Master of Spatial
       Information Science and PhD programs as well as for employment in
       research organisations; and
•      to provide advanced courses in selected areas of spatial information
       science

Career outcomes

The Honours course provides students with advanced skills and research
experience in a specialised area of Geomatics or surveying. Graduates are likely
to find employment in Commonwealth or State government agencies, or large
private organisations.

Professional recognition

The Bachelor of Geomatics with Honours is recognised by the Institution of
Surveyors, Australia providing qualification for graduate membership of the
Institution. Corporate membership is granted after an approved period of
professional experience.

Course structure

The Honours course consists of lectures, project work and thesis as prescribed
by the degree coordinator for the Centre of Spatial Information Science.
Lectures and project work will be appropriate for the particular research topic
chosen and will constitute 50% of the assessment. With the agreement of the
degree coordinator, candidates may select from Group 2, 3 and 4 units offered
by the Faculty of Science and Engineering. Project work may consist of a
specific set of reading programs or coursework as specified by the degree
coordinator. The coursework and thesis topics can be selected from the
following areas of specialisation:

•      Advanced Photogrammetry
•      Advanced GIS
•      Advanced Geodesy
•      Advanced Adjustment Theory
•      Advanced Instrumentation and Techniques.

The overall enrolment code for full-time students is KGG510 and for part-time
students KGG515.

See KGG510/511on page xx.
Course details (2001)                                                        page 338




    Bachelor of Natural Environment and
            Wilderness Studies
(Abbreviation: BNatEnvWildStud)

Course code: S3T

Course coordinator: Professor J Kirkpatrick

This three years full-time or six years part-time course is offered internally at
Hobart and Launceston. The first year of the course is also available at the
North-West Centre.

Admission & prerequisites

Satisfaction of the University's minimum entry requirements for degree
courses. Subject prerequisites apply within the course.

Course objectives

The Bachelor of Natural Environment and Wilderness Studies is for students
who are interested in gaining a wide interdisciplinary understanding of natural
environments and wilderness and developing knowledge, skills and techniques
that are useful in employment or other activities related to natural
environments and wilderness.

The structure of the degree ensures that students gain a broad understanding of
the field, while being able to specialise in areas of interest to them.

The program develops a wide range of general abilities including:

•      communication skills;
•      data collection skills;
•      analytical skills;
•      information retrieval, manipulation and presentation skills;
•      the ability to work across traditional discipline areas.

Career outcomes

This interdisciplinary course is designed to provide students with the
opportunity to develop knowledge and skills that will help them gain
employment related to natural environments and wilderness. Opportunities for
such employment exist in a wide variety of areas such as nature-based tourism,
natural area management and natural area interpretation. The broad nature of
Course details (2001)                                                     page 339



the course also provides more general employability in the same way as the
Bachelor of Science or Bachelor of Arts.

Course structure

Students must satisfactorily complete appropriate units with a total weighting
of 300%.

The first 100% (i.e. the first year) must be made up of level 100 units with at
least 25% taken from those listed in Schedule A and 25% from those listed in
Schedule B. The remaining 50% of first year units should be chosen from either
schedule A or B or any first year units not so listed, with a maximum of 25%
from unlisted units.

The remaining 200% must be made up of level 200 and level 300 units chosen
within the following constraints: at least 25% must be taken from each of
schedules C, D, E and F; no more than 25% of units in total should be taken
outside schedules C, D, E and F; at least 75% of units should be at level 300.

Articulation

Credit for relevant units will be given to transferring students.

Another related course offered by this University is the Bachelor of Science
(Natural Environment and Wilderness Management) with Honours.

                                   Schedule A

Unit Title                    campus-sem               weight              code
Sustainable Resource
     Management                    H2~B2                12.5%           KLA115
Geology 1                              Hf                 25%           KEA100
Geography and Environmental
     Studies 1                         Hf                 25%          KGA100
Fauna of Tasmania                  L1~B1                12.5%           KJB113
Genetics                           L2~B2                12.5%           KJB122
Chemistry 1                         Lf~Bf                 25%           KJC103
Chemistry for Life
     Sciences                          L1               12.5%           KJC161
Introduction to
     Biochemistry                      L2               12.5%           KJC162
The Physical Environment        L2~B2~D2                12.5%           KJG102
Data Handling and
     Statistics 1           H1/2~L1/2~B2                12.5%          KMA153
Botany 1G                              Hf                 25%          KPA150
Botany 1E                              Hf                 25%          KPA151
Aquatic Ecology I                      L2               12.5%          KQA121
Course details (2001)                                      page 340



Zoology 1G                                 Hf     25%    KZA150
Zoology 1E                                 Hf     25%    KZA151
Chemistry 1A                               Hf     25%    KRA110
Chemistry 1B                               Hf     25%    KRA130
Natural Vegetation of
    Tasmania                              H2    12.5%    KPA152
Applied Physics                           H1    12.5%    KYA171


                                 Schedule B

Unit Title                         campus-sem   weight      code
Introduction to
     Management                  H1/2~L1/2~B1   12.5%    BMA101
Introduction to Art and Design
     Theory 1A                            H1    12.5%     FST101
Introduction to Art and Design
     Theory 1B                            H2    12.5%     FST102
Introduction to English:
     Australian Literature          L1~B1~D1    12.5%    HEA101
English 1A                                H1    12.5%    HEA103
English 1B                       H2~L2~B2~D2    12.5%    HEA104
Sociology A                      H1~L1~B1~D1    12.5%    HGA101
Sociology B                      H2~L2~B2~D2    12.5%    HGA102
Philosophy 1A                            H13    12.5%    HPA101
Philosophy 1B                           H2/3    12.5%    HPA102
Introduction to
     Philosophy 1A                     L1~D1    12.5%    HPA181
Introduction to
     Philosophy 1B                     L2~D2    12.5%    HPA182
Introduction to
     Government A                   H1~L1~B1    12.5%    HSG101
Introduction to
     Government B                   H2~L2~B2    12.5%    HSG102
History 1                                  Hf     25%    HTA100
History 1                               Lf~Bf     25%    HTA101
Geography and Environmental
     Studies 1                             Hf     25%    KGA100
Geography and Environmental
     Studies 1A                            Hf     25%    KGA101
Population and
     Urbanisation                   L1~B1~D1    12.5%    KJG101


                                 Schedule C

Unit Title                         campus-sem   weight      code
Course details (2001)                                      page 341



Agricultural Geology &
     Soil Science                      H1    12.5%       KLA213
Introduction to Plant
     Diseases                         [na]   12.5%    KLA287/387
Insect Diversity and
     Function                          H1     12.5%   KLA254/354
Geology 2                              Hf    33.33%      KEA200
Fossils and Environments
     Through Time                      H1    16.67%      KEA266
Sedimentary Environments               H1     12.5%      KEA338
Geology for Environmental
     Scientists                        Hf      25%       KEA365
Biogeography and
     Climatology                       H1    12.5%       KGA209
Microclimatology                       H2    12.5%       KGA321
Forest Ecosystems                      L2    12.5%        KJB227
Australian Natural
     Environments                   L1~D1    12.5%        KJG201
Environmental
     Geomorphology                  L1~D1       25%      KJG301
Botany 2                               Hf    33.33%      KPA200
Alternative Terrestrial
     Lifestyles – The Fungi           [na]   12.5%       KPA371
Aquatic Botany                         H1    12.5%       KPA372
Evolution and
     Biodiversity                      H2    12.5%       KPA374
Field Botany                           H3    12.5%       KPA375
Plant Ecology                          H1    12.5%       KPA379
General Microbiology                   L1    12.5%       KQA207
Aquatic Ecology II                     L2    12.5%       KQA212
Applied and Environmental
     Microbiology                      L2    12.5%       KQA218
Chemistry for Life
     Sciences                          H1    16.67%      KRA205
Zoology 2                              Hf    33.33%      KZA210
Antarctic Ecology                      H2     12.5%      KZA351
Environmental Adaptation               H2     12.5%      KZA352
Evolutionary Biology &
     Biogeography                      H2    12.5%       KZA353
Freshwater Ecology                     H2    12.5%       KZA355
Marine Ecology                         H1    12.5%       KZA356


                              Schedule D

Unit Title                     campus-sem    weight         code
Picturing the Wilderness               H3     12.5%   FST205/305
Course details (2001)                                       page 342



Art, Natural Environment
     and History                       H3    12.5%     FSZ250/350
Art, Natural Environment
     and Wilderness                    H1    12.5%     FSZ251/351
Wilderness and Natural
     Environment                       L1    12.5%    FFA235/335
Dynamics of Indigenous
     Cultures                      H1~Lv1    12.5%    HAB253/353
Tourism, Sport and
     Leisure                           H1    12.5%    HGA251/351
Sociology of Nature                   [na]   12.5%    HGA261/361
Social Ecology                      H2~L2    12.5%    HGE203/303
Environmental Ethics                   H1    12.5%    HPA277/377
Ecophilosophy                         [na]   12.5%    HPA278/378
Australian Environmental
     Policy                           [na]   12.5%    HSD230/330
Global Environmental
     Policy                         H2~L2    12.5%    HSD229/329
Asian Environmental
     Justice                          [na]   12.5%    HSD239/339
Sex, Drugs and Toxic Waste:
     The Politics of
     Regulation                       [na]   12.5%    HSD207/307
Sustainable Communities and
     Local Environments                H2    12.5%    KGA254/354
Literature and
     Environment                       H1    12.5%    KGA272/372
Historical Geography                   H2    12.5%    KGA240/340


                              Schedule E

Unit Title                      campus-sem   weight        code
Environmental Geology                   H2    12.5%      KEA348
Vegetation Management                   H1    12.5%      KGA331
Fauna Conservation
    Management                          H1   12.5%       KGA332
Conservation
    Geomorphology [a]                   H2   12.5%       KGA227
Conservation
    Geomorphology [a]                   H2   12.5%       KGA327
Environmental Impact
    Assessment and Decision Making      H2   12.5%       KGA381
Wilderness and Natural Area
    Management: Natural and
    Cultural Values                     H2   12.5%    KGA278/378
Environmental Management                H1   12.5%    KGA223/323
Course details (2001)                                            page 343



Agroforestry                               Lf        25%        KJB307
Natural Resources
    Management                         L2~D2       12.5%        KJG202
Fisheries & Wildlife
    Management                            H1       12.5%       KZA354
[a] Students enrol in either KGA227 or KGA327, not KGA285


                               Schedule F

Unit Title                        campus-sem    weight            code
Social & Environmental
     Accounting                           H2     12.5%      BFA207/307
Strategic Management                   H2~L2     12.5%         BMA302
Management and the Natural
     Environment                         [na]    12.5%      BMA272/372
Social and Political
     Research                          L1~H1     12.5%      HGA203/303
Survey Research                           H3     12.5%      HGA204/304
Environmental Design 1B                    L1    12.5%         KDA112
Qualitative Research
     Methods                           H1~L2     12.5%      HGA230/330
Environmental Remote
     Sensing                              H1     12.5%         KGA365
Natural Environment Field
     Techniques                     H3~L3~B3     12.5%         KGA213
Introduction to GIS                       H1     12.5%         KGG245
Field Mapping and
     Measurement                          H2     12.5%         KGG275
Advanced Geographic
     Information Systems (GIS)            H2     12.5%         KGG345
Social Psychology                        [na]    12.5%      KHA207/307
Data Handling and
     Statistics 2                         H2    16.67%         KMA253
Scientific Analysis and
     Presentation for Aquaculture          L1    12.5%         KQA302
Analytical &
     Environmental Chemistry              H2    16.67%         KRA203
Quantitative Methods in
     Biology                              H1     12.5%         KZA357



                        Bachelor of Science
(Abbreviation: BSc)
Course details (2001)                                                      page 344



Course code: S3G

This 3-year (minimum) full-time course is offered by the Faculty of Science and
Engineering and is available at Hobart. Subject to attendance and timetable
requirements, part-time studies may be available.

Admission & prerequisites

Minimum University entrance requirements and a satisfactory achievement
(SA) in any two of the following: *MT843 Mathematics Stage 3 (or *MT841
Mathematics Stage 2 or *MT730 Mathematics Applied); *IF862 Computer
Science; *CH856 Chemistry; *GL876 Geology; *GG833 Geography (or *EV846
Environmental Science); *PH866 Physics; *BY826 Biology; *SC786 Applied
Science-Physical Sciences (if neither Physics nor Chemistry counted) OR a TCE
score of 80 or more for applicants not having two of the preceding TCE units.
Subject (unit) prerequisites also apply.

Course objectives

The course aims to:

•      provide students with opportunities to acquire knowledge, attitudes and
       skills in a range of basic physical, computational, mathematical, earth and
       life sciences;
•      introduce students to scientific method through a range of disciplines;
•      provide graduates with advanced knowledge in one or more of the science
       disciplines; and
•      meet the needs of industry, business and government agencies.

Career outcomes

Graduates of the Bachelor of Science can expect to find employment in a wide
variety of positions. Please refer to the following discipline entries for more
specific information:

Biochemistry on page C-xx

Chemistry on page C-xx

Computing on page C-xx

Geography and Environmental Studies on page C-xx

Geology on page C-xx

Mathematics on page C-xx
Course details (2001)                                                       page 345



Microbiology/Immunology on page C-xx

Plant Science on page C-xx

Physics on page C-xx

Psychology on page C-xx

Zoology on page C-xx

Professional recognition

Graduates of the BSc are eligible for membership of a number of professional
organisations. Specific details are provided under individual discipline entries.

Course structure

In order to gain the award of Bachelor of Science students must gain 300% from
Schedule A provided that:

•      at least 75% is from Group 1 units listed in Schedule C which consists of
       25% combinations offered by three different Schools (students can study
       50% from mathemtics to satisfy two 25% requirements from two Schools);
•      at least 100% and not more than 125% is from units in Groups 1 and 1A;
•      not more than 25% is from Group 1A units;
•      at least 66.67% is from Group 2 units listed in Schedule C which consists of
       combinations of 33.33% (37.5% for Computer Science) offered by two
       different Schools (students can study 66.67% from mathemtics to satisfy
       this requirement);
•      not more than 66.67% is from Group 2 and Group 2A units offered by any
       one School;
•      not more than 37.5% is from Group 2A units;
•      at least 75% is from units listed as Groups 3 and 3A;
•      at least 50% of full passes is from Group 3 units listed in Schedule C as
       offered by one School;
•      not more than 50% is from units listed as Group 3A; and
•      not more than 37.5% is counted from units in which terminating passes
       have been awarded.

In summary, students must gain 300%, studying at least 4 year-1 units to the
value of between 100% and 125%; year-2 units to the value of between 66.67%
and 125%; and year-3 units to the value of between 75% and 133.33%. Year-3
majors are based on first and second-year prerequisites. Certain prerequisites
and core enrolments must be met. All programs must include a minimum of
three Group 1 core units and two Group 2 core units as listed in Schedule C.

Articulation
Course details (2001)                                                        page 346




A successful first year may lead to the five-year combined degrees with Law or
Engineering. Credit is possible for studies completed in some TAFE diplomas
and in other tertiary studies.

Majors

Candidates for the BSc can major (3 years of studies) in one or two of the
following fields of specialisation:

•      Biochemistry
•      Chemistry
•      Computer Science
•      Geography & Environmental Studies
•      Geology
•      Mathematics
•      Microbiology/Immunology
•      Physics
•      Plant Science
•      Psychology
•      Zoology

Specimen courses

Candidates for the BSc can complete four-year specimen courses which are
detailed in Schedule D in the following fields of specialisation:

•      Economic Geology
•      Forest Ecology
•      Marine, Freshwater and Antarctic Biology
•      Natural Environment and Wilderness Management

Schedule D should be read in conjunction with Schedules A and C.

The Specimen Courses, which follow the Bachelor of Science Schedule D, detail
a number of three-year combinations. Many other combinations are possible.
Students should note that all specimen courses must meet the degree
requirements of the BSc which are summarised under 'Course structure'.

                                  Schedule A

Unit Title                          campus-sem        weight                  code
Year 1 (Group 1)
Chemistry
Chemistry 1A                                  Hf         25%            KRA110
Chemistry 1B                                  Hf         25%            KRA130
Computer Science
Course details (2001)                                                          page 347



Programming and Problem
    Solving                              H1~L1/2~B1          12.5%              KXA151
Software Process                           H2~L2~B2          12.5%              KXA154
Computer Science 1                                  Hf         25%              KXA150
Geography & Environmental Studies
Geography and Environmental
    Studies 1                                       Hf         25%              KGA100
Geology
Geology 1                                           Hf         25%              KEA100
Mathematics
Calculus and
    Applications 1                                  Hf         25%             KMA150
Calculus and
    Applications 1A                                H1        12.5%             KMA152
Data Handling and
    Statistics 1                      H1/2~L1/2~B2           12.5%             KMA153
Calculus and
    Applications 1B                                H2        12.5%             KMA154
Mathematics for Computer
    Science 1                                      H1        12.5%             KMA155
Calculus and
    Applications 1S                                H1        12.5%             KMA156
Essential Mathematics                              H1        12.5%             KMA157
Physics
Physics 1A                                         H1        12.5%              KYA101
Physics 1B                                         H2        12.5%              KYA102
Applied Physics                                    H1        12.5%              KYA171
Biological Physics                                [na]       12.5%              KYA172
Plant Science
Botany 1G [a]                                       Hf         25%              KPA150
Botany 1E                                           Hf         25%              KPA151
Psychology
Psychology 1A                              H1~L1~B1          12.5%              KHA101
Psychology 1B                              H2~L2~B2          12.5%              KHA102
Zoology
Zoology 1G                                          Hf         25%              KZA150
Zoology 1E   [a]                                    Hf         25%              KZA151
Year 1 (Group 1A)
Students are permitted to enrol in not more than 25% of first-year units offered under
    other degree courses, except that there are some limitations for units offered by
    scientific-related disciplines, including Engineering, Medicine (including
    Pharmacy), and Agricultural Science. A list of permitted units is available from
    the Faculty office.
Sustainable Resource
    Management                                 H2~B2         12.5%              KLA115
Natural Vegetation of
    Tasmania                                       H2        12.5%              KPA152
Course details (2001)                                               page 348



Computer Organisation and
    Architecture                  H1~L1~B1        12.5%            KXA152
Computer Applications             H1~L1~B1        12.5%            KXA153
Professional Computing            H2~L2~B2        12.5%            KXA155
Multimedia and Web
    Applications                  H2~L2~B2        12.5%            KXA156
Astronomy                                H1       12.5%            KYA181
[a] Students who wish to study Botany and Zoology together in the one year
     must study KPA150 and KZA151.




Unit Title                      campus-sem       weight              code
Year 2 (Group 2)
Biochemistry
Biochemistry and
     Microbiology 2                      Hf      33.33%           CBA250
Chemistry
Chemistry 2                              Hf      33.33%           KRA200
Analytical &
     Environmental Chemistry            H2       16.67%           KRA203
Chemistry for Life
     Sciences                           H1       16.67%           KRA205
Computer Science
Microprocessors and Data
     Acquisition                        H2        12.5%           KNE232
Algorithms and Metrics               H1~L1        12.5%           KXA251
Artificial Intelligence              H1~L1        12.5%           KXA252
Software Design                      H2~L2        12.5%           KXA253
Operating Systems                    H2~L2        12.5%           KXA254
Geography & Environmental Studies
Geography and Environmental
     Studies 2 [a]                       Hf      33.33%           KGA200
Natural Environment Field
     Techniques                   H3~L3~B3         0%             KGA286
Introduction to GIS [b]                 0%      KGA287
Conservation
              Geomorphology             H2           0%           KGA285
Biogeography and
              Climatology               H1           0%           KGA290
Geography of Asia                       H1           0%           KGA291
The Global Space Economy                H2           0%           KGA292
Environmental Management                H1           0%           KGA293
Historical Geography                    H2           0%           KGA294
Urban Planning: Space,
              Place and Society         H1           0%           KGA295
Course details (2001)                                                          page 349



Wilderness and Natural Area
             Management: Natural and
             Cultural Values                        H2            0%           KGA296
Sustainable Communities and
             Local Environments                     H2            0%           KGA298
Geology
Geology 2 Hf                                   33.33%       KEA200
Introduction to Geophysics
             & Computer
             Applications                           H2        16.67%            KEA222
Fossils and Environments
             Through Time                           H1        16.67%            KEA266
Mathematics
Algebra and Applications
             2                                      H2        16.67%           KMA251
Calculus and
             Applications 2                         H1        16.67%           KMA252
Data Handling and
             Statistics 2                           H2        16.67%           KMA253
Mathematical Analysis &
             Applications 2                         H2        16.67%           KMA254
Operations Research 2                               H1        16.67%           KMA255
Physics
Physics 2A H1                                  16.67%       KYA201
Physics 2B H2                                  16.67%       KYA202
Plant Science
Botany 2     Hf                                33.33%       KPA200
Psychology
Psychology 2 (Science)                               Hf       33.33%           KHA200
Zoology
Zoology 2 Hf                                   33.33%       KZA210
Year 2 (Group 2A)
Students are permitted to enrol in not more than 37.5% of second-year units offered
             under other degree courses, except that there are some limitations for
             units offered by scientific-related disciplines, including Engineering,
             Medicine (including Pharmacy) and Agricultural Science. A list of
             permitted units is available from the Faculty office.
Agricultural Science
Field Agriculture                                   H2         12.5%            KLA215
Animal Production Systems                          [na]        12.5%       KLA220/320
Horticultural Production
             Systems                                H1         12.5%       KLA242/342
Crop and Pasture
             Production                             H2         12.5%       KLA250/350
Insect Diversity and
             Function                               H1         12.5%       KLA254/354
Course details (2001)                                                    page 350



Introduction to Plant
             Diseases                         [na]      12.5%      KLA287/387
Fundamentals of Soil
             Science                          [na]      12.5%      KLA297/397
Geography & Environmental Studies
Geography of Asia                              H1       12.5%      KGA202/302
The Global Space Economy                       H2       12.5%      KGA208/308
Biogeography and
             Climatology                       H1       12.5%          KGA209
Natural Environment Field
             Techniques                 H3~L3~B3        12.5%          KGA213
Environmental Management                       H1       12.5%      KGA223/323
Conservation
             Geomorphology                     H2       12.5%          KGA227
Historical Geography                           H2       12.5%      KGA240/340
Urban Planning: Space,
             Place and Society                 H1       12.5%      KGA253/353
Sustainable Communities and
             Local Environments                H2       12.5%      KGA254/354
Literature and
             Environment                       H1       12.5%      KGA272/372
Wilderness and Natural Area
             Management: Natural and
             Cultural Values                   H2       12.5%      KGA278/378
Introduction to GIS                            H1       12.5%          KGG245
Field Mapping and
             Measurement                       H2       12.5%          KGG275
Note: Units coded KGA2xx/3xx or KLA2xx/3xx may be studied as Group 2A
             units or as Group 3A units. When enrolling in one of these units as
             a Group 2A unit, use KGA2xx (e.g. KGA202 Geography of Asia) or
             KLA2xx. If enrolling in the unit as a Group 3A unit, use KGA3xx or
             KLA3xx.
[a] Students studying KGA200 must enrol in three 0% units. A minimum of
     two must be studied from KGA285, KGA286, KGA287 and KGA290.
[b] For details of this unit, contact the School of Geography and
     Environmental Studies




Unit Title                         campus-sem        weight               code
Year 3 (group 3)
Biochemistry
Molecular Biochemistry:
    Techniques and Theory                     Hf        50%            CBA327
Chemistry
Chemistry 3A                                  Hf        25%            KRA301
Course details (2001)                               page 351



Chemistry 3B                          Hf    25%    KRA302
Instrumental Analytical
     Chemistry                        H2   12.5%   KRA303
Biosynthesis & Function
     of Natural Products              H1   12.5%   KRA305
Computer Science
Software Engineering
     Project                          Hf     25%   KCA300
Software Systems                      H1   12.5%   KCA311
Programming Paradigms                 H2   12.5%   KCA312
Networks and Protocols                H1   12.5%   KCA321
Intelligent Systems                   H1   12.5%   KCA341
Image Processing and Computer
     Vision                           H2   12.5%   KCA342
Computer Architecture                 H1   12.5%   KCA343
Communications and Data
     Networks                         H2   12.5%   KCA354
Geography & Environmental Studies
Microclimatology                      H2   12.5%   KGA321
Conservation
     Geomorphology                    H2   12.5%   KGA327
Vegetation Management                 H1   12.5%   KGA331
Fauna Conservation
     Management                       H1   12.5%   KGA332
Environmental Remote
     Sensing                          H1   12.5%   KGA365
Environmental Impact
     Assessment and Decision Making   H2   12.5%   KGA381
Advanced Geographic
     Information Systems (GIS)        H2   12.5%   KGG345
Geology
Geology 3                             Hf     50%   KEA300
Computers in Geoscience               H2   12.5%   KEA332
Ore Deposit Geology                   H1   12.5%   KEA336
Sedimentary Environments              H1   12.5%   KEA338
Exploration Geophysics                H1   12.5%   KEA342
Ore Deposit Geochemistry              H2   12.5%   KEA346
Environmental Geology                 H2   12.5%   KEA348
Geology for Geophysicists             Hf     25%   KEA355
Geology for Environmental
     Scientists                       Hf    25%    KEA365
Mathematics
Computational Techniques
     3                                H1   12.5%   KMA350
Algebra and Applications
     3                                H1   12.5%   KMA351
Analysis 3                            H2   12.5%   KMA352
Course details (2001)                                      page 352



Data Handling and
     Statistics 3                      H1     12.5%      KMA353
Mathematical Analysis &
     Applications 3                    H1     12.5%      KMA354
Operations Research 3                  H2     12.5%      KMA355
Principles of Statistics
     3                                 H2     12.5%      KMA356
Topics in Advanced Mathematics
     3                                 H2     12.5%      KMA357
Topics in Applied
     Statistics 3                      H1     12.5%      KMA358
Topics in Applied Algebra              H2     12.5%      KMA359
Microbiology (Agricultural Science)
Microbial Ecology                       Hf     25%       KLA309
Pathology
Medical Microbiology and
     Immunology                         Hf     25%        CJA308
Physics
Physics 3A                             H1       25%      KYA301
Physics 3B                             H2     12.5%      KYA302
Physics 3C                             H2     12.5%      KYA303
Dynamical Systems and
     Chaos                              H2    12.5%      KYA314
Fluid Mechanics                        [na]   12.5%      KYA315
Plant Science
Alternative Terrestrial
     Lifestyles – The Fungi            [na]   12.5%      KPA371
Aquatic Botany                          H1    12.5%      KPA372
Cell Biology                            H1    12.5%      KPA373
Evolution and
     Biodiversity                       H2    12.5%      KPA374
Field Botany                            H3    12.5%      KPA375
Genetics                                H1    12.5%      KPA376
Molecular Evolution                     H2    12.5%      KPA377
Plant Science Research                H1/2    12.5%      KPA378
Plant Ecology                           H1    12.5%      KPA379
Psychology
Assessment and Research
     Methods                           H1     12.5%      KHA301
Human Neuroscience                     H1     12.5%      KHA303
Psychophysiology &
     Emotion                            H1    12.5%      KHA304
Clinical Psychology                     H1    12.5%      KHA305
Cognition and Memory                    H2    12.5%      KHA306
Social Psychology [c]                  [na]   12.5%   KHA207/307
Advanced Research Methods               H2    12.5%      KHA308
Course details (2001)                                                           page 353



Health & Rehabilitation
     Psychology [c]                                 H1        12.5%       KHA209/309
Peace, Conflict
     & Law [c]                                      H2        12.5%       KHA212/312
Learning & Skilled
     Performance                                    H2        12.5%              KHA314
Individual Differences                              H1        12.5%              KHA318
Educational Psychology                              H1        12.5%              KHA319
Zoology
Antarctic Ecology                                   H2        12.5%              KZA351
Environmental Adaptation                            H2        12.5%              KZA352
Evolutionary Biology &
     Biogeography                                   H2        12.5%              KZA353
Fisheries & Wildlife
     Management                                     H1        12.5%              KZA354
Freshwater Ecology                                  H2        12.5%              KZA355
Marine Ecology                                      H1        12.5%              KZA356
Quantitative Methods in
     Biology                                        H1        12.5%              KZA357
Reproductive Biology:
     Strategies and Mechanisms                      H1        12.5%              KZA358
Year 3 (Group 3A)
Students are permitted to enrol in not more than 50% of third-year units offered under
     other degree courses, except that there are some limitations for units offered by
     scientific-related disciplines, including Engineering, Medicine (including
     Pharmacy) and Agricultural Science. A list of permitted units is available from the
     Faculty office.
Agricultural Science
See Group 2A Agricultural Science units. all units which have both 200/300
     level codes may be used. Students should use the KLA3xx code for
     enrolling as a Group 3A unit.
Insect Ecology and
     Behaviour                                      H2        12.5%        KLA314/414
Plant Nutrition & Soil
     Fertility                                      H2        12.5%        KLA318/418
Crop Health Management                              H1        12.5%        KLA329/429
Agronomy                                            H1        12.5%        KLA331/431
Horticultural Science                               H2        12.5%        KLA365/465
Soil and Land Resources                            [na]       12.5%        KLA381/481
Geography & Environmental Studies
See Group 2A Geography & Environmental Studies units. All units which have
     both 200/300 level codes may be used. Students should use the KGA3xx
     code for enrolling as a Group 3A unit.
[c] Students enrol at level 300 (eg KHA307 not KHA207)


                        Bachelor of Science – Schedule B
Course details (2001)                                                   page 354




Note: Students are advised that information concerning mutual exclusions
(contained in Schedule B) of the Bachelor of Science course specifications is
held in the Faculty Office.

                    Bachelor of Science – Schedule C – Core units

 School      Group 1 core          Group 2 core         Group 3 Major
Biochemistry
            CBA250           CBA327
Chemistry Stream 1
     KRA110        KRA200         50% from: KRA301, KRA302, KRA303,
                   KRA305
Chemistry Stream 2
     KRA110 or KRA130 KRA203 and KRA205                KRA302, KRA303, and
                   KRA305
Computer Science
     KXA150 or (KXA151 and KXA154) Any three of KNE232, KXA251, KXA252,
                   KXA253, KXA254       50% from KCA300, KCA311, KCA312,
                   KCA321, KCA341, KCA342, KCA343, KCA354
Geography & Environmental Studies
     KGA100        KGA200          Any four level 300 KGA units. Three must be
                   selected from KGA321, KGA327, KGA331, KGA332, KGA365,
                   KGA381, KGG345
Geology
     KEA100        KEA200         50% from: KEA300, KEA332, KEA336,
                   KEA338, KEA342, KEA346, KEA348, KEA355, KEA365
Mathematics
     KMA150 or any two units from KMA152, KMA153, KMA154, KMA155,
                   KMA156, KMA157 Any two units from KMA251, KMA252,
                   KMA253, KMA254, KMA255              Any four units from
                   KMA350, KMA351, KMA352, KMA353, KMA354, KMA355,
                   KMA356, KMA357, KMA358, KMA359
Microbiology/Immunology
            See Biochemistry      KLA309 and CJA308
Physics
     (KYA101 and KYA102) or (KYA171 and KYA172)              KYA201 and
                   KYA202         KYA301 and KYA302 plus one unit from
                   KYA303 , KYA314, KYA315
Plant Science
     KPA150 or KPA151 KPA200            Any four units from KPA371, KPA372,
                   KPA373, KPA374, KPA375, KPA376, KPA377, KPA378,
                   KPA379
Psychology
     KHA101 and KHA102            KHA200        KHA301 plus three of KHA303,
                   KHA304, KHA305, KHA306, KHA307, KHA308, KHA309,
                   KHA312, KHA314, KHA318, KHA319
Course details (2001)                                                                page 355



Zoology
     KZA150 or KZA151 KZA210      Any four units from KZA351, KZA352,
                KZA353, KZA354, KZA355, KZA356, KZA357, KZA358



                        Bachelor of Science
                            Four-year Honours programs
                            Schedule D 1. Forest Ecology

Course Structure

Major code: KFE

In the first 3 years students need to pass course units to a total of 300 percent. This is
achieved by a mix of compulsory and optional units to a value of 100 percent in each
year. The course coordinator will assist with the planning of the student's course. A
special unit (Plant Science Research KPA378) will be offered to Forest Ecology students
in third year. This will involve a series of lectures presented by specialist foresters and a
research project in one of the disciplines outlined.

Tutorials will be held for all Forest Ecology students near the middle of semesters 1 and
2 (students will be notified of timing). These will provide an opportunity for students to
discuss the course and new developments in Forestry in Australia.

Unit Title                    campus-sem                      weight                  code
Year 1
Zoology 1E                             Hf                        25%              KZA151
Botany 1G                              Hf                        25%              KPA150
Data Handling and
    Statistics 1            H1/2~L1/2~B2                       12.5%             KMA153
and the balance from:
Either KRA110 or KRA130
Chemistry 1A                           Hf                        25%              KRA110
Chemistry 1B                           Hf                        25%              KRA130
Programming and Problem
    Solving                   H1~L1/2~B1                       12.5%              KXA151
Software Process                H2~L2~B2                       12.5%              KXA154
Geography and Environmental
    Studies 1                          Hf                        25%              KGA100
Calculus and
    Applications 1B                   H2                       12.5%             KMA154
Geology 1  [a]                         Hf                        25%             KEA100
Year 2
Botany 2                               Hf                     33.33%              KPA200
and the balance from:
Course details (2001)                                                page 356



Agricultural Geology &
     Soil Science [a]                   H1        12.5%              KLA213
Insect Diversity and
     Function [b]                       H1        12.5%        KLA254/354
Introduction to Plant
     Diseases [b]                      [na]       12.5%        KLA287/387
Fundamentals of Soil
     Science [b]                       [na]       12.5%        KLA297/397
Zoology 2                                Hf      33.33%              KZA210
Biochemistry and
     Microbiology 2                      Hf      33.33%              CBA250
Biogeography and
     Climatology                        H1        12.5%              KGA209
Conservation
     Geomorphology [b]                  H2        12.5%              KGA227
Data Handling and
     Statistics 2                       H2       16.67%             KMA253
Mathematical Analysis &
     Applications 2                     H2       16.67%             KMA254
or approved Computer Science units
Year 3
Field Botany                            H3        12.5%              KPA375
Plant Ecology                           H1        12.5%              KPA379
Genetics                                H1        12.5%              KPA376
Plant Science Research                H1/2        12.5%              KPA378
Either KPA377 or KZA357
Molecular Evolution                     H2        12.5%              KPA377
Quantitative Methods in
     Biology                            H1        12.5%              KZA357
and the balance from:
Insect Diversity and
     Function [c]                       H1        12.5%        KLA254/354
Introduction to Plant
     Diseases [c]                      [na]       12.5%        KLA287/387
Fundamentals of Soil
     Science [c]                       [na]       12.5%        KLA297/397
Agricultural and Forest
     Pathology [c]                     [na]       12.5%        KLA346/446
Soil and Land Resources [c]            [na]       12.5%        KLA381/481
Evolution and
     Biodiversity                       H2        12.5%              KPA374
Vegetation Management                   H1        12.5%              KGA331
Environmental Impact
     Assessment and Decision Making     H2        12.5%              KGA381
or approved Computer Science and Mathematics (especially statistics) units
Year 4
Course code for fourth year: S4J
Course details (2001)                                                        page 357



Unit enrolment codes:
KPA460 Forest Ecology (Honours) Full time;
KPA461 Forest Ecology (Honours) Part time.
Students who have completed a BSc and have satisfied the course prerequisites
     will be permitted to enrol in Honours in Forest Ecology provided they
     have achieved an adequate standard, normally at least 50% in third year
     units, and a suitable project and supervisor are available.
The fourth year of the course, the 'Honours year', includes the following main
     components:
1. A research project of 9 months duration. This would normally be carried out
     in the School of Plant Science but after consultation with the course
     coordinator may be carried out in other Schools such as Zoology,
     Agricultural Science, Geography and Environmental Studies or
     Mathematics and Physics. Where appropriate, scientists from outside the
     University may act as co-supervisors, especially if the project necessitates
     work being undertaken in laboratories of other institutions.
2. A reading thesis based on a literature-based review or other coursework as
     appropriate.
3. Attendance at seminars given by research scientists working in the field
     (Plant Science and CRC seminars).
[a] Geology 1 and Agricultural Geology & Soil Science are mutually exclusive
      because of overlap in subject matter
[b] Students use level 200 enrolment code (eg KLA287)
[c] Students use level 300 enrolment code (eg KLA354)


             Schedule D 2. Marine, Freshwater and Antarctic Biology

Course Structure

Major code: KAB

In the first three years of the course students need to pass course units to a total
of 300%. This is achieved by taking a mix of compulsory and optional units to a
value of 100% in each year.

Unit Title                           campus-sem         weight                code
Year 1
Botany 1G                                       Hf         25%             KPA150
Zoology 1E                                      Hf         25%             KZA151
Either KRA110 or KRA130
Chemistry 1A                                    Hf         25%             KRA110
Chemistry 1B                                    Hf         25%             KRA130
and the balance from:
Physics 1A                                      H1       12.5%             KYA101
Physics 1B                                      H2       12.5%             KYA102
Course details (2001)                                                  page 358



Geography and Environmental
    Studies 1                                   Hf       25%          KGA100
Geology 1                                       Hf       25%          KEA100
Calculus and
    Applications 1                              Hf       25%         KMA150
Calculus and
    Applications 1A                            H1      12.5%         KMA152
Calculus and
    Applications 1B                            H2      12.5%         KMA154
Data Handling and
    Statistics 1                  H1/2~L1/2~B2         12.5%         KMA153
Computer Science 1                              Hf       25%          KXA150
Programming and Problem
    Solving                          H1~L1/2~B1        12.5%          KXA151
Software Process                       H2~L2~B2        12.5%          KXA154
Year 2
Botany 2                                        Hf   33.33%           KPA200
Zoology 2                                       Hf   33.33%           KZA210
and either CBA250 or (KRA205 and KRA203) or KRA200 or 33.3% mathematics
Biochemistry and
    Microbiology 2                              Hf   33.33%           CBA250
Chemistry for Life
    Sciences                                   H1    16.67%           KRA205
Analytical &
    Environmental Chemistry                    H2    16.67%           KRA203
Chemistry 2                                     Hf   33.33%           KRA200
Calculus and
    Applications 2                             H1    16.67%          KMA252
and another mathematics unit
Year 3
Aquatic Botany                                 H1      12.5%          KPA372
Antarctic Ecology                              H2      12.5%          KZA351
Marine Ecology                                 H1      12.5%          KZA356
Freshwater Ecology                             H2      12.5%          KZA355
plus 12.5% of Zoology units (it is strongly recommended that students choose
    one of Fisheries and Wildlife Management or Quantitative Methods in
    Biology) or 37.5% botany units to complete a major and a further 50%
    selected from units in botany, zoology, microbiology, biochemistry,
    chemistry and mathematics after consultation with the course coordinator.
Year 4
Course code for fourth year: S4K
Unit enrolment codes:
KZA450 Marine, Freshwater and Antarctic Biology (Honours) Full time
KZA451 Marine, Freshwater and Antarctic Biology (Honours) Part time
The fourth (Honours) year of the course, includes the following main
    components:
Course details (2001)                                                       page 359



•      Cruise on a Fisheries Training ship to learn a range of fish capture
       techniques;
•      Directed studies;
•      Reading project, in which students will carry out a literature-based review
       and prepare a critical appraisal in the form of a dissertation; and
•      A research project of about six months duration which is supervised by a
       member of the University staff. Where appropriate, scientists from outside
       the University may act as co-supervisors, especially if the project
       necessitates work being undertaken in laboratories of other institutions.



       Schedule D 3. Natural Environment and Wilderness Management

Course Structure

Major code: KNE

The course is necessarily multidisciplinary; involving the following
components:

1      Ecosystem pattern and process;
2      Ecosystem and wilderness management;
3      Cultural heritage management in natural areas;
4      People management in natural areas;
5      Natural area ecological engineering – track and road construction, waste
       management, water management;
6      Information systems in natural area management – remote sensing, spatial
       data manipulation, work and finance management systems;
7      Interpretation – literature and environment, art and environment, music
       and environment, environmental design, interpretation skills;
8      Philosophy, politics, law and administration of natural environment and
       wilderness.

The following schedule provides students with an opportunity to develop
expertise in all these areas and also ensures that they gain expertise in the core
areas related to natural environment and wilderness management.

Unit Title                           campus-sem        weight                 code
Year 1
Geography and Environmental
    Studies 1                                   Hf        25%             KGA100
Botany 1G                                       Hf        25%             KPA150
Zoology 1E                                      Hf        25%             KZA151
and 25% from the following:
Geology 1                                       Hf        25%             KEA100
Fine Arts 1 [a]
Course details (2001)                                                       page 360



Students choosing Sociology must study both HGA101 and HGA102
Sociology A                        H1~L1~B1~D1           12.5%          HGA101
Sociology B                        H2~L2~B2~D2           12.5%          HGA102
Chemistry 1A                                    Hf         25%          KRA110
Chemistry 1B                                    Hf         25%          KRA130
or another first-year unit approved by the BSc degree coordinator
Year 2
(Note: where units are shown with 200/300 codes, use the 200 level, eg
     KGA223 not KGA323)
Geography and Environmental
     Studies 2                                  Hf      33.33%          KGA200
and one or two of the following:
Zoology 2                                       Hf      33.33%          KZA210
Botany 2                                        Hf      33.33%           KPA200
and one or, at least, 33.33% of the following or other approved level 200 units (if
     KZA210 and KPA200 both not studied):
Fine Arts 2 [a]
Analytical &
     Environmental Chemistry                   H2       16.67%          KRA203
Tourism, Sport and
     Leisure                                   H1        12.5%     HGA251/351
Sociology of Nature                           [na]       12.5%     HGA261/361
Historical Geography                           H2        12.5%     KGA240/340
Environmental Management                       H1        12.5%     KGA223/323
Australian Environmental
     Policy                                   [na]       12.5%     HSD230/330
Environmental Ethics                           H1        12.5%     HPA277/377
Year 3
(Note: where units are shown with 200/300 codes, use the 300 level, eg
     KGA378 not KGA278)
Vegetation Management                          H1        12.5%          KGA331
Fauna Conservation
     Management                                H1        12.5%          KGA332
Wilderness and Natural Area
     Management: Natural and
     Cultural Values                           H2        12.5%     KGA278/378
Conservation
     Geomorphology                             H2        12.5%          KGA327
Introduction to
     Management                   H1/2~L1/2~B1           12.5%          BMA101
Social & Environmental
     Accounting                                H2        12.5%      BFA207/307
and 25% from the following:
Evolutionary Biology &
     Biogeography                              H2        12.5%          KZA353
Fisheries & Wildlife
     Management                                H1        12.5%          KZA354
Course details (2001)                                                 page 361



Freshwater Ecology                           H2       12.5%           KZA355
Marine Ecology                               H1       12.5%           KZA356
Alternative Terrestrial
     Lifestyles – The Fungi                 [na]      12.5%           KPA371
Aquatic Botany                               H1       12.5%           KPA372
Evolution and
     Biodiversity                            H2       12.5%           KPA374
Field Botany                                 H3       12.5%           KPA375
Plant Ecology                                H1       12.5%           KPA379
Historical Geography                         H2       12.5%      KGA240/340
Environmental Impact
     Assessment and Decision Making          H2       12.5%          KGA381
Microclimatology                             H2       12.5%          KGA321
Environmental Remote
     Sensing                                 H1       12.5%          KGA365
Tourism, Sport and
     Leisure                                 H1       12.5%      HGA251/351
Sociology of Nature                         [na]      12.5%      HGA261/361
Environmental Management                     H1       12.5%      KGA223/323
Australian Environmental
     Policy                                 [na]      12.5%       HSD230/330
Strategic Management                     H2~L2        12.5%          BMA302
Management and the Natural
     Environment                            [na]      12.5%      BMA272/372
Environmental Ethics                         H1       12.5%       HPA277/377
Year 4
Course code for fourth year: S4L
Unit enrolment codes:
KGA450 Natural Environment and Wilderness Management (Honours) Full time
KGA451 Natural Environment and Wilderness Management (Honours) Part time
Thesis                                      50%
and some of the following units, plus work as agreed to with the Head of
      School:
Evolutionary Biology &
      Biogeography                           H2       12.5%           KZA353
Fisheries & Wildlife
      Management                             H1       12.5%           KZA354
Freshwater Ecology                           H2       12.5%           KZA355
Marine Ecology                               H1       12.5%           KZA356
Alternative Terrestrial
      Lifestyles – The Fungi                [na]      12.5%           KPA371
Aquatic Botany                               H1       12.5%           KPA372
Evolution and
      Biodiversity                           H2       12.5%           KPA374
Field Botany                                 H3       12.5%           KPA375
Plant Ecology                                H1       12.5%           KPA379
Historical Geography [b]                     H2       12.5%      KGA240/340
Course details (2001)                                                       page 362



Environmental Impact
      Assessment and Decision Making       H2        12.5%          KGA381
Microclimatology                           H2        12.5%          KGA321
Environmental Remote
      Sensing                              H1        12.5%          KGA365
Tourism, Sport and
      Leisure                              H1        12.5%       HGA251/351
Sociology of Nature                       [na]       12.5%       HGA261/361
Environmental Management                   H1        12.5%       KGA223/323
Australian Environmental
      Policy                              [na]       12.5%       HSD230/330
Strategic Management                   H2~L2         12.5%          BMA302
Management and the Natural
      Environment                         [na]       12.5%       BMA272/372
Environmental Ethics                       H1        12.5%       HPA277/377
[a] Contact the School for code number, availability and details
[b] use enrolment code KGA340


                        Schedule D 4. Economic Geology

Major code: KEE

The Economic Geology specimen course aims to:• provide students with
     training in ore deposit geology, genesis and exploration techniques;
•    provide graduates with advanced knowledge of hydrothermal ore
     deposits;
•    meet the needs of the minerals industry and government agencies;
•    provide students to continue into MSc & PhD courses in the Centre for
     Ore Deposit Research (CODES SRC).

The Economic Geology specimen course is accredited by the Australian
Institute of Mining and Metallurgy (AusIMM) as required training for
geoscientists working in the Australian Minerals Industry.

Course structure

In the first three years of the course students need to pass units to a total value
of 300%. This is achieved by taking a mix of compulsory and optional units to
a value of 100% in each year, as detailed below.

Unit Title                         campus-sem       weight              code
Year 1
Compulsory
Geology 1                                    Hf        25%          KEA100
AND completion of three Group 1 cores (25% each) from three different schools
    as listed in Schedule C. The three cores must be studied from
Course details (2001)                                                 page 363



     Mathematics, Chemistry, Physics, Computer Science, and Geography &
     Environmental Studies; OR completion of two Group 1 cores (25%) from
     the above list plus completion of BEA110 and BEA130:
Economics for Business                 H1~L1~B1       12.5%           BEA110
Foundations of Economic
     Policy                            H2~L2~B2       12.5%           BEA130
Year 2
Compulsory
Geology 2                                     Hf     33.33%           KEA200
Introduction to Geophysics
     & Computer
     Applications                             H2     16.67%           KEA222
AND Completion of one Group 2 core (33.3%) as listed in Schedule C. The
     core must be chosen from either Chemistry, Physics, Computer Science or
     Geography and Environmental Studies. Plus 16.67% from the following or
     any other second year units offered by the University:
Fossils and Environments
     Through Time                             H1     16.67%           KEA266
Analytical &
     Environmental Chemistry                  H2     16.67%          KRA203
Year 3
Compulsory
Geology 3                                     Hf        50%           KEA300
Ore Deposit Geology                           H1      12.5%           KEA336
Ore Deposit Geochemistry                      H2      12.5%           KEA346
Exploration Geophysics                        H1      12.5%           KEA342
Plus 12.5% from KEA332, KEA338, KEA348, BEA301
Computers in Geoscience                       H2      12.5%           KEA332
Sedimentary Environments                      H1      12.5%           KEA338
Environmental Geology                         H2      12.5%           KEA348
Environmental and Resource
     Economics                                H1      12.5%           BEA301
Year 4 BSc(Hons)
Course code for fourth year: S4L
The fourth-year component of the course comprises the compulsory unit
     KEA450 or KEA451, and includes a field-based research thesis on an
     economic geology-based project, plus selected coursework.
Unit enrolment codes:
KEA450 Economic Geology 4 (Honours) Full time
KEA451 Economic Geology 4 (Honours) Part time



                        Bachelor of Science
                            Specimen Courses
Course details (2001)                                                     page 364



In addition to the courses shown in Schedule D above, the following are
offered:

(i) Life Sciences

Unit Title                        campus-sem       weight                  code
Year 1
Either KRA110 or KRA130
Chemistry 1A                                Hf        25%            KRA110
Chemistry 1B                                Hf        25%            KRA130
Botany 1G                                   Hf        25%            KPA150
Zoology 1E                                  Hf        25%            KZA151
and 25% other Group 1 science units from Schedule C
Year 2
Chemistry for Life
    Sciences                                H1     16.67%            KRA205
Analytical &
    Environmental Chemistry                 H2     16.67%            KRA203
Zoology 2                                   Hf     33.33%            KZA210
Botany 2                                    Hf     33.33%            KPA200
Year 3
Units from Zoology 50%
Units from Botany 50%


(ii) Chemical Sciences

Unit Title                          campus-sem        weight              code
Year 1
Chemistry 1A                                  Hf         25%          KRA110
and other Science units chosen to enable double majors with Chemistry, in
     particular Biochemistry, Geology, Plant Science, Mathematics, Physics,
     Zoology
Year 2
Chemistry 2                                   Hf      33.33%          KRA200
Analytical &
     Environmental Chemistry                  H2      16.67%          KRA203
and other Science units leading to possible double majors
Year 3
at least 50% chosen from:
Chemistry 3A                                  Hf         25%          KRA301
Chemistry 3B                                  Hf         25%          KRA302
Instrumental Analytical
     Chemistry                                H2       12.5%          KRA303
Biosynthesis & Function
     of Natural Products                      H1       12.5%          KRA305
Course details (2001)                                                   page 365




(iii) Computer Science

Unit Title                          campus-sem        weight              code
Year 1
Computer Science 1                             Hf        25%            KXA150
Computer Organisation and
     Architecture                      H1~L1~B1        12.5%            KXA152
Multimedia and Web
     Applications                      H2~L2~B2        12.5%            KXA156
Mathematics units (2x12.5% units)
Third BSc Group 1 core 25% (from one School)
Year 2
Algorithms and Metrics                     H1~L1       12.5%            KXA251
Artificial Intelligence                    H1~L1       12.5%            KXA252
Software Design                            H2~L2       12.5%            KXA253
Operating Systems                          H2~L2       12.5%            KXA254
Microprocessors and Data
     Acquisition                              H2       12.5%            KNE232
Elective (12.5%)
Second BSc Group 2 core 33.33% (from one School)
Year 3
Software Engineering
     Project                                   Hf        25%            KCA300
Software Systems                              H1       12.5%            KCA311
Programming Paradigms                         H2       12.5%            KCA312
Networks and Protocols                        H1       12.5%            KCA321
Communications and Data
     Networks                                 H2       12.5%            KCA354
Plus two electives that should include one or two of the following units,
     depending on the field of specialisation
Intelligent Systems                           H1       12.5%            KCA341
Image Processing and Computer
     Vision                                   H2       12.5%            KCA342
Computer Architecture                         H1       12.5%            KCA343


(iv) Physical Sciences, Psychology or Humanities

Unit Title                     campus-sem           weight               code
Year 1
Chemistry 1A                            Hf             25%           KRA110
Physics 1A                             H1            12.5%           KYA101
Physics 1B                             H2            12.5%           KYA102
Mathematics 25%
Either (KHA101 and KHA102) or HTA100
Psychology 1A                    H1~L1~B1            12.5%           KHA101
Course details (2001)                                                    page 366



Psychology 1B                          H2~L2~B2       12.5%          KHA102
History 1                                     Hf        25%          HTA100
Year 2
Chemistry units (with total weight of 33.33%)
Physics units (with total weight of 33.33%)
and either KHA200 or History 2 units (with a total weight of 33.33%)
Psychology 2 (Science)                        Hf     33.33%          KHA200
Year 3
Any two of the following to give 100%
Chemistry units
History units
Mathematics units
Psychology units
A minimum of 50% must be studied from chemistry or mathematics or physics
    units.


(v) Biochemistry, Microbiology

Unit Title                           campus-sem        weight              code
Year 1
Either KRA110 or KRA130
Chemistry 1A                                   Hf         25%            KRA110
Chemistry 1B                                   Hf         25%            KRA130
At least one of the following:
Botany 1G [a]                                  Hf         25%            KPA150
Zoology 1G   [a]                               Hf         25%            KZA150
Human Biology (Science)                        Hf         25%            CHG100
Plus other suitable units in accordance with the specifications of the BSc
Year 2
Biochemistry and
     Microbiology 2                            Hf      33.33%            CBA250
Examples of suitable complementary units include:
Human Physiology and
     Pharmacology                              Hf      33.33%            CHP205
Chemistry 2                                    Hf      33.33%            KRA200
Analytical &
     Environmental Chemistry                  H2       16.67%            KRA203
Chemistry for Life
     Sciences                                 H1       16.67%            KRA205
Zoology 2                                      Hf      33.33%            KZA210
Botany 2                                       Hf      33.33%            KPA200
Year 3
Molecular Biochemistry:
     Techniques and Theory                     Hf         50%            CBA327
Microbial Ecology                              Hf         25%            KLA309
Course details (2001)                                                      page 367



Medical Microbiology and
    Immunology                              Hf        25%          CJA308
[a] If both Botany and Zoology are studied, students must study KPA150 and
     KZA151


(vi) Geology

See the Discipline entry for Geology in the Unit details section of the
Handbook.


        Bachelor of Science with Honours
(Abbreviation: BSc(Hons))

Course code: S4E

This 1 year full-time, 2 year part-time (maximum) course is available at Hobart
and, subject to available supervision, at Launceston. Note that part-time studies
are available in some Schools.

Admission & prerequisites

Bachelor of Science degree or equivalent with prerequisites in the field of study.
Admission is subject to appropriate supervision being available.

Graduates from other universities with prerequisites acceptable to the Faculty
may be accepted as candidates for the Bachelor of Science with Honours degree.

Course objectives

The course aims to provide:

•      advanced training in the major area of the student's pass degree,
•      opportunity for training in research, to prepare candidates for further
       research study, eg MSc and PhD programs and employment in research
       organisations, and
•      in-depth knowledge in a single area of science.

Career outcomes

Honours graduates are highly competitive for professional careers in their area
of specialisation. Employment opportunities also exist in more general areas as
detailed in the following discipline entries:

Biochemistry on page C-xx
Course details (2001)                                                      page 368




Chemistry on page C-xx

Computing on page C-xx

Geography and Environmental Studies on page C-xx

Geology on page C-xx

Mathematics on page C-xx

Microbiology/Immunology on page C-xx

Plant Science on page C-xx

Physics on page C-xx

Psychology on page C-xx

Zoology on page C-xx

Professional recognition

Graduates of the BSc(Hons) are eligible for membership of a number of
professional organisations. Specific details are provided under individual
discipline entries in the Handbook.

Course structure

Each candidate will conduct research and write a thesis. In addition, candidates
MAY BE required to study and pass one or more advanced level units and
undertake other activities which may include the preparation of literature
reviews, essays and grant applications and the presentation of seminars.
Students should refer to the School entries in the 'Unit details' section for more
information.

Honours candidates are accepted in:

•      Biochemistry
•      Botany
•      Chemistry
•      Computer Science
•      Economic Geology [a]
•      Forest Ecology [a]
•      Genetics
•      Geochemistry
•      Geography and Environmental Studies
Course details (2001)                                                       page 369



•      Geology
•      Geophysics
•      Marine, Freshwater and Antarctic Biology [a]
•      Mathematics
•      Microbiology
•      Natural Environment and Wilderness Management [a]
•      Pathological sciences
•      Physics
•      Physiology
•      Psychology
•      Software Engineering
•      Zoology

[a]**These honours have a prerequisite of three years in special BSc programs.
Students enrol in a separate course, each with its own course code which differs
from the BSc(Hons).


     Bachelor of Surveying with Honours
(Abbreviation: BSurv(Hons))

Course code: N4B

This 1-year full-time or 2-year part-time course is offered by the Faculty of
Science and Engineering at Hobart.

Admission & prerequisites

To be eligible to enrol for the degree applicants must have either qualified for
admission to the degree of Bachelor of Surveying in this University or have
qualified in another university or tertiary institution for a degree deemed by the
Faculty of Science and Engineering to be equivalent to that degree. In each case,
the standard of pass must be of sufficient merit to satisfy the Faculty of Science
and Engineering.

Course objectives

The course objectives are:

•      to provide advanced in-depth knowledge in a single area of surveying and
       spatial information science;
•      to provide opportunity for training in research;
•      to prepare students for postgraduate research in the Master of Spatial
       Information Science and PhD programs as well as for employment in
       research organisations; and
Course details (2001)                                                      page 370



•      to provide advanced courses in selected areas of surveying and spatial
       information science.

Career outcomes

The Honours course provides students with advanced skills and research
experience in a specialisation of geomatics or surveying. Graduates are likely to
find employment in Commonwealth or State government agencies, or large
private organisations.

Professional recognition

The Bachelor of Surveying with Honours is recognised by the Institution of
Surveyors, Australia providing qualification for graduate membership of the
Institution. Corporate membership is granted after an approved period of
professional experience.

Course structure

Honours candidates are required to pursue a course of study in Advanced
Surveying Theory and Practice with lectures and project work being prescribed
by the degree coordinator. The overall enrolment code for full-time students is
KGS500 and for part-time students is KGS505. Coursework will be selected
from the following topics:

•      Advanced Photogrammetry
•      Advanced GIS
•      Advanced Geodesy
•      Advanced Adjustment Theory
•      Advanced Instrumentation and Techniques

With the agreement of the degree coordinator candidates may select units from
Groups 2, 3 and 4 offered by the Faculty of Science and Engineering up to a
maximum of 25%.

See KGS500on page xx.


                        Bachelor of Technology
(Abbreviation: BTech)

Course code: N3M

Students interested in the Bachelor of Technology degree program should
consult the Head of the School of Engineering for details on the various
technology streams and schedules being offered.
Course details (2001)                                                        page 371




This 3-year degree course may be studied full time or part time. At present, 4
streams are available: Electronics & Computers, Civil Technology, Electrical
Power, and Mechanical Technology. All streams are available only as
articulating programs, credit transfer for TAFE Diplomas being incorporated
into the requirements for the three years of the BTech.

The Environmental Technology and Manufacturing Technology streams have
been discontinued.

Admission & prerequisites

Applicants would normally hold a TAFE diploma or associate diploma in Civil,
Mechanical or Electrical Engineering. The course structure is based on the
student's holding a Tasmanian TAFE Associate Diploma. Prospective students
holding the new Tasmanian TAFE Diploma or other TAFE qualification should
contact the School of Engineering for details.

Course objectives

The Bachelor of Technology leads to a para-professional qualification designed
to satisfy the requirements of the Institution of Engineers Australia for affiliate
membership.

Course objectives are:

•      to provide a sound basis in mathematics, the basic sciences and
       engineering sciences and management;
•      to produce engineering technologists who will work in collaboration with
       more experienced engineering technologists, or assist professional
       engineers to undertake tasks which require accuracy and adherence to
       prescribed methods of analysis, design or computation;
•      to develop skills in analysis, synthesis, design and communication; and
•      to promote student interaction and activities which develop the key
       interpersonal skills required to balance academic achievements.

Course structure

Entry is normally at advanced standing through a diploma and requires the
equivalent of a further 1.5 years approximately of University study. This may
be done full-time or on a part-time basis, in conjunction with suitable
employment. Students contemplating a course of part-time study should
contact the School of Engineering to ensure their proposed course is acceptable
within the framework of proposed course changes.

To qualify for the degree, candidates must also undertake a prescribed period
of industrial experience and obtain a first-aid certificate.
Course details (2001)                                                      page 372




Articulation

Articulation from a TAFE diploma is a specific design feature of the course, and
holders of this award may be granted up to approximately three semesters
advanced standing in the course.

After successful completion of the Bachelor of Technology, students may also
elect to continue their study and articulate to the Bachelor of Engineering in the
appropriate specialisation, to become professional engineers.

                           (Civil Technology) Schedule B

Year 1
33-200 CE Drafting
33-233 Applied Mechanics
33-370 Concrete Technology
33-439 CE Computer Applications
33-462 Municipal Design
33-473 Structural Drafting
33-512 Structures 1
34-211 Surveying 1A
40-544 Applied Calculus
Year 2
33-440 Structures 2
33-509 Civil Engineering Hydraulics
Note: for a detailed schedule of units offered by the University of Tasmania,
     students are advised to consult the Head of School of Engineering.


                        (Mechanical Technology) Schedule B

Year 1
33-233 Applied Mechanics
33-512 Structures 1
35-134 EE Calculus 1
35-374 Introductory Electronics
40-131 Engineering Drawing 1
40-132 Engineering Drawing 2
40-555 Introductory Computing
40-587 Engineering Mechanics
40-624 Fluid Mechanics
40-910 Properties and Testing of Materials
42-617 Computer Aided Drafting (Eng)
Year 2
40-657 Mechanical Design 1
40-717 Applied Energy Systems
Course details (2001)                                                    page 373



42-628 CAD Projects
Note: Students are advised to consult the Head of School of Engineering for a
     detailed schedule of units.



 Combined degreesBachelor of Arts and
     Bachelor of Applied Science
(Abbreviation: BA–BAppSc)

Course code: R3G

The last intake of students into the combined BA–BAppSc degree was 2000. The
BAppSc is being taught out over the period 2001 to 2003. Students should refer
to the BA and BAppSc schedules as listed in this handbook; but for other details
may refer to the Course and Unit Handbook 2000. Current students should contact
Mrs Michelle Horder on (03) 6324 3863 if advice is needed.


          Bachelor of Arts and Bachelor of
                    Computing
(Abbreviation: BA–BComp)

Course code: R3L

This four year (minimum) combined degree of Bachelor of Arts–Bachelor of
Computing is offered on the Launceston campus by the Faculty of Arts and
Faculty of Science and Engineering. The course is studied on-campus, although
some Bachelor of Arts units are offered by distance education. Subject to
attendance and timetable requirements, part-time studies are also available.
Students have a maximum of ten years to complete the course.

Admission & prerequisites

Applicants are expected to meet the normal requirements set by the University
for entry to degree courses. No specific course or subject prerequisites apply.

Course objectives

Refer to course objectives for the Bachelor of Arts and Bachelor of

Computing on pages B-xx and B-xx.

Career outcomes
Course details (2001)                                                   page 374




Refer to 'Career outcomes' for the respective degree courses.

Course structure

Students are required to complete 400% weighting of units, half of them taken
from the Bachelor of Arts schedule and the other half from the Bachelor of
Computing schedule.

Where two or more units of the same name or content are offered within the
University, only one may be counted towards the degree. The student's choice
of units and the order in which they are taken are subject to approval by the
deans of the respective faculties.

Articulation

Articulation arrangements are the same as for the Bachelor of Arts and the
Bachelor of Computing.


          Bachelor of Arts and Bachelor of
                      Science
(Abbreviation: BA–BSc)

Course code: R3H

The 5-year full-time combined degree of Bachelor of Arts–Bachelor of Science is
offered on the Hobart campus by the Faculty of Arts and the Faculty of Science
and Engineering. Some Arts units are available by Distance Education. In
addition, some units are offered to students commencing in July.

Admission & prerequisites

Minimum University entrance requirements and a satisfactory achievement
(SA) in any two of the following: *MT843 Mathematics Stage 3 (or *MT841
Mathematics Stage 2 or *MT730 Mathematics Applied); *IF862 Computer
Science; *CH856 Chemistry; *GL876 Geology; *GG833 Geography (or *EV846
Environmental Science); *PH866 Physics; *BY826 Biology; *SC786 Applied
Science-Physical Sciences (if neither Physics nor Chemistry counted) OR a TCE
score of 80 or more for applicants not having two of the preceding TCE units.
Subject (unit) prerequisites also apply.

Course objectives
Course details (2001)                                                       page 375



Students who wish to combine scientific knowledge with a liberal education
will be attracted to this degree. Unique discipline combinations are possible;
for example, majors in Journalism and Asian Studies combined with a major
in Computer Science and Mathematics; or majors in Chinese and Political
Science with Geology and Geography. Students' programs can be tailored to
meet the needs of an ever-changing world.

They will acquire knowledge and skills through a wide range of disciplines
chosen from: Aboriginal Studies, Ancient Civilisations, Ancient Greek, Asian
Studies, Biochemistry, Chemistry, Chinese, Computer Science, English, French,
Geography and Environmental Studies, Geology, German, History, Indonesian,
Japanese, Journalism and Media Studies, Latin, Mathematics,
Microbiology/Immunology, Natural Environment and Wilderness Studies,
Philosophy, Physics, Plant Science, Political Science, Psychology, Public Policy,
Social Ecology, Sociology, Women's Studies, Zoology.

The program develops general abilities in the following areas:

•      written expression
•      linguistic skills
•      creative self-expression
•      capacity to analyse and interpret in a dispassionate and objective manner
       capacity for reasoned criticism
•        data acquisition and analysis
•        research techniques
•        marshalling facts in support of arguments
•      evaluating the possible outcomes of alternative courses of action, with the
       emphasis varying according to the particular program chosen.

Career outcomes

See career outcomes entry under the BA and BAppSc degrees.

Professional recognition

Refer to professional recognition entry under the BA and BSc degrees.

Course structure

To qualify for the combined degree students must complete 500% from units in
Groups 1, 2 and 3 of the BSc and BA combined schedules.

In the Bachelor of Arts component students must select units to meet the
requirements of majors in two disciplines. A major sequence is defined as
sequential studies in one discipline by completion of 25% at level 100 (except
where not required for enrolment at level 200 in a language) and 75%-87.5% at
levels 200/300.
Course details (2001)                                                      page 376




For the Bachelor of Science component students must meet the following
requirements:

•      2 x 25% from level 100 Group 1 units of the BSc schedule;
•      2 x 33.3% from level 200 Group 2 units of the BSc schedule;
•      1 x 50% of clear passes from level 300 Group 3 units of the BSc schedule
       forming one major; and
•      50% comprising 25% from level 200 Group 2 or level 300 Group 3 units of
       the BSc schedule and 25% from level 300 Group 3 units of the BSc
       schedule.

Units studied outside the BA or BSc schedules will not count towards the
combined degree.

The course structure is summarised in the following table.

Year 1

Level 100       Arts discipline      25%

Level 100       Arts discipline      25%
Level 100       Science core 25%
Level 100       Science core 25%

Year 2

Level 200       Arts discipline      25%
Level 200       Science core 33.33%
Level 200       Arts/Science electives [a]   50%

Year 3

Level 200 Arts discipline      25%
Level 200 Science core 33.33%
Level 200/300     Arts/Science electives [a]       50%

Year 4

Level 300 Arts discipline       25%
Level 300 Arts discipline       25%
Level 300 Science major 25%
Level 200/300     Science electives          25%

Year 5

Level 300       Arts discipline      25%
Course details (2001)                                                     page 377



Level 300       Arts discipline     25%
Level 300       Science major 25%
Level 300       Science electives   25%

<tbz>

[a]up to 25% of electives may be studied from level 100 Science units.

Articulation

Credit for units included in the schedules of the BA and BSc degrees will be
awarded to students who transfer to the combined degree. Up to one year of
credit for TAFE programs will be awarded for the BSc component of the
combined degree.


     Bachelor of Science and Bachelor of
                 Engineering
(Abbreviation: BSc–BE)

Course code: N3C

This 5-year (minimum) full-time course is available at Hobart.

Admission & prerequisites

The intention of the combined degree is to cater for students with a
demonstrated aptitude in science and engineering.

Only students who have higher achievements or outstanding achievements in
mathematics and applied science at advanced secondary level and who obtain
distinctions or higher in KNM112 Engineering Mechanics, KNE122 Electrical
Engineering, KMA150 Calculus and Applications 1 will be considered for the
combined degree. Students must therefore have completed Year 1 of the BE
before enrolling in the course. Enrolment requires a timetable overload and
must have the approval of the Faculty.

Course objectives

The Bachelor of Science–Bachelor of Engineering combined degree provides an
opportunity for students to study not only engineering units but to study in a
selected field of science at an in-depth level with a view to a future career in
research.

Career outcomes
Course details (2001)                                                     page 378




Graduates of the combined degree could expect to find employment in such
fields as are detailed in the Bachelor of Engineering (page B-xx) and Bachelor of
Science (page B-xx) course descriptions.

Course structure

Students are required to complete:

•      the four examinations of the Bachelor of Engineering degree; and
•      either 100% of Group 3 units from the BSc Schedule A or at least 150%
       from Group 1 (not more than 50%), 2 and 3 units in the BSc Schedule A,
       which units must include one new major subject.

Students' choice of units must conform to the specifications (rules) of both the
BE and BSc degrees. They may be permitted to proceed to the Bachelor of
Science with Honours, or Bachelor of Engineering with Honours, or both, in the
combined degree of Bachelor of Science–Bachelor of Engineering.

Choices other than science majors in Mathematics, Geology, Physics and
Computer Science may be difficult due to timetable constraints.

Articulation

There is no formal articulation other than by gaining credit for work completed
in another degree.

Other degrees combined with Science or Engineering courses

Bachelor of Commerce–Bachelor of Applied Science (C3A). There will be no
new enrolments in this course.

Bachelor of Commerce–Bachelor of Computing (C3X) (see page B-xx).

Bachelor of Science–Bachelor of Laws (L3G) (see page B-xx).


       Institute of Antarctic and Southern
                  Ocean Studies
(Abbreviation: IASOS)

The Institute of Antarctic and Southern Ocean Studies is a National Key Centre
for Teaching and Research established with the aid of federal government
funding in 1988 to promote and focus Australian academic activity concerned
with Antarctica and its surrounding ocean. IASOS is housed in the
Course details (2001)                                                      page 379



well-equipped Centenary Building in a central position on the Hobart campus
of the University of Tasmania.

The Director of IASOS is Professor GW Paltridge and there are key staff in
major discipline areas: physical sciences – Dr KJ Michael; life sciences – Dr A
McMinn, Dr G Jackson; and legal and policy studies – Dr MG Haward. Other
staff with primary roles in other Schools of the University and in major research
establishments with interests in the region are affiliated with IASOS, and
participate in its teaching and research program.

IASOS has a close working arrangement with the Australian Antarctic Division,
CSIRO Marine Research, the Bureau of Meteorology and the Commission for
the Conservation of Antarctic Marine Living Resources (CCAMLR) in Hobart.
These agencies are involved in the coursework programs, in supervising
postgraduate students, and providing laboratory and support facilities for
thesis projects.

The Australian Antarctic Division, CSIRO Marine Research, the Bureau of
Meteorology, the Australian Geological Survey Organisation and the Institute
of Antarctic and Southern Ocean Studies (IASOS) have formed an Antarctic
Cooperative Research Centre based on the campus. With a staff of 65 and more
than 15 honours year and 55 research higher degree students, the Centre is one
of the largest in the world conducting research in the polar regions and is
mainly concerned with the large-scale interactions of the south polar region
with the global climate and environment. Major scientific disciplines include
physical, chemical and biological oceanography; atmospheric physics and
chemistry; climatology; glaciology; polar region biology and palaeo-climatic
reconstruction. Legal and policy work concerns environmental management ,
the operation of the Antarctic Treaty System and climate change policy.

Students work closely with world-class scientists involved in national and
international research programs and have access to the extensive facilities not
only of the Antarctic CRC itself but also of the partner agencies in Hobart. Great
use is made of very expensive, publicly-funded, research facilities such as the
ice-class research vessel Aurora Australis, the Tasmanian Earth Resources
Satellite Station (TERSS), and the CRAY high-performance computing facility at
the University.

A major objective of the overall Antarctic CRC scheme is to knit postgraduate
teaching closely to the developing research programs of the participating
institutions. IASOS, in association with the Antarctic CRC, offers the following
options for graduate students:

•      Bachelor of Antarctic Studies with Honours
•      Graduate Diploma of Science (Antarctic and Southern Ocean Studies)
Course details (2001)                                                  page 380



•      Graduate Diploma of Science (Antarctic and Southern Ocean Studies) with
       Honours
•      Master of Meteorology and Oceanography
•      Research Higher Degrees (MSc, MA and PhD)

Theme area

All units taught by the Institute of Antarctic and Southern Ocean Studies fall
within the Antarctic and Southern Ocean Studies theme area. Specific courses
taught by IASOS under this theme are the Bachelor of Antarctic Studies with
Honours, Graduate Diploma of Science (Antarctic and Southern Ocean Studies),
Graduate Diploma of Science (Antarctic and Southern Ocean Studies) with
Honours, and Master of Meteorology and Oceanography.


        Bachelor of Antarctic Studies with
                    Honours
(Abbreviation: BAntSt(Hons))

Course code: S4G



Course objectives




 Graduate Diploma of Science (Antarctic
     and Southern Ocean Studies)
(Abbreviation: GradDipSc(ASOS))

Course code: S6D



Course objectives
Course details (2001)                                                      page 381




 Graduate Diploma of Science (Antarctic
   and Southern Ocean Studies) with
               Honours
(Abbreviation: GradDipSc(ASOS)(Hons))

Course code: S6X

These courses provide both a general overview of Antarctic and Southern
Ocean matters and specialist training in areas of the physical and biological
sciences; policy and law; and polar and environmental technology.

The program has the flexibility to respond to the particular backgrounds and
experience of each year's students and can be taken in one year full-time or two
years part-time study. Candidature is open to graduates in all disciplines.
Selection into the honours stream is based on the applicant's undergraduate
record and work experience, if appropriate.

The honours degree is fully equivalent to an honours degree within a
University School and satisfies the usual eligibility requirements for research
higher degrees and postgraduate scholarships.

The first half of the program consists of a multi-disciplinary course in the form
of seminar style sessions in five sub-disciplines: social sciences, life sciences,
physical sciences and Antarctic operations. The remainder of the honours
program requires the completion of an approved research project, with the
results presented in a thesis. For students not taking honours, a reading thesis
style specialist unit, supervised by an appropriate staff member, is undertaken.
The coursework is assessed through a series of assignments, while the thesis is
formally examined by internal and external experts.

Interested students are encouraged to contact the Institute of Antarctic and
Southern Ocean Studies directly (ph) (03) 6226 2971.

Course objectives



Career outcomes

Graduates of the Honours program are eligible for membership of a variety of
professional organisations, for instance: International Glaciological Society,
American Geophysical Union, Australian Meteorological and Oceanographic
Society, American Meteorological Society, Australian Marine Science
Course details (2001)                                                   page 382



Association, Australian Geological Society. The society or societies they may
belong to depends somewhat on the nature of the research that they undertook.

The course leads to career opportunities in oceanography, glaciology, climate
modelling, meteorology, ice core chemistry, sedimentology, marine biology,
terrestrial ecology, international relations.

Course structure

Bachelor of Antarctic Studies with Honours

KSA410 Full time        KSA411 Part time

Graduate Diploma of Science (Antarctic and Southern Ocean Studies)

KSA505 Full time        KSA506 Part time

Graduate Diploma of Science (Antarctic and Southern Ocean Studies) with
Honours

KSA510 Full time        KSA511 Part time


         Graduate Diploma of Agricultural
                     Science
(Abbreviation: GradDipAgrSc)

Course code: S6A



Course objectives




         Graduate Diploma of Agricultural
              Science with Honours
(Abbreviation: GradDipAgrSc(Hons))

Course code: S6Y

A (minimum) 1-year course.

Admission & prerequisites
Course details (2001)                                                    page 383




Admission is open to graduates holding a recognised degree in a science-based
discipline. Selection for the honours program is based on the applicant's
undergraduate record and work experience, where appropriate.

Course objectives

These courses are intended to provide academic advancement to individuals
who hold an undergraduate degree. At honours level, the course provides
access to the Master of Agricultural Science or PhD degree courses.

Career outcomes

Graduates will have improved their career potential in their chosen profession,
and, in the case of Honours graduates, gained access to a higher degree
course.

Course structure

Either course is normally completed in one full-time year or two years part
time, although an extra 3 months may be allowed for Graduate Diploma
candidates to complete the research project.

The course coordinator may grant an extension of time to a candidate who has
been prevented by illness or other serious cause from completing the
requirements of the course within the prescribed period.

A GradDipAgrSc candidate must undertake at least 50% coursework chosen
from Schedule A of the BAgrSc or S3B and S3CBAppSc awards. The balance
(making 100%) to comprise a supervised research project.

A GradDipAgrSc(Hons) candidate must undertake at least 50% supervised
research project, the balance (100%) comprising units chosen from Schedule A
of the BAgrSc or S3B and S3CBAppSc awards, and not counted towards a
previous degree.

Articulation

Any recognised science-based bachelor degree may lead into the GradDipAgrSc
courses.

Graduates of the GradDipAgrSc(Hons) may progress to Master or PhD.


         Graduate Diploma in Aquaculture
(Abbreviation: GradDipAqua)
Course details (2001)                                                     page 384




Course code: S6K

(This course replaces the Graduate Diploma of Applied Science in
Aquaculture (S6C))

This course acts as a bridging course for graduates from non-aquaculture
programs who wish either to work in the aquaculture industry or to pursue a
higher degree qualification in aquaculture. Traditional degrees in Australia, or
those containing one or two broad based aquaculture units, lack the necessary
'hands-on' component for aquaculture and seldom provide the necessary
in-depth knowledge on aquatic husbandry. The course covers the important
components of commercial aquaculture: biology, husbandry, technology and
animal health.

The course ensures that students obtain an education in aquaculture under
Australian conditions. They may seek careers on all types of aquaculture farms
and as research officers in fishery departments. Alternatively, graduands may
undertake the degree of Master of Applied Science in Aquaculture or Honours.

Admission & prerequisites

Applicants should possess a relevant pass degree in biological sciences
(preferably aquatic). However, prospective students may be admitted to the
course if they can demonstrate to the satisfaction of the Head of School that
they have been awarded a pass degree containing science units deemed
relevant to aquaculture.

Course objectives



Career outcomes

This postgraduate bridging program enables graduates of other courses to learn
the specialist aquaculture skills necessary for work in the industry or in
government policy and research departments. Alternatively, it is possible for
graduates of this course to undertake a Master of Applied Science in
Aquaculture, in order to obtain expertise as a researcher.

Course structure

The full-time program is one year in duration. The program for a part-time
student would follow a similar pattern taken over two years.

Articulation
Course details (2001)                                                    page 385



An approved degree program

Bachelor of Aquaculture with Honours, Master of Applied Science in
Aquaculture

               Units approved for Graduate Diploma in Aquaculture

Unit Title                            campus-sem     weight               code
Semester 1
Nutrition of Aquatic
    Organisms                                  L1     12.5%           KQA319
Physiology of Aquatic
    Organisms                                  L1     12.5%           KQA330
Technology for
    Aquaculture                                L1     12.5%           KQA214
Intensive Algal Culture                        L1     12.5%           KQA201
Semester 2
Intensive Crustacean &
    Zooplankton Culture                        L2     12.5%           KQA228
Intensive Finfish Culture                      L2     12.5%           KQA320
Aquatic Animal Health                          L2     12.5%           KQA321
Intensive Molluscan
    Culture                                    L2     12.5%           KQA303
Two weeks work experience is required


Note: Students wishing to progress to a BAqua(Hons) year should
undertake KQA302 Scientific Analysis and Presentation or have completed an
equivalent statistical unit.


          Graduate Diploma of Computing
(Abbreviation: GradDipComp)

Course code: S6J

This is offered on-campus at Launceston. It is normally studied part-time over
two years, but can be completed in one year of full time study.

Admission & prerequisites

Possession of a Bachelor degree (or equivalent) from a recognised university.

Course objectives
Course details (2001)                                                       page 386



The course is specifically designed for people with a tertiary qualification in a
discipline other than computing who wish to make a career change and become
computing professionals, or who wish to combine computing skills with their
current specialisations.

Specific objectives are:

•      to provide an introduction to the theory and practice of computing
•      to enable professionals to apply new and emerging computing
       technologies in their areas of expertise

Career outcomes

(See BComp, page B-xx). Students who complete the Graduate Diploma have
their career opportunities enhanced because they are able to combine expertise
gained from their first degree with knowledge of computing technologies.

Course structure

The program consists of four core units and four elective units. The units are
chosen from the Bachelor of Computing units and are selected according to the
individual student's background, taken over not less than one full-time year
and in not more than three consecutive years.

             Units approved for the Graduate Diploma of Computing

Unit Title                           campus-sem      weight             code
Core units
Computer Applications                  H1~L1~B1       12.5%         KXA153
Programming and Problem
     Solving                         H1~L1/2~B1       12.5%         KXA151
Professional Computing                 H2~L2~B2       12.5%         KXA155
Multimedia and Web
     Applications                      H2~L2~B2       12.5%         KXA156
Computer Organisation and
     Architecture                      H1~L1~B1       12.5%         KXA152
Software Process                       H2~L2~B2       12.5%         KXA154
Algorithms and Metrics                    H1~L1       12.5%         KXA251
Artificial Intelligence                   H1~L1       12.5%         KXA252
Software Design                           H2~L2       12.5%         KXA253
Operating Systems                         H2~L2       12.5%         KXA254
Elective units
Availability of the following units depends on student demand and availability
     of resources
Artificial Intelligence                   H1~L1       12.5%         KXA252
Digital Networks                              L1      12.5%         KXA336
Programming Systems                           L2      12.5%         KXA337
Course details (2001)                                                       page 387



Computer Assisted
    Learning                                    L1       12.5%            KXA339
Principles of Operating
    Systems                                     L2       12.5%            KXA334
Knowledge-Based Systems                         L1       12.5%            KXA335
Computer Graphics &
    Animation                                 L2         12.5%          KXA338
Advanced Web Development                   H1~L1         12.5%       KXA281/381



    Graduate Diploma of Computing with
                 Honours
(Abbreviation: GradDipComp(Hons))

Course code: S6S

this 1-year full-time or 2-year part-time course is offered by the Faculty of
Science and Engineering at Launceston.

The Graduate Diploma of Computing with Honours is designed for those with
a tertiary qualification in computing, or for computing professionals who wish
to gain a further qualification in specialised areas of applied computing. It may
provide up to one year of credit towards a Master of Computing degree.

Admission & prerequisites

Possession of a degree in computing or a non-computing degree with several
years of professional experience in computing.

Course objectives

The Graduate Diploma with Honours is designed to produce graduates capable
of specialising in a wide range of professional computing areas.

Career outcomes

(See BComp, page xx). Students who complete the Graduate Diploma have
their career opportunities enhanced because they are able to combine expertise
gained from their first degree with knowledge of computing technologies.

Course structure
Course details (2001)                                                    page 388



The program consists of eight advanced computing units taken over not less
than one full-time year and in not more than three consecutive years. The eight
units are chosen from the following list, subject to availability.

Articulation

The course provides students with an undergraduate degree in computing a
pathway towards a Master of Computing

   Units approved for the Graduate Diploma of Computing with Honours

Unit Title                            campus-sem      weight             code
Computation and Functional
    Programming                                L?      12.5%         KXA412
Spatial Information
    Systems                                    L?      12.5%         KXA415
Advanced Computer
    Security                                   L?      12.5%         KXA418
Multimedia & Internet
    Applications                               L?      12.5%         KXA430
Machine Learning                               L2      12.5%         KXA431
Java Applications                              L?      12.5%         KXA433
Other units as approved by the Head of School
The availability of these units will depend on student demand and availability
    of resources.



   Graduate Diploma of Engineering with
                 Honours
(Abbreviation: GradDipEng(Hons))

Course code: N6Z

Not offered in 2001


      Graduate Diploma of Environmental
                   Studies
(Abbreviation: GradDipEnvSt)

Course code: S6B
Course details (2001)                                                     page 389



Lecturers: Assoc Prof JJ Todd, Dr PR Hay, Dr PB McQuillan, Dr JA Russell, Dr
LK Kriwoken, Dr E Stratford, Prof JB Kirkpatrick, and others.

This course is offered by the School of Geography and Environmental Studies at
the Hobart campus.

The course is offered on a 1 year full-time or up to 3 years part-time basis.
Extensions may be possible for a candidate whose work has been interrupted
by illness or other unavoidable cause, or to complete any project prescribed as a
component of the course.

Admission & prerequisites

Applicants should have a bachelor degree from any discipline, or equivalent.

Course objectives

The Graduate Diploma in Environmental Studies is specifically designed for
those with a tertiary qualification, who wish to gain a first qualification in
Environmental Studies.

It is appropriate for those wishing to make a career change to an environmental
management area, for those wishing to combine environmentally based skills
with their current specialisation, or for those who wish to increase their
knowledge out of interest.

The course provides a broad, interdisciplinary approach to environmental
management.

Career outcomes

The GradDipEnvSt can lead to positions in environmental management,
environmental policy making or environmental education.

Course structure

The Graduate Diploma in Environmental Studies consists of four units:
Environmental Values, Environmental Technology, Environmental Planning,
and Ecosystems.

Two of the units are offered each semester. The Coordinator can provide
information on which units are available in each semester.

Assessment: The four Environmental Studies units are assessed on the basis of
essays, seminars and research projects.

Unit Title                          campus-sem        weight                code
Course details (2001)                                                     page 390



Environmental Technology                     H2           0%           KGE512
Ecosystems                                   H1           0%           KGE513
Environmental Planning                       H2           0%           KGE514
Environmental Values                         H1           0%           KGE515
An approved combination of units from elsewhere in the University may,
    under certain circumstances, be substituted for one of the above units.
    Students must enrol in one of the following weighted umbrella codes and
    in the appropriate units
Graduate Diploma of Environmental
    Studies (full time) [a]                    H        100%
                                         KGE500
Graduate Diploma of Environmental
    Studies (part time) [a]                    H         50%
                                         KGE501
[a] The appropriate 'umbrella' code must be entered on all GradDipEnvSt
     enrolments, in addition to the individual units' code. A weighting of 0%
     must be entered against the individual unit codes.



      Graduate Diploma of Environmental
            Studies with Honours
(Abbreviation: GradDipEnvSt(Hons))

Course code: S6W

Lecturers: Assoc Prof JJ Todd, Dr PR Hay, Dr PB McQuillan, Dr JA Russell, Dr
LK Kriwoken, Dr E Stratford, Prof JB Kirkpatrick, and others.

This course is offered internally on the Hobart campus, on a 1 year full-time or
2 years part-time basis. Extensions may be possible for a candidate whose work
has been interrupted by illness.

The Graduate Diploma in Environmental Studies with Honours is specifically
designed for those with a tertiary qualification of suitable standard who wish to
gain a first qualification in Environmental Studies which can then act as a
bridge to higher degrees.

It is also appropriate for those wishing to make a career change into an
environmental management area, for those wishing to combine
environmentally based skills with their current specialisations, and for those
who wish to increase their knowledge out of interest.

Admission & prerequisites
Course details (2001)                                                     page 391



Applicants should possess a bachelor degree in any discipline, or equivalent.
Undergraduate grades must average Credit or better, unless entry approval is
given by the course coordinator.

Course objectives

The course is designed to demonstrate research ability in interdisciplinary
environmental studies and environmental management

Career outcomes

The course provides entry into research-based higher degree study, and can
lead to employment in environmental management, environmental policy
formation, or environmental education.

Course structure

Students take two of the units required for the Graduate Diploma of
Environmental Studies, as approved by the Coordinator of Environmental
Studies, and must also complete an honours thesis.

Assessment: The Environmental Studies units (50%) are assessed on the basis of
essays, seminars and research projects. The thesis (50%) is assessed by one
external and one internal examiner.

Unit Title                          campus-sem       weight              code
Environmental Technology                      H2         0%           KGE512
Ecosystems                                    H1         0%           KGE513
Environmental Planning                        H2         0%           KGE514
Environmental Values                          H1         0%           KGE515
Honours Thesis                                 H         0%      KGE540/541
Students must also enrol in one of the following weighted umbrella codes and
    in the appropriate units
Graduate Diploma of Environmental Studies with Honours (full time) [a]     H
                                            100%                      KGE505
Graduate Diploma of Environmental Studies with Honours (part time) [a]     H
                                             50%                      KGE506
[a] The appropriate 'umbrella' code must be entered on all
     GradDipEnvSt(Hons) enrolments, in addition to the individual units'
     code. A weighting of 0% must be entered against the individual unit
     codes.



       Graduate Diploma in Rehabilitation
                 Counselling
Course details (2001)                                                      page 392




(Abbreviation: GradDipRehabCouns)

Course code: S6R

This is a full fee-paying course which can be undertaken on a one year full-time
or two years part-time study basis, and comprises eight 12.5% units. The course
is available on the Hobart campus.

Admission & prerequisites

Requirements for entry to the course are completion of a Bachelor of Arts with
175% in psychology, or Bachelor of Science with 133.3% in psychology, and
applicants should meet Faculty of Arts admission requirements and
prerequisites for Honours (GPA of 6.0 or better at 200/300 level).
Consideration for admission will also be given to people with a single major in
psychology and relevant work experience.

Course objectives

The Graduate Diploma in Rehabilitation Counselling is a skill based course
which aims to provide students with the fundamental knowledge and skills
required for employment in a broad range of rehabilitation counselling roles.
These include vocational rehabilitation, rehabilitation following head injury or
as a consequence of physical illness or injury, counselling roles associated with
death and dying, rehabilitation following criminal incarceration, and drug and
alcohol rehabilitation. The course focuses on the theoretical basis of
rehabilitation and the acquisition of counselling skills, both in general and
specific to particular work areas. The practice of rehabilitation is covered in
relation to specific work areas, examining particular issues that may arise and
community resources available both for clients and their families.

Professional recognition

Intending students should note that the Graduate Diploma in Rehabilitation
Counselling is not an accredited fourth year program in psychology and a
graduate will not be eligible for registration as a psychologist.

                                    Schedule

Unit Title                          campus-sem        weight                code
Rehabilitation
    Counselling 1                              H1       12.5%           KHA501
Rehabilitation
    Counselling 2                              H2       12.5%           KHA502
Research Project 1                             H1       12.5%           KHA503
Research Project 2                             H2       12.5%           KHA504
Course details (2001)                                                        page 393



Rehabilitation Theory and
    Practice                                    H1       12.5%            KHA505
Vocational and Legal
    Rehabilitation                              H2       12.5%            KHA506
Topics in Rehabilitation                        H1       12.5%            KHA507
Rehabilitation in Medical
    Settings                                    H2       12.5%            KHA508
Enrolment master code
Graduate Diploma in
    Rehabilitation Counselling                  Hf          0%       KHA500/510



               Graduate Diploma of Science
(Abbreviation: GradDipSc)

Course code: S6D

Available in the specialisations shown in the table which follows.

Graduate Diplomas provide graduates with professional skills in a specialised
area. Applications are open to graduates from all disciplines provided that the
prerequisites for the field of specialisation are met, or other evidence of fitness
to undertake the work is provided.

Admission & prerequisites

Completion of a Bachelor of Science, another approved bachelor degree or
other tertiary qualification deemed by the Faculty to be equivalent for
admission purposes. To be admitted candidates must satisfy the prescribed
prerequisites for their specialisation or provide evidence that they are able to
undertake the work for the award.

Course objectives

The course aims to provide students with opportunities to acquire knowledge,
attitudes and skills in an area of specialisation that is different from the
concentrations they completed in their undergraduate degree.

Career outcomes

The course diversifies the career options available to graduates from their initial
qualifications. The career outcomes section of the Bachelor of Science degree
course (page B-xx) provides references to the individual discipline entries
where these expected outcomes are specified.
Course details (2001)                                                     page 394



Professional recognition

Depending on the area of specialisation, graduates may be eligible for
membership of a number of professional organisations.

Course structure

A candidate for the Graduate Diploma works within one of the fields of
specialisation listed below and is subject to any further conditions imposed by
the School.

Graduate diplomas generally involve a set menu of units, sometimes involving
projects. Assessment is usually based on assignments, essays and examinations
for each unit.

A candidate may not count more than 12.5% of Terminating Passes towards the
diploma.

The Diploma must be completed in one year of full-time study or a maximum
of three consecutive years of part-time study, but a candidate whose work has
been interrupted by illness, or other unavoidable cause, may be allowed to
complete the course over a longer period. An extension of time may also be
granted to submit a project.

The approved abbreviation for the Diploma shall be GradDipSc

The following specialisations are offered:

SchoolField of specialisation
Chemistry Chemistry
Computing Computer Science
Computing Software Engineering
Earth Sciences      Geology
Earth Sciences      Geophysics
Mathematics & Physics       Computational Mathematics
Mathematics & Physics       Operations Research
Mathematics & Physics       Statistical Applications
Mathematics & Physics       Physics
Mathematics & Physics       Antarctic and Southern Ocean Studies (ASOS)

<tbz>

                                Chemistry
                          Specialisation: Chemistry
Course details (2001)                                                    page 395



Additional prerequisites

An applicant will normally be exptected to have successfully completed
first-year university-level chemistry. An applicant who does not satisfy the
prerequisites but who has extensive practical experience in chemistry or a
chemistry-related profession may be admitted subject to the requirement that
additional coursework is undertaken as part of the Graduate Diploma.

Course Structure

The Graduate Diploma of Science, specialising in Chemistry, consists of a total
of 100%, chosen from Group 2 and Group 3 units and Honours [a] units offered
by the School of Chemistry. The laboratory components of units chosen may be
replaced by assignment and project [b] work as appropriate for the particular
needs of individual students. Any unit which has been counted towards a
previous degree or diploma may not be counted as part of the Graduate
Diploma. With permission from the Dean and on the recommendation of the
Head of the School of Chemistry, units offered by other schools of the
University may be counted towards the Graduate Diploma.

[a]    KRA583 Honours unit valued at 8.33%
       KRA586 Honours unit(s) valued at 16.67%
       KRA589 Honours unit(s) valued at 25%
[b]    KRA580 Project if substituted for laboratory work

                                 Computing
                         Specialisation: Computer Science
                        Specialisation: Software Engineering

These specialisations are intended to meet the needs for professional
development and training in computer science or software engineering.

Additional prerequisites

Knowledge or experience in computer programming.

Course structure

Coursework (75%) comprising units chosen from levels 200 and 300 of
Computer Science(KCA) units or other approved units, and Project (25%).

For details, students should contact the School of Computing (03) 6226 2922.

                        Earth Sciences (Geology)
Course details (2001)                                                     page 396



                            Specialisation: Geology

Additional prerequisites

The applicant's undergraduate degree should normally include at least 25% of
geology.

Candidates shall complete the following work with the School of Earth
Sciences:

(a)    An assignment, project or fieldwork equivalent to 16.67% and
(b)    83.33% of coursework from Schedule A (page B-xx) of the BSc
       specifications.

Honours units

A minimum of 50% shall be chosen from Group 3 and Honours units with a
maximum of 33.33% from Group 2 units.

Specimen courses

See also the introduction to the School of Earth Sciences which will be found
under 'Geology'in the Unit Details section of this handbook (page C-xx).
Students should contact (03) 6226 2819 for details concerning possible courses.

                          Specialisation: Geophysics

Additional prerequisites

The applicant's undergraduate degree should normally include at least 41.67%
of physics.

Candidates shall complete the following work with the School of Earth
Sciences:

(a)    An assignment, project or fieldwork equivalent to 16.67% and
(b)    83.33% of coursework from Schedule A (page B-xx) of the BSc
       specifications.

Honours units

A minimum of 50% shall be chosen from Group 3 and Honours units with a
maximum of 33.33% from Group 2 units.

Specimen courses
Course details (2001)                                                     page 397



See also the introduction to the School of Earth Sciences which will be found
under 'Geology'in the Unit Details section of this handbook (page C-xx).
Students should contact (03) 6226 2819 for details concerning possible courses.

                          Mathematics and Physics
The School of Mathematics and Physics offers four programs of study leading
to the Graduate Diploma of Science, specialising in Operations Research,
Statistical Applications, Computational Mathematics and Physics. The
specialisations are intended to meet needs for professional development.

                        Specialisation: Computational Mathematics

The specialisation in Computational Mathematics familiarises the student with
some important parts of modern applied mathematics and provides practical
experience in the use of some associated computing tools.

Additional prerequisites

41.33% (or their equivalent) in mathematics units.

Course structure

Students should contact (03) 6226 2450 for details concerning course structure.

                           Specialisation: Operations Research

Additional prerequisites

41.33% (or their equivalent) in mathematics units.

Course structure

Students should contact (03) 6226 2450 for details concerning course structure.

                          Specialisation: Statistical Applications

This specialisation is intended for science graduates who wish to develop
statistical expertise in their own discipline. The course is largely project
oriented and requires the student to undertake literature searches and reviews;
to develop computing skills and knowledge; and to acquire both oral and
written skills in the presentation of statistical information.

Additional prerequisites
Course details (2001)                                                     page 398



The applicant should have a science-based major and experience in conducting
scientific experiments or quantitative investigations.

Course structure

Students should contact (03) 6226 2450 for details concerning course structure.

                              Specialisation: Physics

Additional prerequisites

An applicant will normally be expected to have successfully completed
first-year university-level physics. An applicant who does not satisfy the
prerequisites but who has extensive practical experience in physics or a
physics-related profession may be admitted, subject to the requirement that
additonal coursework is undertaken as part of the Graduate Diploma.

Specimen courses

The Graduate Diploma of Science, specialising in Physics, consists of a total of
100% chosen from Group 2 and 3 units and Honours units offered in Physics.
The laboratory components of units chosen may be replaced by assignment and
project work as appropriate for the particular needs of individual students. The
units and lecture courses constituting the course of study will be determined at
the time of initial enrolment. Any unit which has been counted towards a
previous degree or diploma may not be counted as part of the Graduate
Diploma. Subject to approval, units offered by other schools of the University
may be counted towards the Graduate Diploma.

For enrolment codes, contact (03) 6226 2396.

            Antarctic and Southern Ocean Studies
                        Graduate Diploma of Science (ASOS)

See IASOS (and following pages) on page B-xx.


        Graduate Diploma of Science with
                    Honours
(Abbreviation: GradDipSc(Hons))

Course code: S6X
Course details (2001)                                                       page 399



The Graduate Diploma of Science with Honours allows non-science graduates
to obtain the necessary prerequisites for higher degrees in Science. It is offered
by all the schools of the Faculty at Hobart.

Admission & prerequisites

A graduate who does not hold a Science degree may be accepted as a candidate
for a Graduate Diploma with Honours provided that the candidate's
preparation for the course is adequate.

Course objectives

The course aims to provide:

•      advanced training in the area of study chosen, and
•      the opportunity for training in research, to prepare candidates for further
       research study and employmnet in research organisations.

Career outcomes

Graduates of the Graduate Diploma of Science with Honours will be
competitive for professional careers in their area of specialisation. Employment
opportunities also exist in more general areas as detailed in the career outcomes
section of the Bachelor of Science (page B-xx) which provides references to the
individual discipline entries where these expected outcomes are specified.

Professional recognition

Depending on the area of specialisation, graduates may be eligible for
membership of a number of professional organisations.

Course structure

In all other aspects the requirements of the Bachelor of Science with Honours
apply and candidates should refer to these for particulars.

Further information is usually provided by the School.

Work as a full-time student must be completed within 12 months of the
commencement date.

Specific school information

Some additional information provided by schools on their specialisations
within the Graduate Diploma of Science with Honours course follows. All
Hobart Science Schools offer a course at this level; if no information is shown
here then the School should be contacted for details.
Course details (2001)                                                  page 400




                           Agricultural Science
                            Specialisation: Microbiology

For details, see Agricultural Science Honours course (KLA415/416) on page
C-xx.

Enrolment master codes

KLA515 Full time 100%
KLA516 Part time 50%

                    Specialisation: Immunology and Microbiology

Enrolment master codes

KLA517 Full time        100%

          Antarctic and Southern Oceans Studies
                                 Specialisation: ASOS

For details, see IASOS (and following pages) on page B-xx.

                                 Biochemistry
The Discipline of Biochemistry within the School of Medicine offers a number
of courses which are open to Science graduates.

                            Specialisation: Biochemistry

For details, see Biochemistry Honours course (CBA410)on page C-xx.

                                   Chemistry
                               Specialisation: Chemistry

For details, see Chemistry Honours course (KRA400/401) on page C-xx.

Enrolment master codes

KRA500 Full time 100%
KRA501 Part time 50%
Course details (2001)                                                    page 401



                                 Computing
                         Specialisation: Computer Science
                        Specialisation: Software Engineering

These specialisations are designed to help students develop the necessary skills
and knowledge to undertake research within the computing field.

For details, contact the School of Computing on (03) 6324 3347.

Enrolment master codes

KCA500 Full time 100%
KCA501 Part time 50%

                                 Geography
                             Specialisation: Geography

For details, see Geography Honours course (KGA400/401) on page xx.

Enrolment master codes

KGA500 Full time 100%
KGA501 Part time 50%

                                   Geology
                Specialisation: Geology/Geophysics/Geochemistry

The School of Earth Sciences offers specialisations in Geology, Geophysics and
Geochemistry to enable graduates whose major studies were in another area to
switch to Geology for postgraduate studies. For details of the units to be
studied see the entry under Geology 4 (Honours).

Enrolment master codes

Geology

KEA510 Full time 100%
KEA511 Part time 50%

Geophysics

KEA520 Full time 100%
KEA521 Part time 50%
Course details (2001)                                               page 402




Geochemistry

KEA540 Full time 100%
KEA541 Part time 50%

                        Mathematics and Physics
                           Specialisation: Mathematics

For details, see Mathematics Honours course (KMA400/401) on page xx.

Enrolment master codes

KMA500 Full time 100%
KMA501 Part time 50%

                               Specialisation: Physics

For details, see Physics Honours course (KYA410/411) on page xx.

Enrolment master codes

KYA510 Full time 100%
KYA511 Part time 50%

                                Plant Science
                               Specialisation: Botany

For details, see Botany Honours course (KPA400/401) on page xx.

Enrolment master codes

KPA500 Full time 100%
KPA501 Part time 50%

                               Specialisation: Genetics

For details, see Genetics Honours course (KPA410/411) on page xx.

See also Honours course in Forest Ecology page xx.

Enrolment master codes

KPA510 Full time        100%
Course details (2001)                                                    page 403



                                  Zoology
                            Specialisation: Zoology

For details, see Zoology Honours course (KZA400/401) on page xx.

Enrolment master codes

KZA500 Full time 100%
KZA501 Part time 50%


Graduate Diploma in Spatial Information
        Science with Honours
(Abbreviation: GradDipSIS(Hons))

Course code: N6Y

This diploma meets the needs for professional development and training for
people working primarily in land based sciences (e.g. foresters, geographers,
town planners, surveyors) who need to apply spatial information science
technology in their work or study.

Admission & prerequisites

Possession of a bachelor degree from the University of Tasmania, or an
equivalent qualification from other recognised universities.

Course objectives

The course aims to:

•      provide students with opportunities to acquire knowledge and skills in
       areas of spatial information science;
•      provide graduates with advanced knowledge in one of the disciplines of
       spatial information science;
•      meet the needs of industry, business and government agencies for relevant
       spatial information skills.

Career outcomes

Graduates of the Graduate Diploma in Spatial Information Science with
Honours will find employment opportunities in Commonwealth or State
Government agencies, local Councils or large private organisations, largely in
land-based sciences. Opportunities for such employment exist in a wide variety
Course details (2001)                                                     page 404



of areas such as Forestry, Antarctica, Environmental management, Transport,
Land Planning, Geodetic Agencies, cadastral and engineering surveying.

Course structure

Candidates must complete the course in one year of full-time study or not more
than two years of part-time study.

The overall enrolment code for full-time students is KGG500 and for part-time
students KGG501.

Candidates, in conjunction with their supervisor, select a course which has the
following components:

Coursework

Coursework will be selected from units offered by the Centre for Information
Science or other such units offered by other Schools as the Faculty may
prescribe from time to time. A weighting of 0% must be entered against the
individual unit codes.

Project

KGG580 Graduate Diploma Project Work

Fees

This is a fee-paying course. However, some HECS places will be available in
2001.


                   Master of Applied Science
(Abbreviation: MAppSc)

Course code: S7P

The Master of Applied Science is a four semester full-time or eight semester
part time course offered on the Hobart and Launceston campuses by most
Schools of the Faculty of Science & Engineering. While the course for full-time
students is the equivalent of four semesters, students with an acceptable science
background may be able to complete the course in three semesters over one
calendar year.

Admission & prerequisites
Course details (2001)                                                       page 405



A bachelor degree in Science or Applied Science at the University of Tasmania
or an equivalent award from another university or tertiary institution.

Entry points

To recognise the variety of science and non-science tertiary education
backgrounds of applicants, the course has the following three entrance points:

•      Advanced Component – applicants who have completed a suitable three
       year degree with a major in the area of study of application in the
       MAppSc, for example a student with a BSc majoring in mathematics who
       wishes to study mathematics in the MAppSc;
•      Consolidation Component – applicants who have completed a suitable
       three year degree with a major in a different area of study to that proposed
       in the MAppSc, for example a student with a BSc majoring in mathematics
       who wishes to study computer science in the MAppSc; and
•      Bridging – all other applicants admitted to the course.

Course objectives

The course aims to:

•      provide students with opportunities to acquire knowledge, attitudes and
       skills in a range of basic physical, computational, mathematical, earth and
       life sciences;
•      provide graduates with advanced knowledge in one science discipline;
       and
•      meet the needs of industry, business and government agencies.

Career outcomes

Graduates of the Master of Applied Science will find employment opportunities
in their areas of specialisation. These opportunities are similar to those listed
under the career outcomes sections of the Bachelor of Science (including
Honours).

Professional recognition

Depending on the area of specialisation, graduates may be eligible for
membership of a number of professional organisations.

Course structure

The structure of the MAppSc is necessarily flexible to cater for the varied
backgrounds of students entering the course. An individual program of study
will be agreed between each student and the Dean or representative of the Dean
upon entry to the course. Successful applicants to the course are asked to
Course details (2001)                                                       page 406



contact the Faculty of Science & Engineering on (03) 6226 2008 to discuss
enrolment codes.

The MAppSc comprises four components:

1.     A three to six week bridging component (0% weight) in research training,
       computing, mathematics and any other required disciplines;
2.     A one semester consolidation component comprising 50% of
       undergraduate units with no level 1 units permitted and a maximum of
       25% at level 2;
3.     A 100% (two semesters) advanced component comprising 75% honours
       and third level units, and a 25% project. The coursework units will
       include a minimum of 25% Honours level units. The project will
       normally be spread over the two semesters to allow the completion of
       37.5% coursework in each semester. On approval of the relevant Head of
       School, the 25% project may be replaced with a further 25% coursework at
       Honours level; and
4.     A 50% thesis.

Exit points

Students who satisfactorily complete the coursework components of the course
(up to and including the advanced component) shall be eligible for the award of
the Graduate Diploma of Applied Science.

Areas of specialisation

Agricultural Science

       Agricultural Science
       Horticultural Science
       Microbiology
       Sustainable Resource Management

Chemistry

       Chemistry

Computing

       Computing

Earth Sciences

       Earth Sciences

Geography & Environmental Studies
Course details (2001)                                                    page 407



       Geography
       Environmental Studies
       Remote Sensing and GIS

Mathematics & Physics

       Mathematics and Physics

Plant Science

       Plant Science

Psychology

       Behavioural Science

Articulation

There is no articulation with other courses.


               Master of Applied Science in
                       Aquaculture
(Abbreviation: MAppScAqua)

Course code: S7C

This Master of Applied Science program involves a combination of coursework
and research. Students normally are required to undertake the coursework
units of the Graduate Diploma program, a research dissertation, a literature
review and work experience. The research is normally undertaken on campus.
The research dissertation is assessed on the basis of a manuscript and a poster,
while the literature review requires a manuscript and a seminar.

Admission & prerequisites

Either a Bachelor of Science or a Bachelor of Applied Science degree.

Course objectives



Articulation

Graduate Diploma in Aquaculture
Course details (2001)                                                 page 408



Doctor of Philosophy

                                Curriculum

Unit Title                          campus-sem      weight           code
Year 1
Nutrition of Aquatic
     Organisms                                 L1    12.5%       KQA319
Physiology of Aquatic
     Organisms                                 L1    12.5%       KQA330
Technology for
     Aquaculture                               L1    12.5%       KQA214
Intensive Algal Culture                        L1    12.5%       KQA201
Intensive Crustacean &
     Zooplankton Culture                       L2    12.5%       KQA228
Intensive Finfish Culture                      L2    12.5%       KQA320
Aquatic Animal Health                          L2    12.5%       KQA321
Intensive Molluscan
     Culture                                   L2    12.5%       KQA303
Students progressing to BAqua(Hons) should also undertake KQA302 or have
     completed an equivalent statistical unit.
Two weeks work experience is required
Year 2
Scientific Analysis and
     Presentation for Aquaculture              L1    12.5%       KQA302
Literature Review                            L1/2      25%       KQA817
Research Dissertation                        L1/2 25%/50%    KQA818/819
Specialist Practical
     Skills                                  L1/2       0%   KQA820/821



                        Master of Computing
(Abbreviation: MComp)

Course code: S7K

This course is designed for people who already have a degree in computing and
wish to study an advanced course in computing. It consists of 1.5 years
full-time coursework and an individual project requiring supervised applied
research.

Admission & prerequisites

Possession of a degree or graduate diploma in computing.
Course details (2001)                                                    page 409



Applicants will normally be expected to have achieved an average grade of
credit or better in the final year of their degree.

Course objectives

The master degree program provides a knowledge of advanced material in
computing which will both encompass current computing technology and
serve as a basis for future growth.

Career outcomes

Students are prepared for careers and research in the area of Information
Technology (IT). Current forecasts indicate a world wide shortage of IT
professionals for at least the next ten years. Computing professionals get well
paid, interesting positions in almost any area – government, commerce,
industry. The range of activities is wide, including: website management,
system administration, client support and training, program design,
development and testing, and so on.

Professional recognition

Undergraduate students of the BComp are eligible for student membership of
the Australian Computer Society (ACS) and the Institute of Electrical and
Electronics Engineers (IEEE). On completion of the degree and entry into the
computing profession, graduates can apply to become full members of these
bodies.

                        Units approved for the Master of Computing

Unit Title                            campus-sem      weight             code
Computation and Functional
    Programming                                L?      12.5%         KXA412
Spatial Information
    Systems                                    L?      12.5%         KXA415
Multimedia & Internet
    Applications                               L?      12.5%         KXA430
Advanced Computer
    Security                                   L?      12.5%         KXA418
Machine Learning                               L2      12.5%         KXA431
Java Applications                              L?      12.5%         KXA433
Other units approved by the Head of School
The availability of these units will depend on student demand and availability
    of resources.



               Master of Economic Geology
Course details (2001)                                                    page 410




(Abbreviation: MEconGeol)

Course code: S7F

The Master of Economic Geology, course code S7F, is in teach-out, having
been replaced by the Master of Economic Geology, course code S7R.

Continuing students, already enrolled in S7F, should consult the Course and
Unit Handbook 2000. Any enquiries should be addressed to the Admin Officer
on (03) 6226 2819 or fax (03) 6226 7662.


               Master of Economic Geology
(Abbreviation: MEconGeol)

Course code: S7R

This is a specialised master degree course in Economic Geology for industry
and government geologists. It forms the nucleus of the postgraduate teaching
program at the Centre for Ore Deposit Research (CODES). From 2001 the
course will form part of the National Masters Program sponsored by the
Minerals Council of Australia and the DETYA Science Lectureship Scheme.

Admission & prerequisites

Bachelor of Science with Honours is the normal entry qualification. However,
for students without this qualification the entry requirements will depend on
whether the applicants come from a professional industry background.

Applicants from industry without a Bachelor of Science with Honours degree
will require the following:

•      Bachelor of Science or Bachelor of Science (Applied); and
•      A minimum of two years' experience working as professional geologist in
       industry or a government institution; and
•      Completion of a significant geological company report or paper, based on
       some aspect of work carried out during employment as a professional
       geologist.

Course objectives

Course objectives are to update knowledge and skills required by geoscientists
for the exploration and exploitation of mineral deposits. These are
accomplished through completion of six short courses and a small in depth
Course details (2001)                                                     page 411



research project OR eight short courses. The courses will cover a spectrum of
topics relevant to the exploration mining industries.

Career outcomes

This course is for geoscientists who want to gain a thorough up-date on
advances across the spectrum of economic geology applied to mineral
exploration.

Professional recognition

The course will become part of the G3 National Masters course sponsored by
the Mineral Council of Australia and the Commonwealth Government
(DETYA). Units will be taught by the University of Tasmania, the University
of Western Australia and James Cook University.

Course structure

The Master of Economic Geology is a coursework master degree. A thesis can
be undertaken which amounts to 40% of the overall assessment and is
examined by the School of Earth Science and CODES staff.

The course work consists of the following units, each weight at 20% of a full
year's load. A minimum of two units must be taken at either James Cook
University or the University of Western Australia. A minimum of four units
must be undertaken at the University of Tasmania.

                               Schedule of units

Unit Title                           campus-sem       weight                code
Ore Deposit Studies and
    Exploration Models                        H1          20%            KEA841
Volcanology and Mineralisation
    in Volcanic Terrains                      H1          20%            KEA843
Exploration Geophysics,
    Remote Sensing and
    Geographic Information Systems            H1          20%            KEA844
Geochemistry, Hydrology and Timing of Hydrothermal Systems         [a]       20%
Ore Deposits of South America    [a]        20%
Each unit is taught in an intensive program of lectures, seminars, practicals and
             field work over a 2 week period amounting to 65 lecture
             equivalents.
[a] Contact the School of Earth Sciences for details and code numbers


Research Thesis
Course details (2001)                                                     page 412



The research thesis is on a well defined and concise topic in the field of
economic geology that may be related to a specific aspect of the candidateís
current exploration or mine geology work.

The six units of coursework are taken over an eighteen months period; three
units a year will be offered in March, June-July and October-November. The
research thesis must be submitted within 30 months of the enrolment date. In
special circumstances candidates may be allowed to suspend their enrolment
or, where they have failed to meet one or more of the requirements, to repeat
them.


   Master of Environmental Management
(Abbreviation: MEnvMgt)

Course code: S7D

Lecturers: Assoc Prof JJ Todd, Dr PR Hay, Dr PB McQuillan, Dr JA Russell, Dr
LK Kriwoken, Dr E Stratford, Prof JB Kirkpatrick, and others.

The Master of Environmental Management (MEnvMgt) is offered internally by
the School of Geography and Environmental Studies at the Hobart campus.

The coursework-plus-thesis program aims to attract people who are interested
in environmental management, or who anticipate responsibility for
environmental policy formation, or a role in environmental education. The
course extends the professional expertise of people working in such fields as
agriculture, community welfare, economics, education, engineering, forestry,
law, medicine, planning, public health, political economy, science, and resource
management. The course is of two years duration for full-time study or up to
four years part-time.

Full-time students

The course runs for two calendar years. In the first year, students take the four
coursework units. The major research project constitutes the work of the second
year.

Part-time students

Part-time students may undertake the degree on a unit basis, project work
being done in the student's own time.

Variations in lecture times are designed to enable part-time students to still
meet the needs of their employment. Prospective part-time students are invited
to discuss ways of undertaking the course with the Coordinator.
Course details (2001)                                                     page 413




External Study is not normally available for the coursework degree.

Admission & prerequisites

Applications for direct entry to the course are considered from those who have
a suitable tertiary qualification or its equivalent. Applicants with a university
degree and substantial professional experience (a minimum of two years'
appropriate employment) are directly admissible, as are honours graduates and
graduates with a four-year professional qualification. Diplomas and other such
awards can be counted towards the four-year qualification. Applicants with a
three year bachelor degree are directly admissible provided their standard of
achievement is acceptable to the Faculty. People holding other than university
tertiary qualifications are admissible subject to agreement by the Faculty that
such qualifications are equivalent to those directly acceptable.

Students completing the GradDipEnvSt may count their coursework towards
the MSc(EnvMgt) degree provided they do not take out the Graduate Diploma
and their work has reached a standard considered satisfactory by the
Coordinator.

To ensure entry to this course, application for admission should be made as
early as possible.

Some students may be required to complete a preliminary reading unit. Such
preparation is normally done before the commencement of the formal teaching
in the first year of the course.

Course objectives

Several basic assumptions underlie the University's program for the degree.

•      Those who frame the alternatives from which environmental policy
       choices will be made must necessarily make highly significant value
       judgements. Public understanding of administrative decision-making will
       be enhanced when people are willing to make explicit the values
       underlying policy formation. Accordingly, emphasis is placed on
       developing a student's sense of values.
•      While the economic, social, cultural, legal and physical aspects of any
       major environmental policy problem can be distinguished analytically,
       these aspects need to be viewed together if policy-makers are to come up
       with workable solutions. Therefore, the program stresses the need for
       integrative modes of thought.
•      The character of the solutions required from environmental policy-makers
       is changing rapidly. Categorical solutions are no longer appropriate; more
       and more people are recognising the interdependence of public problems.
       Thus, the solutions which policy makers provide must be integrative in an
Course details (2001)                                                       page 414



       additional sense. In order for governments to make authoritative
       decisions, the aspirations of competing institutions must be brought into
       direct relationship with one another so that, through a process during
       which these aspirations are modified, solutions which have a wide degree
       of acceptance are produced. This acceptance must be achieved in stages
       during which the point of view of all participants gradually changes. In
       recognition of the importance of the integrative approach, the course
       prepares students for policy making through a program which stresses the
       multifaceted nature of environmental problems.
•      The methods adopted by universities for teaching environmental studies
       will vary depending on the character of the groups being served and on
       the special strength of the university concerned. The University of
       Tasmania is particularly well suited to carry out a variety of programs
       integrating natural and social phenomena, as Tasmania provides a wide
       range of environments within a relatively small area. Although the course
       is aimed at exploiting this advantage, it is recognised that there is no one
       best way of preparing people for effective environmental study.

Career outcomes

This course provides the knowledge and skills background appropriate to
careers within environmental management, environmental policy formation,
and environmental education.

Course structure

Students taking the course attend the lectures, practicals, seminars and
excursions and complete the projects and reading organised in four major units:

•      Environmental Planning
•      Environmental Technology
•      Ecosystems
•      Environmental Values

Students carry out a major research project on an environmental problem
resulting in a thesis, sometimes as part of a multi-disciplinary team. The project
provides for a practical involvement in the task of assessing and integrating
results of studies conducted in diverse disciplines. Thus, this program stresses
both 'what to do' and 'how to do it' in the context of value choices.

There are five basic components: four coursework units and a research project
thesis involving problem-oriented research, which can be undertaken as part of
a multi-disciplinary team. The major research project component constitutes
one half of the course.

Students may take equivalent load postgraduate or undergraduate units offered
by the School of Geography and Environmental Studies or other schools in
Course details (2001)                                                    page 415



place of one of the four coursework units, subject to approval by the
Coordinator.

Unit Title                         campus-sem          weight             code
Environmental Technology                   H2             0%            KGE812
Ecosystems                                 H1             0%            KGE813
Environmental Planning                     H2             0%            KGE814
Environmental Values                       H1             0%            KGE815
Research Project Thesis                     H             0%            KGE840
The following are the 'umbrella' codes
Master of Environmental Management (full time)       [a]   H              100%
                                                    KGE808
Master of Environmental Management (full time) [a]         H              100%
                                                    KGE808
Master of Environmental Management (part time) [a]         H              100%
                                                    KGE809
[a] The appropriate 'umbrella' code must be entered on all MEnvMgt
    enrolments, in addition to the individual units' code. A weighting of 0%
    must be entered against the individual unit codes.



          Master of Environmental Studies
(Abbreviation: MEnvSt)

Course code: S7B

There is no new intake into this course which is in teach-out

The Master of Environmental Studies (Coursework) is available only to
continuing students as it is being superseded by the Master of Environmental
Management. Continuing students should refer any queries about course
arrangements to the Coordinator.

Course structure

Continuing students enrolling in MEnvSt (Coursework) units need to enrol in
one of the following umbrella codes.

Unit Title                           campus-sem     weight                code
Master of Environmental Studies (Coursework) (full time)  [a]               H
                                             100%                      KGE810
Master of Environmental Studies (Coursework) (part time)   [a]              H
                                             100%                      KGE811
Other units are the same as those listed for MEnvMgt above, but the following
    code is required for the thesis component:
Course details (2001)                                                     page 416



Research Project Thesis                        H         0%            KGE840
[a] The appropriate 'umbrella' code must be entered on all MEnvSt
     enrolments, in addition to the individual unit and/or project code. A
     weighting of 0% must be entered against the individual unit codes.



                  Master of Meteorology and
                       Oceanography
(Abbreviation: MMet&Oc)

Course code: S7N

The Master of Meteorology and Oceanography is a 3-semester full-time or
6-semester part-time course offered on the Hobart campus by the Institute of
Antarctic and Southern Ocean Studies and the School of Mathematics and
Physics.

Admission & prerequisites

An undergraduate degree in the physical sciences or in engineering with a
mathematical background at least to the level of introductory calculus
equivalent to first year university standard.

Course objectives

The course aims to equip students with the skills to enter national programs
concerned with the atmospheric and oceanographic sciences, and/or to equip
them with the basic skills appropriate to higher degree research in meteorology
and oceanography.

Career outcomes

Graduates of the degree could expect to find employment as a meteorologist,
oceanographer, atmospheric scientist, climate modeller, or applied
mathematician.

Course structure

First semester: 140 lectures divided into three basic topics – namely:
meteorology, oceanography, and techniques in applied mathematics.

Second and Third Semesters: 'Specialised Reading' leading to a research
project. The research project will be at a standard equivalent to that required
Course details (2001)                                                       page 417



for entrance to research higher degrees as stated in the Rules of Higher Degrees
by Research.

Students enrol in the following unit codes:

Full-time students

KSA802          Master of Meteorology and Oceanography        100%

Part-time students

KSA803          Master of Meteorology and Oceanography        50%

Articulation

There is no articulation with other courses.


           Master of Psychology (Clinical
                     Psychology)
(Abbreviation: MPsych(Clin))

Course code: S7J

The Master of Psychology course is offered on the Hobart campus. There are
two streams to the degree course; one in clinical psychology and one in
developmental and educational psychology. The degree is awarded in terms of
the specialisation undertaken. Graduates who have undertaken the
specialisation in clinical psychology use the abbreviation MPsych(Clin) while
graduates who have undertaken the specialisation in developmental and
educational psychology (course code: S6Q) use the abbreviation
MPsych(Devel&Ed).

Admission & prerequisites

To be admitted to the course, applicants must hold the degree of Bachelor of
Arts or Bachelor of Science of the University of Tasmania, with at least first or
second class honours in Psychology.

Applicants who hold the Diploma of Psychology of the University of Tasmania
obtained at the level 'Pass with Credit', or a degree or diploma from an
approved university or tertiary institution at a standard equivalent to those
referred to above, and which contains an equivalent component of coursework
and research in psychology, may be considered for admission to the degree
course.
Course details (2001)                                                     page 418



In special cases applicants who hold a Diploma of Psychology from the
University of Tasmania obtained at the level of 'Pass', or a degree or diploma of
equivalent standing, and appropriate professional experience may be
considered for admission.

All applicants must satisfy the School of Psychology that they are suitable
candidates for professional training in psychology.

Course objectives

Both streams of the Master of Psychology degree course have particular
vocational outcomes and are intended to prepare students for professional
work as psychologists through the development of advanced professional
skills, in tandem with theoretical and empirical knowledge, in line with the
scientist-practitioner model.

Professional recognition

Master of Psychology graduates who have undertaken studies in either the
clinical stream or the developmental and educational stream meet the academic
requirements for registration as a psychologist, membership of the Australian
Psychological Society and, following two years of supervised professional
experience, membership of the appropriate APS College.

Course structure

To qualify for the degree, candidates are required to undertake one of the two
programs.

Core units are grouped in terms of those taken in the first and second years of
full-time enrolment. Other units are offered in a two-year cycle. Year A and
Year B, and may be taken in either the first or second year of enrolment (see the
course schedule for each program for units offered.)

Progress

A candidate who fails to make satisfactory progress may be required by the
Faculty to withdraw from the course.

Thesis

The thesis must embody the results of a research investigation on a topic
approved by the course coordinator. The investigation must be carried out
under the supervision of a staff member of the School. The thesis must be
submitted by 30 November of the second year of study unless the Faculty has
approved an extension of time.
Course details (2001)                                                    page 419


Enrolment Master codes

KHA750           Clinical Psychology
KHA780           Educational Psychology

                         Clinical Psychology – Schedule

Course Coordinator: Dr CL Williams

The program consists of coursework, supervised clinical work and a research
thesis. Candidates are also required to complete 1000 hours of supervised
practical work over the period of enrolment. In order to meet the requirements
for continuing state registration and professional accreditation by the
Australian Psychological Society, core units will be taught each year, while
other components of the program are taught in alternate years. Candidates may
enter the course at the beginning of each year and those contemplating
part-time study are advised to consult the course coordinator to determine their
program. A thesis proposal is required in the first year of full-time enrolment,
whether Year A or Year B.

Unit Title                                campus-sem        weight        code
First Year units
(must be taken in first year of enrolment)
Research Thesis 1                                    Hf        25%    KHA718
Ethical Issues &
     Professional Practice 1                         Hf        27%    KHA717
Behaviour Change 1                                   H1         8%    KHA714
Current Issues in
     Assessment                                      H1         8%    KHA711
Second Year units
(must be taken in second year of enrolment)
Research Thesis 2                                    Hf        25%    KHA728
Ethical Issues &
     Professional Practice 2                         Hf        27%    KHA727
Behaviour Change 2                                   H1         8%    KHA724
Advanced Assessment                                  H1         8%    KHA721
Units taught in alternate years
(may be taken in either the first or second year of enrolment)
Year A
Psychophysiology &
     Psychopathology                                 H1         8%    KHA712
Research Design                                      H2         8%    KHA716
Adult Psychopathology                                H2         8%    KHA713
Clinical Psychophysiology                            H2         8%    KHA715
Year B
Not offered in 2001
Course details (2001)                                                    page 420



Neuroanatomy for
    Psychologists                             [na]       8%           KHA726
Clinical Child Psychology                     [na]       8%           KHA722
Community & Forensic
    Psychology                                [na]       8%           KHA723
Clinical Neuropsychology                      [na]       8%           KHA725
Enrolment master code
Clinical Psychology                             Hf       0%           KHA750



Master of Psychology (Developmental &
       Educational Psychology)
(Abbreviation: MPsych(Devel&Ed))

Course code: S7Q

The Master of Psychology course is offered on the Hobart campus. There are
two streams to the degree course; one in clinical psychology and one in
developmental and educational psychology.

For further details

See MPsych(Clin).

              Developmental & Educational Psychology – Schedule

Course Coordinator: Dr T Thompson

The program consists of coursework, supervised educational experience and a
research thesis. Candidates are required to complete 1,000 hours of supervised
practical work over the period of enrolment. In order to meet the requirements
for continuing state registration and professional accreditation by the
Australian Psychological Society, core units will be taught each year, while
other components of the program are taught in alternate years. Candidates may
enter the course at the beginning of each year and those contemplating
part-time study are advised to consult the course coordinator to determine their
program. A thesis proposal is required in the first year of full-time enrolment,
whether Year A or Year B.

Unit Title                              campus-sem    weight              code
First Year units
(must be taken in first year of enrolment)
Research Thesis 1                                Hf     25%           KHA778
Course details (2001)                                                    page 421



Ethical Issues &
     Professional Practice 1                          Hf       27%    KHA777
Behaviour Change 1                                   H1         8%    KHA774
Interviewing &
     Counselling                                     H1         8%    KHA771
Second Year units
(must be taken in second year of enrolment)
Research Thesis 2                                     Hf       25%    KHA788
Ethical Issues &
     Professional Practice 2                          Hf       27%    KHA787
Behaviour Change 2                                   H1         8%    KHA784
Advanced Interviewing &
     Counselling                                     H1         8%    KHA781
Units taught in alternate years
(may be taken in either the first or second year of enrolment)
Year A
Psychoeducational
     Assessment                                      H2         8%    KHA772
Research Design                                      H2         8%    KHA776
Methods in School
     Psychology                                      H1         8%    KHA773
Applied Issues in Educational
     Psychology                                      H2         8%    KHA775
Year B
Not offered in 2001
Applied Developmental
     Psychology: Adolescence &
     Adulthood                                      [na]        8%    KHA786
Applied Developmental
     Psychology: Childhood                          [na]        8%    KHA785
Clinical Child Psychology                           [na]        8%    KHA782
Exceptionality & Special
     Children                                       [na]        8%    KHA783
Enrolment master code
Developmental &
     Educational Psychology                           Hf        0%    KHA780



                   Master of Science Studies
(Abbreviation: MScSt)

Course code: S7E

The program is designed to provide professional training for scientists/science
educators from overseas countries. Currently it is offered by the Schools of
Course details (2001)                                                     page 422



Agricultural Science (Microbiology); Chemistry; Computing (Computer
Science); Earth Sciences (Geology); Geography and Environmental Studies;
Mathematics and Physics; Medicine (Biochemistry); Plant Science (Botany);
Psychology; and Zoology.

Admission & prerequisites

Candidates for the degree must have:

•      an approved bachelor degree with first or second class Honours; or
•      an approved eight-semester higher education qualification and potential
       to complete the degree as demonstrated in study and/or professional
       performance; or
•      an approved six-semester higher education qualification, together with at
       least two years' relevant professional experience; or
•      other qualifications equivalent to those in paragraphs shown above.

In addition to the academic admission requirement stated above all candidates
must be proficient in written and spoken English. Candidates whose basic
language is not English should sit an English language test arranged by the
nearest Australian diplomatic mission and are required to attend up to four
months of intensive English tuition in Tasmania.

A candidate for the degree may not enrol for another degree or diploma course
of the University or another higher education institution.

Course objectives



Career outcomes

Graduates of the Master of Science Studies find that opportunities for
employment exist in the area of their specialisation.

Professional recognition

Depending on area of study, graduates of the MScSt may be eligible for
membership of a number of professional organisations.

Course structure

The program consists of three parts:

•      Foundation Studies
•      Professional Development
•      Research training.
Course details (2001)                                                     page 423




These parts can be flexibly arranged over three or four semesters, as shown in
the examples which follow.

In special cases, a candidate may be exempted from Foundation Studies.

The degree requires at least 1 year full-time research or study. All requirements
for the degree must be completed within two years of the date of
commencement of candidature, except that a candidate may be allowed to enrol
for the degree on a part-time basis.

Foundation studies

Students, especially those from developing countries, who lack the background
necessary to proceed immediately to the Master degree course, may be (aside
from their language tuition) required to undertake a period of preliminary
studies, including selected background reading and attendance at certain
lectures.

Classwork

Enrolment in this part of the course (professional development) is conditional
on satisfactory performance in the preliminary foundation studies.

The coursework program will be drawn up individually for each candidate by
the School and will consist of at least 100% of formal classwork over two or
three semesters. A maximum of 33.33% of second year units can be taken and
the balance of the points is to be made up from third and fourth year units.
Clear passes (or higher grades) must be obtained in all coursework except that
up to 12.5% of Terminating Passes may be counted.

Research training

The project is an important part of the program, involving a substantial
investigation in some area of scientific research or science education. It
represents one third of the total course and should take a minimum of four
months full time or eight months part time. Project work normally begins after
the progress review, but the starting date for the project may be varied in
consultation with the adviser and the head of the appropriate School. A thesis is
required at the end of the program.

The project should be on a topic directly relevant to the needs of the home
country or employing institution of the student. Thesis discussions should
begin as early as possible with the School, preferably before the student leaves
home to begin the program, in order to satisfy the student's and sponsor's
needs.
Course details (2001)                                                    page 424



The standard of the thesis will be based on the normal honours requirements
for a particular School.

Supervisors

On enrolment, each student will be assigned a suitable course adviser who will
counsel the student for the duration of the coursework. In addition, a
supervisor will be appointed for each candidate on the recommendation of the
relevant head of School, at the end of the first semester, to oversee the
candidate's research project.

The progress of a candidate is reviewed annually and unsatisfactory
performance may result in termination of candidature.

Examination

Assessment of coursework is by written examinations and assignments. The
written thesis on the research project must be submitted for separate
examination. Normally, there will be two examiners who may be internal.

Enrolment master codes

On the enrolment form each candidate must enter the code numbers of the
units selected; plus the appropriate 'umbrella' code chosen from this list:

Code Number     Course        Weight
KLA861   MScSt Coursework (Microbiology)         0%
KLA875   MScSt Thesis Project (Microbiology)     100%
CBA861   MScSt Coursework (Biochemistry)         0%
CBA875   MScSt Thesis Project (Biochemistry)     100%
KPA861   MScSt Coursework (Botany)         0%
KPA875   MScSt Thesis Project (Botany)     100%
KRA861   MScSt Coursework (Chemistry) 0%
KRA875   MScSt Thesis Project (Chemistry) 100%
KCA861   MScSt Coursework (Computer Science) 0%
KCA875   MScSt Thesis Project (Computer Science) 100%
KGA861   MScSt Coursework (Geog & EnvSt)         0%
KGA875   MScSt Thesis Project (Geog & EnvSt)     100%
KEA861   MScSt Coursework (Geology)        0%
KEA875   MScSt Thesis Project (Geology) 100%
KMA861   MScSt Coursework (Mathematics) 0%
KMA875   MScSt Thesis Project (Mathematics)      100%
KYA861   MScSt Coursework (Physics)        0%
KYA875   MScSt Thesis Project (Physics)    100%
KHA881   MScSt Coursework (Psychology) 0%
KHA875   MScSt Thesis Project (Psychology) 100%
KZA861   MScSt Coursework (Zoology)        0%
Course details (2001)                                                       page 425



KZA875          MScSt Thesis Project (Zoology)   100%


                        Master of Technology
(Abbreviation: MTech)

Course code: N7A

It is essential for practising engineers and scientists to keep up with the rate of
technological advancement. Important developments have occurred in
computer hardware and software systems, communications systems and
networking, VLSI and ASIC technology, robotics, signal processing, artificial
intelligence and knowledge based systems and networking, to mention but a
few. A more advanced knowledge than that offered by the Bachelor of
Engineering or the Bachelor of Science is required in order to understand and to
explore the full potential of investment in technology.

Admission & prerequisites

To be accepted as a candidate for the degree of Master of Technology students
must either:

•      have an approved bachelor degree (with honours) from an Australian
       higher education institution;
•      have satisfactorily completed an approved eight-semester higher
       education program and have potential to complete the degree as
       demonstrated in study and/or professional performance; or
•      have satisfactorily completed a degree or equivalent qualification, and
       have potential to complete the degree as demonstrated by study and/or
       professional performance, and have knowledge and skills equivalent to
       those of a candidate as shown above.

Prospective students should contact the Head of School to obtain approval to
enrol in the course.

Course objectives

The course provides professional updating and upgrading opportunities for
engineers and computing professionals who have gained a first degree and
have been in employment for some years. The Master of Technology is also
suitable for those graduates who wish for a change of career. The course is also
suitable for young graduates who feel that their undergraduate training is
inadequate for the specialisation they are seeking.

Career outcomes
Course details (2001)                                                        page 426



The Master of Technology maximises the candidate's employment value by the
involvement of experienced and academically qualified engineers and/or
computing professionals from industry in the teaching of the program.

Course structure

Each candidate for the degree must:

•      satisfactorily pass the equivalent of six graduate units representing two
       semesters of full-time study (see the Specimen courses below); and
•      submit for examination and satisfactorily pass a thesis representing the
       equivalent of one semester of full-time research investigation.

Candidates are advised to discuss and finalise their thesis topic with a
supervisor and be adequately prepared for the thesis investigation as soon as
possible after enrolment. Candidates are encouraged to suggest projects which
are relevant to their jobs or careers, although the Faculty reserves the right to
modify or reject such suggestions.

In special circumstances, with the approval of the Head of School, part of the
thesis work may be conducted off-campus.

The course as described above will normally be completed in 16–18 months of
full-time study. The maximum duration for part-time study is three years.

The School of Engineering offers the following coursework streams:

Enrolment master codes

ACC824           Civil Engineering (not offered in 2001)
ACM822           Energy and Fluid Systems (not offered in 2001)
ACM823           Mechanical & Production Engineering (not offered in 2001)
AEA850           Power Engineering and Process Control
ACM820           Information Systems and Autoation

Fees

The fee is to be advised.

                                Specimen courses

Courses of study in the different areas of specialisation are given below.
However, depending on the interests of the particular student and after
discussion with the course coordinator, one or more of the units may be
replaced by other units listed in Schedule A below. All courses and units are
also subject to minimum enrolment.
Course details (2001)                                                    page 427



                                  Civil Engineering

Not offered in 2001.

                        Mechanical and Production Engineering

Not offered in 2001.

                        Power Engineering and Process Control

Unit Title                          campus-sem         weight            code
Digital Signal Processing                    H1       16.67%           AEA831
Intelligent Systems
     Engineering                             H2       16.67%           AEA835
Transient Behaviour in Power
     Systems                                   H      16.67%           AEA860
Optimisation in Power
     Systems                                   H      16.67%           AEA861
Industrial Measurement
     Systems                                 H1       16.67%           AEA863
Plus one other unit selected with the approval of the course supervisor.


                         Information Systems and Automation

Unit Title                          campus-sem       weight                code
Digital Signal Processing                    H1      16.67%            AEA831
Intelligent Systems
     Engineering                             H2      16.67%            AEA835
Computer Organisation and
     Interfacing                             H2      16.67%            AEA841
Corporate Information &
     Transmission Networks                   H2      16.67%            AEA836
Plus two additional units from the following according to the student's interest
     and background:
Robot Kinematics, Dynamics
     and Control                            [na]     16.67%           ACM803
Advanced Manufacturing                      [na]     16.67%           ACM875
Image Processing, Computer
     Vision and Graphics                      H      16.67%            AEA833
Industrial Measurement
     Systems                                 H1      16.67%            AEA863


                                    Schedule A
                   Units approved for the Master of Technology [a]
Course details (2001)                                    page 428



Unit Title                        campus-sem   weight     code
Civil Engineering Thesis
     Project                            [na]     50%    ACC825
Energy and Fluid Systems
     Thesis Project                     [na]     50%    ACM826
Mechanical and Production
     Engineering Thesis Project         [na]     50%    ACM827
Information Systems and
     Automation Thesis Project                   50%    AEA825
Power Engineering and Process
     Control Thesis Project                       50%   AEA855
Stress Analysis                         [na]   16.67%   ACC814
Advanced Hydraulics                     [na]   16.67%   ACC831
Advanced Geomechanics                   [na]   16.67%   ACC834
Advanced Management                     [na]   16.67%   ACM802
Robot Kinematics, Dynamics
     and Control                        [na]   16.67%   ACM803
Mechanical Noise and Vibration
     Control                            [na]   16.67%   ACM805
Advanced Structural
     Mechanics                          [na]   16.67%   ACM813
Advanced Fluid Mechanics                [na]   16.67%   ACM820
Energy Management and
     Systems                            [na]   16.67%   ACM860
Heat Transfer and Process
     Drying                             [na]   16.67%   ACM865
Advanced Manufacturing                  [na]   16.67%   ACM875
Modern Manufacturing and
     Quality Control                    [na]   16.67%   ACM876
CNC Machining – Theory and
     Practice                           [na]   16.67%   ACM877
Occupational Health and
     Safety                             [na]   16.67%   ACM878
Digital Signal Processing                H1    16.67%   AEA831
Robotics and Automatic
     Control                              H    16.67%   AEA832
Image Processing, Computer
     Vision and Graphics                  H    16.67%   AEA833
Intelligent Systems
     Engineering                         H2    16.67%   AEA835
Corporate Information &
     Transmission Networks               H2    16.67%   AEA836
Integrated Services Digital
     Networks                             H    16.67%   AEA837
Management of Information
     Systems                             H1    16.67%   AEA838
Course details (2001)                                                          page 429



Computer Organisation and
     Interfacing                                 H2       16.67%            AEA841
Transient Behaviour in Power
     Systems                                      H       16.67%            AEA860
Optimisation in Power
     Systems                                      H       16.67%            AEA861
Modelling and Control of
     Processes                                    H       16.67%            AEA862
Industrial Measurement
     Systems                                     H1       16.67%            AEA863
Special Studies in Power
     Engineering and Process
     Control                                      H       16.67%            AEA865
Selected Course Unit [c]                                  16.67%            AEA866
Special Studies in Information
     Systems                                              16.67%            AEA870
Selected Study Unit A [b]                                 16.67%            AEA880
Selected Study Unit B [b]                                 16.67%            AEA881
Selected Study Unit C [b]                                 33.33%            AEA882
Selected Course Unit A [c]                                16.67%            AEA883
Selected Course Unit B [c]                                16.67%            AEA884
Notes:

[a]    Not all the units listed here are offered in a particular semester. A specific
       enquiry is necessary to determine which units will be offered within each
       student's course duration.
[b]    Each of these units is used for a program of directed study in a topic
       specifically approved for each student. A long study unit is equivalent to
       two graduate units in workload. A supervisor is responsible for assessing
       the program of study. No more than two equivalent graduate units may
       be chosen from the set of Selected Study units.
[c]    The Head of School may grant approval to a student undertaking up to
       two graduate units from other programs.